|
|
|
CODE OF ORDINANCES CITY OF CHEROKEE, IOWA TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 2 — CHARTER...................................................................................................................9 CHAPTER 3 — BOUNDARIES...............................................................................................................11 CHAPTER 4 — MUNICIPAL INFRACTIONS.................................................................................................21 CHAPTER 5 — OPERATING PROCEDURES................................................................................................25 CHAPTER 6 — CITY ELECTIONS...........................................................................................................35 CHAPTER 7 — FISCAL MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................................37 CHAPTER 8 — INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTIONS...............................................................................45 CHAPTER 9 — ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTION...............................................................51 CHAPTER 10 — URBAN RENEWAL.........................................................................................................53 CHAPTER 11 — URBAN REVITALIZATION................................................................................................. 55
ADMINISTRATION, BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS CHAPTER 15 — MAYOR.....................................................................................................................76 CHAPTER 16 — MAYOR PRO TEM..........................................................................................................77 CHAPTER 17 — COUNCIL...................................................................................................................79 CHAPTER 18 — CITY CLERK................................................................................................................85 CHAPTER 19 — CITY MANAGER............................................................................................................91 CHAPTER 20 — CITY ATTORNEY...........................................................................................................95 CHAPTER 21 — LIBRARY BOARD OF TRUSTEES..........................................................................................101 CHAPTER 22 — PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION..................................................................................107 CHAPTER 23 — AIRPORT COMMISSION....................................................................................................111 CHAPTER 24 — HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION.................................................................................113 CHAPTER 25 — CHEROKEE AVIATION AUTHORITY.......................................................................................119
POLICE, FIRE AND EMERGENCIES CHAPTER 30 — POLICE DEPARTMENT.....................................................................................................145 CHAPTER 35 — FIRE DEPARTMENT.........................................................................................................151 CHAPTER 36 — HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE SPILLS..........................................................................................157
PUBLIC OFFENSES CHAPTER 40 — PUBLIC PEACE...............................................................................................................185 CHAPTER 41 — PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY..............................................................................................189 CHAPTER 42 — PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY..........................................................................................193 CHAPTER 45 — ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AND INTOXICATION............................................................................225 CHAPTER 46 - MINORS.........................................................................................................................227 CHAPTER 47 — PARK REGULATIONS..........................................................................................................229
NUISANCES AND ANIMAL CONTROL CHAPTER 50 — NUISANCE ABATEMENT PROCEDURE.......................................................................................251 CHAPTER 51 — JUNK AND JUNK VEHICLES..................................................................................................257 CHAPTER 55 — ANIMAL PROTECTION AND CONTROL.......................................................................................285
TRAFFIC AND VEHICLES CHAPTER 60 — ADMINISTRATION OF TRAFFIC CODE........................................................................................315 CHAPTER 61 — TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.................................................................................................319 CHAPTER 62 — GENERAL TRAFFIC REGULATIONS...........................................................................................321 CHAPTER 63 — SPEED REGULATIONS.........................................................................................................335 CHAPTER 64 — TURNING REGULATIONS......................................................................................................345 CHAPTER 65 — STOP OR YIELD REQUIRED...................................................................................................375 CHAPTER 66 — LOAD AND WEIGHT RESTRICTIONS..........................................................................................383 CHAPTER 67 — PEDESTRIANS..................................................................................................................385 CHAPTER 68 — ONE-WAY TRAFFIC............................................................................................................387 CHAPTER 69 — PARKING REGULATIONS.......................................................................................................389 CHAPTER 70 — TRAFFIC CODE ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES...............................................................................425 CHAPTER 75 — ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES AND SNOWMOBILES................................................................................441 CHAPTER 76 — BICYCLE REGULATIONS........................................................................................................445 CHAPTER 80 — ABANDONED VEHICLES........................................................................................................461 CHAPTER 81 — RAILROAD REGULATIONS......................................................................................................465
WATER CHAPTER 90 — WATER SERVICE SYSTEM......................................................................................................481 CHAPTER 91 — WATER METERS................................................................................................................487 CHAPTER 92 — WATER RATES..................................................................................................................489 CHAPTER 93 — WATER LINE
EXTENSIONS.....................................................................................................493 SANITARY SEWER CHAPTER 95 — SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM....................................................................................................501 CHAPTER 96 — BUILDING SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS.....................................................................................507 CHAPTER 97 — USE OF PUBLIC SEWERS......................................................................................................513 CHAPTER 98 — ON-SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEMS............................................................................................519 CHAPTER 99 — SEWER USER CHARGE.........................................................................................................521 CHAPTER 100 — SEWER EXTENSIONS..........................................................................................................533 CHAPTER 101 — STORM WATER UTILITY......................................................................................................541
GARBAGE AND SOLID WASTE CHAPTER 105 — SOLID WASTE CONTROL.....................................................................................................555 CHAPTER 106 — COLLECTION OF SOLID WASTE.............................................................................................563
FRANCHISES AND OTHER SERVICES CHAPTER 110 — NATURAL GAS FRANCHISE...................................................................................................581 CHAPTER 111 — ELECTRIC FRANCHISE........................................................................................................585 CHAPTER 112 — TELEPHONE FRANCHISE.....................................................................................................589 CHAPTER 113 — CABLE TELEVISION FRANCHISE.............................................................................................591 CHAPTER 114 — CABLE TELEVISION REGULATIONS..........................................................................................603 CHAPTER 115 — CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CHAPTER 118 — OAK HILL CEMETERY.........................................................................................................665
REGULATION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONS CHAPTER 120 — LIQUOR LICENSES AND WINE AND BEER PERMITS........................................................................685 CHAPTER 121 — CIGARETTE PERMITS.........................................................................................................689 CHAPTER 122 — PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS AND TRANSIENT MERCHANTS...................................................................693 CHAPTER 123 — HOUSE MOVERS...............................................................................................................699 CHAPTER 124 — HOTEL AND MOTEL TAX......................................................................................................703
STREETS AND SIDEWALKS CHAPTER 135 — STREET USE AND MAINTENANCE............................................................................................725 CHAPTER 136 — SIDEWALK REGULATIONS....................................................................................................729 CHAPTER 137 — VACATION AND DISPOSAL OF STREETS.....................................................................................735 CHAPTER 138 — STREET GRADES.............................................................................................................. 737 CHAPTER 139 — NAMING OF STREETS..........................................................................................................739 CHAPTER 140 — EXCAVATIONS..................................................................................................................741
BUILDING AND PROPERTY REGULATIONS CHAPTER 145 — DANGEROUS BUILDINGS......................................................................................................765 CHAPTER 146 — MANUFACTURED AND MOBILE HOMES.......................................................................................769 CHAPTER 147 — WATER WELL PROTECTION..................................................................................................771 CHAPTER 150 — BUILDING NUMBERING........................................................................................................785 CHAPTER 151 — TREES...........................................................................................................................787 CHAPTER 155 — BUILDING CODE................................................................................................................801 CHAPTER 156 — DEMOLITION CODE............................................................................................................803 CHAPTER 157 — USE OF CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY.................................................................................................813 CHAPTER 158 — LANDSCAPING AND SCREENING STANDARDS............................................................................... 817 ZONING AND SUBDIVISION CHAPTER 165 — ZONING REGULATIONS........................................................................................................851 CHAPTER 166 — SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS...................................................................................................975 CHAPTER 167 — ADULT-ORIENTED ESTABLISHMENT REGULATIONS........................................................................1001
1.01 TITLE. This code of ordinances shall be known and may be cited as the Code of Ordinances of the City of Cherokee, Iowa, 2000. 1.02 DEFINITIONS. Where words and phrases used in this Code of Ordinances are defined by State law, such definitions apply to their use in this Code of Ordinances and are adopted by reference. Those definitions so adopted that need further definition or are reiterated, and other words and phrases used herein, have the following meanings, unless specifically defined otherwise in another portion of this Code of Ordinances: 1. “Alley” means a public right-of-way, other than a street, affording secondary means of access to abutting property. 2. “City” means the City of Cherokee, Iowa. 3. “Clerk” means the City Clerk-Treasurer of Cherokee, Iowa. 4. “Code” means the specific chapter of this Code of Ordinances in which a specific subject is covered and bears a descriptive title word (such as the Building Code and/or a standard code adopted by reference). 5. “Code of Ordinances” means the Code of Ordinances of the City of Cherokee, Iowa, 2000. 6. “Council” means the city council of Cherokee, Iowa. 7. “County” means Cherokee County, Iowa. 8. “Measure” means an ordinance, amendment, resolution or motion. 9. “Month” means a calendar month. 10. “Oath” means an affirmation in all cases in which by law an affirmation may be substituted for an oath, and in such cases the words “affirm” and “affirmed” are equivalent to the words “swear” and “sworn.” 11. “Occupant” or “tenant,” applied to a building or land, includes any person who occupies the whole or a part of such building or land, whether alone or with others. 12. “Ordinances” means the ordinances of the City of Cherokee, Iowa, as embodied in this Code of Ordinances, ordinances not repealed by the ordinance adopting this Code of Ordinances, and those enacted hereafter. 13. “Person” means an individual, firm, partnership, domestic or foreign corporation, company, association or joint stock association, trust, or other legal entity, and includes a trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, but does not include a governmental body. 14. “Preceding” and “following” mean next before and next after, respectively. 15. “Property” includes real property, and tangible and intangible personal property unless clearly indicated otherwise. 16. “Property owner” means a person owning private property in the City as shown by the County Auditor’s plats of the City. 17. “Public place” includes in its meaning, but is not restricted to, any City-owned open place, such as parks and squares. 18. “Public property” means any and all property owned by the City or held in the name of the City by any of the departments, commissions or agencies within the City government. 19. “Public way” includes any street, alley, boulevard, parkway, highway, sidewalk, or other public thoroughfare. 20. “Sidewalk” means that surfaced portion of the street between the edge of the traveled way, surfacing, or curb line and the adjacent property line, intended for the use of pedestrians. 21. “State” means the State of Iowa. 22. “Statutes” or “laws” means the latest edition of the Code of Iowa, as amended. 23. “Street” or “highway” means the entire width between property lines of every way or place of whatever nature when any part thereof is open to the use of the public, as a matter of right, for purposes of vehicular traffic. 24. “Writing” and “written” include printing, typing, lithographing, or other mode of representing words and letters. 25. “Year” means a calendar year. 1.03 CITY POWERS. The City may, except as expressly limited by the Iowa Constitution, and if not inconsistent with the laws of the Iowa General Assembly, exercise any power and perform any function it deems appropriate to protect and preserve the rights, privileges and property of the City and of its residents, and preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort and convenience of its residents and each and every provision of this Code of Ordinances shall be deemed to be in the exercise of the foregoing powers and the performance of the foregoing functions. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.1) 1.04 INDEMNITY. The applicant for any permit or license under this Code of Ordinances, by making such application, assumes and agrees to pay for all injury to or death of any person or persons whomsoever, and all loss of or damage to property whatsoever, including all costs and expenses incident thereto, however arising from or related to, directly, indirectly or remotely, the issuance of the permit or license, or the doing of anything thereunder, or the failure of such applicant, or the agents, employees or servants of such applicant, to abide by or comply with any of the provisions of this Code of Ordinances or the terms and conditions of such permit or license, and such applicant, by making such application, forever agrees to indemnify the City and its officers, agents and employees, and agrees to save them harmless from any and all claims, demands, lawsuits or liability whatsoever for any loss, damage, injury or death, including all costs and expenses incident thereto, by reason of the foregoing. The provisions of this section shall be deemed to be a part of any permit or license issued under this Code of Ordinances or any other ordinance of the City whether expressly recited therein or not. 1.05 PERSONAL INJURIES. When action is brought against the City for personal injuries alleged to have been caused by its negligence, the City may notify in writing any person by whose negligence it claims the injury was caused. The notice shall state the pendency of the action, the name of the plaintiff, the name and location of the court where the action is pending, a brief statement of the alleged facts from which the cause arose, that the City believes that the person notified is liable to it for any judgment rendered against the City, and asking the person to appear and defend. A judgment obtained in the suit is conclusive in any action by the City against any person so notified, as to the existence of the defect or other cause of the injury or damage, as to the liability of the City to the plaintiff in the first named action, and as to the amount of the damage or injury. The City may maintain an action against the person notified to recover the amount of the judgment together with all the expenses incurred by the City in the suit. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.14) 1.06 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. In the construction of the Code of Ordinances the following rules shall be observed, unless such construction would be inconsistent with the manifest intent of the Council or repugnant to the context of the provisions. 1. Verb Tense and Plurals. Words used in the present tense include the future, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular. 2. May. The word “may” confers a power. 3. Must. The word “must” states a requirement. 4. Shall. The word “shall” imposes a duty. 5. Gender. The masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter genders. 6. Interpretation. All general provisions, terms, phrases, and expressions contained in the Code of Ordinances shall be liberally construed in order that the true intent and meaning of the Council may be fully carried out. 7. Extension of Authority. Whenever an officer or employee is required or authorized to do an act by a provision of the Code of Ordinances, the provision shall be construed as authorizing performance by a regular assistant, subordinate or a duly authorized designee of said officer or employee. 1.07 AMENDMENTS. All ordinances which amend, repeal or in any manner affect this Code of Ordinances shall include proper reference to chapter, section, subsection or paragraph to maintain an orderly codification of ordinances of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.2) 1.08 CATCHLINES AND NOTES. The catchlines of the several sections of the Code of Ordinances, titles, headings (chapter, section and subsection), editor’s notes, cross references and State law references, unless set out in the body of the section itself, contained in the Code of Ordinances, do not constitute any part of the law, and are intended merely to indicate, explain, supplement or clarify the contents of a section. 1.09 ALTERING CODE. It is unlawful for any unauthorized person to change or amend by additions or deletions, any part or portion of the Code of Ordinances, or to insert or delete pages, or portions thereof, or to alter or tamper with the Code of Ordinances in any manner whatsoever which will cause the law of the City to be misrepresented thereby. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.5) 1.10 STANDARD PENALTY. Unless another penalty is expressly provided by the Code of Ordinances for any particular provision, section or chapter, any person failing to perform a duty, or obtain a license required by, or violating any provision of the Code of Ordinances, or any rule or regulation adopted herein by reference shall, upon conviction, be subject to a fine of not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or imprisonment not to exceed thirty (30) days. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.3[2]) (Ord. 416 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 1.11 SEVERABILITY. If any section, provision or part of the Code of Ordinances is adjudged invalid or unconstitutional, such adjudication will not affect the validity of the Code of Ordinances as a whole or any section, provision or part thereof not adjudged invalid or unconstitutional.
2.01 TITLE. This chapter may be cited as the charter of the City of Cherokee, Iowa. 2.02 FORM OF GOVERNMENT. The form of government of the City is the Mayor-Council form of government. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4) 2.03 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Council and Mayor and other City officers have such powers and shall perform such duties as are authorized or required by State law and by the ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations of the City. 2.04 NUMBER AND TERM OF COUNCIL. The Council consists of two (2) Council Members elected at large and one (1) Council Member from each of three (3) wards as established by this Code of Ordinances, elected for terms of four (4) years. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2) 2.05 TERM OF MAYOR. The Mayor is elected for a term of four (4) years. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2) 2.06 COPIES ON FILE. The Clerk shall keep an official copy of the charter on file with the official records of the Clerk and the Secretary of State, and shall keep copies of the charter available at the Clerk’s office for public inspection. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.1)
EDITOR'S NOTE
Ordinance No. 572 adopting a charter for the City was passed and approved by the Council on March 27, 1973, and published in the Cherokee Daily Times.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
3.01 CORPORATE LIMITS. The corporate limits of the City are described as follows: Beginning at the Northeast (NE) Corner of Section 26, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence West along the North Line of said Section 26 to a point on the Southerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence 260.50 feet Northwesterly along a 11,460 foot radius concave Southwesterly, having a 260.50 foot chord bearing N 58º48'08" W, along the Southerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence N 59º23' W 378.95 feet along the Southerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3 to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence S 32º12' W 386.95 feet along the Easterly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company to a point on the North Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 26; thence West along the North Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 26 to a point 927.1 feet East of the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Section 26, said point also being the Southeast (SE) Corner of Lot 29 in the Ament Second Addition to Cherokee, Iowa; thence N 11º12' E, 506.7 feet along the East Line of said Ament Second Addition to the Southerly right-of-way line of Iowa Highway #3; thence Southeasterly along the Southerly right-of-way line of Iowa Highway #3 to the Westerly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence Northeasterly along the Westerly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company to the West line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of Section 23, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence South along the West line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Southwest (SW) Corner of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence East along the South line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Southeast (SE) Corner of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence North along the East line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Northeast (NE) Corner of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence North 610.99 feet along the East Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence S 89º24'47" W 412.82 feet to the Easterly right-of-way line of a local County Road (known as Old 21 Road); thence S 30º28'11" W 703.86 feet along the Easterly right-of-way line of said local County Road to a point on the North Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence West 535.17 feet along the North Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Northwest (NW) Corner of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 23; thence West along the North line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 23 to the Northwest (NW) Corner of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) Corner of said Section 23; thence West 1211.94 feet along the North Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of Section 22, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence South 34.06 feet to the Southerly right-of-way line of a local County Road (known as 515th Street); thence S 45º51'34" W 445.36 feet to a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence S 36º03'17" W 145.51 feet to the Southerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence N 53º56'43" W 162.25 feet along the Northerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence N 57º13'44" W 615.96 feet along the Northerly right-of-way line of State Highway No. 3; thence West 216.10 feet parallel to, and 33.4 feet perpendicularly distant South of, the North Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 22; thence S 02º17'22" E 150.00 feet along the Easterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway No. 59; thence S 02º17'22" E 154.78 feet along the Easterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway No. 59; thence S 09º48'04" E 329.09 feet along the Easterly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway No. 59; thence N 89º30'20" W 1036.88 feet; thence N 00º18'08" E 653.78 feet to the North Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22; thence N 89º43'25" W 1816.33 feet along the North Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22 to the Northwest (NW) Corner of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22; thence S 01º41'05" E 2501.40 feet along the West line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22 to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence Southeasterly 200.39 feet along a 2242.0 foot radius curve, concave Northeasterly, which is tangent to a line bearing S 34º45'14" E at the beginning of said curve, along the Easterly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company, to the South line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22; thence West along the South Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 22 to the Southwest (SW) Corner of said Section 22; thence West along the North Line of Section 28, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa, to the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Section 28; thence South along the West line of said Section 28 to the Southwest (SW) Corner of said Section 28; thence East 33.0 feet along the South Line of said Section 28 to the Easterly right-of-way line of a local County Road (known as O Avenue); thence South 507.69 feet parallel to, and 33.0 feet perpendicularly distant East of, the West Line of Section 33, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence East 1287.0 feet parallel to the North Line of said Section 33 to a point on the West Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4); thence South along the West Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) to the Northwest (NW) Corner of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 33; thence East along the North Line of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) to the Northeast (NE) Corner of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 33; thence South along the East Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) to the Southeast (SE) Corner of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 33; thence South along the East Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) to the Southeast (SE) Corner of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of said Section 33; thence East along the South line of said Section 33 to the Southeast (SE) Corner of said Section 33; thence East along the South line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of Section 34, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa, to a point on the East right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence Southeasterly 800 feet along the East right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence S 72º45' W, 101.5 feet to a point on the West right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence N 7º15'00" W 3.5 feet along the West right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence S 82º45' W, 66.0 feet; thence S 07º15' E, 571.9 feet parallel to the West right-of-way of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence S 83º40' E 167.90 feet to a point on the East right-of-way of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence Southeasterly along the East right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company to a point on the South Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of Section 3, Township 91 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence S 07º55'58" E 2033.06 feet along the East right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company to a point 50 feet perpendicularly distant North of the centerline of Lake Street; thence S 87º11'19" E 599.02 feet parallel to, and 50 feet perpendicularly distant North from, the centerline of Lake Street to a point on the West Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4)of said Section 3; thence S 00º10'35"W 687.87 feet along the West Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Southwest (SW) Corner of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence S 00º00'00" E 1590.46 feet along the West Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of Section 10, Township 91 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa to a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence Southeasterly 438.29 feet along a 1860 foot radius curve concave Northeasterly along the North right-of-way line of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company; thence N 89º16'00" E 581.84 feet to the West line of the North-South right-of-way of the Chicago, Central & Pacific Railroad Company spur line, said spur line being sometimes referred to as the Walnut Grove Spur; thence N 06º42'00" W 1087.6 feet parallel to, and 15.0' perpendicularly distant from, the centerline of said spur tract; thence continuing N 06º42'00" W 805.40 feet to the North Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 10; thence S 88º49'48" E 27.32 feet along the North Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 10; thence N 00º51'14" E 1320.13 feet; thence N 05º15'10" E 198.22 feet; thence N 11º21'42" E 476.36 feet; thence N 23º52'30" E 740.24 feet to the North Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence East 186.08 feet to the Southeast (SE) Corner of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence North along the West Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) to the Northeast (NE) Corner of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence N 88º30'15" W 193.80 feet along the North Line of the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence N 04º32'30" E 1079.60 feet; thence S 87º41'30" E 315.60 feet parallel to the North Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence N 04º32'30" E 300.00 feet to a point on the North line of said Section 3, which is 1544.80 feet East of the Northwest (NW) Corner of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3; thence East along the North line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 3 to the Southwest (SW) Corner of Section 35, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa; thence East along the South Line of said Section 35 to the Southeast (SE) Corner of said Section 35; thence North along the East Line of said Section 35 to the Northeast (NE) Corner of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 35; thence West along the South Line of the North One-half (N 1/2) of the North One-half (N 1/2) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) to the Southwest (SW) Corner of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 35; thence North 328 feet along the West Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 35 to the centerline of Old Primary Highway No. 5; thence Southwesterly along the centerline of Old Primary Highway No. 5 to a point which is 2467.7 feet East of and 335.0 feet South of the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Section 35; thence S 41º05' W 376.8 feet along the Northwesterly right-of-way line for the channel of the Little Sioux River; thence S 64º'30' W 360.0 feet along the Northwesterly right-of-way line for the channel of the Little Sioux River; thence S 61º11' W 63.9 feet; thence N 28º56' W 538.9 feet to the South Line of Maple Street (in the City of Cherokee) extended Easterly; thence East along the South Line of Maple Street extended to a point which is 1700.1 feet East of and 333.2 feet South of the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Section 35; thence North to a point which is 1700.1 feet East of and 231.3 feet South of the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Section 35; thence West 124.0 feet; thence North, at right angle to the South Line of Old Primary Highway No. 5, to the South Line of Old Primary Highway No. 5; thence S 85º41' E 110.5 feet along the South Line of Old Primary Highway No. 5; thence North to a point on the North Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 35; thence East along the North Line of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) to the Northeast (NE) Corner of the Northwest Quarter (NW 1/4) of said Section 35; thence North 660.0 feet along the West Line of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of Section 26, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Cherokee County, Iowa to the Northwest (NW) Corner of Lot 5 of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 26; thence East along the North Line of Lots 5 and 6 of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to the Southwest (SW) Corner of Lot 2 of the South One-half (S 1/2) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 26; thence North along the West Line to the Northwest (NW) Corner of said Lot 2; thence East along the North Line to the Northeast (NE) Corner of said Lot 2; thence South 181.5 feet along the East Line of said Lot 2 to a point which is the North Line of the South 478.5 feet of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of said Section 26; thence East along the North Line of the South 478.5 feet of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) of the Southeast Quarter (SE 1/4) to a point on the East Line of the Northeast Quarter (NE 1/4) of said Section 26; thence North along the East Line of said Section 26 to the Point of Beginning. (Ord. 495 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 3.02 DIVISION INTO PRECINCT WARDS. The City is divided into three precinct wards described as follows: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4 & 372.13[7]) 1. First Precinct Ward. All that part of the City lying north of the centerline of Main Street and west of the following described line shall be one precinct or ward and shall be called the First Precinct Ward in said City: A line commencing at the intersection of Main Street and Fifth Street; thence north on the centerline of Fifth Street to the intersection thereof with West Cedar Street; thence east on the centerline of West Cedar Street to the intersection thereof with U.S. Highway 59 (North Second Street); thence north on the centerline of said U.S. Highway 59 to the intersection thereof with Bluff Street; thence east on the centerline of Bluff Street to the intersection thereof with East King Street; thence northeast on the centerline of East King street to the intersection thereof with North First Street; thence north on the centerline of North First Street to East Ridgeview Drive; thence east and north on the centerline of East Ridgeview Drive to the intersection thereof with East Bow Drive; thence west on the centerline of East Bow Drive to the centerline of U.S. Highway No. 59; thence north along the centerline of said U.S. Highway No. 59 to the municipal limits. 2. Second Precinct Ward. All that part of the City lying south of the following described line shall be one precinct or ward and shall be called the Second Precinct Ward of the City. A line commencing at the intersection of the centerline of West Main Street, and the extensions thereof, with the west municipal limits; thence east along said centerline, to the intersection thereof with the centerline of Fifth Street; thence north along the centerline of Fifth Street to the intersection thereof with West Cedar Street; thence east along the centerline of West Cedar Street to the intersection thereof with U.S. Highway No. 59 (North Second Street); thence north on the centerline of said U.S. Highway No. 59 to the intersection thereof with Bluff Street; thence east on the centerline of East Bluff Street to the intersection thereof with Euclid Avenue; thence south on the centerline of Euclid Avenue to the intersection thereof with Fountain Street; thence east on the centerline of Fountain Street to the intersection thereof with North Roosevelt Avenue; thence north on the centerline of North Roosevelt Avenue to the intersection thereof with Magnetic Avenue; thence east on the centerline of Magnetic Avenue to the intersection thereof with Saratoga Avenue; thence south along the centerline of Saratoga Avenue to the intersection thereof with Main Street; thence east on the centerline of Main Street to the municipal limits. 3. Third Precinct Ward. All that part of the City lying east and north of the following described lines shall be one precinct or ward and shall be called the Third Precinct Ward of the City: A. All the part of the City lying east of a line beginning at the intersection of Euclid Avenue and Fountain Street; thence north on the centerline of Euclid Avenue to the intersection thereof with East Bluff Street; thence west on the centerline of East Bluff Street to the intersection thereof with East King Street; thence northeast on the centerline of East King Street to the intersection thereof with North First Street; thence north on the centerline of North First Street to East Ridgeview Drive; thence northeasterly on the centerline of East Ridgeview Drive to the intersection thereof with East Bow Drive; thence west on the centerline of East Bow Drive to the centerline of U.S. Highway No. 59; thence north along the centerline of said U.S. Highway No. 59 to the municipal limits; and B. That portion of the City lying north of a line beginning at the intersection of Euclid Avenue and Fountain Street; thence east on the centerline of Fountain Street to the intersection thereof with North Roosevelt Avenue; thence north on the centerline of North Roosevelt Avenue to the intersection thereof with Magnetic Avenue; thence east on the centerline of Magnetic Avenue to the intersection thereof with Saratoga Avenue; thence south on the centerline of Saratoga Avenue to the intersection thereof with Main Street; thence east on the centerline of Main Street to the municipal limits. (Ord. 443 – Dec. 01 Supp.)
4.01 MUNICIPAL INFRACTION. A violation of this Code of Ordinances or any ordinance or code herein adopted by reference or the omission or failure to perform any act or duty required by the same, with the exception of those provisions specifically provided under State law as a felony, an aggravated misdemeanor, or a serious misdemeanor, or a simple misdemeanor under Chapters 687 through 747 of the Code of Iowa, is a municipal infraction punishable by civil penalty as provided herein. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22[3]) 4.02 ENVIRONMENTAL VIOLATION. A municipal infraction which is a violation of Chapter 455B of the Code of Iowa or of a standard established by the City in consultation with the Department of Natural Resources, or both, may be classified as an environmental violation. However, the provisions of this section shall not be applicable until the City has offered to participate in informal negotiations regarding the violation or to the following specific violations: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [1]) 1. A violation arising from noncompliance with a pretreatment standard or requirement referred to in 40 C.F.R. §403.8. 2. The discharge of airborne residue from grain, created by the handling, drying or storing of grain, by a person not engaged in the industrial production or manufacturing of grain products. 3. The discharge of airborne residue from grain, created by the handling, drying or storing of grain, by a person engaged in such industrial production or manufacturing if such discharge occurs from September 15 to January 15. 4.03 PENALTIES. A municipal infraction is punishable by the following civil penalties: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [1]) 1. Standard Civil Penalties. A. First Offense - Not to exceed $750.00 B. Each Repeat Offense - Not to exceed $1,000.00 (Ord. 470 – Aug-04 Supp.) Each day that a violation occurs or is permitted to exist constitutes a repeat offense. 2. Special Civil Penalties. A. A municipal infraction arising from noncompliance with a pretreatment standard or requirement, referred to in 40 C.F.R. §403.8, by an industrial user is punishable by a penalty of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each day a violation exists or continues. B. A municipal infraction classified as an environmental violation is punishable by a penalty of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each occurrence. However, an environmental violation is not subject to such penalty if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) The violation results solely from conducting an initial startup, cleaning, repairing, performing scheduled maintenance, testing, or conducting a shutdown of either equipment causing the violation or the equipment designed to reduce or eliminate the violation. (2) The City is notified of the violation within twenty-four (24) hours from the time that the violation begins. (3) The violation does not continue in existence for more than eight (8) hours. 4.04 CIVIL CITATIONS. Any officer authorized by the City to enforce this Code of Ordinances may issue a civil citation to a person who commits a municipal infraction. The citation may be served by personal service as provided in Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1, by certified mail addressed to the defendant at defendant’s last known mailing address, return receipt requested, or by publication in the manner as provided in Rule of Civil Procedure 60 and subject to the conditions of Rule of Civil Procedure 60.1. A copy of the citation shall be retained by the issuing officer, and one copy shall be sent to the Clerk of the District Court. The citation shall serve as notification that a civil offense has been committed and shall contain the following information: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [4]) 1. The name and address of the defendant. 2. The name or description of the infraction attested to by the officer issuing the citation. 3. The location and time of the infraction. 4. The amount of civil penalty to be assessed or the alternative relief sought, or both. 5. The manner, location, and time in which the penalty may be paid. 6. The time and place of court appearance. 7. The penalty for failure to appear in court. 4.05 ALTERNATIVE RELIEF. Seeking a civil penalty as authorized in this chapter does not preclude the City from seeking alternative relief from the court in the same action. Such alternative relief may include, but is not limited to, an order for abatement or injunctive relief. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [8]) 4.06 CRIMINAL PENALTIES. This chapter does not preclude a peace officer from issuing a criminal citation for a violation of this Code of Ordinances or regulation if criminal penalties are also provided for the violation. Nor does it preclude or limit the authority of the City to enforce the provisions of this Code of Ordinances by criminal sanctions or other lawful means. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22[11]) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
5.01 OATHS. The oath of office shall be required and administered in accordance with the following: 1. Qualify for Office. Each elected or appointed officer shall qualify for office by taking the prescribed oath and by giving, when required, a bond. The oath shall be taken, and bond provided, after being certified as elected but not later than noon of the first day which is not a Sunday or a legal holiday in January of the first year of the term for which the officer was elected. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 63.1) 2. Prescribed Oath. The prescribed oath is: “I, (name), do solemnly swear that I will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that I will faithfully and impartially, to the best of my ability, discharge all duties of the office of (name of office) in Cherokee as now or hereafter required by law.” (Code of Iowa, Sec. 63.10) 3. Officers Empowered to Administer Oaths. The following are empowered to administer oaths and to take affirmations in any matter pertaining to the business of their respective office: A. Mayor B. City Clerk C. Members of all boards, commissions or bodies created by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 63A.2) 5.02 BONDS. Surety bonds are provided in accordance with the following: 1. Required. The Council shall provide by resolution for a surety bond or blanket position bond running to the City and covering the Mayor, Clerk-Treasurer and such other officers and employees as may be necessary and advisable. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.13) 2. Bonds Approved. Bonds shall be approved by the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.19) 3. Bonds Filed. All bonds, after approval and proper record, shall be filed with the Clerk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.23[6]) 4. Record. The Clerk shall keep a book, to be known as the “Record of Official Bonds” in which shall be recorded the official bonds of all City officers, elective or appointive. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.24[3]) 5.03 DUTIES: GENERAL. Each municipal officer shall exercise the powers and perform the duties prescribed by law and this Code of Ordinances, or as otherwise directed by the Council unless contrary to State law or City charter. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 5.04 BOOKS AND RECORDS. All books and records required to be kept by law or ordinance shall be open to examination by the public upon request, unless some other provisions of law expressly limit such right or require such records to be kept confidential. Access to public records which are combined with data processing software shall be in accordance with policies and procedures established by the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 22.2 & 22.3A) 5.05 TRANSFER TO SUCCESSOR. Each officer shall transfer to his or her successor in office all books, papers, records, documents and property in the officer’s custody and appertaining to that office. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 5.06 MEETINGS. All meetings of the Council, any board or commission, or any multi-membered body formally and directly created by any of the foregoing bodies shall be held in accordance with the following: 1. Notice of Meetings. Reasonable notice, as defined by State law, of the time, date and place of each meeting, and its tentative agenda shall be given. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.4) 2. Meetings Open. All meetings shall be held in open session unless closed sessions are held as expressly permitted by State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.3) 3. Minutes. Minutes shall be kept of all meetings showing the date, time and place, the members present, and the action taken at each meeting. The minutes shall show the results of each vote taken and information sufficient to indicate the vote of each member present. The vote of each member present shall be made public at the open session. The minutes shall be public records open to public inspection. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.3) 4. Closed Session. A closed session may be held only by affirmative vote of either two-thirds of the body or all of the members present at the meeting and in accordance with Chapter 21 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.5) 5. Cameras and Recorders. The public may use cameras or recording devices at any open session. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.7) 6. Electronic Meetings. A meeting may be conducted by electronic means only in circumstances where such a meeting in person is impossible or impractical and then only in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 21 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.8) 5.07 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. A City officer or employee shall not have an interest, direct or indirect, in any contract or job of work or material or the profits thereof or services to be furnished or performed for the City, unless expressly permitted by law. A contract entered into in violation of this section is void. The provisions of this section do not apply to: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5) 1. Compensation of Officers. The payment of lawful compensation of a City officer or employee holding more than one City office or position, the holding of which is not incompatible with another public office or is not prohibited by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[1]) 2. Investment of Funds. The designation of a bank or trust company as a depository, paying agent, or for investment of funds. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[2]) 3. City Treasurer. An employee of a bank or trust company, who serves as Treasurer of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[3]) 4. Stock Interests. Contracts in which a City officer or employee has an interest solely by reason of employment, or a stock interest of the kind described in subsection 8 of this section, or both, if the contract is for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid, if the remuneration of employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract, and if the duties of employment do not directly involve the procurement or preparation of any part of the contract. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[5]) 5. Newspaper. The designation of an official newspaper. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[6]) 6. Existing Contracts. A contract in which a City officer or employee has an interest if the contract was made before the time the officer or employee was elected or appointed, but the contract may not be renewed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[7]) 7. Volunteers. Contracts with volunteer fire fighters or civil defense volunteers. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[8]) 8. Corporations. A contract with a corporation in which a City officer or employee has an interest by reason of stock holdings when less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the corporation is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the officer or employee or the spouse or immediate family of such officer or employee. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[9]) 9. Contracts. Contracts made by the City upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[4]) 10. Cumulative Purchases. Contracts not otherwise permitted by this section, for the purchase of goods or services which benefit a City officer or employee, if the purchases benefiting that officer or employee do not exceed a cumulative total purchase price of fifteen hundred dollars ($1500.00) in a fiscal year. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[10]) 11. Franchise Agreements. Franchise agreements between the City and a utility and contracts entered into by the City for the provision of essential City utility services. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[12]) 12. Third Party Transactions. A contract that relates to bonds, notes or other obligations required in transactions with a third party. (Ord. 472 – Aug-04 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[13]) 5.08 RESIGNATIONS. An elected officer who wishes to resign may do so by submitting a resignation in writing to the Clerk so that it shall be properly recorded and considered. A person who resigns from an elective office is not eligible for appointment to the same office during the time for which the person was elected, if during that time the compensation of the office has been increased. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[9]) 5.09 REMOVAL OF APPOINTED OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. Except as otherwise provided by State or City law, all persons appointed to City office or employment may be removed by the officer or body making the appointment, but every such removal shall be by written order. The order shall give the reasons, be filed in the office of the Clerk, and a copy shall be sent by certified mail to the person removed, who, upon request filed with the Clerk within thirty (30) days after the date of mailing the copy, shall be granted a public hearing before the Council on all issues connected with the removal. The hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after the date the request is filed, unless the person removed requests a later date. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.15) 5.10 VACANCIES. A vacancy in an elective City office during a term of office shall be filled, at the Council’s option, by one of the two following procedures: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2]) 1. Appointment. By appointment following public notice by the remaining members of the Council within forty (40) days after the vacancy occurs, except that if the remaining members do not constitute a quorum of the full membership, or if a petition is filed requesting an election, the Council shall call a special election as provided by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2a]) 2. Election. By a special election held to fill the office for the remaining balance of the unexpired term as provided by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2b]) 5.11 GIFTS. Except as otherwise provided in Chapter 68B of the Code of Iowa, a public official, public employee or candidate, or that person’s immediate family member, shall not, directly or indirectly, accept or receive any gift or series of gifts from a “restricted donor” as defined in Chapter 68B and a restricted donor shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or jointly with one or more other restricted donors, offer or make a gift or a series of gifts to a public official, public employee or candidate. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 68B.22)
6.01 NOMINATING METHOD TO BE USED. All candidates for elective municipal offices shall be nominated under the provisions of Chapter 45 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.3) 6.02 NOMINATIONS BY PETITION. Nominations for elective municipal offices of the City may be made by nomination paper or papers signed by not less than twenty-five (25) eligible electors, residents of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.1) 6.03 ADDING NAME BY PETITION. The name of a candidate placed upon the ballot by any other method than by petition shall not be added by petition for the same office. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.2) 6.04 PREPARATION OF PETITION AND AFFIDAVIT. Nomination papers shall include a petition and an affidavit of candidacy. The petition and affidavit shall be substantially in the form prescribed by the State Commissioner of Elections, shall include information required by the Code of Iowa, and shall be signed in accordance with the Code of Iowa. (Ord. 455 – Jun. 03 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.3, 45.5 & 45.6) 6.05 FILING, PRESUMPTION, WITHDRAWALS, OBJECTIONS. The time and place of filing nomination petitions, the presumption of validity thereof, the right of a candidate so nominated to withdraw and the effect of such withdrawal, and the right to object to the legal sufficiency of such petitions, or to the eligibility of the candidate, shall be governed by the appropriate provisions of Chapter 44 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.4) 6.06 PERSONS ELECTED. The candidates who receive the greatest number of votes for each office on the ballot are elected, to the extent necessary to fill the positions open. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.8[3])
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
7.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to establish policies and provide for rules and regulations governing the management of the financial affairs of the City. 7.02 FINANCE OFFICER. The Clerk is the finance and accounting officer of the City and is responsible for the administration of the provisions of this chapter. 7.03 CASH CONTROL. To assure the proper accounting and safe custody of moneys the following shall apply: 1. Deposit of Funds. All moneys or fees collected for any purpose by any City officer shall be deposited through the office of the finance officer. If any said fees are due to an officer, they shall be paid to the officer by check drawn by the finance officer and approved by the Council only upon such officer’s making adequate reports relating thereto as required by law, ordinance or Council directive. 2. Deposits and Investments. All moneys belonging to the City shall be promptly deposited in depositories selected by the Council in amounts not exceeding the authorized depository limitation established by the Council or invested in accordance with the City’s written investment policy and State law, including joint investments as authorized by Section 384.21 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.21, 12B.10, 12C.1) 3. Petty Cash Fund. The finance officer shall be custodian of a petty cash fund for the payment of small claims for minor purchases, collect-on-delivery transportation charges and small fees customarily paid at the time of rendering a service, for which payments the finance officer shall obtain some form of receipt or bill acknowledged as paid by the vendor or agent. At such time as the petty cash fund is approaching depletion, the finance officer shall draw a check for replenishment in the amount of the accumulated expenditures and said check and supporting detail shall be submitted to the Council as a claim in the usual manner for claims and charged to the proper funds and accounts. It shall not be used for salary payments or other personal services or personal expenses. 4. Change Fund. The finance officer is authorized to draw a warrant/check on the Utility Fund for establishing a change fund for the purpose of making change without commingling other funds to meet the requirements of the office. Said change fund shall be in the custody of the finance officer, who shall maintain the integrity of the fund. 7.04 FUND CONTROL. There shall be established and maintained separate and distinct funds in accordance with the following: 1. Revenues. All moneys received by the City shall be credited to the proper fund as required by law, ordinance or resolution. 2. Expenditures. No disbursement shall be made from a fund unless such disbursement is authorized by law, ordinance or resolution, was properly budgeted, and supported by a claim approved by the Council. 3. Emergency Fund. No transfer may be made from any fund to the Emergency Fund. (IAC, 545-2.5 [384,388], Sec. 2.5[2]) 4. Debt Service Fund. Except where specifically prohibited by State law, moneys may be transferred from any other City fund to the Debt Service Fund to meet payments of principal and interest. Such transfers must be authorized by the original budget or a budget amendment. (IAC, 545-2.5[384,388] Sec. 2.5[3]) 5. Capital Improvements Reserve Fund. Except where specifically prohibited by State law, moneys may be transferred from any City fund to the Capital Improvements Reserve Fund. Such transfers must be authorized by the original budget or a budget amendment. (IAC, 545-2.5[384,388] Sec. 2.5[4]) 6. Utility and Enterprise Funds. A surplus in a Utility or Enterprise Fund may be transferred to any other City fund, except the Emergency Fund and Road Use Tax Funds, by resolution of the Council. A surplus may exist only after all required transfers have been made to any restricted accounts in accordance with the terms and provisions of any revenue bonds or loan agreements relating to the Utility or Enterprise Fund. A surplus is defined as the cash balance in the operating account or the unrestricted retained earnings calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in excess of: A. The amount of the expense of disbursements for operating and maintaining the utility or enterprise for the preceding three (3) months, and B. The amount necessary to make all required transfers to restricted accounts for the succeeding three (3) months. (IAC, 545-2.5[384,388], Sec. 2.5[5]) 7. Balancing of Funds. Fund accounts shall be reconciled at the close of each month and a report thereof submitted to the Council. 7.05 OPERATING BUDGET PREPARATION. The annual operating budget of the City shall be prepared in accordance with the following: 1. Proposal Prepared. The finance officer is responsible for preparation of the annual budget detail, for review by the Mayor and Council and adoption by the Council in accordance with directives of the Mayor and Council. 2. Boards and Commissions. All boards, commissions and other administrative agencies of the City that are authorized to prepare and administer budgets must submit their budget proposals to the finance officer for inclusion in the proposed City budget at such time and in such form as required by the Council. 3. Submission to Council. The finance officer shall submit the completed budget proposal to the Council no later than February 15 of each year. 4. Council Review. The Council shall review the proposed budget and may make any adjustments in the budget which it deems appropriate before accepting such proposal for publication, hearing and final adoption. 5. Notice of Hearing. Upon adopting a proposed budget the Council shall set a date for public hearing thereon to be held before March 15 and cause notice of such hearing and a summary of the proposed budget to be published not less than ten (10) nor more than twenty (20) days before the date established for the hearing. Proof of such publication must be filed with the County Auditor. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[3]) 6. Copies of Budget on File. Not less than
twenty (20) days before the date that the budget must be certified to the
County Auditor and not less than ten (10) days before the public hearing,
the Clerk shall make available a sufficient number of copies of the detailed
budget to meet the (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[2]) 7. Adoption and Certification. After the hearing, the Council shall adopt, by resolution, a budget for at least the next fiscal year and the Clerk shall certify the necessary tax levy for the next fiscal year to the County Auditor and the County Board of Supervisors. The tax levy certified may be less than, but not more than, the amount estimated in the proposed budget. Two copies each of the detailed budget as adopted and of the tax certificate must be transmitted to the County Auditor. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[5]) 7.06 BUDGET AMENDMENTS. A City budget finally adopted for the following fiscal year becomes effective July 1 and constitutes the City appropriation for each program and purpose specified therein until amended as provided by this section. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.18) 1. Program Increase. Any increase in the amount appropriated to a program must be prepared, adopted and subject to protest in the same manner as the original budget. (IAC, 545-2.2 [384, 388]) 2. Program Transfer. Any transfer of appropriation from one program to another must be prepared, adopted and subject to protest in the same manner as the original budget. (IAC, 545-2.3 [384, 388]) 3. Activity Transfer. Any transfer of appropriation from one activity to another activity within a program must be approved by resolution of the Council. (IAC, 545-2.4 [384, 388]) 4. Administrative Transfers. The finance officer shall have the authority to adjust, by transfer or otherwise, the appropriations allocated within a specific activity without prior Council approval. (IAC, 545-2.4 [384, 388]) 7.07 ACCOUNTING. The accounting records of the City shall consist of not less than the following: 1. Books of Original Entry. There shall be established and maintained books of original entry to provide a chronological record of cash received and disbursed. 2. General Ledger. There shall be established and maintained a general ledger controlling all cash transactions, budgetary accounts and for recording unappropriated surpluses. 3. Checks. Checks shall be prenumbered and signed by the Clerk following Council approval, except as provided by subsection 5 hereof. 4. Budget Accounts. There shall be established such individual accounts to record receipts by source and expenditures by program and activity as will provide adequate information and control for budgeting purposes as planned and approved by the Council. Each individual account shall be maintained within its proper fund and so kept that receipts can be immediately and directly compared with revenue estimates and expenditures can be related to the authorizing appropriation. No expenditure shall be posted except to the appropriation for the function and purpose for which the expense was incurred. 5. Immediate Payment Authorized. The Council may by resolution authorize the Clerk to issue checks for immediate payment of amounts due, which if not paid promptly would result in loss of discount, penalty for late payment or additional interest cost. Any such payments made shall be reported to the Council for review and approval with and in the same manner as other claims at the next meeting following such payment. The resolution authorizing immediate payment shall specify the type of payment so authorized and may include but is not limited to payment of utility bills, contractual obligations, payroll and bond principal and interest. 6. Utilities. The finance officer shall perform and be responsible for accounting functions of the municipally owned utilities. 7.08 FINANCIAL REPORTS. The finance officer shall prepare and file the following financial reports: 1. Monthly Reports. There shall be submitted to the Council each month a report showing the activity and status of each fund, program, sub-program and activity for the preceding month. 2. Annual Report. Not later than December first of each year there shall be published an annual report containing a summary for the preceding fiscal year of all collections and receipts, all accounts due the City, and all expenditures, the current public debt of the City, and the legal debt limit of the City for the current fiscal year. A copy of the annual report must be filed with the Auditor of State not later than December 1 of each year. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.22) 7.09 BIDS OR QUOTATIONS REQUIRED. Price quotations or competitive bids shall be sought in accordance with the following: 1. Construction and Service Contracts. Any contract for construction, maintenance or other services to be performed for the City in the amount of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) or more shall first be approved by the Council. 2. Competitive Bidding. The purchase of any supplies, materials or equipment, the cost of which will exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) shall be made only after receiving written bids from two (2) or more sources and approval of the Council. 3. Price Quotations Required. Department Supervisors are authorized to purchase necessary supplies, materials or equipment, the cost of which will not exceed twelve hundred dollars ($1,200.00). Expenditures exceeding twelve hundred dollars ($1,200.00) and up to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) can be made only with approval of the City Administrator. (Ord. 502 – Nov. 05 Supp.) INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTIONS
8.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for a partial exemption from property taxation of the actual value added to industrial real estate by the new construction of industrial real estate, research-service facilities, warehouses, distribution centers and the acquisition of or improvement to machinery and equipment assessed as real estate. 8.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “Actual value added” means the actual value added as of the first year for which the exemption granted under this chapter is received, except that “actual value added by improvements to machinery and equipment” means the actual value as determined by the local assessor as of January 1 of each year for which the exemption is received. 2. “Approved reconstruction” means the reconstruction of an existing building or structure which has received the required prior approval of the Council pursuant to Section 8.05. 3. “Distribution center” means a building or structure used primarily for the storage of goods which are intended for subsequent shipment to retail outlets. “Distribution center” does not mean a building or structure used primarily to store raw agricultural products, used primarily by a manufacturer to store goods to be used in the manufacturing process, used primarily for the storage of petroleum products, or used for the retail sale of goods. 4. “New construction” means new buildings and structures and includes new buildings and structures which are constructed as additions to existing buildings and structures. Unless otherwise stated, “new construction” does include approved reconstruction and qualified new machinery and equipment. 5. “Qualified new machinery and equipment” means new machinery and equipment assessed as real estate pursuant to Section 427A.1, Subsection 1, Paragraph “e”, Code of Iowa, unless the machinery or equipment is part of the normal replacement or operating process to maintain or expand the existing operational status. 6. “Research-service facilities” means a building or group of buildings devoted primarily to research and development activities, including, but not limited to, the design and production or manufacture of prototype products for experimental use, and corporate-research services which do not have a primary purpose of providing on-site services to the public. 7. “Warehouse” means a building or structure used as a public warehouse for the storage of goods pursuant to Chapter 554, Article 7, of the Code of Iowa, except that it does not mean a building or structure used primarily to store raw agricultural products or from which goods are sold at retail. 8.03 EXEMPTION GRANTED. A partial exemption from taxation for actual value added to industrial real estate may be granted for new construction, including approved reconstruction, qualified new machinery and equipment, research-service facilities, warehouses and distribution centers, for the five eligible tax years upon proper application by the property owner to the Cherokee County Assessor under the provisions of this chapter and the requirements of the Iowa Department of Revenue. The amount of actual value added which is eligible to be exempt from taxation shall be as follows: 1. For the first year, seventy-five percent (75%) 2. For the second year, sixty percent (60%) 3. For the third year, forty-five percent (45%) 4. For the fourth year, thirty percent (30%) 5. For the fifth year, fifteen percent (15%) 8.04 EXEMPTION INELIGIBILITY. Industrial property otherwise eligible for a tax exemption under this chapter shall not be granted such exemption if: 1. New Construction. If, in the case of new construction constituting complete replacement of an existing building or structure, the exemption would result in the assessed value of the industrial real estate being reduced below the assessed value of the industrial real estate before the start of the new construction added. 2. Prior Exemption. The property for which the exemption is claimed has received any other property tax exemption authorized by law. 8.05 RECONSTRUCTION APPROVAL. All reconstruction of industrial property shall be approved by ordinance in the manner provided by this section to be eligible for a tax exemption under this chapter. The procedure for receiving such approval shall be as follows: 1. Written Request Filed. The property owner seeking the exemption shall file a written request for an approval ordinance with the Clerk not later than ninety (90) days before an application for exemption must be filed with the Cherokee County Assessor. Said request shall be filed in quintuplicate and shall contain the following information: A. The business name and address of the property owner seeking the exemption and the name, title, address and phone number of the company officer with whom communications may be made regarding the request. B. The nature of the property owner’s business including the products manufactured or processed by the business. C. The location of the reconstruction project and its zoning classification. D. A detailed description of the reconstruction involved and its estimated cost. If the reconstruction is being performed in connection with a project also involving other new construction and qualified new machinery and equipment, the description and cost of the total project shall be included. E. The purpose of the reconstruction project including specific evidence and justification that the reconstruction is required and necessary: (1) Due to economic obsolescence; and (2) To implement recognized industry standards for the manufacturing and processing of specific products; and (3) For the owner to continue to competitively manufacture or process those products. F. The original or certified copy of the written recommendation of the State Economic Development Board that the reconstruction project be approved. 2. Copies for Approval. Upon receiving the written request, the Clerk shall provide the extra copies of the request for approval to the Mayor, City Administrator, Planning and Zoning Commission and the City Attorney and ask the Council to set the matter for public hearing. 3. Public Hearing. The Council shall hold a public hearing on the requested ordinance following notice thereof according to law. 4. Ordinance Adopted. Not less than thirty (30) days after said public hearing, the Council shall enact an ordinance approving the reconstruction as eligible for a tax exemption under this chapter if it determines that the State Economic Development Board has made a recommendation for approval and that the reconstruction is required and necessary: A. Due to economic obsolescence; and B. To implement recognized industry standards for the manufacturing and processing of specific products; and C. For the owner to continue to competitively manufacture or process those products. 5. Ordinance Content and Filing. The ordinance adopted shall incorporate the required finding and the City Clerk shall file a certified copy of it in the office of the Cherokee County Assessor. 6. Ordinance Not Approved. In the event the ordinance is disapproved because the necessary determinations could not be made as required, the property owner may submit a revised reconstruction proposal which shall be submitted in the same manner as the original request. 8.06 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION. An application for an exemption from taxation granted under this chapter shall be filed for each project resulting in actual value added for which an exemption is claimed. The application for exemption shall be properly filed by the owner of the property with the Cherokee County Assessor by February 1 of the assessment year in which the value added is first assessed for taxation on forms prescribed by the Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance. 8.07 REPEAL OF EXEMPTION PROVISIONS. The provisions of this chapter may be repealed whenever, in the opinion of the Council, the granting of tax exemptions hereunder ceased to be of benefit to the City. In the event this chapter is repealed, all existing exemptions which have not yet begun but which have received a guarantee of exemption pursuant to Section 8.08 shall take effect and continue throughout their applicable period as provided thereunder. 8.08 NEW CONSTRUCTION TAX EXEMPTION GUARANTEE. A property owner may submit a proposal to the Council involving planned new construction of industrial property, including approved reconstruction, qualified new machinery and equipment, research-service facilities, warehouse, and distribution centers, and request an ordinance guaranteeing the granting of a tax exemption as provided for in Section 8.03. Such a proposal shall be submitted and considered as follows: 1. Proposal Filed. The property owner shall file the proposal in writing with the Clerk not more than three (3) years before the planned new construction is to be completed. Said proposal shall be filed in quintuplicate and shall contain the following information: A. The business name and address of the property owner seeking the exemption and the name, title, address and phone number of the company officer with whom communications may be made regarding the proposal. B. The nature of the property owner’s business including the products manufactured or processed by the business. C. The location of the planned new construction and its zoning classification. D. A detailed description of the planned new construction and its estimated cost. E. The purpose and goal of the planned new construction, including information concerning proposed employment, community impact and necessity for receiving a prior guarantee of tax exemption, as well as any other relevant data and explanations. F. The written proposal under this section may be combined with the required written request under Section 8.05 provided all information under both provisions is provided. 2. Copies for Approval. Upon receiving the written proposal, the Clerk shall provide the extra copies for the request for approval to the Mayor, City Administrator, Planning and Zoning Commission and the City Attorney and ask the Council to set the matter for public hearing. 3. Public Hearing. The Council shall hold a public hearing regarding the proposal following notice thereof according to law. 4. Ordinance Adopted. Not less than thirty (30) days after said public hearing the Council may enact an ordinance guaranteeing a tax exemption conditioned upon the new construction being completed as proposed and found to be qualified real estate. The granting of a prior guarantee under this section shall be discretionary. 5. Ordinance Content and Filing. If an ordinance is adopted hereunder, it shall identify the planned new construction and incorporate any conditions required by the Council. The Council shall file a certified copy of the ordinance in the office of the Cherokee County Assessor. 6. Ordinance Not Approved. In the event an ordinance approving the proposal is not adopted, the property owner may submit an amended proposal to the Council for consideration following the same procedure as in the making of the original proposal.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTION
9.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for a property tax exemption for shell buildings constructed by community development organizations for speculative purposes in accordance with Section 427.1 of the Code of Iowa. 9.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “Community development organization” means a City organization or a multi-community group formed for one or more of the following purposes: A. To promote, stimulate, develop, and advance the business prosperity and economic welfare of the community, area, or region and its citizens. B. To encourage and assist the location of new business and industry. C. To rehabilitate and assist existing business and industry. D. To stimulate and assist in the expansion of business activity. For purposes of this definition, a community development organization must have at least fifteen (15) members with representation from the government at the level or levels corresponding to the community development organization’s area of operation; a private sector lending institution; a community organization in the area; business in the area; and private citizens in the community. 2. “New construction” means new buildings or structures and includes new buildings or structures which are constructed as additions to existing buildings or structures. “New construction” also includes reconstruction or renovation of an existing building or structure which constitutes complete replacement of an existing building or structure or refitting of an existing building or structure, if the reconstruction or renovation of the existing building or structure is required due to economic obsolescence, if the reconstruction or renovation is necessary to implement recognized industry standards for the manufacturing or processing of products, and the reconstruction or renovation is required in order to competitively manufacture or process products or for community development organizations to market a building or structure as a speculative shell building, which determination must receive prior approval from the Council. 3. “Speculative shell building” means a building or structure owned and constructed or reconstructed by a community development organization without a tenant or buyer for the purpose of attracting an employer or user which will complete the building to the employer’s or user’s specification for manufacturing, processing, or warehousing the employer’s or user’s product line. 9.03 ELIGIBILITY. The new construction of shell buildings, or the portion of the value added to buildings being reconstructed or renovated in order to become speculative shell buildings, by the community development organization is eligible for property tax exemption commencing the assessment year in which the building is first assessed or in which the reconstruction or renovation first adds value. The exemption shall continue (for a period of five years) until the property is leased or sold or until terminated by ordinance of the Council. 9.04 APPLICATION. An application shall be filed with the local assessor for each project for which an exemption is claimed in accordance with Section 427B.4 of the Code of Iowa.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° CHAPTER 11 URBAN REVITALIZATION
15.01 TERM OF OFFICE. The Mayor is elected for a term of four (4) years. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2) 15.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. The powers and duties of the Mayor are as follows: 1. Chief Executive Officer. Act as the chief executive officer of the City and presiding officer of the Council, supervise all departments of the City, except for supervisory duties delegated to the City Administrator, give direction to department heads concerning the functions of the departments, and have the power to examine all functions of the municipal departments, their records and to call for special reports from department heads at any time. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[1]) 2. Proclamation of Emergency. Have authority to take command of the police and govern the City by proclamation, upon making a determination that a time of emergency or public danger exists. Within the City limits, the Mayor has all the powers conferred upon the Sheriff to suppress disorders. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[2]) 3. Special Meetings. Call special meetings of the Council when the Mayor deems such meetings necessary to the interests of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[1]) 4. Mayor’s Veto. Sign, veto or take no action on an ordinance, amendment or resolution passed by the Council. The Mayor may veto an ordinance, amendment or resolution within fourteen days after passage. The Mayor shall explain the reasons for the veto in a written message to the Council at the time of the veto. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.5 & 380.6[2]) 5. Reports to Council. Make such oral or written reports to the Council as required. These reports shall concern municipal affairs generally, the municipal departments, and recommendations suitable for Council action. 6. Negotiations. Represent the City in all negotiations properly entered into in accordance with law or ordinance. The Mayor shall not represent the City where this duty is specifically delegated to another officer by law, ordinance, or Council direction. 7. Contracts. Whenever authorized by the Council, sign contracts on behalf of the City. 8. Professional Services. Upon order of the Council, secure for the City such specialized and professional services not already available to the City. In executing the order of the Council, the Mayor shall act in accordance with the Code of Ordinances and the laws of the State. 9. Licenses and Permits. Sign all licenses and permits which have been granted by the Council, except those designated by law or ordinance to be issued by another municipal officer. 10. Nuisances. Issue written order for removal, at public expense, any nuisance for which no person can be found responsible and liable. 11. Absentee Officer. Make appropriate provision that duties of any absentee officer be carried on during such absence. 15.03 APPOINTMENTS. The Mayor shall appoint the Mayor Pro Tem and the Mayor also appoints, with Council approval, the following officials: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4) 1. Police Chief 2. Library Board of Trustees 3. Historic Preservation Commission (Ord. 435 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 15.04 COMPENSATION. The salary of the Mayor is six thousand dollars ($6,000.00) per year, payable monthly. (Ord. 442 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8]) 15.05 VOTING. The Mayor is not a member of the Council and shall not vote as a member of the Council. (Ord. 435 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4)
16.01 VICE PRESIDENT OF COUNCIL. The Mayor Pro Tem is vice president of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3]) 16.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. Except for the limitations otherwise provided herein, the Mayor Pro Tem shall perform the duties of the Mayor in cases of absence or inability of the Mayor to perform such duties. In the exercise of the duties of the office the Mayor Pro Tem shall not have power to employ, or discharge from employment, officers or employees that the Mayor has the power to appoint, employ or discharge without the approval of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3]) 16.03 VOTING RIGHTS. The Mayor Pro Tem shall have the right to vote as a member of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3]) 16.04 COMPENSATION. If the Mayor Pro Tem performs the duties of the Mayor during the Mayor’s absence or disability for a continuous period of fifteen (15) days or more, the Mayor Pro Tem may be paid for that period the compensation as determined by the Council, based upon the Mayor Pro Tem’s performance of the Mayor’s duties and upon the compensation of the Mayor. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
17.01 NUMBER AND TERM OF COUNCIL. The Council consists of two (2) Council Members elected at large and one Council Member from each of three (3) wards as established by the Code of Ordinances, elected for overlapping terms of four (4) years. 17.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. The powers and duties of the Council include, but are not limited to the following: 1. General. All powers of the City are vested in the Council except as otherwise provided by law or ordinance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1]) 2. Wards. By ordinance, the Council may divide the City into wards based upon population, change the boundaries of wards, eliminate wards or create new wards. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[7]) 3. Fiscal Authority. The Council shall apportion and appropriate all funds, and audit and allow all bills, accounts, payrolls and claims, and order payment thereof. It shall make all assessments for the cost of street improvements, sidewalks, sewers and other work, improvement or repairs which may be specially assessed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1], 384.16 & 384.38 [1]) 4. Public Improvements. The Council shall make all orders for the construction of any improvements, bridges or buildings. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1]) 5. Contracts. The Council shall make or authorize the making of all contracts. No contract shall bind or be obligatory upon the City unless adopted by resolution of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.100) 6. Employees. The Council shall authorize, by resolution, the number, duties, term of office and compensation of employees or officers not otherwise provided for by State law or the Code of Ordinances.(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 7. Setting Compensation for Elected Officers. By ordinance, the Council shall prescribe the compensation of the Mayor, Council members, and other elected City officers, but a change in the compensation of the Mayor does not become effective during the term in which the change is adopted, and the Council shall not adopt such an ordinance changing the compensation of any elected officer during the months of November and December in the year of a regular City election. A change in the compensation of Council members becomes effective for all Council members at the beginning of the term of the Council members elected at the election next following the change in compensation. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8]) 17.03 EXERCISE OF POWER. The Council shall exercise a power only by the passage of a motion, a resolution, an amendment or an ordinance in the following manner: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.3[1]) 1. Action by Council. Passage of an ordinance, amendment or resolution requires a majority vote of all of the members of the Council. Passage of a motion requires a majority vote of a quorum of the Council. A resolution must be passed to spend public funds in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00) on any one project, or to accept public improvements and facilities upon their completion. Each Council member’s vote on a measure must be recorded. A measure which fails to receive sufficient votes for passage shall be considered defeated. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.4) 2. Overriding Mayor’s Veto. Within thirty (30) days after the Mayor’s veto, the Council may pass the measure again by a vote of not less than two-thirds of all of the members of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[2]) 3. Measures Become Effective. Measures passed by the Council become effective in one of the following ways: A. An ordinance or amendment signed by the Mayor becomes effective when the ordinance or a summary of the ordinance is published, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the ordinance or amendment. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[1a]) B. A resolution signed by the Mayor becomes effective immediately upon signing. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[1b]) C. A motion becomes effective immediately upon passage of the motion by the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[1c]) D. If the Mayor vetoes an ordinance, amendment or resolution and the Council repasses the measure after the Mayor’s veto, a resolution becomes effective immediately upon repassage, and an ordinance or amendment becomes a law when the ordinance or a summary of the ordinance is published, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the ordinance or amendment. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[2]) E. If the Mayor takes no action on an ordinance, amendment or resolution, a resolution becomes effective fourteen (14) days after the date of passage, and an ordinance or amendment becomes law when the ordinance or a summary of the ordinance is published, but not sooner than fourteen (14) days after the date of passage, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the ordinance or amendment. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[3]) “All of the members of the Council” refers to all of the seats of the Council including a vacant seat and a seat where the member is absent, but does not include a seat where the Council member declines to vote by reason of a conflict of interest. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.4) 17.04 COUNCIL MEETINGS. Procedures for giving notice of meetings of the Council and other provisions regarding the conduct of Council meetings are contained in Section 5.06 of this Code of Ordinances. Additional particulars relating to Council meetings are the following: 1. Regular Meetings. The time and place of the regular meetings of the Council shall be fixed by resolution of the Council. 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings shall be held upon call of the Mayor or upon the written request of a majority of the members of the Council submitted to the Clerk. Notice of a special meeting shall specify the date, time, place and subject of the meeting and such notice shall be given personally or left at the usual place of residence of each member of the Council. A record of the service of notice shall be maintained by the Clerk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[5]) 3. Quorum. A majority of all Council members is a quorum. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[1]) 4. Rules of Procedure. The Council shall determine its own rules and maintain records of its proceedings. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[5]) 5. Compelling Attendance. Any three (3) members of the Council can compel the attendance of the absent members at any regular, adjourned or duly called meeting, by serving a written notice upon the absent members to attend at once. 17.05 APPOINTMENTS. The Council shall appoint the following officials and prescribe their powers, duties, compensation and term of office: 1. City Administrator 2. City Clerk-Treasurer 3. City Attorney 4. Deputy City Clerk-Treasurer 5. Planning and Zoning Commission 6. Zoning Board of Adjustment 7. Airport Commission 17.06 COMPENSATION. The salary of each Council member is forty dollars ($40.00) for each meeting of the Council attended, payable semiannually; provided, however, such compensation shall not exceed $2,000.00 in any one calendar year. (Ord. 441 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
18.01 APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION. The City Administrator shall nominate a qualified person for appointment by the Council to the position of City Clerk-Treasurer, to serve at the discretion of the Council. Such nomination shall be confirmed and appointment made unless three-fourths (3/4) of the entire Council does not approve of such nomination. The City Clerk-Treasurer shall not be considered an “officer” under the provisions of Section 5.09 of this Code of Ordinances and shall be removed upon recommendation of the City Administrator unless three-fourths (3/4) of the entire Council votes against such removal. The Clerk-Treasurer shall receive such compensation as established by resolution of the Council. 18.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. The City Clerk-Treasurer, or in the Clerk-Treasurer’s absence or inability to act, the Deputy Clerk-Treasurer, has the powers and duties as provided in this chapter, this Code of Ordinances and the law, and in addition has the following powers and duties with regard to City funds: 1. Custody of Funds. Be responsible for the safe custody of all funds of the City in the manner provided by law, and Council direction. 2. Record of Fund. Keep the record of each fund separate. 3. Record Receipts. Keep an accurate record of all money or securities received on behalf of the City and specify the date, from whom, and for what purpose received. 4. Record Disbursements. Keep an accurate account of all disbursements, money or property, specifying date, to whom, and from what fund paid. 5. Special Assessments. Keep a separate account of all money received from special assessments. 6. Deposit Funds. Upon receipt of moneys to be held in the Clerk-Treasurer’s custody and belonging to the City, deposit the same in depositories selected by the Council. 7. Reconciliation. Reconcile the Clerk-Treasurer’s books and records and certify monthly to the Council the balance of cash and investments of each fund and amounts received and disbursed. 8. Debt Service. Keep a register of all bonds outstanding and record all payments of interest and principal. 9. Other Duties. Perform such other duties as specified by the Council by resolution or ordinance. 18.03 PUBLICATION OF MINUTES. The City Clerk-Treasurer shall attend all regular and special Council meetings and within fifteen (15) days following a regular or special meeting shall cause the minutes of the proceedings thereof to be published. Such publication shall include a list of all claims allowed and a summary of all receipts and shall show the gross amount of the claim. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[6]) 18.04 RECORDING MEASURES. The City Clerk-Treasurer shall promptly record each measure considered by the Council and record a statement with the measure, where applicable, indicating whether the Mayor signed, vetoed or took no action on the measure, and whether the measure was repassed after the Mayor’s veto. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[1 & 2]) 18.05 PUBLICATION. The City Clerk-Treasurer shall cause to be published all ordinances, enactments, proceedings and official notices requiring publication as follows: 1. Time. If notice of an election, hearing, or other official action is required by this Code of Ordinances or law, the notice must be published at least once, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before the date of the election, hearing or other action, unless otherwise provided by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.3[1]) 2. Manner of Publication. A publication required by this Code of Ordinances or law must be in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having general circulation in the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.3[2]) 18.06 AUTHENTICATION. The Clerk-Treasurer shall authenticate all measures except motions with the Clerk-Treasurer’s signature, certifying the time and manner of publication when required. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[4]) 18.07 CERTIFY MEASURES. The Clerk-Treasurer shall certify all measures establishing any zoning district, building lines, or fire limits and a plat showing the district, lines, or limits to the recorder of the County containing the affected parts of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.11) 18.08 RECORDS. The Clerk-Treasurer shall maintain the specified City records in the following manner: 1. Ordinances and Codes. Maintain copies of all effective City ordinances and codes for public use. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[5]) 2. Custody. Have custody and be responsible for the safekeeping of all writings or documents in which the City is a party in interest unless otherwise specifically directed by law or ordinance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 3. Maintenance. Maintain all City records and documents, or accurate reproductions, for at least five (5) years except that ordinances, resolutions, Council proceedings, records and documents, or accurate reproductions, relating to the issuance, cancellation, transfer, redemption or replacement of public bonds or obligations shall be kept for at least eleven (11) years following the final maturity of the bonds or obligations. Ordinances, resolutions, Council proceedings, records and documents, or accurate reproductions, relating to real property transactions shall be maintained permanently. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[3 & 5]) 4. Provide Copy. Furnish upon request to any municipal officer a copy of any record, paper or public document under the Clerk-Treasurer’s control when it may be necessary to such officer in the discharge of such officer’s duty; furnish a copy to any citizen when requested upon payment of the fee set by Council resolution; under the direction of the Mayor or other authorized officer, affix the seal of the City to those public documents or instruments which by ordinance and Code of Ordinances are required to be attested by the affixing of the seal. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4 & 5] and 380.7[5]) 5. Filing of Communications. Keep and file all communications and petitions directed to the Council or to the City generally. The Clerk-Treasurer shall endorse thereon the action of the Council taken upon matters considered in such communications and petitions. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 18.09 ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS. At the direction of the Council, the Clerk-Treasurer shall attend meetings of committees, boards and commissions. The Clerk-Treasurer shall record and preserve a correct record of the proceedings of such meetings. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 18.10 ISSUE LICENSES AND PERMITS. The Clerk-Treasurer shall issue or revoke licenses and permits when authorized by this Code of Ordinances, and keep a record of licenses and permits issued which shall show date of issuance, license or permit number, official receipt number, name of person to whom issued, term of license or permit and purpose for which issued. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 18.11 NOTIFY APPOINTEES. The Clerk-Treasurer shall inform all persons appointed by the Mayor or Council to offices in the City government of their position and the time at which they shall assume the duties of their office. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 18.12 ELECTIONS. The Clerk-Treasurer shall perform the following duties relating to elections and nominations: 1. Certify to the County Commissioner of Elections the type of nomination process to be used by the City no later than ninety (90) days before the date of the regular City election. (Ord. 456 – Jun. 03 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.6) 2. Accept the nomination petition of a candidate for a City office for filing if on its face it appears to have the requisite number of signatures and is timely filed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4) 3. Designate other employees or officials of the City who are ordinarily available to accept nomination papers if the Clerk-Treasurer is not readily available during normal working hours. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4) 4. Note upon each petition and affidavit accepted for filing the date and time that the petition was filed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4) 5. Deliver all nomination petitions, together with the text of any public measure being submitted by the Council to the electorate, to the County Commissioner of Elections not later than five o’clock (5:00) p.m. on the day following the last day on which nomination petitions can be filed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4) 18.13 CITY SEAL. The City seal is in the custody of the Clerk-Treasurer and shall be attached by the Clerk-Treasurer to all transcripts, orders and certificates which it may be necessary or proper to authenticate. The City seal is circular in form, in the center of which is the word “CHEROKEE” and around the margin of which are the words “CITY SEAL” and “IOWA.” 18.14 CITY ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY. The City Clerk-Treasurer and Deputy are subordinate to and under the direct supervision of the City Administrator in the performance of all duties and responsibilities under law or ordinance or as assigned by the City Administrator.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° CITY MANAGER
19.01 PURPOSE. By virtue of the authority conferred by Chapter 372, Code of Iowa, the office of the City Manager for the City of Cherokee, Iowa, is hereby created. 19.02 APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF MANAGER. The Manager is to be appointed by a majority vote of the Council and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Council and shall be subject to removal by majority vote of the Council and in compliance with any Employee Employment Agreement and Section 372.15 of the Iowa Code, as it may from time to time be amended. The Manager shall be a person competent by education or experience to perform the duties imposed upon such person by this chapter. 19.03 COMPENSATION OF MANAGER. The Manager shall receive such annual salary as the Council shall from time to time determine by resolution. Time of payment shall be fixed in accordance with that for other Cherokee municipal employees. 19.04 DUTIES OF MANAGER. The duties of the Manager shall be as follows: 1. To supervise enforcement and execution of the City laws. 2. To attend all meetings of the Council unless excused by the Council. 3. To recommend to the Council such measures as may be necessary or expedient for the good of the government and welfare of the City. 4. To have the general supervision and direction of the administration of the City government. 5. The City Manager shall be directly responsible to the Council for the administration of municipal affairs as directed by that body. All City departmental administration requiring the attention of the Council shall be brought before the Council by the Manager. Council involvement in administration initiated by the Council must be coordinated through the Manager. 6. To supervise and direct the official conduct of all officers, departments and employees of the City, specifically including, but not limited to, the police, fire, street, sanitation, and water treatment departments. To effectuate this responsibility, and subject to the exceptions set out hereinafter, the City Manager shall have the power and authority to employ such assistants and other employees of the City of which the Council has approved the position generally, and to discharge said assistants or employees found incompetent or derelict in their duties. The City Manager may delegate this power and authority to subordinate officers and department heads to such extent that the Manager deems appropriate. The power to hire and discharge shall not apply to the position of City Clerk, Police Chief, and Fire Chief, but the City Manager shall report to and advise the Council on the performance of the persons filling those positions and make such recommendations with regard to their employment as seems appropriate. 7. To supervise the performance of all contracts for work to be done for the City, supervise all purchases of material and supplies, and see that such material and supplies are received, and are of the quality and character called for by the contract. 8. To supervise the construction, improvement, repair, maintenance and management of all City property, capital improvements and undertakings of the City, including the making and preservation of all surveys, maps, plans, drawings, specifications, and estimates for capital improvements, except property, improvements, and undertakings managed by a utility Board of Trustees. 9. To cooperate with any administrative agency or utility Board of Trustees. 10. To be responsible for supervision of the cleaning, sprinkling, and lighting of streets, alleys and public places and the collection and disposal of waste. 11. The City Manager may investigate the affairs and conduct of any department, agency, officer or employee under the supervision of the Manager. 12. To provide for and cause records to be kept of the issuance and revocation of licenses and permits authorized by City law and to sign the same when authorized by this Code of Ordinances. 13. To keep the Council fully advised of the financial and other conditions of the City and of its future needs. 14. To conduct the business affairs of the City and cause accurate records to be kept by modern and efficient accounting methods. 15. To make the Council periodic, itemized financial reports in writing. 16. To maintain liaison with citizens, businesses, developers, builders, engineers and other governmental agencies. 17. To employ any person for emergency purposes as deemed necessary for the welfare of the City. In no case shall said employment be extended after the first Council meeting following the date of employment unless otherwise approved by a vote of the Council. 18. To perform such other duties as the Council may direct. 19.05 MANAGER’S BOND. The Manager shall be bonded for the faithful performance of all duties, and in favor of the City of Cherokee, in an amount to be determined by the Council by resolution but which amount shall not be less than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000.00). The City shall pay the costs of this bond. 19.06 COUNCIL’S RETAINED POWERS. Without limitation, the Council specifically retains the following powers in addition to those granted by statute and ordinance: 1. Appoint the City Attorney. 2. Appoint the City Clerk. 3. Appoint the Superintendent of Public Works. 4. Appoint the Fire Chief. 5. Control and direct the activities of the City Manager. 6. Make and establish the policies of the City. 7. Appoint other positions as allowed by ordinance, resolution, and statute. 19.07 MAYOR’S RETAINED POWERS. Without limitations, the Mayor shall retain and enjoy the following powers in addition to those granted by statute and ordinance: 1. Appoint the Police Chief. 2. Function as the chief elected official with responsibility for the general public relations of the City and intergovernmental affairs. 3. Preside at all Council meetings. 4. Cooperate with the City Manager in the furtherance of the policies of the Council. 5. Fulfill all legal obligations and responsibilities provided by ordinance or State law. 19.08 POLITICAL ACTIVITY. The City Manager shall not participate directly or indirectly in the conduct of any campaign for the election or re-election of any person to the position of Councilman or Mayor. This prohibition shall not be deemed to restrict the City Manager’s right to vote or to make available public records, as provided by State law or City ordinance. 19.09 RELATIONSHIP TO CITY ATTORNEY. The City Attorney is not considered a department head for the purpose of this chapter and shall continue to be appointed by, and be directly responsible to, the Council. The City Manager and City Attorney shall communicate and cooperate regarding City matters. 19.10 RESIDE WITHIN CITY LIMITS. The City Manager shall reside within the City limits of Cherokee, Iowa. (Ch. 19 – Ord. 530 – Jul. 08 Supp.)
20.01 APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION. The Council shall appoint by majority vote a City Attorney to serve at the discretion of the Council. The City Attorney shall receive such compensation as established by resolution of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.02 ATTORNEY FOR CITY. The City Attorney shall act as attorney for the City in all matters affecting the City’s interest and appear on behalf of the City before any court, tribunal, commission or board. The City Attorney shall prosecute or defend all actions and proceedings when so requested by the Mayor or Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.03 POWER OF ATTORNEY. The City Attorney shall sign the name of the City to all appeal bonds and to all other bonds or papers of any kind that may be essential to the prosecution of any cause in court, and when so signed the City shall be bound upon the same. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.04 ORDINANCE PREPARATION. The City Attorney shall prepare those ordinances which the Council may desire and direct to be prepared and report to the Council upon all such ordinances before their final passage by the Council and publication. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.05 REVIEW AND COMMENT. The City Attorney shall, upon request, make a report to the Council giving an opinion on all contracts, documents, resolutions, or ordinances submitted to or coming under the City Attorney’s notice. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.06 PROVIDE LEGAL OPINION. The City Attorney shall give advice or a written legal opinion on City contracts and all questions of law relating to City matters submitted by the Mayor, Council or City Administrator. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.07 ATTENDANCE AT COUNCIL MEETINGS. The City Attorney shall attend meetings of the Council at the request of the Mayor or Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 20.08 PREPARE DOCUMENTS. The City Attorney shall, upon request, formulate drafts for contracts, forms and other writings which may be required for the use of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
21.01 PUBLIC LIBRARY. The public library for the City is known as the Cherokee Public Library. It is referred to in this chapter as the Library. 21.02 LIBRARY TRUSTEES. The Board of Trustees of the Library, hereinafter referred to as the Board, consists of nine (9) resident members. All members are to be appointed by the Mayor with the approval of the Council. 21.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF TRUSTEES. All but one member of the Board shall be a bona fide citizen and resident of the City. One member of the Board may live outside the City limits. Members shall be over the age of eighteen (18) years. 21.04 ORGANIZATION OF THE BOARD. The organization of the Board shall be as follows: 1. Term of Office. All appointments to the Board shall be for six (6) years, except to fill vacancies. Each term shall commence on July first. Appointments shall be made every two (2) years of one-third (1/3) the total number or as near as possible, to stagger the terms. 2. Vacancies. The position of any Trustee shall be vacated if such member moves permanently from the City and shall be deemed vacated if such member is absent from six (6) consecutive regular meetings of the Board, except in the case of sickness or temporary absence from the City. Vacancies in the Board shall be filled in the same manner as an original appointment except that the new Trustee shall fill out the unexpired term for which the appointment is made. 3. Compensation. Trustees shall receive no compensation for their services. 21.05 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Board shall have and exercise the following powers and duties: 1. Officers. To meet and elect from its members a President, a Secretary, and such other officers as it deems necessary. The Clerk-Treasurer shall serve as Board Treasurer, but shall not be a member of the Board. 2. Physical Plant. To have charge, control and supervision of the Library, its appurtenances, fixtures and rooms containing the same. 3. Charge of Affairs. To direct and control all affairs of the Library. 4. Hiring of Personnel. To employ a librarian, and authorize the librarian to employ such assistants and employees as may be necessary for the proper management of the Library, and fix their compensation; provided, however, that prior to such employment, the compensation of the librarian, assistants and employees shall have been fixed and approved by a majority of the members of the Board voting in favor thereof. 5. Removal of Personnel. To remove the librarian, by a two-thirds vote of the Board, and provide procedures for the removal of the assistants or employees for misdemeanor, incompetence or inattention to duty, subject however, to the provisions of Chapter 35C of the Code of Iowa. 6. Purchases. To select, or authorize the librarian to select, and make purchases of books, pamphlets, magazines, periodicals, papers, maps, journals, other Library materials, furniture, fixtures, stationery and supplies for the Library within budgetary limits set by the Board. 7. Use by Nonresidents. To authorize the use of the Library by nonresidents and to fix charges therefor unless a contract for free service exists. 8. Rules and Regulations. To make and adopt, amend, modify or repeal rules and regulations, not inconsistent with this Code of Ordinances and the law, for the care, use, government and management of the Library and the business of the Board, fixing and enforcing penalties for violations. 9. Expenditures. To have exclusive control of the expenditure of all funds allocated for Library purposes by the Council, and of all moneys available by gift or otherwise for the erection of Library buildings, and of all other moneys belonging to the Library including fines and rentals collected under the rules of the Board. 10. Gifts. To accept gifts of real property, personal property, or mixed property, and devises and bequests, including trust funds; to take the title to said property in the name of the Library; to execute deeds and bills of sale for the conveyance of said property; and to expend the funds received by them from such gifts, for the improvement of the Library. 11. Enforce the Performance of Conditions on Gifts. To enforce the performance of conditions on gifts, donations, devises and bequests accepted by the City on behalf of the Library. (Code of Iowa, Ch. 661) 12. Record of Proceedings. To keep a record of its proceedings. 13. County Historical Association. To have authority to make agreements with the local County historical association where such exists, and to set apart the necessary room and to care for such articles as may come into the possession of the association. The Trustees are further authorized to purchase necessary receptacles and materials for the preservation and protection of such articles as are in their judgment of a historical and educational nature and pay for the same out of funds allocated for Library purposes. 21.06 CONTRACTING WITH OTHER LIBRARIES. The Board has power to contract with other libraries in accordance with the following: 1. Contracting. The Board may contract with any other boards of trustees of free public libraries, with any other city, school corporation, private or semiprivate organization, institution of higher learning, township, or County, or with the trustees of any County library district for the use of the Library by their respective residents. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.5 & Ch. 28E) 2. Termination. Such a contract may be terminated at any time by mutual consent of the contracting parties. It also may be terminated by a majority vote of the electors represented by either of the contracting parties. Such a termination proposition shall be submitted to the electors by the governing body of a contracting party on a written petition of not less than five percent (5%) in number of the electors who voted for governor in the territory of the contracting party at the last general election. The petition must be presented to the governing body not less than forty (40) days before the election. The proposition may be submitted at any election provided by law that is held in the territory of the party seeking to terminate the contract. 21.07 NONRESIDENT USE. The Board may authorize the use of the Library by persons not residents of the City or County in any one or more of the following ways: 1. Lending. By lending the books or other materials of the Library to nonresidents on the same terms and conditions as to residents of the City, or County, or upon payment of a special nonresident Library fee. 2. Depository. By establishing depositories of Library books or other materials to be loaned to nonresidents. 3. Bookmobiles. By establishing bookmobiles or a traveling library so that books or other Library materials may be loaned to nonresidents. 4. Branch Library. By establishing branch libraries for lending books or other Library materials to nonresidents. 21.08 EXPENDITURES. All money appropriated by the Council for the operation and maintenance of the Library shall be set aside in an account for the Library. Expenditures shall be paid for only on orders of the Board, signed by its President and Secretary. The check-writing officer is the Clerk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.20 & 392.5) 21.09 ANNUAL REPORT. The Board shall make a report to the Council immediately after the close of the fiscal year. This report shall contain statements as to the condition of the Library, the number of books added, the number circulated, the amount of fines collected, and the amount of money expended in the maintenance of the Library during the year, together with such further information as may be required by the Council. 21.10 INJURY TO BOOKS OR PROPERTY. It is unlawful for a person willfully, maliciously or wantonly to tear, deface, mutilate, injure or destroy, in whole or in part, any newspaper, periodical, book, map, pamphlet, chart, picture or other property belonging to the Library or reading room. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 21.11 THEFT. No person shall take possession or control of property of the Library with the intent to deprive the Library thereof. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.1) 21.12 NOTICE POSTED. There shall be posted in clear public view within the Library notices informing the public of the following: 1. Failure To Return. Failure to return Library materials for two (2) months or more after the date the person agreed to return the Library materials, or failure to return Library equipment for one (1) month or more after the date the person agreed to return the Library equipment, is evidence of intent to deprive the owner, provided a reasonable attempt, including the mailing by restricted certified mail of notice that such material or equipment is overdue and criminal actions will be taken, has been made to reclaim the materials or equipment. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.5) 2. Detention and Search. Persons concealing Library materials may be detained and searched pursuant to law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 808.12)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION
22.01 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION. There shall be appointed by the Council a City Planning and Zoning Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission, consisting of seven (7) members, who shall be residents of the City and qualified by knowledge or experience to act in matters pertaining to the development of a City plan and who shall not hold any elective office in the City government. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 414.6 & 392.1) 22.02 TERM OF OFFICE. The term of office of the members of the Commission shall be three (3) years. The terms of not more than one-third of the members will expire in any one year. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 22.03 VACANCIES. If any vacancy exists on the Commission caused by resignation, or otherwise, a successor for the residue of the term shall be appointed in the same manner as the original appointee. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 22.04 COMPENSATION. All members of the Commission shall serve without compensation, except their actual expenses, which shall be subject to the approval of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 22.05 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Commission shall have and exercise the following powers and duties: 1. Selection of Officers. The Commission shall choose annually at its first regular meeting one of its members to act as Chairperson and another as Vice Chairperson, who shall perform all the duties of the Chairperson during the Chairperson’s absence or disability. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 2. Adopt Rules and Regulations. The Commission shall adopt such rules and regulations governing its organization and procedure as it may deem necessary. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 3. Zoning. The Commission shall have and exercise all the powers and duties and privileges in establishing the City zoning regulations and other related matters and may from time to time recommend to the Council amendments, supplements, changes or modifications, all as provided by Chapter 414 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 414.6) 4. Recommendations of Improvements. No statuary, memorial or work of art in a public place, and no public building, bridge, viaduct, street fixtures, public structure or appurtenances, shall be located or erected, or site therefor obtained, nor shall any permit be issued by any department of the City for the erection or location thereof until and unless the design and proposed location of any such improvement shall have been submitted to the Commission and its recommendations thereon obtained, except such requirements and recommendations shall not act as a stay upon action for any such improvement when the Commission after thirty (30) days’ written notice requesting such recommendations, shall have failed to file same. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 5. Review and Comment on Plats. All plans, plats, or re-plats of subdivision or re-subdivisions of land embraced in the City or adjacent thereto, laid out in lots or plats with the streets, alleys, or other portions of the same intended to be dedicated to the public in the City, shall first be submitted to the Commission and its recommendations obtained before approval by the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 6. Review and Comment of Street and Park Improvements. No plan for any street, park, parkway, boulevard, traffic-way, river front, or other public improvement affecting the City plan shall be finally approved by the City or the character or location thereof determined, unless such proposal shall first have been submitted to the Commission and the Commission shall have had thirty (30) days within which to file its recommendations thereon. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 7. Fiscal Responsibilities. The Commission shall have full, complete and exclusive authority to expend for and on behalf of the City all sums of money appropriated to it, and to use and expend all gifts, donations or payments whatsoever which are received by the City for City planning and zoning purposes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 8. Limitation on Entering Contracts. The Commission shall have no power to contract debts beyond the amount of its original or amended appropriation as approved by the Council for the present year. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 9. Annual Report. The Commission shall each year make a report to the Mayor and Council of its proceedings, with a full statement of its receipts, disbursements and the progress of its work during the preceding fiscal year. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION
24.01 PURPOSE AND INTENT. The purposes of this chapter are to: 1. Promote the educational, cultural, economic and general welfare of the public through the recognition, enhancement and perpetuation of sites and districts of historical and cultural significance; 2. Safeguard the City’s historic, aesthetic and cultural heritage by preserving sites and districts of historic and cultural significance; 3. Stabilize and improve property values; 4. Foster pride in the legacy of beauty and achievements of the past; 5. Protect and enhance the City’s attractions to tourists and visitors and the support and stimulus to business thereby provided; 6. Strengthen the economy of the City; 7. Promote the use of sites and districts of historic and cultural significance as places for the education, pleasure, and welfare of the people of the City. 24.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Commission” means the Cherokee Historic Preservation Commission, as established by this chapter. 2. “Historic district” means an area which contains a significant portion of buildings, structures or other improvements which, considered as a whole, possess integrity of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association, and which area as a whole: A. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction, or represents the work of a master, or possesses high artistic values, or represents a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or B. Is associated with events that have made significant contributions to the broad patterns of our local, state or national history; or C. Possesses a coherent and distinctive visual character or integrity based upon similarity of scale, design, color, setting, workmanship, materials or combinations thereof which is deemed to add significantly to the value and attractiveness of properties within such area; or D. Is associated with the lives of persons significant in our past; or E. Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history. 3. “Historic site” means a structure or building which: A. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of our history; or B. Is associated with the lives of persons significant in our past; or C. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction or represents the work of a master, or possesses high artistic values, or represents a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or D. Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history. 24.03 STRUCTURE OF COMMISSION. 1. The Commission consists of seven (7) members who are residents of the City. (Ord. 531 – Jul. 08 Supp.) 2. Members of the Commission shall be appointed by the Mayor with the advice and consent of the Council. Members shall demonstrate a positive interest in historic preservation, possessing interest or expertise in architecture, architectural history, historic preservation, city planning, building rehabilitation, conservation in general or real estate. 3. The Commission members are appointed for staggered terms of three (3) years, from January 1 following the year of such appointment or until their successor is appointed. Members may serve for more than one term. Each member shall serve until the appointment of a successor. 4. Vacancies occurring in the Commission, other than expiration of term of office, shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the member replaced. Vacancies shall be filled by the City according to the original selection as aforesaid. 5. Members shall serve without compensation. 6. A simple majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 7. The Commission shall elect a Chairperson who shall preside over all Commission meetings and elect a Secretary who shall be responsible for maintaining written records of the Commission’s proceedings. 8. The Commission shall meet at least three (3) times a year. 24.04 POWERS OF THE COMMISSION. 1. The Commission may conduct studies for the identification and designation of historic districts and sites meeting the definitions established by this chapter. The Commission may proceed at its own initiative or upon a petition from any person, group or association. The Commission shall maintain records of all studies and inventories for public use. 2. The Commission may make a recommendation to the State Bureau of Historic Preservation for the listing of an historic district or site in the National Register of Historic Places and may conduct a public hearing thereon. 3. The Commission may investigate and recommend to the Council the adoption of ordinances designating historic sites and historic districts if they qualify as defined herein. 4. In addition to those duties and powers specified above, the Commission may, with Council approval, A. Accept unconditional gifts and donations of real and personal property, including money, for the purpose of historic preservation; B. Acquire, by purchase, bequest or donation, fee and lesser interests in historic properties, including properties adjacent to or associated with historic properties; C. Preserve, restore, maintain and operate historic properties under the ownership or control of the Commission; D. Lease, sell and otherwise transfer or dispose of historic properties subject to rights of public access and other covenants and in a manner that will preserve the property; E. Contract with State or Federal government or other organizations; F. Cooperate with Federal, State and local governments in the pursuance of the objectives of historic preservation; G. Provide information for the purpose of historic preservation to the Council; and H. Promote and conduct an educational and interpretive program on historic properties within its jurisdiction.
CHEROKEE AVIATION AUTHORITY
25.01 CREATION OF AUTHORITY. The City shall participate in the creation of, and thereafter, become a member of the Cherokee Aviation Authority, which, when created, shall be comprised of two members, namely: Cherokee County and the City of Cherokee. 25.02 TAX ASSESSMENT. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 330A.15, Code of Iowa, the City shall not assess any taxes to finance the Airport Authority, in excess of the following rates: 1. In fiscal year 2004-2005, the City shall not assess more than $.15 per $1,000 of assessed valuation upon all of the taxable property within such municipality. 2. In fiscal year 2005-2006, through fiscal year 2017-2019, the City shall not assess more than $.15 per $1,000 of assessed valuation upon all of the taxable property within such municipality. 25.03 CHEROKEE AVIATION AUTHORITY BOARD. The Cherokee Aviation Authority shall have a Board of five members who shall be the governing body of the Authority exercising all of the rights, duties and powers conferred by Chapter 330A upon the Authority. Two members of the Board shall be residents of the City of Cherokee and three members shall be residents of the unincorporated territory of Cherokee County. The Mayor, with the approval of the City Council, shall appoint two residents of the City to serve on the Board of the Cherokee Aviation Authority, once it is created. One member of the Board shall be a resident of the unincorporated territory of Cherokee County and selected by the Cherokee Aviation Authority Board with approval by the Cherokee City Council and the Board of Supervisors. 25.04 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT. The Mayor, on behalf of the City, is authorized to execute an agreement, creating the Cherokee Aviation Authority, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 330A, Code of Iowa. (Chapter 25 added by Ord. 467 – Aug-04 Supp.) CHAPTER 30
30.01 DEPARTMENT ESTABLISHED. The police department of the City is established to provide for the preservation of peace and enforcement of law and ordinances within the corporate limits of the City. 30.02 ORGANIZATION. The department consists of the Police Chief and such other law enforcement officers and personnel, whether full or part time, as may be authorized by the Council. 30.03 PEACE OFFICER QUALIFICATIONS. In no case shall any person be selected or appointed as a law enforcement officer unless such person meets the minimum qualification standards established by the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 80B.11) 30.04 REQUIRED TRAINING. All peace officers shall have received the minimum training required by law at an approved law enforcement training school within one year of employment. Peace officers shall also meet the minimum in-service training as required by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 80B.11 [2]) (IAC, 501-3 and 501-8) 30.05 COMPENSATION. Members of the department are designated by rank and receive such compensation as shall be determined by resolution of the Council. 30.06 PEACE OFFICERS APPOINTED. The Mayor shall appoint and dismiss the Police Chief subject to the consent of a majority of the Council. The Police Chief shall select the other members of the department. (Ord. 435 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4) 30.07 POLICE CHIEF: DUTIES. The Police Chief has the following powers and duties subject to the approval of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [4]) 1. General. Perform all duties required of the police chief by law or ordinance. 2. Enforce Laws. Enforce all laws, ordinances and regulations and bring all persons committing any offense before the proper court. 3. Writs. Execute and return all writs and other processes directed to the Police Chief. 4. Accident Reports. Report all motor vehicle accidents investigated to the State Department of Transportation. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.266) 5. Prisoners. Be responsible for the custody of prisoners, including conveyance to detention facilities as may be required. 6. Assist Officials. When requested, provide aid to other City officers, boards and commissions in the execution of their official duties. 7. Investigations. Provide for such investigation as may be necessary for the prosecution of any person alleged to have violated any law or ordinance. 8. Record of Arrests. Keep a record of all arrests made in the City by showing whether said arrests were made under provisions of State law or City ordinance, the offense charged, who made the arrest and the disposition of the charge. 9. Reports. Compile and submit to the Mayor and Council an annual report as well as such other reports as may be requested by the Mayor or Council. 10. Command. Be in command of all officers appointed for police work and be responsible for the care, maintenance and use of all vehicles, equipment and materials of the department. 11. Traffic and Parking. Regulate traffic flow and parking regulations, as necessary, in the event of an emergency, disaster or special event. 30.08 DEPARTMENTAL RULES. The Police Chief shall establish such rules, not in conflict with the Code of Ordinances, and subject to the approval of the Council, as may be necessary for the operation of the department. 30.09 SUMMONING AID. Any peace officer making a legal arrest may orally summon as many persons as the officer reasonably finds necessary to aid the officer in making the arrest. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 804.17) 30.10 TAKING WEAPONS. Any person who makes an arrest may take from the person arrested all items which are capable of causing bodily harm which the arrested person may have within such person’s control to be disposed of according to law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 804.18
35.01 ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. A volunteer fire department is hereby established to prevent and extinguish fires and to protect lives and property against fires, to promote fire prevention and fire safety, and to answer all emergency calls for which there is no other established agency. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.16) 35.02 ORGANIZATION. The department consists of the Fire Chief and such other officers and personnel as may be authorized by the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 35.03 APPROVED BY COUNCIL. No person having otherwise qualified shall be appointed to the department until such appointment is submitted to and approved by a majority of the Council members. 35.04 TRAINING. All members of the department shall attend and actively participate in regular or special training drills or programs as directed by the Chief. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 35.05 COMPENSATION. Members of the department shall be designated by rank and receive such compensation as shall be determined by resolution of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 35.06 ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The department shall elect a Fire Chief and such other officers as its constitution and bylaws may provide, but the election of Fire Chief shall be subject to the approval of the Council. In case of absence of the Fire Chief, the officer next in rank shall be in charge and have and exercise all the powers of Fire Chief. 35.07 FIRE CHIEF: DUTIES. The Fire Chief shall perform all duties required of the Fire Chief by law or ordinance, including but not limited to the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 1. Enforce Laws. Enforce ordinances and laws regulating fire prevention and the investigation of the cause, origin and circumstances of fires. 2. Technical Assistance. Upon request, give advice concerning private fire alarm systems, fire extinguishing equipment, fire escapes and exits and development of fire emergency plans. 3. Authority at Fires. When in charge of a fire scene, direct an operation as necessary to extinguish or control a fire, perform a rescue operation, investigate the existence of a suspected or reported fire, gas leak, or other hazardous condition, or take any other action deemed necessary in the reasonable performance of the department’s duties. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.2) 4. Control of Scenes. Prohibit an individual, vehicle or vessel from approaching a fire scene and remove from the scene any object, vehicle, vessel or individual that may impede or interfere with the operation of the fire department. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.2) 5. Authority to Barricade. When in charge of a fire scene, place or erect ropes, guards, barricades or other obstructions across a street, alley, right-of-way, or private property near the location of the fire or emergency so as to prevent accidents or interference with the fire fighting efforts of the fire department, to control the scene until any required investigation is complete, or to preserve evidence related to the fire or other emergency. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.3) 6. Command. Be charged with the duty of maintaining the efficiency, discipline and control of the fire department. The members of the fire department shall, at all times, be subject to the direction of the Fire Chief. 7. Property. Exercise and have full control over the disposition of all fire apparatus, tools, equipment and other property used by or belonging to the fire department. 8. Notification. Whenever death, serious bodily injury, or property damage in excess of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) has occurred as a result of a fire, or if arson is suspected, notify the State Fire Marshal’s Division immediately. For all fires causing an estimated damage of fifty dollars ($50.00) or more or emergency responses by the Fire Department, file a report with the Fire Marshal’s Division within ten (10) days following the end of the month. The report shall indicate all fire incidents occurring and state the name of the owners and occupants of the property at the time of the fire, the value of the property, the estimated total loss to the property, origin of the fire as determined by investigation, and other facts, statistics, and circumstances concerning the fire incidents. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.2 & 100.3) 9. Right of Entry. Have the right, during reasonable hours, to enter any building or premises within the Fire Chief’s jurisdiction for the purpose of making such investigation or inspection which under law or ordinance may be necessary to be made and is reasonably necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.12) 10. Recommendation. Make such recommendations to owners, occupants, caretakers or managers of buildings necessary to eliminate fire hazards. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.13) 11. Assist State Fire Marshal. At the request of the State Fire Marshal, and as provided by law, aid said marshal in the performance of duties by investigating, preventing and reporting data pertaining to fires. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.4) 12. Records. Cause to be kept records of the fire department personnel, fire fighting equipment, depreciation of all equipment and apparatus, the number of responses to alarms, their cause and location, and an analysis of losses by value, type and location of buildings. 13. Reports. Compile and submit to the Mayor and Council an annual report of the status and activities of the department as well as such other reports as may be requested by the Mayor or Council. 35.08 OBEDIENCE TO FIRE CHIEF. No person shall willfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or direction of the Fire Chief. 35.09 CONSTITUTION. The department shall adopt a constitution and bylaws as they deem calculated to accomplish the object contemplated, and such constitution and bylaws and any change or amendment to such constitution and bylaws before being effective, must be approved by the Council. 35.10 ACCIDENTAL INJURY INSURANCE. The Council shall contract to insure the City against liability for worker’s compensation and against statutory liability for the costs of hospitalization, nursing, and medical attention for volunteer fire fighters injured in the performance of their duties as fire fighters whether within or outside the corporate limits of the City. All volunteer fire fighters shall be covered by the contract. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 85.2, 85.61 and Sec. 410.18) 35.11 LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Council shall contract to insure against liability of the City or members of the department for injuries, death or property damage arising out of and resulting from the performance of departmental duties within or outside the corporate limits of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 670.2 & 517A.1) 35.12 CALLS OUTSIDE CITY. The department shall answer calls to fires and other emergencies outside the City limits if the Fire Chief determines that such emergency exists and that such action will not endanger persons and property within the City limits. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 [2 & 3]) 35.13 MUTUAL AID. Subject to approval by resolution of the Council, the department may enter into mutual aid agreements with other legally constituted fire departments. Copies of any such agreements shall be filed with the Clerk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 [2 & 3]) 35.14 AUTHORITY TO CITE VIOLATIONS. Fire officials acting under the authority of Chapter 100 of the Code of Iowa may issue citations in accordance to Chapter 805 of the Code of Iowa, for violations of state and/or local fire safety regulations. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.41) 35.15 DEPARTMENTAL RULES. The Fire Chief shall establish such rules, not in conflict with the Code of Ordinances, and subject to the approval of the Council, as may be necessary for the operation of the department. 35.16 FEES FOR CALLS TO FIRES AND EMERGENCIES. 1. The City has established the following costs with regard to fire equipment involved in responding to a fire call or an emergency call. The City shall approve by resolution a list of equipment and a schedule of charges for each item of equipment. The City may bill the appropriate individual or entity, based upon the use of the equipment and the schedule of costs. 2. The City shall also approve by resolution a list of different categories of fires or emergencies. The City shall approve by resolution a schedule of charges for each respective type of fire call or emergency. The appropriate individual or entity can then be billed for the fire call or emergency. 3. The City shall also approve by resolution a list of equipment and a charge should that equipment become damaged in responding to a fire all or an emergency. If the equipment is damaged during a fire call or an emergency, the City may then bill the appropriate individual or entity. 4. All property owners shall have the option of asking the fire department for a fire safety inspection. A fee of $20.00 will be required to cover City costs. (Ord. 522 – Jun. 07 Supp.)
36.01 PURPOSE. In order to reduce the danger to the public health, safety and welfare from the leaks and spills of hazardous substances, these regulations are promulgated to establish responsibility for the treatment, removal and cleanup of hazardous substance spills within the City limits. 36.02 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “Cleanup” means actions necessary to contain, collect, control, identify, analyze, clean up, treat, disperse, remove or dispose of a hazardous substance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.381[1]) 2. “Hazardous condition” means any situation involving the actual, imminent or probable spillage, leakage, or release of a hazardous substance onto the land, into a water of the State or into the atmosphere which creates an immediate or potential danger to the public health or safety or to the environment. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.381[4]) 3. “Hazardous substance” means any substance
or mixture of substances that presents a danger to the public health or
safety and includes, but is not limited to, a substance that is toxic,
corrosive, or flammable, or that is an irritant or that generates pressure
through decomposition, heat, or other means. “Hazardous substance” may
include any hazardous waste identified or listed by the administrator of the
United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Solid Waste Disposal
Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or any
toxic pollutant listed under section 307 of the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act as amended to January 1, 1977, or any hazardous substance
designated under Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as
amended to January 1, 1977, or any (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.381[5]) 4. “Responsible person” means a person who at any time produces, handles, stores, uses, transports, refines, or disposes of a hazardous substance, the release of which creates a hazardous condition, including bailees, carriers, and any other person in control of a hazardous substance when a hazardous condition occurs, whether the person owns the hazardous substance or is operating under a lease, contract, or other agreement with the legal owner of the hazardous substance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.381[7]) 36.03 CLEANUP REQUIRED. Whenever a hazardous condition is created by the deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking or placing of a hazardous substance, so that the hazardous substance or a constituent of the hazardous substance may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into any waters, including ground waters, the responsible person shall cause the condition to be remedied by a cleanup, as defined in the preceding section, as rapidly as feasible to an acceptable, safe condition. The costs of cleanup shall be borne by the responsible person. If the responsible person does not cause the cleanup to begin in a reasonable time in relation to the hazard and circumstances of the incident, the City may, by an authorized officer, give reasonable notice, based on the character of the hazardous condition, said notice setting a deadline for accomplishing the cleanup and stating that the City will proceed to procure cleanup services and bill the responsible person for all costs associated with the cleanup if the cleanup is not accomplished within the deadline. In the event that it is determined that immediate cleanup is necessary as a result of the present danger to the public health, safety and welfare, then no notice shall be required and the City may proceed to procure the cleanup and bill the responsible person for all costs associated with the cleanup. If the bill for those services is not paid within thirty (30) days, the City Attorney shall proceed to obtain payment by all legal means. If the cost of the cleanup is beyond the capacity of the City to finance it, the authorized officer shall report to the Council and immediately seek any State or Federal funds available for said cleanup. 36.04 LIABILITY FOR CLEANUP COSTS. The responsible person shall be strictly liable for all of the following: 1. The reasonable cleanup costs incurred by the City as a result of the failure of the responsible person to clean up a hazardous substance involved in a hazardous condition. 2. The reasonable costs incurred by the City to evacuate people from the area threatened by a hazardous condition caused by the person. 3. The reasonable damages to the City for the injury to, destruction of, or loss of City property, including parks and roads, resulting from a hazardous condition caused by that person, including the costs of assessing the injury, destruction or loss. 36.05 NOTIFICATIONS. 1. A person manufacturing, storing, handling, transporting, or disposing of a hazardous substance shall notify the State Department of Natural Resources and the Police Chief or the Fire Chief of the occurrence of a hazardous condition as soon as possible but not later than six (6) hours after the onset of the hazardous condition or discovery of the hazardous condition. The Police Chief or the Fire Chief shall immediately notify the Department of Natural Resources. 2. Any other person who discovers a hazardous condition shall notify the Police Chief or the Fire Chief, who shall then notify the Department of Natural Resources. 36.06 POLICE AUTHORITY. If the circumstances reasonably so require, the law enforcement officer or an authorized representative may: 1. Evacuate persons from their homes to areas away from the site of a hazardous condition, and 2. Establish perimeters or other boundaries at or near the site of a hazardous condition and limit access to cleanup personnel. No person shall disobey an order of any law enforcement officer issued under this section. 36.07 LIABILITY. The City shall not be liable to any person for claims of damages, injuries, or losses resulting from any hazardous condition, unless the City is the responsible person as defined in Section 36.02[4].
40.01 ASSAULT. No person shall, without justification, commit any of the following: 1. Pain or Injury. Any act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1 [1]) 2. Threat of Pain or Injury. Any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting, or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1 [2]) However, where the person doing any of the above enumerated acts, and such other person, are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, and such act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk or serious injury or breach of the peace, the act is not an assault. Provided, where the person doing any of the above enumerated acts is employed by a school district or accredited nonpublic school, or is an area education agency staff member who provides services to a school or school district, and intervenes in a fight or physical struggle, or other disruptive situation that takes place in the presence of the employee or staff member performing employment duties in a school building, on school grounds or at an official school function regardless of the location, the act is not an assault, whether the fight or physical struggle or other disruptive situation is between students or other individuals if the degree and the force of the intervention is reasonably necessary to restore order and to protect the safety of those assembled. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1) 40.02 HARASSMENT. No person shall commit harassment. 1. A person commits harassment when, with intent to intimidate, annoy or alarm another person, the person does any of the following: A. Communicates with another by telephone, telegraph, writing or via electronic communication without legitimate purpose and in a manner likely to cause the other person annoyance or harm. (Ord. 418 – Aug. 00 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7) B. Places any simulated explosive or simulated incendiary device in or near any building, vehicle, airplane, railroad engine or railroad car, or boat occupied by the other person. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7) C. Orders merchandise or services in the name of another, or to be delivered to another, without such other person’s knowledge or consent. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7) D. Reports or causes to be reported false information to a law enforcement authority implicating another in some criminal activity, knowing that the information is false, or reports the alleged occurrence of a criminal act, knowing the same did not occur. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7) 2. A person commits harassment when the person, purposefully and without legitimate purpose, has personal contact with another person, with the intent to threaten, intimidate or alarm that other person. As used in this section, unless the context otherwise requires, “personal contact” means an encounter in which two or more people are in visual or physical proximity to each other. “Personal contact” does not require a physical touching or oral communication, although it may include these types of contacts. 40.03 DISORDERLY CONDUCT. No person shall do any of the following: 1. Fighting. Engage in fighting or violent behavior in any public place or in or near any lawful assembly of persons, provided that participants in athletic contests may engage in such conduct which is reasonably related to that sport. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [1]) 2. Noise. Make loud and raucous noise in the
vicinity of any residence or public building which causes unreasonable
distress to the (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [2]) 3. Abusive Language. Direct abusive epithets or make any threatening gesture which the person knows or reasonably should know is likely to provoke a violent reaction by another. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [3]) 4. Disrupt Lawful Assembly. Without lawful authority or color of authority, disturb any lawful assembly or meeting of persons by conduct intended to disrupt the meeting or assembly. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [4]) 5. False Report of Catastrophe. By words or action, initiate or circulate a report or warning of fire, epidemic, or other catastrophe, knowing such report to be false or such warning to be baseless. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [5]) 6. Disrespect of Flag. Knowingly and publicly use the flag of the United States in such a manner as to show disrespect for the flag as a symbol of the United States, with the intent or reasonable expectation that such use will provoke or encourage another to commit trespass or assault. (Ord. 528 – Jul. 08 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [6]) 7. Obstruct Use of Street. Without authority or justification, obstruct any street, sidewalk, highway, or other public way, with the intent to prevent or hinder its lawful use by others. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [7]) 8. Funeral or Memorial Service. A person shall not do any of the following within 500 feet of the building or other location where a funeral or memorial service is being conducted, or within 500 feet of a funeral procession or burial: A. Make loud and raucous noise which causes unreasonable distress to the persons attending the funeral or memorial service or participating in the funeral procession. B. Direct abusive epithets or make any threatening gesture which the person knows or reasonably should know is likely to provoke a violent reaction by another. C. Disturb or disrupt the funeral, memorial service, funeral procession or burial by conduct intended to disturb or disrupt the funeral, memorial service, funeral procession or burial. (1) This subsection applies to conduct within 60 minutes preceding, during and within 60 minutes after a funeral, memorial service, funeral procession or burial. (2) A person who commits a violation of this section commits: a. A simple misdemeanor for a first offense. b. A serious misdemeanor for a second offense. c. A class “D” felony for a third or subsequent offense. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.5) (Ord. 518 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 40.04 UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY. It is unlawful for three (3) or more persons to assemble together, with them or any of them acting in a violent manner, and with intent that they or any of them will commit a public offense. No person shall willingly join in or remain part of an unlawful assembly, knowing or having reasonable grounds to believe it is such. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.2) 40.05 FAILURE TO DISPERSE. A peace officer may order the participants in a riot or unlawful assembly or persons in the immediate vicinity of a riot or unlawful assembly to disperse. No person within hearing distance of such command shall refuse to obey. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.3)
41.01 DISTRIBUTING DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES. No person shall distribute samples of any drugs or medicine, or any corrosive, caustic, poisonous or other injurious substance unless the person delivers such into the hands of a competent person, or otherwise takes reasonable precautions that the substance will not be taken by children or animals from the place where the substance is deposited. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.1) 41.02 FALSE REPORTS TO OR COMMUNICATIONS WITH PUBLIC SAFETY ENTITIES. No person shall do any of the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.6) 1. Report or cause to be reported false information to a fire department, a law enforcement authority or other public safety entity, knowing that the information is false, or report the alleged occurrence of a criminal act knowing the act did not occur. 2. Telephone an emergency 911 communications center, knowing that he or she is not reporting an emergency or otherwise needing emergency information or assistance. 3. Knowingly provide false information to a law enforcement officer who enters the information on a citation. 41.03 REFUSING TO ASSIST OFFICER. Any person who is requested or ordered by any magistrate or peace officer to render the magistrate or officer assistance in making or attempting to make an arrest, or to prevent the commission of any criminal act, shall render assistance as required. No person shall unreasonably and without lawful cause, refuse or neglect to render assistance when so requested. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 719.2) 41.04 HARASSMENT OF PUBLIC OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. No person shall willfully prevent or attempt to prevent any public officer or employee from performing the officer’s or employee’s duty. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.4) 41.05 ABANDONED OR UNATTENDED REFRIGERATORS. No person shall abandon or otherwise leave unattended any refrigerator, ice box, or similar container, with doors that may become locked, outside of buildings and accessible to children, nor shall any person allow any such refrigerator, ice box, or similar container, to remain outside of buildings on premises in the person’s possession or control, abandoned or unattended and so accessible to children. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.3) 41.06 ANTENNA AND RADIO WIRES. It is unlawful for a person to allow antenna wires, antenna supports, radio wires or television wires to exist over any street, alley, highway, sidewalk, public way, public ground or public building without written consent of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2]) 41.07 BARBED WIRE AND ELECTRIC FENCES. It is unlawful for a person to use barbed wire or electric fences to enclose land within the City limits without the written consent of the Council unless such land consists of ten (10) acres or more and is used as agricultural land. 41.08 DISCHARGING WEAPONS. 1. It is unlawful for a person to discharge rifles, shotguns, revolvers, pistols, guns, BB guns or other firearms of any kind within the City limits except by written consent of the Council. 2. No person shall intentionally discharge a firearm in a reckless manner. 41.09 THROWING AND SHOOTING. It is unlawful for a person to throw stones, bricks or missiles of any kind or to shoot arrows, rubber guns, slingshots, air rifles or other dangerous instruments or toys on or into any street, alley, highway, sidewalk, public way, public ground or public building, without written consent of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2]) 41.10 URINATING AND DEFECATING. It is unlawful for any person to urinate or defecate onto any sidewalk, street, alley, or other public way, or onto any public or private building, including but not limited to the wall, floor, hallway, steps, stairway, doorway or window thereof, or onto any public or private land. 41.11 FIREWORKS PERMIT. The City may, upon application in writing, grant a permit for the display of fireworks by a City agency, fair associations, amusement parks and other organizations or groups of individuals approved by City authorities when such fireworks display will be handled by a competent operator. No permit shall be granted hereunder unless the operator or sponsoring organization has filed with the City evidence of insurance in the following amounts: 1. Personal Injury:............... $250,000.00 per person. 2. Property Damage:........... $ 50,000.00. 3. Total Exposure:.............. $1,000,000.00. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.2) 41.12 DRUG PARAPHERNALIA. 1. As used in this section “drug paraphernalia” means all equipment, products or materials of any kind used or attempted to be used in combination with a controlled substance, except those items used in combination with the lawful use of a controlled substance, to knowingly or intentionally and primarily do any of the following: A. Manufacture a controlled substance. B. Inject, ingest, inhale or otherwise introduce into the human body a controlled substance. C. Test the strength, effectiveness or purity of a controlled substance. D. Enhance the effect of a controlled substance. Drug paraphernalia does not include hypodermic needles or syringes if manufactured, delivered, sold or possessed for a lawful purpose. 2. It is unlawful for any person to knowingly or intentionally manufacture, deliver, sell or possess drug paraphernalia. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 124.414) (Ord. 413 – Aug. 00 Supp.)
42.01 TRESPASSING. It is unlawful for a person to knowingly trespass upon the property of another. As used in this section, the term “property” includes any land, dwelling, building, conveyance, vehicle or other temporary or permanent structure whether publicly or privately owned. The term “trespass” means one or more of the following acts: (Code of Iowa Sec. 716.7 and 716.8) 1. Entering Property Without Permission. Entering upon or in property without the express permission of the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession with the intent to commit a public offense or to use, remove therefrom, alter, damage, harass, or place thereon or therein anything animate or inanimate. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2a]) 2. Entering or Remaining on Property. Entering or remaining upon or in property without justification after being notified or requested to abstain from entering or to remove or vacate therefrom by the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession, or by any peace officer, magistrate, or public employee whose duty it is to supervise the use or maintenance of the property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2b]) 3. Interfering with Lawful Use of Property. Entering upon or in property for the purpose or with the effect of unduly interfering with the lawful use of the property by others. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2c]) 4. Using Property Without Permission. Being upon or in property and wrongfully using, removing therefrom, altering, damaging, harassing, or placing thereon or therein anything animate or inanimate, without the implied or actual permission of the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2d]) None of the above shall be construed to prohibit entering upon the property of another for the sole purpose of retrieving personal property which has accidentally or inadvertently been thrown, fallen, strayed, or blown onto the property of another, provided that the person retrieving the property takes the most direct and accessible route to and from the property to be retrieved, quits the property as quickly as is possible, and does not unduly interfere with the lawful use of the property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7(3)) 42.02 CRIMINAL MISCHIEF. It is unlawful, for any person who has no right to do so, to intentionally damage, deface, alter or destroy tangible property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 42.03 DEFACING PROCLAMATIONS OR NOTICES. It is unlawful for a person intentionally to deface, obliterate, tear down, or destroy in whole or in part, any transcript or extract from or of any law of the United States or the State, or any proclamation, advertisement or notification, set up at any place within the City by authority of the law or by order of any court, during the time for which the same is to remain set up. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 42.04 UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY. No unauthorized person shall enter or remain in or upon any public building, premises or grounds in violation of any notice posted thereon or when said building, premises or grounds are closed and not open to the public. When open to the public, a failure to pay any required admission fee also constitutes an unauthorized entry. 42.05 FRAUD. It is unlawful for any person to commit a fraudulent practice as defined in Section 714.8 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.8) 42.06 THEFT. It is unlawful for any person to commit theft. A person commits theft when the person does any of the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.1) 1. Takes possession or control of the property of another, or property in the possession of another, with the intent to deprive the other thereof. 2. Misappropriates property which the person has in trust, or property of another which the person has in the person’s possession or control, whether such possession or control is lawful or unlawful, by using or disposing of it in a manner which is inconsistent with or a denial of the trust or of the owner’s rights in such property, or conceals found property, or appropriates such property to the person’s own use, when the owner of such property is known to the person. 3. Obtains the labor or services of another, or a transfer of possession, control, or ownership of the property of another, or the beneficial use of property of another, by deception. 4. Exercises control over stolen property, knowing such property to have been stolen, or having reasonable cause to believe that such property has been stolen, unless the person’s purpose is to promptly restore it to the owner or to deliver it to an appropriate public officer. 5. Takes, destroys, conceals or disposes of property in which someone else has a security interest, with intent to defraud the secured party. 6. Makes, utters, draws, delivers, or gives any check, share draft, draft, or written order on any bank, credit union, person or corporation, and obtains property or service in exchange therefor, if the person knows that such check, share draft, draft or written order will not be paid when presented. 7. Obtains gas, electricity or water from a public utility or obtains cable television or telephone service from an unauthorized connection to the supply or service line or by intentionally altering, adjusting, removing or tampering with the metering or service device so as to cause inaccurate readings. 8. Any act that is declared to be theft by any provision of the Code of Iowa.
ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AND INTOXICATION
45.01 PERSONS UNDER LEGAL AGE—PENALTY. 1. A person shall not sell, give, or otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer to any person knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that person to be under legal age. 2. A person or persons under legal age shall not purchase or attempt to purchase or individually or jointly have alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer in their possession or control; except in the case of liquor, wine, or beer given or dispensed to a person under legal age within a private home and with the knowledge, presence, and consent of the parent or guardian, for beverage or medicinal purposes or as administered to the person by either a physician or dentist for medicinal purposes and except to the extent that a person under legal age may handle alcoholic beverages, wine, and beer during the regular course of the person’s employment by a liquor control licensee, or wine or beer permittee under this chapter. A. A simple misdemeanor punishable as a scheduled violation under section 805.8C, subsection 7 of the Iowa Code. B. A second offense shall be a simple misdemeanor punishable by a fine of five hundred dollars. In addition to any other applicable penalty, the person in violation of this section shall choose between either completing a substance abuse evaluation or the suspension of the person’s motor vehicle operating privileges for a period not to exceed one year. C. A third or subsequent offense shall be a simple misdemeanor punishable by a fine of five hundred dollars and the suspension of the person's motor vehicle operating privileges for a period not to exceed one year. The court may, in its discretion, order the person who is under legal age to perform community service work under section 909.3A of the Iowa Code, of an equivalent value to the fine imposed under this section. If the person who commits a violation of this section is under the age of eighteen, the matter shall be disposed of in the manner provided in Chapter 232 of the Iowa Code. (Ord. 541 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 45.02 PUBLIC CONSUMPTION OR INTOXICATION. 1. As used in this section unless the context otherwise requires: A. “Arrest” means the same as defined in Section 804.5 of the Code of Iowa and includes taking into custody pursuant to Section 232.19 of the Code of Iowa. B. “Chemical test” means a test of a person’s blood, breath, or urine to determine the percentage of alcohol present by a qualified person using devices and methods approved by the Commissioner of Public Safety. C. “Peace Officer” means the same as defined in Section 801.4 of the Code of Iowa. D. “School” means a public or private school or that portion of a public or private school which provides teaching for any grade from kindergarten through grade twelve. 2. A person shall not use or consume alcoholic liquor, wine or beer upon the public streets or highways. A person shall not use or consume alcoholic liquor in any public place, except premises covered by a liquor control license. A person shall not possess or consume alcoholic liquors, wine or beer on public school property or while attending any public or private school-related function. A person shall not be intoxicated or simulate intoxication in a public place. 3. When a peace officer arrests a person on a charge of public intoxication under this section, the peace officer shall inform the person that the person may have a chemical test administered at the person’s own expense. If a device approved by the Commissioner of Public Safety for testing a sample of a person’s breath to determine the person’s blood alcohol concentration is available, that is the only test that need be offered the person arrested. In a prosecution for public intoxication, evidence of the results of a chemical test performed under this subsection is admissible upon proof of a proper foundation. The percentage of alcohol present in a person’s blood, breath, or urine established by the results of a chemical test performed within two hours after the person’s arrest on a charge of public intoxication is presumed to be the percentage of alcohol present at the time of arrest. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.46) 45.03 OPEN CONTAINERS IN MOTOR VEHICLES. (See Section 62.08 of this Code of Ordinances.)
46.01 CIGARETTES AND TOBACCO. It is unlawful for any person under eighteen (18) years of age to smoke, use, possess, purchase or attempt to purchase any tobacco, tobacco products or cigarettes. Possession of cigarettes or tobacco products by a person under eighteen years of age shall not constitute a violation of this section if said person possesses the cigarettes or tobacco products as part of the person’s employment and said person is employed by a person who holds a valid permit under Chapter 453A of the Code of Iowa and lawfully offers for sale or sells cigarettes or tobacco products. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.2) (Ord. 419 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 46.02 CONTRIBUTING TO DELINQUENCY. It shall be unlawful: 2. To knowingly send, cause to be sent, or induce to go, any child under the age of eighteen to any of the following: A. A brothel or other premises used for the purposes of prostitution, with the intent that the child engage the services of a prostitute. B. An unlicensed premises where alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer is unlawfully sold or kept for sale. C. Any premises the use of which constitutes a violation of chapter 717A, or section 725.5 or 725.10 of the Iowa Code. 3. To knowingly encourage, contribute, or in any manner cause such child to violate any law of this State, or any ordinance of any city. 4. To knowingly permit, encourage, or cause such child to be guilty of any vicious or immoral conduct. 5. For a parent willfully to fail to support the parent's child under eighteen years of age whom the parent has a legal obligation to support. A. The violation of any State law or local ordinance which would constitute a public offense if committed by an adult except any offense which by law is exempted from the jurisdiction of this chapter. B. The violation of a Federal law or a law of another state which violation constitutes a criminal offense if the case involving that act has been referred to the juvenile court. C. The violation of section 123.47 which is committed by a child. (Ord. 542 – Jul. 09 Supp.)
47.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate the enjoyment of park facilities by the general public by establishing rules and regulations governing the use of park facilities. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12) 47.02 RULES AND REGULATIONS. The Council is hereby authorized to establish such rules and regulations as are determined necessary and advisable for the protection of the health and safety and efficient operation of Wescott Park and Spring Lake, and when posted, such rules and regulations shall be in effect. 47.03 PARKING. All vehicles shall be parked in designated parking spaces. 47.04 USE OF DRIVES REQUIRED. No person shall drive any car, cycle or other vehicle, or ride or lead any horse, in any portion of a park except upon the established drives or roadways therein or such other places as may be officially designated by the City. 47.05 DAMAGE IN PARKS. It is unlawful for any person to cut, mark, break, mar, injure or disfigure in any way any building, monument, foundation, bandstand, table, seat, step, fire apparatus, equipment or any tree, shrubbery, plant or flower within said park. 47.06 FIRES. No fires shall be built, except in a place provided therefor, and such fire shall be extinguished before leaving the area unless it is to be immediately used by some other party. 47.07 LITTERING. No person shall place, deposit, or throw any waste, refuse, litter or foreign substance in any area or receptacle except those provided for that purpose. 47.08 GAME PRESERVE. Wescott Park and Spring Lake are hereby designated as a game preserve. No person shall discharge any firearms or air powered guns within said area. 47.09 FISHING. Fishing is permitted in Spring Lake in the area designated and posted by the Council subject to the fish and game laws of the State of Iowa. 47.10 BOATING AND CANOEING. Boating and canoeing are permitted on Spring Lake only in the area designated for that purpose by the Council. Boats with electric motors only are allowed. 47.11 CAMPING AREAS. No person shall camp in any portion of a park except in portions prescribed or designated by the Council, and then only for a period of not more than one (1) week for tent camping with unlimited camping for campers and RV’s. No person under eighteen (18) years of age shall camp unless accompanied by a responsible adult. 47.12 THROUGH TRUCK TRAFFIC PROHIBITED. Through truck traffic is prohibited in Spring Lake Park. For the purpose of this section, “through truck traffic” is defined as truck traffic entering said park at one location or entrance and leaving said park at a second or different location or entrance. 47.13 PARK CLOSING TIME. Koser Spring Lake Park Campground area will be closed from eleven o’clock (11:00) p.m. to six o’clock (6:00) a.m. during the camping season.
50.01 DEFINITION OF NUISANCE. Whatever is injurious to health, indecent, or unreasonably offensive to the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property so as essentially to interfere unreasonably with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property is a nuisance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.1) 50.02 NUISANCES ENUMERATED. The following subsections include, but do not limit, the conditions which are deemed to be nuisances in the City: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2) 1. Offensive Smells. Erecting, continuing or using any building or other place for the exercise of any trade, employment or manufacture, which, by occasioning noxious exhalations, unreasonably offensive smells, or other annoyances, becomes injurious and dangerous to the health, comfort or property of individuals or the public. 2. Filth or Noisome Substance. Causing or suffering any offal, filth or noisome substance to be collected or to remain in any place to the prejudice of others. 3. Impeding Passage of Navigable River. Obstructing or impeding without legal authority the passage of any navigable river, harbor or collection of water. 4. Water Pollution. Corrupting or rendering unwholesome or impure the water of any river, stream or pond, or unlawfully diverting the same from its natural course or state, to the injury or prejudice of others. 5. Blocking Public and Private Ways. Obstructing or encumbering, by fences, buildings or otherwise, the public roads, private ways, streets, alleys, commons, landing places or burying grounds. 6. Billboards. Billboards, signboards and advertising signs, whether erected and constructed on public or private property, which so obstruct and impair the view of any portion or part of a public street, avenue, highway, boulevard or alley or of a railroad or street railway track as to render dangerous the use thereof. (See also Section 62.09) 7. Storing of Flammable Junk. Depositing or storing of flammable junk, such as old rags, rope, cordage, rubber, bones and paper, by dealers in such articles within the fire limits of the City, unless in a building of fireproof construction. (See also Chapter 51) 8. Air Pollution. Emission of dense smoke, noxious fumes or fly ash. 9. Weeds, Brush. Dense growth of all weeds, vines, brush or other vegetation in the City so as to constitute a health, safety or fire hazard. Unless a variance is allowed by resolution of the Council, grass, weeds, brush or other plants, except trees, shall be cut, mowed and maintained so as to not exceed the following height specifications: A. Developed Residential Areas: not to exceed six inches (6"). B. Undeveloped Residential Areas: not to exceed eight inches (8"). C. Business and Industrial Areas: not to exceed six inches (6"). D. Agricultural Areas: not to exceed twelve inches (12"). (Ord. 452 – Jun. 03 Supp.) 10. Dutch Elm Disease. Trees infected with Dutch Elm Disease. (See also Chapter 151) 11. Airport Air Space. Any object or structure hereafter erected within one thousand (1,000) feet of the limits of any municipal or regularly established airport or landing place, which may endanger or obstruct aerial navigation including take-off and landing, unless such object or structure constitutes a proper use or enjoyment of the land on which the same is located. 12. Houses of Ill Fame. Houses of ill fame, kept for the purpose of prostitution and lewdness; gambling houses; places resorted to by persons participating in criminal gang activity prohibited by Chapter 723A of the Code of Iowa or places resorted to by persons using controlled substances, as defined in Section 124.101 of the Code of Iowa, in violation of law, or houses where drunkenness, quarreling, fighting or breaches of the peace are carried on or permitted to the disturbance of others. 50.03 OTHER CONDITIONS. The following chapters of this Code of Ordinances contain regulations prohibiting or restricting other conditions which are deemed to be nuisances: 1. Junk and Junk Vehicles (See Chapter 51) 2. Dangerous Buildings (See Chapter 145) 3. Storage and Disposal of Solid Waste (See Chapter 105) 4. Trees (See Chapter 151) 50.04 NUISANCES PROHIBITED. The creation or maintenance of a nuisance is prohibited, and a nuisance, public or private, may be abated in the manner provided for in this chapter or State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.3) 50.05 NUISANCE ABATEMENT. The following procedure shall be used with regard to issuance of a written notice to abate a nuisance within the City of Cherokee, Iowa. 1. A citizen complainant is to notify an alleged offender of the complainant’s belief that a nuisance exists. The citizen complainant is to document to whom the notice is provided, the nature of the alleged nuisance, and the date and time that the alleged offender was notified. If the alleged offender does not abate the alleged nuisance, then the citizen complainant shall notify the City by filing a written complaint with the City. 2. If the Mayor, City Administrator, Chief of Police or other authorized municipal officer believes there is probable cause to support the accusation that a nuisance exists, then the City shall give a 20-day notice to abate to the alleged offender, describing with particularity the nature of the alleged nuisance and the steps necessary to abate the nuisance. The City shall document the nature of the alleged nuisance, the alleged offender and the date and time that the 20-day notice was provided to the alleged offender. 3. If the nuisance is not abated within the 20-day time period allowed, the Mayor or other authorized municipal officer shall cause to be served upon the property owner a written notice to abate the nuisance within a reasonable time after notice, pursuant to Section 50.06. 4. In the case of an emergency or necessity, the Mayor, City Administrator, Chief of Police or other authorized municipal officer may forego the above procedure and cause to be served upon the property owner a written notice to abate a nuisance within a reasonable time after notice. (Ord. 465 – Aug-04 Supp.) 50.06 NOTICE TO ABATE: CONTENTS. The notice to abate shall contain: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 1. Description of Nuisance. A description of what constitutes the nuisance. 2. Location of Nuisance. The location of the nuisance. 3. Acts Necessary to Abate. A statement of the act or acts necessary to abate the nuisance. 4. Reasonable Time. A reasonable time within which to complete the abatement. 5. Assessment of City Costs. A statement that if the nuisance or condition is not abated as directed and no request for hearing is made within the time prescribed, the City will abate it and assess the costs against such person. 50.07 METHOD OF SERVICE. The notice may be in the form of an ordinance or sent by certified mail to the property owner. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 50.08 REQUEST FOR HEARING. Any person ordered to abate a nuisance may have a hearing with the Council as to whether a nuisance exists. A request for a hearing must be made in writing and delivered to the Clerk within the time stated in the notice, or it will be conclusively presumed that a nuisance exists and it must be abated as ordered. The hearing will be before the Council at a time and place fixed by the Council. The findings of the Council shall be conclusive and, if a nuisance is found to exist, it shall be ordered abated within a reasonable time under the circumstances. 50.09 ABATEMENT IN EMERGENCY. If it is determined that an emergency exists by reason of the continuing maintenance of the nuisance or condition, the City may perform any action which may be required under this chapter without prior notice. The City shall assess the costs as provided in Section 50.11 after notice to the property owner under the applicable provisions of Sections 50.05, 50.06 and 50.07 and hearing as provided in Section 50.08. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 50.10 ABATEMENT BY CITY. If the person notified to abate a nuisance or condition neglects or fails to abate as directed, the City may perform the required action to abate, keeping an accurate account of the expense incurred. The itemized expense account shall be filed with the Clerk who shall pay such expenses on behalf of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 50.11 COLLECTION OF COSTS. The Clerk shall send a statement of the total expense incurred by certified mail to the property owner who has failed to abide by the notice to abate, and if the amount shown by the statement has not been paid within one (1) month, the Clerk shall certify the costs to the County Treasurer and such costs shall then be collected with, and in the same manner, as general property taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 50.12 INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OF COST OF ABATEMENT. If the amount expended to abate the nuisance or condition exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00), the City may permit the assessment to be paid in up to ten (10) annual installments, to be paid in the same manner and with the same interest rates provided for assessments against benefited property under State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.13) 50.13 FAILURE TO ABATE. Any person causing or maintaining a nuisance who shall fail or refuse to abate or remove the same within the reasonable time required and specified in the notice to abate is in violation of this Code of Ordinances.
EDITOR’S NOTE
A suggested form of notice for the abatement of nuisances is included in the appendix of this Code of Ordinances.
Caution is urged in the use of this administrative abatement procedure, particularly where cost of abatement is more than minimal or where there is doubt as to whether or not a nuisance does in fact exist. If compliance is not secured following notice and hearings, we recommend you review the situation with your attorney before proceeding with abatement and assessment of costs. Your attorney may recommend proceedings in court under Chapter 657 of the Code of Iowa rather than this procedure.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
51.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Junk” means all old or scrap copper, brass, lead, or any other non-ferrous metal; old or discarded rope, rags, batteries, paper, trash, rubber, debris, waste or used lumber, or salvaged wood; dismantled vehicles, machinery and appliances or parts of such vehicles, machinery or appliances; iron, steel or other old or scrap ferrous materials; old or discarded glass, tinware, plastic or old or discarded household goods or hardware. Neatly stacked firewood located on a side yard or a rear yard is not considered junk. 2. “Junk vehicle” means any vehicle legally placed in storage with the County Treasurer or unlicensed and which has any of the following characteristics: A. Broken Glass. Any vehicle with a broken or cracked windshield, window, headlight or tail light, or any other cracked or broken glass. B. Broken, Loose or Missing Part. Any vehicle with a broken, loose or missing fender, door, bumper, hood, steering wheel or trunk lid. C. Habitat for Nuisance Animals or Insects. Any vehicle which has become the habitat for rats, mice, or snakes, or any other vermin or insects. D. Flammable Fuel. Any vehicle which contains gasoline or any other flammable fuel. E. Inoperable. Any motor vehicle which lacks an engine or two or more wheels or other structural parts, rendering said motor vehicle totally inoperable, or which cannot be moved under its own power or has not been used as an operating vehicle for a period of thirty (30) days or more. F. Defective or Obsolete Condition. Any other vehicle which, because of its defective or obsolete condition, in any other way constitutes a threat to the public health and safety. Mere licensing of such vehicle shall not constitute a defense to the finding that the vehicle is a junk vehicle. 3. “Vehicle” means every device in, upon, or by which a person or property is or may be transported or drawn upon a highway or street, excepting devices moved by human power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks, and includes without limitation a motor vehicle, automobile, truck, motorcycle, tractor, buggy, wagon, farm machinery, or any combination thereof. 51.02 JUNK AND JUNK VEHICLES PROHIBITED. It is unlawful for any person to store, accumulate, or allow to remain on any private property within the corporate limits of the City any junk or junk vehicle. 51.03 JUNK AND JUNK VEHICLES A NUISANCE. It is hereby declared that any junk or junk vehicle located upon private property, unless excepted by Section 51.04, constitutes a threat to the health and safety of the citizens and is a nuisance within the meaning of Section 657.1 of the Code of Iowa. If any junk or junk vehicle is kept upon private property in violation hereof, the owner of or person occupying the property upon which it is located shall be prima facie liable for said violation. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a]) 51.04 EXCEPTIONS. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to any junk or a junk vehicle stored within: 1. Structure. A garage or other enclosed structure; or 2. Salvage Yard. An auto salvage yard or junk yard lawfully operated within the City. 51.05 NOTICE TO ABATE. Upon discovery of any junk or junk vehicle located upon private property in violation of Section 51.03, the City shall within five (5) days initiate abatement procedures as outlined in Chapter 50 of this Code of Ordinances. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a])
55.01 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined for use in this chapter. 1. “Animal” means a nonhuman vertebrate. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.1) 2. “At large” means off the premises of the owner and not under the control of a competent person, restrained within a motor vehicle, or housed in a veterinary hospital or kennel. 3. “Livestock” means an animal belonging to the bovine, caprine, equine, ovine or porcine species; farm deer, as defined in Section 481A.1 of the Code of Iowa; ostriches, rheas, emus or poultry. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 717.1) 4. “Owner” means any person owning, keeping, sheltering or harboring an animal. 55.02 ANIMAL NEGLECT. It is unlawful for a person who impounds or confines, in any place, an animal, excluding livestock, to fail to supply the animal during confinement with a sufficient quantity of food or water, or to fail to provide a confined dog or cat with adequate shelter, or to torture, deprive of necessary sustenance, mutilate, beat, or kill such animal by any means which causes unjustified pain, distress or suffering. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.3) 55.03 LIVESTOCK NEGLECT. It is unlawful for a person who impounds or confines livestock in any place to fail to provide the livestock with care consistent with customary animal husbandry practices or to deprive the livestock of necessary sustenance or to injure or destroy livestock by any means which causes pain or suffering in a manner inconsistent with customary animal husbandry practices. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 717.2) 55.04 ABANDONMENT OF CATS AND DOGS. A person who has ownership or custody of a cat or dog shall not abandon the cat or dog, except the person may deliver the cat or dog to another person who will accept ownership and custody or the person may deliver the cat or dog to an animal shelter or pound. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.8) 55.05 LIVESTOCK. It is unlawful for a person to keep livestock within the City except by written consent of the Council or except in compliance with the City’s zoning regulations. 55.06 AT LARGE PROHIBITED. It is unlawful for any owner to allow an animal to run at large within the corporate limits of the City. 55.07 DAMAGE OR INTERFERENCE. It is unlawful for the owner of an animal to allow or permit such animal to pass upon the premises of another thereby causing damage to, or interference with, the premises. 55.08 ANNOYANCE OR DISTURBANCE. It is unlawful for the owner of a dog to allow or permit such dog to cause serious annoyance or disturbance to any person or persons by frequent and habitual howling, yelping, barking, or otherwise; or, by running after or chasing persons, bicycles, automobiles or other vehicles. 55.09 LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. No household within the corporate limits of the City shall maintain more than three (3) separate or combination of three domestic animals together with litters therefrom up to the age of six (6) months. This section does not apply to kennels or veterinary clinics in agricultural, commercial or industrial zoning districts. (Ord. 482 – Aug-04 Supp.) 55.10 VICIOUS DOGS. It is unlawful for any person to harbor or keep a vicious dog within the City. A dog is deemed to be vicious when it has attacked or bitten any person without provocation, or when propensity to attack or bite persons exists and is known or ought reasonably to be known to the owner. Any dog adjudged vicious or found vicious by the Court must be removed from the corporate limits of the City within five (5) days of said finding. If the dog is not removed from the corporate limits of the City within five (5) days of said finding, then the City shall have the authority to remove the dog from the corporate limits of the City or have the dog humanely destroyed. (Ord. 428 ‑ Dec. 01 Supp.) 55.11 RABIES VACCINATION. Every owner of a dog shall obtain a rabies vaccination for such animal. It is unlawful for any person to own or have a dog in said person’s possession, six months of age or over, which has not been vaccinated against rabies. Dogs kept in kennels and not allowed to run at large are not subject to these vaccination requirements. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.33) 55.12 OWNER’S DUTY. It is the duty of the owner of any dog, cat or other animal which has bitten or attacked a person or any person having knowledge of such bite or attack to report this act to a local health or law enforcement official. It is the duty of physicians and veterinarians to report to the local board of health the existence of any animal known or suspected to be suffering from rabies. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.38) 55.13 CONFINEMENT. If a local board of health receives information that an animal has bitten a person or that a dog or animal is suspected of having rabies, the board shall order the owner to confine such animal in the manner it directs. If the owner fails to confine such animal in the manner directed, the animal shall be apprehended and impounded by such board, and after ten (10) days the board may humanely destroy the animal. If such animal is returned to its owner, the owner shall pay the cost of impoundment. This section does not apply if a police service dog or a horse used by a law enforcement agency and acting in the performance of its duties has bitten a person. (Ord. 437 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.39) 55.14 AT LARGE: IMPOUNDMENT. Animals found at large in violation of this chapter shall be seized and impounded, or at the discretion of the peace officer, the owner may be served a summons to appear before a proper court to answer charges made thereunder. 55.15 DISPOSITION OF ANIMALS. When an animal has been apprehended and impounded, written notice shall be given in not less than two (2) days to the owner, if known. Impounded animals may be recovered by the owner upon payment of an impounding fee, as set forth below, plus costs of food and care in a reasonable amount, and if an unvaccinated dog, by having it immediately vaccinated. If the owner does not redeem the animal within five (5) days of the date of notice, or if the owner cannot be located within five (5) days, the animal may be humanely destroyed or otherwise disposed of in accordance with law. (Ord. 433 – Dec. 01 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.37, 351.41) 55.16 IMPOUNDING COSTS. The following fee schedule is based upon the number of times an animal has been impounded for violations of this Code of Ordinances within a twelve-month period: Fee Schedule First Offense................................................................................ $ 25.00 Second Offense........................................................................... $ 50.00 Third and Following Offenses....................................................... $ 100.00 55.17 KENNELING REQUIRED. Kenneling is required within the corporate limits of the City with regard to the following animals when they are not under the direct control and supervision of the owner. 1. Pit bull terriers, including the following: A. The Bull Terrier breed of dog; B. The Staffordshire Bull Terrier breed; C. The American Pit Bull Terrier breed; D. The American Staffordshire Terrier breed; E. Dogs of mixed breed or of other breeds than above listed which breed or mixed breed is known as pit bulls, pit bull dogs or pit bull terriers; or F. Any dog which has the appearance and characteristics of being predominately of the breeds of Bull Terrier, Staffordshire Bull Terrier, American Pit Bull Terrier, American Staffordshire Terrier, any other breed commonly known as pit bulls, pit bull dogs or pit bull terriers, or a combination of any of these breeds. 2. Dogs of the breed or “mixed breeds” of Akita, Rottweiller, Doberman, or Chow. A “kennel” shall be defined as an enclosed structure with walls at least five feet high, fastened to a concrete base at least 3½" thick, and having a secure top. (Ord. 429 – Dec. 01 Supp.)
ADMINISTRATION OF TRAFFIC CODE
60.01 TITLE. Chapters 60 through 70 of this Code of Ordinances may be known and cited as the “Cherokee Traffic Code.” 60.02 DEFINITIONS. Where words and phrases used in the Traffic Code are defined by State law, such definitions apply to their use in said Traffic Code and are adopted by reference. Those definitions so adopted that need further definition or are reiterated, and other words and phrases used herein, have the following meanings: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1) 1. “Business District” means the territory contiguous to and including the following designated streets: A. Main Street from First Street to Sixth Street; B. Willow Street from First Street to Fifth Street; C. Maple Street from Second Street to Fourth Street; D. Second Street from Beech Street to Cherry Street; E. Fourth Street from Elm Street to Cedar Street; F. Fifth Street from Beech Street to Willow Street. 2. “Park” or “parking” means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not, otherwise than temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged in loading or unloading merchandise or passengers. 3. “Peace officer” means every officer authorized to direct or regulate traffic or to make arrests for violations of traffic regulations. 4. “Residence district” means the territory contiguous to and including a highway not comprising a business, suburban or school district, where forty percent (40%) or more of the frontage on such a highway for a distance of three hundred (300) feet or more is occupied by dwellings or by dwellings and buildings in use for business. 5. “School district” means the territory contiguous to and including a highway for a distance of two hundred (200) feet in either direction from a school house. 6. “Stand” or “standing” means the halting of a vehicle, whether occupied or not, otherwise than for the purpose of and while actually engaged in receiving or discharging passengers. 7. “Stop” means when required, the complete cessation of movement. 8. “Stop” or “stopping” means when prohibited, any halting of a vehicle, even momentarily, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a peace officer or traffic control sign or signal. 9. “Suburban district” means all other parts of the City not included in the business, school or residence districts. 10. “Traffic control device” means all signs, signals, markings, and devices not inconsistent with this chapter, lawfully placed or erected for the purpose of regulating, warning, or guiding traffic. 11. “Vehicle” means every device in, upon or by which any person or property is or may be transported or drawn upon a public highway, street, or alley. 60.03 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT. Provisions of this Traffic Code and State law relating to motor vehicles and law of the road are enforced by the Police Chief. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [4]) 60.04 POWER TO DIRECT TRAFFIC. A peace officer, and, in the absence of a peace officer, any officer of the fire department when at the scene of a fire, is authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand or signal in conformance with traffic laws. In the event of an emergency, traffic may be directed as conditions require, notwithstanding the provisions of the traffic laws. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.4 & 321.236[2]) 60.05 TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS: REPORTS. The driver of a vehicle involved in an accident within the limits of the City shall file a report as and when required by the Iowa Department of Transportation. A copy of this report shall be filed with the City for the confidential use of peace officers and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 321.271 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.273 & 321.274) 60.06 PEACE OFFICER’S AUTHORITY. A peace officer is authorized to stop a vehicle to require exhibition of the driver’s license of the driver, to serve a summons or memorandum of traffic violation, to inspect the condition of the vehicle, to inspect the vehicle with reference to size, weight, cargo, log book, bills of lading or other manifest of employment, tires and safety equipment, or to inspect the registration certificate, the compensation certificate, travel order, or permit of such vehicle. A peace officer having probable cause to stop a vehicle may require exhibition of the proof of financial liability coverage card issued for the vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.492) 60.07 OBEDIENCE TO PEACE OFFICERS. No person shall willfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or direction of any peace officer invested by law with authority to direct, control, or regulate traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.229) 60.08 PARADES REGULATED. No person shall conduct or cause any parade on any street except as provided herein: 1. “Parade” Defined. “Parade” means any march or procession of persons or vehicles organized for marching or moving on the streets in an organized fashion or manner or any march or procession of persons or vehicles represented or advertised to the public as a parade. 2. Permit Required. No parade shall be conducted without first obtaining a written permit from the Mayor or Police Chief. Such permit shall state the time and date for the parade to be held and the streets or general route therefor. Such written permit granted to the person organizing or sponsoring the parade shall be permission for all participants therein to parade when such participants have been invited by the permittee to participate therein. No fee shall be required for such permit. 3. Parade Not A Street Obstruction. Any parade for which a permit has been issued as herein required, and the persons lawfully participating therein, shall not be deemed an obstruction of the streets notwithstanding the provisions of any other ordinance to the contrary. 4. Control By Police and Fire Fighters. Persons participating in any parade shall at all times be subject to the lawful orders and directions in the performance of their duties of law enforcement personnel and members of the fire department. 5. Throwing Items From Vehicles. No person shall throw or permit to be thrown any candy, balloons, promotional items or other products from a moving vehicle proceeding along a parade route as a part of a parade, whether or not the parade is authorized by permit, or when proceeding to or from such parade route. As used herein, “moving vehicles” means any vehicle, wagon or other piece of equipment which moves along the parade route as a part of the parade, whether or not the vehicle, wagon or equipment is moving at the time the candy, balloon, promotional material or other product is thrown. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to make illegal the dispensing of such items by persons walking next to the curb along the parade route.
61.01 INSTALLATION. The Police Chief shall cause to be placed and maintained traffic control devices when and as required under this Traffic Code or under State law or emergency or temporary traffic control devices for the duration of an emergency or temporary condition as traffic conditions may require to regulate, guide or warn traffic. The Police Chief shall keep a record of all such traffic control devices. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.255) 61.02 CROSSWALKS. The Police Chief is hereby authorized, subject to approval of the Council by resolution, to designate and maintain crosswalks by appropriate traffic control devices at intersections where, due to traffic conditions, there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the street or roadway, and at such other places as traffic conditions require. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4] & 321.255) 61.03 TRAFFIC LANES. The Police Chief is hereby authorized to mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as traffic conditions require, consistent with the traffic code of the City. Where such traffic lanes have been marked, it shall be unlawful for the operator of any vehicle to fail or refuse to keep such vehicle within the boundaries of any such lane except when lawfully passing another vehicle or preparatory to making a lawful turning movement. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4] & 321.255) 61.04 STANDARDS. Traffic control devices shall comply with standards established by The Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.255) 61.05 COMPLIANCE. No driver of a vehicle shall disobey the instructions of any official traffic control device placed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, unless at the time otherwise directed by a peace officer, subject to the exceptions granted the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle under Section 321.231 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.256)
62.01 VIOLATION OF REGULATIONS. Any person who willfully fails or refuses to comply with any lawful order of a peace officer or direction of a fire department officer during a fire, or who fails to abide by the applicable provisions of the following Iowa statutory laws relating to motor vehicles and the statutory law of the road is in violation of this section. These sections of the Code of Iowa are adopted by reference and are as follows: 1. Section 321.20B — Proof of security against liability. 2. Section 321.32 — Registration card, carried and exhibited. 3. Section 321.37 — Display of plates. 4. Section 321.38 — Plates, method of attaching, imitations prohibited. 5. Section 321.79 — Intent to injure. 6. Section 321.91 — Penalty for abandonment. 7. Section 321.98 — Operation without registration. 8. Section 321.99 — Fraudulent use of registration. 9. Section 321.174 — Operators licensed. 10. Section 321.174A — Operation of motor vehicles with expired license. 11. Section 321.180 — Instruction permits. 12. Section 321.180B — Graduated driver’s licenses for persons aged fourteen through seventeen. 13. Section 321.193 — Restricted licenses. 14. Section 321.194 — Special minor’s licenses. 15. Section 321.216 — Unlawful use of license and nonoperator’s identification card. 16. Section 321.216B — Use of driver’s license or nonoperator’s identification card by underage person to obtain alcohol. 17. Section 321.216C — Use of driver’s license or nonoperator’s identification card by underage person to obtain cigarettes or tobacco products. 18. Section 321.219 — Permitting unauthorized minor to drive. 19. Section 321.220 — Permitting unauthorized person to drive. 20. Section 321.221 — Employing unlicensed chauffeur. 21. Section 321.222 — Renting motor vehicle to another. 22. Section 321.223 — License inspected. 23. Section 321.224 — Record kept. 24. Section 321.232 — Radar jamming devices; penalty. 25. Section 321.234A — All-terrain vehicles. 26. Section 321.247 — Golf cart operation on City streets. 27. Section 321.259 — Unauthorized signs, signals or markings. 28. Section 321.262 — Damage to vehicle. 29. Section 321.263 — Information and aid. 30. Section 321.264 — Striking unattended vehicle. 31. Section 321.265 — Striking fixtures upon a highway. 32. Section 321.275 — Operation of motorcycles and motorized bicycles. 33. Section 321.278 — Drag racing prohibited. 34. Section 321.288 — Control of vehicle; reduced speed. 35. Section 321.295 — Limitation on bridge or elevated structures. 36. Section 321.297 — Driving on right-hand side of roadways; exceptions. 37. Section 321.298 — Meeting and turning to right. 38. Section 321.299 — Overtaking a vehicle. 39. Section 321.302 — Overtaking on the right. 40. Section 321.303 — Limitations on overtaking on the left. 41. Section 321.304 — Prohibited passing. 42. Section 321.307 — Following too closely. 43. Section 321.308 — Motor trucks and towed vehicles; distance requirements. 44. Section 321.309 — Towing; convoys; drawbars. 45. Section 321.310 — Towing four-wheel trailers. 46. Section 321.312 — Turning on curve or crest of grade. 47. Section 321.313 — Starting parked vehicle. 48. Section 321.314 — When signal required. 49. Section 321.315 — Signal continuous. 50. Section 321.316 — Stopping. 51. Section 321.317 — Signals by hand and arm or signal device. 52. Section 321.319 — Entering intersections from different highways. 53. Section 321.320 — Left turns; yielding. 54. Section 321.321 — Entering through highways. 55. Section 321.322 — Vehicles entering stop or yield intersection. 56. Section 321.323 — Moving vehicle backward on highway. 57. Section 321.324 — Operation on approach of emergency vehicles. 58. Section 321.329 — Duty of driver — pedestrians crossing or working on highways. 59. Section 321.330 — Use of crosswalks. 60. Section 321.332 — White canes restricted to blind persons. 61. Section 321.333 — Duty of drivers. 62. Section 321.340 — Driving through safety zone. 63. Section 321.341 — Obedience to signal of train. 64. Section 321.342 — Stop at certain railroad crossings; posting warning. 65. Section 321.343 — Certain vehicles must stop. 66. Section 321.344 — Heavy equipment at crossing. 67. Section 321.344B — Immediate safety threat – penalty. 68. Section 321.354 — Stopping on traveled way. 69. Section 321.359 — Moving other vehicle. 70. Section 321.362 — Unattended motor vehicle. 71. Section 321.363 — Obstruction to driver’s view. 72. Section 321.364 — Preventing contamination of food by hazardous material. 73. Section 321.365 — Coasting prohibited. 74. Section 321.367 — Following fire apparatus. 75. Section 321.368 — Crossing fire hose. 76. Section 321.369 — Putting debris on highway. 77. Section 321.370 — Removing injurious material. 78. Section 321.371 — Clearing up wrecks. 79. Section 321.372 — School buses. 80. Section 321.381 — Movement of unsafe or improperly equipped vehicles. 81. Section 321.381A — Operation of low-speed vehicles. 82. Section 321.382 — Upgrade pulls; minimum speed. 83. Section 321.383 — Exceptions; slow vehicles identified. 84. Section 321.384 — When lighted lamps required. 85. Section 321.385 — Head lamps on motor vehicles. 86. Section 321.386 — Head lamps on motorcycles and motorized bicycles. 87. Section 321.387 — Rear lamps. 88. Section 321.388 — Illuminating plates. 89. Section 321.389 — Reflector requirement. 90. Section 321.390 — Reflector requirements. 91. Section 321.392 — Clearance and identification lights. 92. Section 321.393 — Color and mounting. 93. Section 321.394 — Lamp or flag on projecting load. 94. Section 321.395 — Lamps on parked vehicles. 95. Section 321.398 — Lamps on other vehicles and equipment. 96. Section 321.402 — Spot lamps. 97. Section 321.403 — Auxiliary driving lamps. 98. Section 321.404 — Signal lamps and signal devices. 99. Section 321.404A — Light-restricting devices prohibited. 100. Section 321.405 — Self-illumination. 101. Section 321.406 — Cowl lamps. 102. Section 321.408 — Back-up lamps. 103. Section 321.409 — Mandatory lighting equipment. 104. Section 321.415 — Required usage of lighting devices. 105. Section 321.417 — Single-beam road-lighting equipment. 106. Section 321.418 — Alternate road-lighting equipment. 107. Section 321.419 — Number of driving lamps required or permitted. 108. Section 321.420 — Number of lamps lighted. 109. Section 321.421 — Special restrictions on lamps. 110. Section 321.422 — Red light in front. 111. Section 321.423 — Flashing lights. 112. Section 321.430 — Brake, hitch and control requirements. 113. Section 321.431 — Performance ability. 114. Section 321.432 — Horns and warning devices. 115. Section 321.433 — Sirens, whistles, and bells prohibited. 116. Section 321.434 — Bicycle sirens or whistles. 117. Section 321.436 — Mufflers, prevention of noise. 118. Section 321.437 — Mirrors. 119. Section 321.438 — Windshields and windows. 120. Section 321.439 — Windshield wipers. 121. Section 321.440 — Restrictions as to tire equipment. 122. Section 321.441 — Metal tires prohibited. 123. Section 321.442 — Projections on wheels. 124. Section 321.444 — Safety glass. 125. Section 321.445 — Safety belts and safety harnesses — use required. 126. Section 321.446 — Child restraint devices. 127. Section 321.449 — Motor carrier safety regulations. 128. Section 321.450 — Hazardous materials transportation. 129. Section 321.454 — Width of vehicles. 130. Section 321.455 — Projecting loads on passenger vehicles. 131. Section 321.456 — Height of vehicles; permits. 132. Section 321.457 — Maximum length. 133. Section 321.458 — Loading beyond front. 134. Section 321.460 — Spilling loads on highways. 135. Section 321.461 — Trailers and towed vehicles. 136. Section 321.462 — Drawbars and safety chains. 137. Section 321.463 — Maximum gross weight. 138. Section 321.465 — Weighing vehicles and removal of excess. 139. Section 321.466 — Increased loading capacity – reregistration. 140. Section 321.306 — Roadways laned for traffic. 141. Section 321.311 — Turning at intersections. 142. Section 321.17 — Operating a non-registered vehicle. 143. Section 321.25 — Violation of “Registration applied For” card. 144. Section 321.34 — Registration violation. 145. Section 321.41 — Fail to give notice of address/name change for registration. 146. Section 321.45 — Title must be transferred with vehicle. 147. Section 321.46 — New title and registration upon transfer of ownership. 148. Section 321.104 — Penal offenses again title law. 149. Section 321.208A — Violation of out-of-service order. 150. Section 321.218 — Driving suspended or disqualified. 151. Section 321.229 — Fail to comply with order by police officer. 152. Section 321.78 — Injuring or tampering with vehicle. 153. Section 321.323A — Unsafe approach to certain stationary vehicles. 154. Section 321.353 — Stop before crossing sidewalk—right-of-way. (Ord. 539 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 62.02 PLAY STREETS DESIGNATED. The Mayor shall have authority to declare any street or part thereof a play street and cause to be placed appropriate signs or devices in the roadway indicating and helping to protect the same. Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating any street or part thereof as a play street, no person shall drive a vehicle upon any such street or portion thereof except drivers of vehicles having business or whose residences are within such closed area, and then any said driver shall exercise the greatest care in driving upon any such street or portion thereof. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.255) 62.03 VEHICLES ON SIDEWALKS. The driver of a vehicle shall not drive upon or within any sidewalk area except at a driveway. 62.04 CLINGING TO VEHICLE. No person shall drive a motor vehicle on the streets of the City unless all passengers of said vehicle are inside the vehicle in the place intended for their accommodation. No person riding upon any bicycle, coaster, roller skates, in-line skates, sled or toy vehicle shall attach the same or himself or herself to any vehicle upon a roadway. 62.05 QUIET ZONES. Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating a quiet zone, no person operating a motor vehicle within any such zone shall sound the horn or other warning device of such vehicle except in an emergency. 62.06 FUNERAL PROCESSIONS. Upon the immediate approach of a funeral procession, the driver of every other vehicle, except an authorized emergency vehicle, shall yield the right-of-way. An operator of a motor vehicle which is part of a funeral procession shall not be charged with violating traffic rules and regulations relating to traffic signals and devices while participating in the procession unless the operation is reckless. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.324A) 62.07 TAMPERING WITH VEHICLE. It is unlawful for any person, either individually or in association with one or more other persons, to willfully injure or tamper with any vehicle or break or remove any part or parts of or from a vehicle without the consent of the owner. 62.08 OPEN CONTAINERS IN MOTOR VEHICLES. 1. Drivers. A driver of a motor vehicle upon a public street or highway shall not possess in the passenger area of the motor vehicle an open or unsealed bottle, can, jar, or other receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.284) 2. Passengers. A passenger in a motor vehicle upon a public street or highway shall not possess in the passenger area of the motor vehicle an open or unsealed bottle, can, jar or other receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.284A) As used in this section “passenger area” means the area of a motor vehicle designed to seat the driver and passengers while the motor vehicle is in operation and any area that is readily accessible to the driver or a passenger while in their seating positions, including the glove compartment. An open or unsealed receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage may be transported in the trunk of the motor vehicle. An unsealed receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage may be transported behind the last upright seat of the motor vehicle if the motor vehicle does not have a trunk. 62.09 OBSTRUCTING VIEW AT INTERSECTIONS. It is unlawful to allow any tree, hedge, billboard or other object to obstruct the view of an intersection by preventing persons from having a clear view of traffic approaching the intersection from cross streets. Any such obstruction is deemed a nuisance and in addition to the standard penalty may be abated in the manner provided by Chapter 50 of this Code of Ordinances. 62.10 RECKLESS DRIVING. No person shall drive any vehicle in such manner as to indicate a willful or a wanton disregard for the safety of persons or property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.277) 62.11 CARELESS DRIVING. No person shall intentionally operate a motor vehicle on a street or highway in any one of the following ways: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.277A) 1. Creating or causing unnecessary tire squealing, skidding or sliding upon acceleration or stopping. 2. Simulating a temporary race. 3. Causing any wheel or wheels to unnecessarily lose contact with the ground. 4. Causing the vehicle to unnecessarily turn abruptly or sway. 62.12 GOLF CART OPERATION ON CITY STREETS. Golf carts may be operated upon the City streets by persons possessing valid motor vehicle operator’s licenses. However, a golf cart shall not be operated upon a City street which is a primary road extension through the City but shall be allowed to cross the same. All golf carts being operated upon City streets shall be equipped with a slow moving vehicle sign and a bicycle safety flag and shall operate on said streets only from sunrise to sunset. Golf carts operated on City streets shall be equipped with adequate brakes and shall meet all other safety requirements imposed thereon by the Code of Iowa. 62.13 TRUCK ROUTE. A truck route is hereby established for vehicles with a GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) of 26,001 pounds and above traveling through the City limits. All vehicles with a GVWR of 26,001 pounds and above traveling through the City limits must follow the following designated truck routes: 1. Truck traffic going east on Highway 3: A. If continuing east shall use the Highway 3 by-pass and proceed east. B. If traveling south shall use Highway 59 south. 2. Truck traffic going west on Highway 3: A. If continuing west shall use the Highway 3 by-pass and proceed west on Highway 3. B. If traveling south shall turn on Linden Street and proceed on Linden Street to its intersection with Highway 59 south and proceed south on Highway 59/Second Street. 3. Truck traffic going south on Highway 59: A. If traveling west on Highway 3 shall use Highway 3. B. If traveling east on Highway 3 shall use Highway 3 by-pass and proceed east on Highway 3. C. If traveling south on Highway 3 shall use Highway 59/Second Street south. D. If traveling west on C-38 shall use Highway 59/Second Street south, turn west on Elm Street, north on Fifth Street, and west on Main Street and proceed west on C-38. 4. Truck traffic going north on Highway 59: A. If traveling east on Highway 3 shall turn on Linden Street and proceed on Linden Street to its intersection with Highway 3 east and proceed east on Highway 3. B. If traveling west on Highway 3 shall use Highway 59 north to Highway 3 west. C. If traveling north on Highway 59 shall use Highway 59 south. D. If traveling west on C-38 shall turn west on Elm Street, north on 5th Street and then west on Main Street and proceed west on C-38. 5. Truck traffic traveling east on C-38: A. If traveling east on Highway 3 shall travel east on Main Street, turn south on Fifth Street, turn east on Elm Street, turn south on Highway 59/Second Street to its intersection with Linden Street, turn east onto Linden Street and proceed on Linden Street to its intersection with Highway 3 and turn east on Highway 3. B. If traveling north on Highway 59 shall travel east on Main Street, turn south on Fifth Street, turn east on Elm Street, turn north on Highway 59 and proceed on Highway 59/Second Street. C. If traveling west on Highway 3 shall travel east on Main Street, turn south on Fifth Street, turn east on Elm Street, turn north on Highway 59/Second Street to Highway 3 and proceed west on Highway 3. D. If traveling south on Highway 59 shall travel east on Main Street, turn south on Fifth Street, turn east on Elm Street, turn south on Highway 59/Second Street and travel south on Highway 59. An exception to the above truck routes shall be allowed for vehicles making delivery stops within the City for the duration of their delivery. The fine for violation of this section is $25. (Ord. 509 – Nov. 05 Supp.)
63.01 GENERAL. Every driver of a motor vehicle on a street shall drive the same at a careful and prudent speed not greater than nor less than is reasonable and proper, having due regard to the traffic, surface and width of the street and of any other conditions then existing, and no person shall drive a vehicle on any street at a speed greater than will permit said driver to bring it to a stop within the assured clear distance ahead, such driver having the right to assume, however, that all persons using said street will observe the law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285) 63.02 STATE CODE SPEED LIMITS. The following speed limits are established in Section 321.285 of the Code of Iowa and any speed in excess thereof is unlawful unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter as a special speed zone. 1. Business District – Twenty (20) miles per hour. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [1]) 2. Residence or School District – Twenty-five (25) miles per hour. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [2]) 3. Suburban District – Forty-five (45) miles per hour. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [4]) 63.03 PARKS, CEMETERIES AND PARKING LOTS. A speed in excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour in any public park, cemetery or parking lot, unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter, is unlawful. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[5]) 63.04 SPECIAL SPEED RESTRICTIONS. In accordance with requirements of the Iowa State Department of Transportation, or whenever the Council shall determine the basis of an engineering and traffic investigation that any speed limit listed in Section 63.02 is greater or less than is reasonable or safe under the conditions found to exist at any intersection or other place or upon any part of the City street system, the Council shall determine and adopt by ordinance such higher or lower speed limit as it deems reasonable and safe at such location. The following special speed zones have been established: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.290) 1. Alley Speed Limitation. A speed in excess of ten (10) miles per hour in any alleyway in the City unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter is unlawful. 2. Special 25 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess of twenty-five (25) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof. A. Second Street from two hundred (200) feet ± south of Locust Street to fifty (50) feet ± north of Cedar Street; B. South River Road from Beech Street to Birch Street; C. East Indian Street from North Second Street (United States Highway 59) east to North Roosevelt Avenue. (Ord. 460 – Jun. 03 Supp.) 3. Special 30 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess of thirty (30) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof. A. Lake Street from South Second Street to the intersection with Spring Lake Drive; (Ord. 411 – Aug. 00 Supp.) B. East Main Street from three hundred (300) feet ± west of Euclid Avenue to two hundred (200) feet ± east of Roosevelt Avenue. 4. Special 35 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess of thirty-five (35) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof. A. East Main Street from two hundred (200) feet ± east of Roosevelt Avenue to two hundred fifty (250) feet ± east of Water Street; B. South Second Street from five hundred (500) feet ± south of Lake Street to two hundred (200) feet ± south of Locust Street; C. South River Road from Birch Street south to a point 1716 feet distant (being the present north entrance of the Ready-Mix plant); D. North Second Street from fifty (50) feet ± north of Cedar Street to fifty (50) feet ± north of Indian Street; E. North Eleventh Street from a point six hundred (600) feet north of the center of Hillside Street to a point two thousand (2,000) feet north and northwesterly of the center of Hillside Street as measured along the centerline of North Eleventh Street; (Ord. 533 – Jul. 08 Supp.) 5. Special 45 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess of forty-five (45) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof. A. North Second Street from fifty (50) feet ± north of Indian Street to the junction thereof with Iowa Highway No. 3; B. South Second Street from Linden Street (south curb line) to five hundred (500) feet ± south of Lake Street; C. South River Road from a point 1716 feet south of Birch Street (being approximately the north entrance to the Christensen Bros. Ready-Mix Plant) south to the corporate line; D. West Main Street from a point five hundred (500) feet west of the centerline of the intersection with Eleventh Street west to the west corporate line; E. North Eleventh Street from a point 2,000 feet north and northeasterly of the center of Hillside Street as measured along the center of North Eleventh Street to the north quarter corner of Section 28, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th P.M.; F. Linden Street from the intersection with Second Street to the City limits; G. Lake Street from its intersection with Spring Lake Drive south to the corporate limit. (Ord. 411 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 63.05 MINIMUM SPEED. No person shall drive a motor vehicle at such a slow speed as to impede or block the normal and reasonable movement of traffic, except when reduced speed is necessary for safe operation, or in compliance with law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.294)
64.01 AUTHORITY TO MARK. The Police Chief may cause markers, buttons or signs to be placed within or adjacent to intersections and thereby require and direct, as traffic conditions require, that a different course from that specified by the State law be traveled by vehicles turning at intersections, and when markers, buttons or signs are so placed, no driver of a vehicle shall turn a vehicle at an intersection other than as directed and required by such markers, buttons or signs. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.311) 64.02 U-TURNS. It is unlawful for a driver to make a U-turn except at an intersection, however, U-turns are prohibited within the business district, at the following designated intersections and at intersections where there are automatic traffic signals. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[9]) 1. At the intersection of North Ninth Street and West Bluff Street; 2. At the intersection of West Main Street and Sixth Street; 3. At the intersection of West Main Street and Fifth Street; 4. At the intersection of West Main Street and Fourth Street. 64.03 LEFT TURN FOR PARKING. No person shall make a left hand turn, crossing the centerline of the street, for the purpose of parking on said street.
65.01 THROUGH STREETS - STOP. Every driver of a vehicle shall
stop, unless a yield is permitted by this chapter, before (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.345) 1. West Main Street from North Second Street to Eleventh Street. 2. East Main Street from Water Street to North Second Street. 3. Roosevelt Street from Highway No. 3 to East Main Street. 4. North Second Street from the North Municipal Limits to Main Street. 5. South Second Street from the South Municipal Limits to Main Street. 65.02 STOP REQUIRED. Every driver of a vehicle shall stop in accordance with the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.345) 1. West Beech Street. Vehicles traveling east on West Beech Street shall stop at South River Road. 2. West Elm Street. Vehicles traveling east on West Elm Street shall stop at South Fifth Street. 3. West Elm Street. Vehicles traveling east on West Elm Street shall stop at South Sixth Street. 4. East Elm Street. Vehicles traveling west on East Elm Street shall stop at South First Street. 5. West Elm Street. Vehicles traveling west on West Elm Street shall stop at South Fifth Street. 6. Sleezer Road. Vehicles traveling east on Sleezer Road shall stop at Riverview Drive. 7. South First Street. Vehicles traveling north on South First Street shall stop at East Maple Street. 8. Reddington Avenue. Vehicles traveling north on Reddington Avenue shall stop at East Maple Street. 9. South Sioux Street. Vehicles traveling on South Sioux Street shall stop at East Maple Street. 10. East Willow Street. Vehicles traveling on East Willow Street shall stop at Euclid Avenue. 11. North First Street. Vehicles traveling north on North First Street shall stop at East Willow Street. 12. East Willow Street. Vehicles traveling east on East Willow Street shall stop at North First Street. 13. East Willow Street. Vehicles traveling west on East Willow Street shall stop at North First Street. 14. North Fifth Street. Vehicles traveling on North Fifth Street shall stop at West Willow Street. 15. Greer Street. Vehicles traveling east on Greer Street shall stop at Saratoga Avenue. 16. West Cedar Street. Vehicles traveling on West Cedar Street shall stop at North Eleventh Street. 17. West Cedar Street. Vehicles traveling on West Cedar Street shall stop at North Seventh Street. 18. West Cedar Street. Vehicles traveling on West Cedar Street shall stop at North Fifth Street. 19. East Cedar Street. Vehicles traveling on East Cedar Street shall stop at Union Street. 20. North Fifth Street. Vehicles traveling on North Fifth Street shall stop at West Cherry Street. 21. State Street. Vehicles traveling on State Street shall stop at West Cedar Street. 22. Walnut Street. Vehicles traveling east on Walnut Street shall stop at North Fifth Street. 23. West Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling on West Bluff Street shall stop at North Ninth Street. 24. Gillette Drive. Vehicles traveling south on Gillette Drive shall stop at West Bluff Street. 25. Central Street. Vehicles traveling south on Central Street shall stop at East Bluff Street. 26. Central Street. Vehicles traveling north on Central Street shall stop at East Spruce Street. 27. Hayward Street. Vehicles traveling south on Hayward Street shall stop at East Spruce Street. 28. Park Avenue. Vehicles traveling on Park Avenue shall stop at East Spruce Street. 29. East Spruce Street. Vehicles traveling west on East Spruce Street shall stop at North First Street. 30. Sioux Valley Drive. Vehicles traveling on Sioux Valley Drive shall stop at North First Street. 31. Gillease Street. Vehicles traveling on Gillease Street shall stop at Park Avenue. 32. Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling on Bluff Street shall stop at North Ninth Street. 33. Birch Street. Vehicles traveling east on Birch Street shall stop at River Road. 34. North Fourth Street. Vehicles traveling south on North Fourth Street shall stop at Willow Street. 35. North First Street. Vehicles traveling north on North First Street shall stop at Ridgeview Drive. 36. South Fourth Street. Vehicles traveling north on South Fourth Street shall stop at West Elm Street, and vehicles traveling south on South Fourth Street shall stop at West Elm Street. (Ord. 493 – Aug-04 Supp.) 37. South Third Street. Vehicles traveling north on South Third Street shall stop at West Elm Street. 38. Rock Island Avenue. Vehicles traveling north on Rock Island Avenue shall stop at Sequoia Drive. 39. Rock Island Avenue. Vehicles traveling south on Rock Island Avenue shall stop at Linden Street. 40. Spring Lake Drive. Vehicles traveling south on Spring Lake Drive shall stop at Lake Street. 41. North Ninth Street. Vehicles traveling on North Ninth Street shall stop at West Cedar Street. 42. Hayward Street. Vehicles traveling north on Hayward Street shall stop at North Roosevelt Street. 43. Hayward Street. Vehicles traveling south on Hayward Street shall stop at East Spruce Street. 44. Ridgeview Drive. Vehicles traveling north on Ridgeview Drive shall stop at Bow Drive. 45. Ridgeview Drive. Vehicles traveling south on Ridgeview Drive shall stop at Bow Drive. 46. North Sixth Street. Vehicles traveling north on North Sixth Street shall stop at West Willow Street. 47. North Sixth Street. Vehicles traveling south on North Sixth Street shall stop at West Willow Street. 48. Walnut Street. Vehicles traveling east on Walnut Street shall stop at North Sixth Street at the point directed by the stop sign placed at said intersection. 49. King Street. Vehicles traveling southerly on King Street shall stop at East Bluff Street. 50. Pine Street. Vehicles traveling northerly on Pine Street shall stop at West Willow Street. 51. Hy-Vee Access Driveway to East Indian Street. Vehicles traveling southerly on the Hy-Vee Access Driveway to East Indian Street shall stop at East Indian Street. 52. Victory Drive. Vehicles traveling easterly on Victory Drive shall stop at Greta Street. 53. East Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling east on East Bluff Street shall stop at Sherman Street. 54. East Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling west on East Bluff Street shall stop at Sherman Street. 55. Sumner Street. Vehicles traveling west on Sumner Street shall stop at Euclid Avenue. 56. Euclid Avenue. Vehicles traveling north on Euclid Avenue shall stop at East Spruce Street. 57. East Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling east on East Bluff Street shall stop at Euclid Avenue. 58. West Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling west on West Bluff Street shall stop at North 11th Street. 59. West Bluff Street. Vehicles traveling east on West Bluff Street shall stop at North 11th Street. 60. Iowa Street. Vehicles traveling easterly on Iowa Street shall stop at North 11th Street. 61. Spruce Street. Vehicles traveling east on Spruce Street shall stop at North First Street. 62.
Webster Street. Vehicles traveling south on Webster Street shall
stop at Magnetic Street.
65.03 FOUR-WAY STOP INTERSECTIONS. Every driver of a vehicle shall stop before entering the following designated four-way stop intersections: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.345) 1. East Main Street and Roosevelt Street. All vehicles approaching the intersection of East Main Street and Roosevelt Street shall stop before entering such intersection. 2. Spruce Street and Roosevelt Street. All vehicles approaching the intersection of Spruce Street and Roosevelt Street shall stop before entering such intersection. 3. Saratoga Street and Magnetic Street and Park Avenue. All vehicles approaching the intersection of Saratoga Street and Magnetic Street and Park Avenue shall stop before entering such intersection. 4. Park Avenue and Jeffries Street. All vehicles approaching the intersection of Park Avenue and Jeffries Street shall stop before entering such intersection. 5. West Main Street and Eleventh Street. All vehicles approaching the intersection of West Main Street and Eleventh Street shall stop before entering such intersection. 6. North First Street, East Willow Street and Union Street. All vehicles approaching the intersection of North First Street, East Willow Street and Union Street shall stop before entering such intersection. 65.04 YIELD REQUIRED. Every driver of a vehicle shall yield in accordance with the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.345) 1. Union Street. Vehicles traveling north on Union Street shall yield at Euclid Avenue. 2. Clark Street. Vehicles traveling east on Clark Street shall yield at Park Street. 3. East Cedar Street. Vehicles traveling west on East Cedar Street shall yield at Euclid Avenue. 4. Walnut Street. Vehicles traveling west on Walnut Street shall yield at North Sixth Street. 5. North Fourth Street. Vehicles traveling north on North Fourth Street shall yield at West Willow Street. 65.05 SCHOOL STOPS. At the following school crossing zones every driver of a vehicle approaching said zone shall bring the vehicle to a full stop at a point ten (10) feet from the approach side of the crosswalk marked by an authorized school stop sign and thereafter proceed in a careful and prudent manner until the vehicle shall have passed through such school crossing zone. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.249) 1. Intersection of North Roosevelt Street and East Bow Drive. 2. Intersection of North Roosevelt Street and Jefferies Street. 3. Intersection of East Indian Street and Ridgeview Drive. (Ord. 439 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 65.06 SCHOOL CROSSING GUARD. Drivers of all vehicles approaching any school crossing guard at the following designated locations giving a signal consisting of the raising of the arm against oncoming traffic, shall bring their vehicle to a complete and full stop and then proceed only after the street is clear of any children or pedestrians or upon the signal of the school crossing guard and then only in a careful and prudent manner. 1. Intersection of North Second Street and East Bow Drive. 2. West Main Street and North Sixth Street. 65.07 STOP BEFORE CROSSING SIDEWALK. The driver of a vehicle emerging from a private roadway, alley, driveway, or building shall stop such vehicle immediately prior to driving onto the sidewalk area and thereafter shall proceed into the sidewalk area only when able to do so without danger to pedestrian traffic and shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicular traffic on the street into which the vehicle is entering. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.353) 65.08 STOP WHEN TRAFFIC IS OBSTRUCTED. Notwithstanding any traffic control signal indication to proceed, no driver shall enter an intersection or a marked crosswalk unless there is sufficient space on the other side of the intersection or crosswalk to accommodate the vehicle. 65.09 YIELD TO PEDESTRIANS IN CROSSWALKS. Where traffic control signals are not in place or in operation, the driver of a vehicle shall yield the right-of-way, slowing down or stopping, if need be, to yield to a pedestrian crossing the roadway within any marked crosswalk or within any unmarked crosswalk at an intersection. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.327) 65.10 OFFICIAL TRAFFIC CONTROLS. Every driver shall observe and comply with the directions provided by official traffic control signals at the following intersections: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.256) 1. Intersection of Maple Street and South Second Street. 2. Intersection of Main Street and Second Street. 3. Intersection of Willow Street and North Second Street. 4. Intersection of Bluff Street and North Second Street. 5. Intersection of Elm Street and South Second Street. 6. Intersection of Lake Street and South Second Street. 7. Intersection of North Second Street and Bow Drive. 8. Intersection of North Second Street and Indian Street. (Ord. 408 – Aug. 00 Supp.)
66.01 TEMPORARY EMBARGO. If the Council declares an embargo when it appears by reason of deterioration, rain, snow or other climatic conditions that certain streets will be seriously damaged or destroyed by vehicles weighing in excess of an amount specified by the signs, no such vehicles shall be operated on streets so designated by such signs. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.471 & 472) 66.02 PERMITS FOR EXCESS SIZE AND WEIGHT. The Police Chief may, upon application and good cause being shown therefor, issue a special permit in writing authorizing the applicant to operate or move a vehicle or combination of vehicles of a size or weight or load exceeding the maximum specified by State law or the City over those streets named in the permit which are under the jurisdiction of the City and for which the City is responsible for maintenance. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.473 & 321E.1) 66.03 LOAD LIMITS UPON CERTAIN STREETS. When signs are erected giving notice thereof, no person shall operate any vehicle with a gross weight in excess of the amounts specified on such signs at any time upon any of the following streets or parts of streets: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.473 & 475) 1. North Roosevelt Street – 6,000 pound limit from Main Street north to the Highway No. 3 by-pass; 2. Jeffries Street – 6,000 pound limit from North Roosevelt Street to Hughes Street; 3. Park Avenue – 6,000 pound limit from Spruce Street to Saratoga Street. 66.04 LOAD LIMITS ON BRIDGES. Where it has been determined that any City bridge has a capacity less than the maximum permitted on the streets of the City, or on the street serving the bridge, the Police Chief may cause to be posted and maintained signs on said bridge and at suitable distances ahead of the entrances thereof to warn drivers of such maximum load limits, and no person shall drive a vehicle weighing, loaded or unloaded, upon said bridge in excess of such posted limit. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.471)
67.01 WALKING IN STREET. Pedestrians shall at all times when walking on or along a street, walk on the left side of the street. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.326) 67.02 HITCHHIKING. No person shall stand in the traveled portion of a street for the purpose of soliciting a ride from the driver of any private vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.331) 67.03 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. Every pedestrian crossing a roadway at any point other than within a marked crosswalk or within an unmarked crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles upon the roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.328) 67.04 USE SIDEWALKS. Where sidewalks are provided it is unlawful for any pedestrian to walk along and upon an adjacent street.
68.01 ONE-WAY TRAFFIC REQUIRED. Upon the following streets and alleys vehicular traffic, other than permitted cross traffic, shall move only in the indicated direction when appropriate signs are in place. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [4]) 1. Pine Street shall be northbound only from West Willow Street to West Cedar Street; 2. First alley south of Main Street shall be westbound only from South First Street to South Fourth Street; 3. First alley north of Main Street shall be eastbound only from North Fourth Street to North First Street; 4. The east 112 feet of the alley between West Willow Street and West Cedar Street and North Second Street and North Fourth Street shall be westbound only from North Second Street.
69.01 PARK ADJACENT TO CURB. No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a roadway other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and with the right-hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen (18) inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as hereinafter provided in the case of angle parking and vehicles parked on the left-hand side of one-way streets. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361) 69.02 PARK ADJACENT TO CURB - ONE-WAY STREET. No person shall stand or park a vehicle on the left-hand side of a one-way street other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and with the left-hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen (18) inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as hereinafter provided in the case of angle parking. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361) 69.03 ANGLE PARKING. Angle or diagonal parking is permitted only in the following locations: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361) 1. North First Street on the west side from East Main Street to East Willow Street; 2. North Fourth Street on both sides from West Cedar Street to West Main Street; 3. North Fourth Street on the west side from West Cedar Street to West Willow Street; 4. South Fifth Street on the east side from West Main Street to West Maple Street; 5. South Fifth Street on the west side from West Maple Street to West Elm Street; 6. Willow Street on both sides from First Street to Fourth Street; 7. Maple Street on both sides from South Second Street to South Fourth Street; 8. West Willow Street on both sides from North Sixth Street to the alley east of North Sixth Street; 9. North Sixth Street on both sides from West Main Street to West Willow Street; 10. North Fifth Street on both sides from West Main Street to West Willow Street; 11. Elm Street shall have center parking from South First Street to South Fourth Street; 12. West Main Street on the north side from Second Street to Fourth Street; 13. East Main Street on the south side from Second Street to First Street; 14. West Main Street on the north side from the Illinois Central Gulf Railroad right-of-way to West Sixth Street, excepting therefrom, however, the first 100 feet west of West Fifth Street. 69.04 ANGLE PARKING - MANNER. Upon those streets or portions of streets which have been signed or marked for angle parking, no person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at an angle to the curb or edge of the roadway or in the center of the roadway as indicated by such signs and markings. No part of any vehicle, or the load thereon, when parked within a diagonal parking district, shall extend into the roadway more than a distance of sixteen (16) feet when measured at right angles to the adjacent curb or edge of roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361) 69.05 PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES ILLEGAL. No person shall park a vehicle upon public property for more than forty-eight (48) hours or for any of the following principal purposes: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 1. Sale. Displaying such vehicle for sale; 2. Repairing. For lubricating, repairing or for commercial washing of such vehicle except such repairs as are necessitated by an emergency; 3. Advertising. Displaying advertising; 4. Merchandise Sales. Selling merchandise from such vehicle except in a duly established market place or when so authorized or licensed under this Code of Ordinances. 69.06 PARKING PROHIBITED. No one shall stop, stand or park a vehicle except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a peace officer or traffic control device, in any of the following places: 1. Crosswalk. On a crosswalk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [5]) 2. Center Parkway. On the center parkway or dividing area of any divided street. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 3. Mailboxes. Within twenty (20) feet on either side of a mailbox which is so placed and so equipped as to permit the depositing of mail from vehicles on the roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 4. Sidewalks. On or across a sidewalk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [1]) 5. Driveway. In front of a public or private driveway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [2]) 6. Intersection. Within, or within ten (10) feet of an intersection of any street or alley. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [3]) 7. Fire Hydrant. Within five (5) feet of a fire hydrant. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [4]) 8. Stop Sign or Signal. Within ten (10) feet upon the approach to any flashing beacon, stop or yield sign, or traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [6]) 9. Railroad Crossing. Within fifty (50) feet of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing, except when parked parallel with such rail and not exhibiting a red light. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [8]) 10. Fire Station. Within twenty (20) feet of the driveway entrance to any fire station and on the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within seventy-five (75) feet of said entrance when properly sign posted. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [9]) 11. Excavations. Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when such stopping, standing or parking would obstruct traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [10]) 12. Double Parking. On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or curb of a street. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [11]) 13. Hazardous Locations. When, because of restricted visibility or when standing or parked vehicles would constitute a hazard to moving traffic, or when other traffic conditions require, the Council may cause curbs to be painted with a yellow color and erect no parking or standing signs. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [13]) 14. Churches, Nursing Homes and Other Buildings. A space of fifty (50) feet is hereby reserved at the side of the street in front of any theatre, auditorium, hotel having more than twenty-five (25) sleeping rooms, hospital, nursing home, taxicab stand, bus depot, church, or other building where large assemblages of people are being held, within which space, when clearly marked as such, no motor vehicle shall be left standing, parked or stopped except in taking on or discharging passengers or freight, and then only for such length of time as is necessary for such purpose. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.360) 15. Iowa Highway No. 3 By-pass. Upon the paved
or improved or main traveled part of Highway No. 3 By-pass within the City
when it is practical to stop, park or so leave such vehicle off such part of
said highway, but in every event a clear and unobstructed width of at least
twenty (20) feet of such part of the highway opposite such standing vehicle
shall be left for the free passage of other vehicles and a clear view of
such stopped vehicles shall be available from a distance of two hundred
(200) feet in each direction upon said highway by-pass within the City;
provided, however, school buses may stop on said highway for
receiving and discharging pupils; and
further provided, this subsection shall not apply to the driver of any
vehicle which is disabled while on the paved or improved or main traveled
portion of said highway by-pass in 16. Ramps. In front of a curb cut or ramp which is located on public or private property in a manner which blocks access to the curb cut or ramp. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358[15]) 17. Area Between Lot Line and Curb Line. That area of the public way not covered by sidewalk and lying between the lot line and the curb line, where curbing has been installed. 18. In More Than One Space. In any designated parking space so that any part of the vehicle occupies more than one such space or protrudes beyond the markings designating such space. 69.07 PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES PARKING. The following regulations shall apply to the establishment and use of persons with disabilities parking spaces: 1. Nonresidential Off-street Facilities. Nonresidential off-street parking facilities shall set aside persons with disabilities parking spaces in accordance with the following: A. Municipal off-street public parking facilities or an entity providing nonresidential parking in off-street public parking facilities shall provide not less than two percent (2%) of the total parking spaces in each parking facility as persons with disabilities parking spaces, rounded to the nearest whole number of persons with disabilities parking spaces. However, such parking facilities having ten (10) or more parking spaces shall set aside at least one persons with disabilities parking space. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3a]) B. An entity providing off-street nonresidential public parking facilities shall review the utilization of existing persons with disabilities parking spaces for a one-month period not less than once every twelve months. If upon review, the average occupancy rate for persons with disabilities parking spaces in a facility exceeds sixty percent (60%) during normal business hours, the entity shall provide additional persons with disabilities parking spaces as needed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3b]) C. An entity providing off-street
nonresidential parking as a lessor shall provide a persons with disabilities
parking space to an (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3c]) D. A new nonresidential facility in which construction has been completed on or after July 1, 1991, providing parking to the general public shall provide persons with disabilities parking spaces as stipulated below:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3d]) 2. Residential Buildings and Facilities. All public and private buildings and facilities, temporary and permanent, which are residences and which provide ten (10) or more tenant parking spaces, excluding extended health care facilities, shall designate at least one persons with disabilities parking space as needed for each individual dwelling unit in which a person with a disability resides. Residential buildings and facilities which provide public visitor parking of ten (10) or more spaces shall designate persons with disabilities parking spaces in the visitors’ parking area in accordance with the table contained in subsection (1)(D) of this section. (IAC, 661-18.7[321L]) 3. Business District. With respect to any on-street parking areas provided by the City within the business district, not less than two percent (2%) of the total parking spaces within each business district shall be designated as persons with disabilities parking spaces. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[4a]) 4. Other Spaces. Any other person may set aside persons with disabilities parking spaces on the person’s property provided each parking space is clearly and prominently designated as a persons with disabilities parking space. No unauthorized person shall establish any on-street persons with disabilities parking space without first obtaining Council approval. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3e]) 5. Improper Use. The following uses of a persons with disabilities parking space, located on either public or private property, constitute improper use of a persons with disabilities parking permit, which is a violation of this Code of Ordinances: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.4[2]) A. Use by an operator of a vehicle not displaying a persons with disabilities parking permit; B. Use by an operator of a vehicle displaying a persons with disabilities parking permit but not being used by a person issued a permit or being transported in accordance with Section 321L.2[1b] of the Code of Iowa; C. Use by a vehicle in violation of the rules adopted under Section 321L.8 of the Code of Iowa. 6. Wheelchair Parking Cones. No person shall use or interfere with a wheelchair parking cone in violation of the following: A. A person issued a persons with disabilities parking permit must comply with the requirements of Section 321L.2A (1) of the Code of Iowa when utilizing a wheelchair parking cone. B. A person shall not interfere with a wheelchair parking cone which is properly placed under the provisions of Section 321L.2A (1) of the Code of Iowa. (Ord. 415 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 69.08 NO PARKING ZONES. No one shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in any of the following specifically designated no parking zones except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the direction of a peace officer or traffic control signal. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 1. North Roosevelt Street on the east side from East Main Street to Highway No. 3; 2. West Cherry Street on the north side from North Second Street to Twelfth Street; 3. West Elm Street on the south side from South Sixth Street to Seventh Street; 4. South First Street on the east side from East Main Street to Beech Street; 5. Park Avenue on the west side from Saratoga Avenue to East Spruce Street; 6. Maple Avenue on the north side from South Second Street to South Roosevelt Street; 7. North Eleventh Street on the west side from West Main Street to Hillside Street; 8. West Willow Street on the south side from Sixth Street to Eleventh Street; 9. South Fifth Street on the west side from Elm Street to Beech Street; 10. East Bluff Street on the south side from a point five hundred (500) feet east of its intersection with Park Avenue to its intersection with Riverview Drive; 11. Riverview Drive from East Spruce Street to Iowa Highway No. 3; 12. Tomahawk Avenue on the west side thereof; 13. Aspen Avenue on the west side thereof; 14. North Fifth Street on the west side from Cedar Street north; 15. North Seventh Street on the east side from West Willow Street to West Cedar Street; 16. Gillease Street on the south side from Roosevelt Avenue to Hughes Street; 17. Park Avenue on the east side from Saratoga Avenue north; 18. Jefferies Street on the south side from Cornelius Street to one-half block east of Hughes Street; 19. Sherman Avenue on the west side from Spruce Street south to alley; 20. Reddington Street on the east side from Maple Street to Beech Street; 21. Elm Street on the south side from Reddington Street to First Street; 22. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 421 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 23. East Bluff Street on the south side from Euclid Avenue to North Second Street; 24. East Cedar Street on the south side from First Street to Second Street; 25. North Seventh Street on the east side from Willow Street to Cedar Street; 26. Harris Street on the north side thereof; 27. West Elm Street on the south side thereof from the intersection of said West Elm Street and South Second Street west 135 feet; 28. Pilot Avenue on the north side and the west side thereof; 29. West Maple Street on the south side from South Fifth Street to South Sixth Street; 30. Reddington Street from East Maple Street to East Elm Street; 31. North Roosevelt Street on the west side from East Bow Drive north to the City limits; 32. North Ninth Street on the west side from Walnut Street to West Bluff Street; 33. North Eleventh Street on both sides from Hillside Street North to the north quarter corner of Section 28, Township 92 North, Range 40 West of the 5th P.M.; 34. King Street on both sides from East Bluff Street to North First Street; 35. North First Street on the east side from King Street to Ridgeview Drive and on the west side north from the intersection with King Street to a point which is 397 feet north of the intersection of King Street with East Bluff Street; 36. East Indian Street on the south side thereof from Highway 59 North to North Roosevelt Street; 37. Union Street on the east side from East Willow Street to the bridge over Railroad Creek; 38. South Sioux Street on both east side and west side, beginning at a point 160 feet south of the centerline of Maple Street south to the centerline of Charles Street; 39. Sequoia Drive on the north side from U.S. Highway 59 to Aspen Street; 40. Rock Island Street on the west side from Sequoia Drive to the south property line of Lot 12, Block 1 of Park View First Addition; 41. Poplar Street on the south side from Rock Island Street to Tomahawk Street; 42. Hyland Street on the east side from Sequoia Drive to Poplar Street; 43. On the west side of West Bluff Street and Gillette Drive beginning at the north side of the southeast access to the Washington High School parking lot. Thence north 215 feet to the south side of the off street parking space on the west side of Gillette Drive, south of the northeast access to the Washington High School parking lot; 44. The first parking space on the east side of South Fourth Street south of West Main Street; 45. On the north side of the Garfield School in the indented/recessed parking; 46. E. Beech, on both sides, from S. First Street to Reddington Avenue; 47. Reddington Avenue, west side, from East Beech Street to the alley between East Beech Street and East Elm Street; (Ord. 487 – Aug.-04 Supp.) 48. Webster Street on the east side from Magnetic Avenue to Sumner Street. (Ord. 536 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 69.09 PARKING IN ALLEYS RESTRICTED. No person shall park a vehicle within an alley in such a manner or under such conditions as to leave available less than ten (10) feet of the width of the alley way for the free movement of vehicular traffic and no person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle within an area in such position as to block the driveway entrance to any abutting property. In the following enumerated alleys when signs are erected it shall be unlawful to park any motor vehicle at any time, except that five (5) minute parking for the loading or unloading of merchandise, equipment or refuse shall be permitted: 1. Alley between Main Street and Maple Street from First Street to Sixth Street. 2. Alley between Main Street and Willow Street from First Street to the Courthouse grounds. 3. Alley between Maple Street and Elm Street from First Street to Fourth Street. 4. Alley between Willow Street and Cedar Street from Second Street to Fourth Street. 69.10 TRUCK PARKING LIMITED. No person shall park a motor truck, semi-trailer, or other motor vehicle with trailer attached in violation of the following regulations. The provisions of this section shall not apply to pickup, light delivery or panel delivery trucks. 1. Within City Limits: No such vehicles shall be parked and left unattended within the City limits except as follows: A. When parked at designated parking lots; B. If parked on private property and not running; C. If legally parked on the street, without a trailer, and not left running; or D. When actually receiving or delivering merchandise or cargo and such vehicle is not stopped or parked in a manner which will interfere with other traffic. 2. Designated Truck Parking: A. Truck parking lot at South Second Street and West Beech Street; and B. Truck parking lot at East Beech Street, north side between Reddington and South Second Street. 69.11 NO PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOL. The Police Chief is hereby authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon either or both sides of any street adjacent to any school property when such parking would, in his or her opinion, interfere with traffic or create a hazardous situation. 69.12 SNOW EMERGENCY. No person except physicians or other persons on emergency calls shall park a vehicle on any street or alley between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. and seven o’clock (7:00) a.m. whenever there is two inches or more of snow on the streets. 69.13 EMERGENCY SNOW REMOVAL ROUTES. The Council hereby designates the following streets as Emergency Snow Removal Routes. From October 1 of each year until the first day of the following April, there shall be no parking on the Emergency Snow Removal Routes, from 2:00 a.m. until 7:00 a.m. The Emergency Snow Removal Routes are as follows: 1. Willow Street First Street to Sixth Street; 2. Main Street First Street to Sixth Street; 3. Maple Street First Street to Fourth Street; 4. Fourth Street Willow Street to Maple Street; 5. First Street Willow Street to Main Street; 6. Second Street Willow Street to Maple Street. As set out in Section 70.03 of this Code of Ordinances, the penalty for violation of this section shall be a fine of $25.00. Vehicles in violation of this section are further subject to the impoundment procedures contained in Section 70.06. (Ord. 485 – Aug-04 Supp.) 69.14 FIRE LANES. No person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in a fire lane as provided herein. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236) 1. Fire Lanes Established. The Fire Chief may designate fire lanes on any private road or driveway where deemed necessary to assure access to property or premises by authorized emergency vehicles. 2. Signs and Markings. Wherever a fire lane has been designated, the Police Chief shall cause appropriate signs and markings to be placed identifying such fire lanes and the parking prohibition established by this section. 3. Exception. The provisions of this section do not apply to authorized emergency vehicles. 69.15 SPECIAL PARKING AREAS. The following areas within the municipal limits of the City are hereby designated as special parking areas and parking is hereby permitted therein at all times and said areas are hereby exempt from the provisions of this chapter dealing with snow emergencies or snow removal. 1. North Sixth Street on the west side between West Main Street and West Willow Street. TRAFFIC CODE ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
70.01 ARREST OR CITATION. Whenever a peace officer has reasonable cause to believe that a person has violated any provision of the Traffic Code, such officer may: 1. Immediate Arrest. Immediately arrest such person and take such person before a local magistrate, or 2. Issue Citation. Without arresting the person, prepare in quintuplicate a combined traffic citation and complaint as adopted by the Iowa Commissioner of Public Safety and deliver the original and a copy to the court where the defendant is to appear, two copies to the defendant and retain the fifth copy for the records of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 805.6, 321.485) 70.02 SCHEDULED VIOLATIONS. For violations of the Traffic Code which are designated by Section 805.8 of the Code of Iowa to be scheduled violations, the scheduled fine for each of those violations shall be as specified in Section 805.8 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 805.6, 805.8) 70.03 PARKING VIOLATIONS: ALTERNATE. Admitted violations of parking restrictions imposed by this Code of Ordinances may be charged upon a simple notice of a fine payable at the Law Enforcement Center. The simple notice of a fine shall be in the amount of fifteen dollars ($15.00) for all violations except snow emergency/snow route parking violations and improper use of a persons with disabilities parking permit. If such fine is not paid within thirty (30) days, it shall be increased to twenty dollars ($20.00). The simple notice of a fine for snow emergency/snow route parking violations is twenty-five dollars ($25.00), and the simple notice of a fine for improper use of a persons with disabilities parking permit is one hundred dollars ($100.00). Failure to pay the simple notice of a fine shall be grounds for the filing of a complaint in District Court. (Ord. 471 – Aug-04 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1a] & 321L.4[2]) 70.04 PARKING VIOLATIONS: VEHICLE UNATTENDED. When a vehicle is parked in violation of any provision of the Traffic Code, and the driver is not present, the notice of fine or citation as herein provided shall be attached to the vehicle in a conspicuous place. 70.05 PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL PARKING. In any proceeding charging a standing or parking violation, a prima facie presumption that the registered owner was the person who parked or placed such vehicle at the point where, and for the time during which, such violation occurred, shall be raised by proof that: 1. Described Vehicle. The particular vehicle described in the information was parked in violation of the Traffic Code, and 2. Registered Owner. The defendant named in the information was the registered owner at the time in question. 70.06 IMPOUNDING VEHICLES. A peace officer is hereby authorized to remove, or cause to be removed, a vehicle from a street, public alley, public parking lot or highway to the nearest garage or other place of safety, or to a garage designated or maintained by the City, under the circumstances hereinafter enumerated: 1. Disabled Vehicle. When a vehicle is so disabled as to constitute an obstruction to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are by reason of physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to provide for its custody or removal. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 2. Illegally Parked Vehicle. When any vehicle is left unattended and is so illegally parked as to constitute a definite hazard or obstruction to the normal movement of traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 3. Snow Removal. When any vehicle is left parked in violation of a ban on parking during snow removal operations. 4. Parked Over Forty-eight Hour Period. When any vehicle is left parked for a continuous period of forty-eight (48) hours or more. If the owner is found, the owner shall be given an opportunity to remove the vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1]) 5. Costs. In addition to the standard penalties provided, the owner or driver of any vehicle impounded for the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter shall be required to pay the reasonable cost of towing and storage. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
CHAPTER 75 ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES AND SNOWMOBILES
75.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to regulate the operation of all-terrain vehicles and snowmobiles within the City. 75.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “All-terrain vehicle” means a motorized flotation-tire vehicle with not less than three (3) and not more than six (6) low pressure tires that is limited in engine displacement to less than one thousand (1,000) cubic centimeters and in total dry weight to less than one thousand (1,000) pounds and a seat or saddle designed to be straddled by the operator and handlebars for steering control. Off-road motorcycles shall be considered all-terrain vehicles for the purpose of registration. Off-road motorcycles shall also be considered all-terrain vehicles for the purpose of titling if a title has not previously been issued pursuant to Chapter 321. An operator of an off-road motorcycle is subject to provisions governing the operation of all-terrain vehicles in this chapter, but is exempt from the safety instruction and certification program requirements of Section 321I.25 and 321I.26. Off-road utility vehicles shall be considered all-terrain vehicles for the purpose of registration, but are exempt from the dealer registration requirements and the titling requirements of this chapter. An operator of an off-road utility vehicle is subject to provisions governing the operation of all-terrain vehicles in Section 321.234A and this chapter, but is exempt from the safety instruction and certification requirements of Section 321I.25 and 321I.26. A motorized vehicle that was previously titled or is currently titled under Chapter 321 shall not be registered or operated as an off-road utility vehicle. (Ord. 526 – Jul. 08 Supp.) 2. “Snowmobile” means a motorized vehicle weighing less than one thousand (1,000) pounds which uses sled-type runners or skis, endless belt-type tread with a width of forty-eight (48) inches or less, or any combination of runners, skis or tread, and is designed for travel on snow or ice. “Snowmobile” does not include an all-terrain vehicle which has been altered or equipped with runners, skis, belt-type tracks or treads. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.1[18]) 75.03 GENERAL REGULATIONS. No person shall operate an ATV within the City in violation of Chapter 321I of the Code of Iowa or a snowmobile within the City in violation of the provisions of Chapter 321G of the Code of Iowa or in violation of rules established by the Natural Resource Commission of the Department of Natural Resources governing their registration, numbering, equipment and manner of operation. (Code of Iowa, Ch. 321G & Ch. 321I) 75.04 OPERATION OF SNOWMOBILES. The operators of snowmobiles shall comply with the following restrictions as to where snowmobiles may be operated within the City: 1. Streets. Snowmobiles may not be operated upon the following designated streets: A. Main Street; B. Second Street; C. North Roosevelt Street; D. North First Street north from the intersection thereof with Bluff Street; E. West Cedar Street. Snowmobiles may be operated on any other streets within the City limits for the sole and exclusive operation of using the most direct roadway for the ingress to and egress from the City. 2. Exceptions. Snowmobiles may be operated on prohibited streets only under the following circumstances: A. Emergencies. Snowmobiles may be operated on any street in an emergency during the period of time when and at locations where snow upon the roadway renders travel by conventional motor vehicles impractical. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[4c]) B. Direct Crossing. Snowmobiles may make a direct crossing of a prohibited street provided all of the following occur: (1) The crossing is made at an angle of approximately ninety degrees (90°) to the direction of the street and at a place where no obstruction prevents a quick and safe crossing; (2) The snowmobile is brought to a complete stop before crossing the street; (3) The driver yields the right-of-way to all on-coming traffic which constitutes an immediate hazard; and (4) In crossing a divided street, the crossing is made only at an intersection of such street with another street. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[2]) 3. Railroad Right-of-way. Snowmobiles shall not be operated on an operating railroad right-of-way. A snowmobile may be driven directly across a railroad right-of-way only at an established crossing and notwithstanding any other provisions of law may, if necessary, use the improved portion of the established crossing after yielding to all oncoming traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.13[1h]) 4. Trails. Snowmobiles shall not be operated on all-terrain vehicle trails except where so designated. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[4g]) 5. Parks and Other City Land. Snowmobiles shall not be operated in any park, playground or upon any other City-owned property without the express permission of the City. A snowmobile shall not be operated on any City land without a snow cover of at least one-tenth of one inch. 6. Sidewalk or Parking. Snowmobiles shall not be operated upon the public sidewalk or that portion of the street located between the curb line and the sidewalk or property line commonly referred to as the “parking” except for purposes of crossing the same to a public street upon which operation is authorized by this chapter. 75.05 OPERATION OF ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES. The operators of ATVs shall comply with the following restrictions as to where ATVs may be operated within the City: 1. Streets. ATVs may be operated on streets only in accordance with Section 321.234A of the Code of Iowa or on such streets as may be designated by resolution of the Council for the sport of driving ATVs. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.10[1 & 3]) 2. Trails. ATVs shall not be operated on snowmobile trails except where designated. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.10[4]) 3. Railroad Right-of-way. ATVs shall not be operated on an operating railroad right-of-way. An ATV may be driven directly across a railroad right-of-way only at an established crossing and notwithstanding any other provisions of law may, if necessary, use the improved portion of the established crossing after yielding to all oncoming traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.14[1h]) 4. Parks and Other City Land. ATVs shall not be operated in any park, playground or upon any other City-owned property without the express permission of the City. 5. Sidewalk or Parking. ATVs shall not be operated upon the public sidewalk or that portion of the street located between the curb line and the sidewalk or property line commonly referred to as the “parking.” 75.06 NEGLIGENCE. The owner and operator of an ATV or snowmobile are liable for any injury or damage occasioned by the negligent operation of the ATV or snowmobile. The owner of an ATV or snowmobile shall be liable for any such injury or damage only if the owner was the operator of the ATV or snowmobile at the time the injury or damage occurred or if the operator had the owner’s consent to operate the ATV or snowmobile at the time the injury or damage occurred. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.18 & 321I.19) 75.07 ACCIDENT REPORTS. Whenever an ATV or snowmobile is involved in an accident resulting in injury or death to anyone or property damage amounting to one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) or more, either the operator or someone acting for the operator shall immediately notify a law enforcement officer and shall file an accident report, in accordance with State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.10 & 321I.11) (Ch. 75 - Ord. 506 – Nov. 05 Supp.)
76.01 SCOPE OF REGULATIONS. These regulations shall apply whenever a bicycle is operated upon any street or upon any public path set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles, subject to those exceptions stated herein. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.02 TRAFFIC CODE APPLIES. Every person riding a bicycle upon a roadway shall be granted all of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle by the laws of the State declaring rules of the road applicable to vehicles or by the traffic code of the City applicable to the driver of a vehicle, except as to those provisions which by their nature can have no application. Whenever such person dismounts from a bicycle the person shall be subject to all regulations applicable to pedestrians. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.234) 76.03 DOUBLE RIDING RESTRICTED. A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride other than astride a permanent and regular seat attached thereto. No bicycle shall be used to carry more persons at one time than the number for which it is designed and equipped. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.234 [3 and 4]) 76.04 TWO ABREAST LIMIT. Persons riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two (2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles. All bicycles ridden on the roadway shall be kept to the right and shall be operated as near as practicable to the right-hand edge of the roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.05 BICYCLE PATHS. Whenever a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a roadway, bicycle riders shall use such path and shall not use the roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.06 SPEED. No person shall operate a bicycle at a speed greater than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.07 EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY. The operator of a bicycle emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall, upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway, yield the right-of-way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk or sidewalk area, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles approaching on said roadway. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.08 CARRYING ARTICLES. No person operating a bicycle shall carry any package, bundle or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand upon the handle bars. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.09 RIDING ON SIDEWALKS. The following shall apply to riding bicycles on sidewalks: 1. Business District/School Zones. No person shall ride a bicycle upon a sidewalk within the Business District or any elementary or middle school zone. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 2. Other Locations. When signs are erected on any sidewalk or roadway prohibiting the riding of bicycles thereon by any person, no person shall disobey the signs. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 3. Yield Right-of-way. Whenever any person is riding a bicycle upon a sidewalk, such person shall yield the right-of-way to any pedestrian and shall give audible signal before overtaking and passing. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.10 TOWING. It is unlawful for any person riding a bicycle to be towed or to tow any other vehicle upon the streets of the City, unless the vehicle is manufactured for such use. 76.11 IMPROPER RIDING. No person shall ride a bicycle in an irregular or reckless manner such as zigzagging, stunting, speeding or otherwise so as to disregard the safety of the operator or others. 76.12 PARKING. No person shall park a bicycle upon a street other than upon the roadway against the curb or upon the sidewalk in a rack to support the bicycle or against a building or at the curb, in such a manner as to afford the least obstruction to pedestrian traffic. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.13 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. Every person riding a bicycle shall be responsible for providing and using equipment as provided herein: 1. Lamps Required. Every bicycle when in use at nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least three hundred (300) feet to the front and with a lamp on the rear exhibiting a red light visible from a distance of three hundred (300) feet to the rear except that a red reflector on the rear, of a type which shall be visible from all distances from fifty (50) feet to three hundred (300) feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle, may be used in lieu of a rear light. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.397) 2. Brakes Required. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10]) 76.14 SPECIAL PENALTY. Any person violating the provisions of this chapter may, in lieu of the scheduled fine for bicyclists or standard penalty provided for violations of the Code of Ordinances, allow the person’s bicycle to be impounded by the City for not less than five (5) days for the first offense, ten (10) days for a second offense and thirty (30) days for a third offense.
80.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[1]) 1. “Abandoned vehicle” means any of the following: A. A vehicle that has been left unattended on public property for more than twenty-four (24) hours and lacks current registration plates or two (2) or more wheels or other parts which renders the vehicle totally inoperable. B. A vehicle that has remained illegally on public property for more than twenty-four (24) hours. C. A vehicle that has been unlawfully parked or placed on private property without the consent of the owner or person in control of the property for more than twenty-four (24) hours. D. A vehicle that has been legally impounded by order of a police authority and has not been reclaimed for a period of ten (10) days. However, a police authority may declare the vehicle abandoned within the ten-day period by commencing the notification process. E. Any vehicle parked on the highway determined by a police authority to create a hazard to other vehicle traffic. F. A vehicle that has been impounded pursuant to Section 321J.4B of the Code of Iowa by order of the court and whose owner has not paid the impoundment fees after notification by the person or agency responsible for carrying out the impoundment order. 2. “Demolisher” means a person licensed under Chapter 321H of the Code of Iowa whose business it is to convert a vehicle to junk, processed scrap or scrap metal, or otherwise to wreck, or dismantle vehicles. 3. “Police authority” means the Iowa state patrol or any law enforcement agency of a county or city. 80.02 AUTHORITY TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ABANDONED VEHICLES. A police authority, upon the authority’s own initiative or upon the request of any other authority having the duties of control of highways or traffic, shall take into custody an abandoned vehicle on public property and may take into custody any abandoned vehicle on private property. The police authority may employ its own personnel, equipment and facilities or hire a private entity, equipment and facilities for the purpose of removing, preserving, storing, or disposing of abandoned vehicles. If a police authority employs a private entity to dispose of abandoned vehicles, the police authority shall provide the private entity with the names and addresses of the registered owners, all lienholders of record, and any other known claimant to the vehicle or the personal property found in the vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[2]) 80.03 NOTICE BY MAIL. The police authority or private entity that takes into custody an abandoned vehicle shall notify, within twenty (20) days, by certified mail, the last known registered owner of the vehicle, all lienholders of record, and any other known claimant to the vehicle or to personal property found in the vehicle, addressed to the parties’ last known addresses of record, that the abandoned vehicle has been taken into custody. Notice shall be deemed given when mailed. The notice shall describe the year, make, model and vehicle identification number of the vehicle, describe the personal property found in the vehicle, set forth the location of the facility where the vehicle is being held, and inform the persons receiving the notice of their right to reclaim the vehicle and personal property within ten (10) days after the effective date of the notice upon payment of all towing, preservation, and storage charges resulting from placing the vehicle in custody and upon payment of the costs of the notice. The notice shall also state that the failure of the owner, lienholders or claimants to exercise their right to reclaim the vehicle or personal property within the time provided shall be deemed a waiver by the owner, lienholders and claimants of all right, title, claim and interest in the vehicle or personal property and that failure to reclaim the vehicle or personal property is deemed consent to the sale of the vehicle at a public auction or disposal of the vehicle to a demolisher and to disposal of the personal property by sale or destruction. The notice shall state that any person claiming rightful possession of the vehicle or personal property who disputes the planned disposition of the vehicle or property by the police authority or private entity or of the assessment of fees and charges provided by this section may ask for an evidentiary hearing before the police authority to contest those matters. If the persons receiving the notice do not ask for a hearing or exercise their right to reclaim the vehicle or personal property within the ten-day reclaiming period, the owner, lienholders or claimants shall no longer have any right, title, claim, or interest in or to the vehicle or the personal property. A court in any case in law or equity shall not recognize any right, title, claim, or interest of the owner, lienholders or claimants after the expiration of the ten-day reclaiming period. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3a]) 80.04 NOTIFICATION IN NEWSPAPER. If it is impossible to determine with reasonable certainty the identity and addresses of the last registered owner and all lienholders, notice by one publication in one newspaper of general circulation in the area where the vehicle was abandoned shall be sufficient to meet all requirements of notice under Section 80.03. The published notice may contain multiple listings of abandoned vehicles and personal property but shall be published within the same time requirements and contain the same information as prescribed for mailed notice in Section 80.03. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3b]) 80.05 FEES FOR IMPOUNDMENT. The owner, lienholder or claimant shall pay five dollars ($5.00) if claimed within five (5) days of impounding, plus one dollar ($1.00) for each additional day within the reclaiming period plus towing charges if stored by the City, or towing and storage fees, if stored in a public garage, whereupon said vehicle shall be released. The amount of towing charges, and the rate of storage charges by privately owned garages, shall be established by such facility. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3a]) 80.06 DISPOSAL OF ABANDONED VEHICLES. If an abandoned vehicle has not been reclaimed as provided herein, the police authority or private entity shall make a determination as to whether or not the motor vehicle should be sold for use upon the highways, and shall dispose of the motor vehicle in accordance with State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[4]) 80.07 DISPOSAL OF TOTALLY INOPERABLE VEHICLES. The City or any person upon whose property or in whose possession is found any abandoned motor vehicle, or any person being the owner of a motor vehicle whose title certificate is faulty, lost or destroyed, may dispose of such motor vehicle to a demolisher for junk, without a title and without notification procedures, if such motor vehicle lacks an engine or two (2) or more wheels or other structural part which renders the vehicle totally inoperable. The police authority shall give the applicant a certificate of authority. The applicant shall then apply to the County Treasurer for a junking certificate and shall surrender the certificate of authority in lieu of the certificate of title. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.90[2e]) 80.08 PROCEEDS FROM SALES. Proceeds from the sale of any abandoned vehicle shall be applied to the expense of auction, cost of towing, preserving, storing and notification required, in accordance with State law. Any balance shall be held for the owner of the motor vehicle or entitled lienholder for ninety (90) days, and then shall be deposited in the State Road Use Tax Fund. Where the sale of any vehicle fails to realize the amount necessary to meet costs the police authority shall apply for reimbursement from the Department of Transportation. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[4]) 80.09 DUTIES OF DEMOLISHER. Any demolisher who purchases or otherwise acquires an abandoned motor vehicle for junk shall junk, scrap, wreck, dismantle or otherwise demolish such motor vehicle. A demolisher shall not junk, scrap, wreck, dismantle or demolish a vehicle until the demolisher has obtained the junking certificate issued for the vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.90[3a]) (Ch. 80 - Ord. 505 – Nov. 05 Supp.)
81.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Railroad train” means an engine or locomotive, with or without cars coupled thereto, operated upon rails. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1 [29]) 2. “Operator” means any individual, partnership, corporation or other association which owns, operates, drives or controls a railroad train. 81.02 WARNING SIGNALS. Operators shall sound a horn at least one thousand (1,000) feet before a street crossing is reached and after sounding the horn, shall ring the bell continuously until the crossing is passed. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 327G.13) 81.03 OBSTRUCTING STREETS. Operators shall not operate any train in such a manner as to prevent vehicular use of any highway, street or alley for a period of time in excess of ten (10) minutes except: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 327G.32) 1. Comply with Signals. When necessary to comply with signals affecting the safety of the movement of trains. 2. Avoid Striking. When necessary to avoid striking any object or person on the track. 3. Disabled. When the train is disabled. 4. Safety Regulations. When necessary to comply with governmental safety regulations including, but not limited to, speed ordinances and speed regulations. 5. In Motion. When the train is in motion except while engaged in switching operations. 6. No Traffic. When there is no vehicular traffic waiting to use the crossing. An employee is not guilty of a violation of this section if the employee’s action was necessary to comply with the direct order or instructions of a railroad corporation or its supervisors. Guilt is then with the railroad corporation. 81.04 CROSSING MAINTENANCE. Operators shall construct and maintain good, sufficient and safe crossings over any street traversed by their rails. (Bourett vs. Chicago & N.W. Ry. 152 Iowa 579, 132 N.W. 973 [1943]) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.11)
90.01 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined for use in the chapters in this Code of Ordinances pertaining to the Water Service System: 1. “Combined service account” means a customer service account for the provision of two or more utility services. 2. “Customer” means, in addition to any person receiving water service from the City, the owner of the property served, and as between such parties the duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be joint and several. 3. “Superintendent” means the Superintendent of the City water system or any duly authorized assistant, agent or representative. 4. “Water main” means a water supply pipe provided for public or community use. 5. “Water service pipe” means the pipe from the water main to the building served. 6. “Water system” or “water works” means all public facilities for securing, collecting, storing, pumping, treating and distributing water. 90.02 SUPERINTENDENT’S
DUTIES. The Superintendent shall supervise the installation of water
service pipes and their connection to the water main and enforce all
regulations pertaining to water services in the City in accordance with this
chapter. This chapter shall apply to all replacements of existing water
service pipes as well as to new ones. The Superintendent shall make such
rules, not in conflict with the provisions of this chapter, as may be needed
for the detailed operation of the water system, subject to the approval of
the Council. In the event of an emergency the Superintendent may make
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 90.03 MANDATORY CONNECTIONS. All residences and business establishments within the City limits intended or used for human habitation, occupancy or use shall be connected to the public water system, if it is reasonably available and if the building is not furnished with pure and wholesome water from some other source. 90.04 ABANDONED CONNECTIONS. When an existing water service is abandoned or a service is renewed with a new tap in the main, all abandoned connections with the mains shall be turned off at the corporation stop and made absolutely watertight. 90.05 PERMIT. Before any person makes a connection with the public water system, a written permit must be obtained from the City. The application for the permit shall include a legal description of the property, the name of the property owner, the name and address of the person who will do the work, and the general uses of the water. If the proposed work meets all the requirements of this chapter and if all fees required under this chapter have been paid, the permit shall be issued. Work under any permit must be completed within sixty (60) days after the permit is issued, except that when such time period is inequitable or unfair due to conditions beyond the control of the person making the application, an extension of time within which to complete the work may be granted. The permit may be revoked at any time for any violation of these chapters. 90.06 PERMIT FEE. The person who makes the application shall pay a fee to the Clerk, in an amount set by resolution of the Council, to cover the cost of issuing the permit and supervising, regulating, and inspecting the work. 90.07 COMPLIANCE WITH PLUMBING CODE. The installation of any water service pipe and any connection with the water system shall comply with all pertinent and applicable provisions, whether regulatory, procedural or enforcement provisions, of the State Plumbing Code. (Ord. 524 – Jul. 08 Supp.) 90.08 PLUMBER REQUIRED.
All installations of water service pipes and connections to the water
system shall be made by a plumber approved by the City. The plumber shall
provide a surety bond in the sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) secured
by a responsible surety bonding company
90.09 EXCAVATIONS. All trench work, excavation and backfilling required in making a connection shall be performed in accordance with applicable excavation provisions as provided for installation of building sewers and/or the provisions of Chapter 140. 90.10 TAPPING MAINS. All taps into water mains shall be made by or under the direct supervision of the Superintendent and in accord with the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 1. Independent Services. No more than one house, building or premises shall be supplied from one tap unless special written permission is obtained from the Superintendent and unless provision is made so that each house, building or premises may be shut off independently of the other. 2. Sizes and Location of Taps. The size and location of taps shall be determined by the Superintendent. 3. Corporation Stop. A brass corporation stop, of the pattern and weight approved by the Superintendent, shall be inserted in every tap in the main. The corporation stop in the main shall be of the same size as the service pipe. 4. Location Record. An accurate and dimensional sketch showing the exact location of the tap shall be filed with the Superintendent in such form as the Superintendent shall require. 90.11 INSTALLATION OF WATER SERVICE PIPE. Water service pipes from the main to the meter setting shall be Type K copper. The use of any other pipe material for the service line shall first be approved by the Superintendent. Pipe must be laid sufficiently waving, and to such depth (at least 5½ feet), as to prevent rupture from settlement or freezing. A tracer wire and grounding rod shall be installed with the service pipe as required by the Superintendent. The City will provide the tracing wire materials and grounding rod to be so installed, with the cost thereof included in the permit fee. 90.12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR WATER SERVICE PIPE. All costs and expenses incident to the installation, connection and maintenance of the water service pipe from the main to the building served, whether in public right-of-way or not, shall be borne by the owner. The corporation stop, saddle and “T” once installed shall become the property of the City and the City shall be responsible for future maintenance thereof; however, the owner shall remain responsible for the maintenance of the service pipe itself and shall indemnify the City from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be occasioned by the installation and maintenance of said water service pipe. The owner is also responsible for the cost of repairs when there is a leak at the point where the service line connects to the corporation stop and/or “T”. 90.13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN. When any portion of the water service pipe which is the responsibility of the property owner becomes defective or creates a nuisance and the owner fails to correct such nuisance the City may do so and assess the costs thereof to the property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a & h]) 90.14 CURB VALVE. There shall be installed within the public right-of-way a main shut-off valve on the water service pipe of a pattern approved by the Superintendent. The shut-off valve shall be constructed to be visible and even with the pavement or ground. 90.15 INTERIOR VALVE. There shall be installed a shut-off valve on every service pipe inside the building as close to the entrance of the pipe within the building as possible and so located that the water can be shut off conveniently. Where one service pipe supplies more than one customer within the building, there shall be separate valves for each such customer so that service may be shut off for one without interfering with service to the others. 90.16 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. All water service pipes and their connections to the water system must be inspected and approved in writing by the Superintendent before they are covered, and the Superintendent shall keep a record of such approvals. If the Superintendent refuses to approve the work, the plumber or property owner must proceed immediately to correct the work. Every person who uses or intends to use the municipal water system shall permit the Superintendent to enter the premises to inspect or make necessary alterations or repairs at all reasonable hours and on proof of authority. 90.17 COMPLETION BY THE CITY. Should any excavation be left open or only partly refilled for twenty-four (24) hours after the water service pipe is installed and connected with the water system, or should the work be improperly done, the Superintendent shall have the right to finish or correct the work, and the Council shall assess the costs to the property owner or the plumber. If the plumber is assessed, the plumber must pay the costs before receiving another permit, and the plumber's bond or cash deposit shall be security for the assessment. If the property owner is assessed, such assessment may be collected with and in the same manner as general property taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a & h]) 90.18 SHUTTING OFF WATER SUPPLY. The Superintendent may shut off the supply of water to any customer because of any violation of the regulations contained in these Water Service System chapters that is not being contested in good faith. The supply shall not be turned on again until all violations have been corrected and the Superintendent has ordered the water to be turned on. 90.19 OPERATION OF CURB VALVE AND HYDRANTS. It is unlawful for any person except the Superintendent to turn water on at the curb valve, and no person, unless specifically authorized by the Superintendent, shall open or attempt to draw water from any fire hydrant for any purpose whatsoever. 90.20 WATER SERVICE TO PROPERTY WHERE THE PRINCIPAL BUILDING HAS BEEN DEMOLISHED. After one year from the date of issuance of a demolition permit to demolish the principal building on a lot, an owner must apply for a new water service permit and obtain a new water meter to reestablish water service unless a building permit for a new structure has been issued for another principal structure.
91.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to encourage the conservation of water and facilitate the equitable distribution of charges for water service among customers. 91.02 WATER USE METERED. All water furnished customers shall be measured through meters furnished by the City and installed by the City. 91.03 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - EXCEPTION. Fire sprinkler systems may be connected to water mains by direct connection without meters under the direct supervision of the Superintendent. No open connection can be incorporated in the system. 91.04 LOCATION OF METERS. All meters shall be so located that they are easily accessible to meter readers and repairmen and protected from freezing. 91.05 METER SETTING. The property owner shall provide all necessary piping and fittings for proper setting of the meter including a valve on the inlet side of the meter and in new installations a valve on the discharge side of the meter. Meter pits may be used only upon approval of the Superintendent and shall be of a design and construction approved by the Superintendent. The meter shall be installed by the City at no cost. 91.06 METER COSTS. The full cost of any new meter for any property shall be paid to the City by the property owner prior to the installation of the meter. All meters and outside reading devices belong to the City, and are maintained by the City and shall stay with the property. 91.07 METER REPAIRS. Whenever a water meter owned by the City is found to be out of order the Superintendent shall have it repaired. If it is found that damage to the meter has occurred due to the carelessness or negligence of the customer or property owner, or the meter is not owned by the City, then the property owner shall be liable for the cost of repairs. 91.08 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The Superintendent shall be permitted to enter the premises of any customer at any reasonable time to read, remove, or change a meter or to disconnect service. 91.09 ACCURACY TEST. The Superintendent shall make a test of the accuracy of any water meter at any time when requested in writing. Such request shall be accompanied by a refundable deposit of ten dollars ($10.00) guaranteeing payment of costs if found due. If the meter is found to overrun to the extent of two percent (2%) or more, the cost of the test shall be paid by the City and a refund shall be made to the customer for overcharges collected since the last known date of accuracy but not for longer than three (3) months, plus the meter test deposit. If the meter is found to be accurate or slow, or less than two percent (2%) fast, the customer deposit shall be forfeited as the reasonable costs of the test, and the customer shall be liable for any deficiency over two percent (2%) up to three (3) months. 91.10 YARD METERS. Where a customer wishes to use water for watering a lawn or garden, filling a swimming pool, or for existing single-pass air conditioning or other such use and that water does not reach the sanitary sewer system, the customer may apply for and have installed a yard meter. A “yard meter” is defined as a second water meter or sub-meter on the premises installed upstream of the master water meter. It will be so placed as to meter outdoor water use described above which does not reach the sanitary sewer system. The yard meter shall have a remote reading register outdoors as required for the master water meter. The full cost of the yard meter and any associated plumbing charges shall be the responsibility of the customer. The yard meter shall be furnished and owned by the City and so located as to be easily accessible at all times. Maintenance and replacement of the yard meter shall be governed by the same requirements applying to all other water meters owned by the City.
92.01 SERVICE CHARGES. Each customer shall pay for water service provided by the City based upon use of water as determined by meters provided for in Chapter 91. Each location, building, premises or connection shall be considered a separate and distinct customer whether owned or controlled by the same person or not. Following new construction, water service charges shall commence 90 days after the meter is set or when the structure becomes occupied, whichever occurs sooner. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 92.02 RATES FOR SERVICE. Water service shall be furnished at the following rates within the City: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) Base...................................................................................... $ 5.00 Commodity........................................................................... $ 2.00/100 cu. ft. System Maintenance.............................................................. $ 4.00 The System Maintenance fee will be charged on each customer’s primary water meter. The charge will be assessed monthly. The System Maintenance fee will expire June 30, 2012, unless it is extended or modified by the Council. (Ord. 523 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 92.03 RATES OUTSIDE THE CITY. Water service shall be provided to any customer located outside the corporate limits of the City which the City has agreed to serve at rates one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rates provided in Section 92.02. No such customer, however, will be served unless the customer shall have signed a service contract agreeing to be bound by the ordinances, rules and regulations applying to water service established by the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 & 384.84) 92.04 BILLING FOR WATER SERVICE. Water service shall be billed as part of a combined service account, payable in accordance with the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 1. Bills Issued. The Clerk shall prepare, date and issue bills for combined service accounts on a monthly, bimonthly or quarterly basis within thirty (30) days after the end of the billing period. Bills shall be deemed issued as of the date indicated on the bills. 2. Bills Payable. Bills for combined service accounts shall be due and payable at the office of the Clerk within twenty (20) days following issuance. 3. Late Payment Penalty. There will be a late payment fee equal to 5% of the delinquent water bill assessed for all water bills not satisfied by the date payment is due. Each customer will be allowed one late payment in a 12-month period before a penalty charge will be assessed. (Ord. 514 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 92.05 SERVICE DISCONTINUED. Water service to delinquent customers shall be discontinued in accordance with the following: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 1. Notice. The Clerk shall notify each delinquent customer that service will be discontinued if payment of the combined service account, including late payment charges, is not received by the date specified in the notice of delinquency. Such notice shall be sent by ordinary mail to the customer in whose name the delinquent charges were incurred and shall inform the customer of the nature of the delinquency and afford the customer the opportunity for a hearing prior to the discontinuance. (Ord. 535 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 2. Notice to Landlords. If the customer is a tenant, and if the owner or landlord of the property has made a written request for notice, the notice of delinquency shall also be given to the owner or landlord. 3. Hearing. If a hearing is requested by noon of the day preceding the shut off, the Clerk shall conduct an informal hearing and shall make a determination as to whether the disconnection is justified. The customer has the right to appeal the Clerk’s decision to the Council, and if the Council finds that disconnection is justified, then such disconnection shall be made, unless payment has been received. 4. Fees. A fee of twenty dollars ($20.00) shall be charged for the posting of a yellow service disconnect tag at the customer’s address. A reconnect fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged before service is restored to a delinquent customer during regular working hours. If service is restored after regular working hours, a fee of seventy-five dollars ($75.00) shall be charged before service is restored. A reinstallation fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged before any meter, which has previously been removed, is reinstalled. No fee shall be charged for the usual or customary trips in the regular changes in occupancies of property. (Ord. 498 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 92.06 LIEN FOR NONPAYMENT. The owner of the premises served and any lessee or tenant thereof shall be jointly and severally liable for water service charges to the premises. Water service charges remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon the premises served and shall be certified by the Clerk to the County Treasurer for collection in the same manner as property taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 92.07 LIEN EXEMPTION. The lien for nonpayment shall not apply to a residential rental property where water service is separately metered and the rates or charges for the water service are paid directly to the City by the tenant, if the landlord gives written notice to the City that the property is residential rental property and that the tenant is liable for the rates or charges. The City may require a deposit not exceeding the usual cost of ninety (90) days of water service be paid to the City. The landlord’s written notice shall contain the name of the tenant responsible for charges, the address of the rental property and the date of occupancy. A change in tenant shall require a new written notice to be given to the City within thirty (30) business days of the change in tenant. When the tenant moves from the rental property, the City shall refund the deposit if the water service charges are paid in full. A change in the ownership of the residential rental property shall require written notice of such change to be given to the City within ten (10) business days of the completion of the change of ownership. The lien exemption does not apply to delinquent charges for repairs to a water service. (Ord. 535 – Jul. 09 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 92.08 LIEN NOTICE. A lien for delinquent water service charges shall not be certified to the County Treasurer unless prior written notice of intent to certify a lien is given to the customer in whose name the delinquent charges were incurred. If the customer is a tenant and if the owner or landlord of the property has made a written request for notice, the notice shall also be given to the owner or landlord. The notice shall be sent to the appropriate persons by ordinary mail not less than thirty (30) days prior to certification of the lien to the County Treasurer. (Ord. 535 – Jul. 09 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 92.09 TEMPORARY VACANCY. A property owner may request water service to be discontinued, the meter removed from the property and the water shut off at the curb valve when the property is expected to be vacant. During said period of service discontinuance as provided for herein, there shall be no monthly minimum service charge. No charge will be made for removing said water meter but a charge of fifty dollars ($50.00) will be made for reinstallation. The City will not be responsible for the draining of pipes. In the event that the curb valve for said property is inoperable, it shall be the responsibility of the property owner to repair or replace the same with an operable curb valve before the request for discontinuance of water service will be honored. (Ord. 498 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 92.10 DEPOSIT FOR WATER SERVICE. All new water service customers, both property owners and tenants, are required to deposit $100.00 with the City Clerk for the City of Cherokee prior to receiving water service. The same applies to all customers who have been disconnected and are seeking re-connection. A customer can avoid having to pay the deposit by providing a letter of good credit from a previous utility provider to the Cherokee City Clerk. Following 18 months of continued service with no delinquency notices, a customer has a right to request and receive a refund of the customer’s deposit. (Ord. 529 – Jul. 08 Supp.)
93.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide a means and method for the extension of water mains to serve property not served by an existing water line so as to preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort and convenience of the residents of the City. 93.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Builder” means the owner of land who causes a water main to be installed under the provisions of this chapter. Such term includes the heirs, successors or assigns of such owner. 2. “Estimated cost” means a cost estimate prepared by a registered professional engineer or qualified contractor experienced in the installation of water main pipe and appurtenances. All such estimates are subject to the approval of the Council and in the event of any disagreement as to the amount of estimated costs, the materials to be used or installation methods, the determination of the Council shall be final and conclusive. 93.03 CONSTRUCTION BY CITY. An owner of land abutting or adjoining a property or a public street where no water main has been installed may make application to the Council for the installation of a water main in the street for the purpose of serving the property in accordance with the following: 1. Application and Deposit. A written request for such installation, and a sum equal to the total estimated cost of the installation from the point where the water main is presently installed and terminates to the point where the most distant boundary of the owner’s lot abuts the public street, shall be submitted to the Council. 2. Construction. Upon receipt of the deposit, the City shall construct the water main for the purpose of serving the property of the applicant (builder), as soon as such construction can reasonably be accomplished. 3. Additional Costs. In the event the actual cost to the City of installation of the water main is in excess of the estimated cost, the builder agrees to reimburse the City for the actual additional cost within thirty (30) days after the presentation of a bill for such additional cost. 4. Lien Authorized. In the event of the failure of the builder to reimburse the City, as specified in subsection 3 above, the total of the additional cost shall be certified to the County Treasurer as a special assessment lien against the builder’s real estate. In the written request for installation of the water main, the landowner shall waive all objections to jurisdiction and rights to notice and consent to the entry of such a special assessment lien against the real estate. 5. Maximum Cost. The additional cost of installation, as contemplated in subsections 3 and 4 above, shall not exceed one hundred ten percent (110%) of the estimated cost. 6. Connecting Property. The expense of connecting the property of the builder to the water main shall be borne by the builder, in addition to the cost of constructing said water main, but such connection shall be under the supervision of the City. 93.04 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER. In the event an owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which no water main has been previously installed desires to construct said water main at the owner’s own expense, the owner may do so, after making proper application to the City and receiving a permit to install such a water main, in accordance with the following: 1. City Supervision. The installation of such a water main by a landowner at the owner’s expense shall be under the strict supervision of the City and shall, in all ways, conform to the requirements and specifications of the City. 2. Surety Bond. When making application to the City for a permit to install such a water main, the applicant shall post with the City a surety bond, in an amount to be set by the Council and made a matter of record in the minutes of the Council, which shall be in an amount equal to but not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the total estimated cost of the installation for the full distance from the termination point of the presently existing water main to the point where the farthest boundary of the applicant’s land abuts the street, and the bond shall guarantee the installation of the water main in as short a time as reasonably possible and shall further indemnify the City for the cost of completing the project in the event the applicant fails to complete the project within a reasonable time, and shall further indemnify the City for all damages to public property incurred in the installation, and shall further hold the City harmless for any and all other damages arising from the installation of the water main. 3. Ownership of Water Main. After the water main has been installed, it shall become the property of the City. 4. Cost Approval. For purposes of determining connection charges under Section 93.05 below, costs incurred by the owner shall be certified by the City and only so much of said costs as are approved by the City shall be used in determining connection charges as provided hereinafter. 93.05 CONNECTION CHARGE. Following the installation of an extension to the water system under the provisions of this chapter, there shall be paid to the City a connection charge in an amount equal to one-half (½) the lineal construction cost for the full width of any lot, tract or parcel of ground to be served by a connection to such water main. Such connection charge shall be paid to the City prior to making any connection to said water main. 93.06 LOCATION OF EXTENSIONS. In all new additions to the City, and any extensions of the water system within the City, water mains shall be laid between the curb line and the outer sidewalk line except as may be otherwise designated by special action of the Council. 93.07 RIGHTS OF CITY. All decisions in connection with the manner of installation of any extension and maintenance thereof shall remain in the exclusive control of the City and such extension shall be the property of the City and no other person shall have any right, title or interest therein.
95.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of the chapters of this Code of Ordinances pertaining to Sanitary Sewers is to establish rules and regulations governing the treatment and disposal of sanitary sewage within the City in order to protect the public health, safety and welfare. 95.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in these chapters, unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the following terms are defined: 1. “B.O.D.” (denoting Biochemical Oxygen Demand) means the quantity of oxygen utilized in the biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in five (5) days at twenty (20) degrees C., expressed in milligrams per liter or parts per million. 2. “Building drain” means that part of the lowest horizontal piping of a building drainage system which receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer, beginning three (3) feet outside the inner face of the building wall. 3. “Building sewer” means that part of the horizontal piping from the building wall to its connection with the main sewer or the primary treatment portion of an on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system conveying the drainage of one building site. 4. “Combined sewer” means a sewer receiving both surface run-off and sewage. 5. “Customer” means any person responsible for the production of domestic, commercial or industrial waste which is directly or indirectly discharged into the public sewer system. 6. “Garbage” means solid wastes from the domestic and commercial preparation, cooking, and dispensing of food, and from the handling, storage and sale of produce. 7. “Industrial wastes” means the liquid wastes from industrial manufacturing processes, trade, or business as distinct from sanitary sewage. 8. “Inspector” means the person duly authorized by the Council to inspect and approve the installation of building sewers and their connections to the public sewer system; and to inspect such sewage as may be discharged therefrom. 9. “Natural outlet” means any outlet into a watercourse, pond, ditch, lake, or other body of surface or groundwater. 10. “On-site wastewater treatment and disposal system” means all equipment and devices necessary for proper conduction, collection, storage, treatment, and disposal of wastewater from four or fewer dwelling units or other facilities serving the equivalent of fifteen persons (1500 gpd) or less. 11. “pH” means the logarithm of the reciprocal of the weight of hydrogen ions in grams per liter of solution. 12. “Public sewer” means a sewer in which all owners of abutting properties have equal rights, and is controlled by public authority. 13. “Sanitary sewage” means sewage discharging from the sanitary conveniences of dwellings (including apartment houses and hotels), office buildings, factories or institutions, and free from storm, surface water, and industrial waste. 14. “Sanitary sewer” means a sewer which carries sewage and to which storm, surface, and groundwaters are not intentionally admitted. 15. “Sewage” means a combination of the water-carried wastes from residences, business buildings, institutions, and industrial establishments, together with such ground, surface, and storm waters as may be present. 16. “Sewage treatment plant” means any arrangement of devices and structures used for treating sewage. 17. “Sewage works” or “sewage system” means all facilities for collecting, pumping, treating, and disposing of sewage. 18. “Sewer” means a pipe or conduit for carrying sewage. 19. “Sewer service charges” means any and all charges, rates or fees levied against and payable by customers, as consideration for the servicing of said customers by said sewer system. 20. “Slug” means any discharge of water, sewage, or industrial waste which in concentration of any given constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for any period of duration longer than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the average twenty-four (24) hour concentration or flows during normal operation. 21. “Storm drain” or “storm sewer” means a sewer which carries storm and surface waters and drainage but excludes sewage and industrial wastes, other than unpolluted cooling water. 22. “Superintendent” means the Director of Public Works of the City or any authorized deputy, agent, or representative. 23. “Suspended solids” means solids that either float on the surface of, or are in suspension in water, sewage, or other liquids, and which are removable by laboratory filtering. 24. “Watercourse” means a channel in which a flow of water occurs, either continuously or intermittently. 95.03 SUPERINTENDENT. The Superintendent shall exercise the following powers and duties: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4]) 1. Operation and Maintenance. Operate and maintain the City sewage system. 2. Inspection and Tests. Conduct necessary inspections and tests to assure compliance with the provisions of these Sanitary Sewer chapters. 3. Records. Maintain a complete and accurate record of all sewers, sewage connections and manholes constructed showing the location and grades thereof. 95.04 PROHIBITED ACTS. No person shall do, or allow, any of the following: 1. Damage Sewer System. Maliciously, willfully, or negligently break, damage, destroy, uncover, deface or tamper with any structure, appurtenance or equipment which is a part of the sewer system. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 2. Surface Run-off or Groundwater. Connect a roof downspout, sump pump, exterior foundation drain, areaway drain, or other source of surface run-off or groundwater to a building sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a public sanitary sewer. 3. Manholes. Open or enter any manhole of the sewer system, except by authority of the Superintendent. 4. Objectionable Wastes. Place or deposit in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the City, or in any area under the jurisdiction of the City, any human or animal excrement, garbage, or other objectionable waste. 5. Septic Tanks. Construct or maintain any privy, privy vault, septic tank, cesspool, or other facility intended or used for the disposal of sewage except as provided in these chapters. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3f]) 6. Untreated Discharge. Discharge to any natural outlet within the City, or in any area under its jurisdiction, any sanitary sewage, industrial wastes, or other polluted waters, except where suitable treatment has been provided in accordance with subsequent provisions of these chapters. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3f]) 95.05 SEWER CONNECTION REQUIRED. The owners of any houses, buildings, or properties used for human occupancy, employment, recreation or other purposes, situated within the City and abutting on any street, alley or right-of-way in which there is now located, or may in the future be located, a public sewer, are hereby required to install, at such owner’s expense, suitable toilet facilities therein and a building sewer connecting such facilities directly with the proper public sewer, and to maintain the same all in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, such compliance to be completed within sixty (60) days after date of official notice from the City to do so provided that said public sanitary sewer is located within one hundred fifty (150) feet of the property line of such owner and is of such design as to receive and convey by gravity such sewage as may be conveyed to it. (Ord. 450 – Jun. 03 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [3f]) (IAC, 567-69.1[3]) 95.06 SERVICE OUTSIDE THE CITY. The owners of property outside the corporate limits of the City so situated that it may be served by the City sewer system may apply to the Council for permission to connect to the public sewer upon the terms and conditions stipulated by resolution of the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 [2 & 3]) 95.07 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The Superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the City bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all properties for the purposes of inspection, observation, measurement, sampling, and testing in accordance with the provisions of these Sanitary Sewer chapters. The Superintendent or representatives shall have no authority to inquire into any processes including metallurgical, chemical, oil, refining, ceramic, paper, or other industries beyond that point having a direct bearing on the kind and source of discharge to the sewers or waterways or facilities for waste treatment. 95.08 OWNER’S LIABILITY LIMITED. While performing the necessary work on private property, the Superintendent or duly authorized employees of the City shall observe all safety rules applicable to the premises established by the owner or occupant and the owner or occupant shall be held harmless for injury or death to City employees and the City shall indemnify the owner or occupant against loss or damage to its property by City employees and against liability claims and demands for personal injury or property damage asserted against the owner or occupant and growing out of any gauging and sampling operation, except as such may be caused by negligence or failure of the owner or occupant to maintain safe conditions. 95.09 USE OF EASEMENTS. The Superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the City bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all private properties through which the City holds a duly negotiated easement for the purposes of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement, sampling, repair, and maintenance of any portion of the sewage works lying within said easement. All entry and subsequent work, if any, on said easement, shall be done in full accordance with the terms of the duly negotiated easement pertaining to the private property involved. 95.10 SPECIAL PENALTIES. The following special penalty provisions shall apply to violations of these Sanitary Sewer chapters: 1. Notice of Violation. Any person found to be violating any provision of these chapters except subsections 1, 3 and 4 of Section 95.04, shall be served by the City with written notice stating the nature of the violation and providing a reasonable time limit for the satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall, within the period of time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations. 2. Continuing Violations. Any person who shall continue any violation beyond the time limit provided for in subsection 1 hereof shall be in violation of this Code of Ordinances. Each day in which any such violation shall continue shall be deemed a separate offense. 3. Liability Imposed. Any person violating any of the provisions of these chapters shall become liable to the City for any expense, loss, or damage occasioned the City by reason of such violation.
BUILDING SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS
96.01 PERMIT. No unauthorized person shall uncover, make any connection with or opening into, use, alter or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof without first obtaining a written permit from the City. The application for the permit shall set forth the location and description of the property to be connected with the sewer system and the purpose for which the sewer is to be used, and shall be supplemented by any plans, specifications, or other information considered pertinent. The permit shall require the owner to complete construction and connection of the building sewer to the public sewer within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the permit, except that when a property owner makes sufficient showing that due to conditions beyond the owner’s control or peculiar hardship, such time period is inequitable or unfair, an extension of time within which to comply with the provisions herein may be granted. Any sewer connection permit may be revoked at any time for a violation of these chapters. 96.02 PERMIT FEE. The person who makes the application shall pay a fee in the amount of fifty dollars ($50.00) to the Clerk to cover the cost of issuing the permit and supervising, regulating, and inspecting the work. (Ord. 496 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 96.03 PLUMBER REQUIRED. All installations of building sewers and connections to the public sewer shall be made by a plumber approved by the City. The plumber shall provide a surety bond in the minimum sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) secured by a responsible surety bonding company authorized to operate within the State, conditioned to indemnify and save the City harmless against all losses or damages that may arise from or be occasioned by the making of connections with the public sewers or excavations therefor or by carelessness, negligence or unskillfulness in making the same. Such bond shall remain in force and must be executed for a period of one year except that on such expiration it shall remain in force as to all penalties, claims and demands that may have accrued thereunder prior to such expiration. In lieu of a surety bond, a cash deposit of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) may be filed with the City. 96.04 EXCAVATIONS. All excavations required for the installation of a building sewer shall be open trench work unless otherwise approved by the City. Pipe laying and backfill shall be performed in accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification C-12, except that no backfill shall be placed until the work has been inspected. The excavations shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 135 where applicable. 96.05 CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. Any connection with a public sanitary sewer must be made under the direct supervision of the Superintendent and in accordance with the following: 1. Old Building Sewers. Old building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings only when they are found, on examination and test conducted by the owner and observed by the Superintendent, to meet all requirements of this chapter. 2. Separate Building Sewers. A separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every occupied building; except where one building stands at the rear of another on an interior lot and no private sewer is available or can be constructed to the rear building through an adjoining alley, court, yard, or driveway. In such cases the building sewer from the front building may be extended to the rear building and the whole considered as one building sewer. 3. Installation. The connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall conform to the requirements of Division 4, Plumbing Rules and Regulations, of the State Building Code, applicable rules and regulations of the City, or the procedures set forth in A.S.T.M. Specification C-12. All such connections shall be made gastight and watertight. Any deviation from the prescribed procedures and materials must be approved by the Superintendent before installation. 4. Water Lines. When possible, building sewers should be laid at least ten (10) feet horizontally from a water service. The horizontal separation may be less, provided the water service line is located at one side and at least twelve (12) inches above the top of the building sewer. 5. Size. Building sewers shall be sized for the peak expected sewage flow from the building with a minimum building sewer size of four (4) inches. 6. Alignment and Grade. All building sewers shall be laid to a straight line to meet the following: A. Recommended grade at one-fourth (¼) inch per foot. B. Minimum grade of one-eighth (1/8) inch per foot. C. Minimum velocity of 2.00 feet per second with the sewer half full. D. Any deviation in alignment or grade shall be made only with the written approval of the Superintendent and shall be made only with approved fittings. 7. Depth. Whenever possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building at an elevation below the basement floor. The depth of cover above the sewer shall be sufficient to afford protection from frost. 8. Sewage Lifts. In all buildings in which any building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the public sewer, sanitary sewage carried by such drain shall be lifted by approved artificial means and discharged to the building sewer. 9. Pipe Specifications. Building sewer pipe shall be free from flaws, splits, or breaks. Materials shall be as specified in Division 4 of the State Building Code except that the building sewer pipe, from the property line to the public sewer, shall comply with the current edition of one of the following: A. Clay sewer pipe - A.S.T.M. C-700 (extra strength). B. Extra heavy cast iron soil pipe - A.S.T.M. A-74. C. Ductile iron water pipe - A.W.W.A. C-151. D. P.V.C. - SDR26 - A.S.T.M. D-3034. Tracer wire and grounding rods will be installed with the pipe as required by the Superintendent. The City will provide the tracing wire and grounding rods to be installed with the cost thereof to be included in the permit fee or the first monthly service billing in connection with the service in question. 10. Bearing Walls. No building sewer shall be laid parallel to, or within three (3) feet of any bearing wall, which might thereby be weakened. 11. Jointing. Fittings, type of joint, and jointing material shall be compatible with the type of pipe used, subject to the approval of the Superintendent. Solvent-welded joints are not permitted. 12. Unstable Soil. No sewer connection shall be laid so that it is exposed when crossing any watercourse. Where an old watercourse must of necessity be crossed or where there is any danger of undermining or settlement, cast iron soil pipe or vitrified clay sewer pipe thoroughly encased in concrete shall be required for such crossings. Such encasement shall extend at least six (6) inches on all sides of the pipe. The cast iron pipe or encased clay pipe shall rest on firm, solid material at either end. 13. Preparation of Basement or Crawl Space. No connection for any residence, business or other structure with any sanitary sewer shall be made unless the basement floor is poured, or in the case of a building with a slab or crawl space, unless the ground floor is installed with the area adjacent to the foundation of such building cleared of debris and backfilled. The backfill shall be well compacted and graded so that the drainage is away from the foundation. Prior to the time the basement floor is poured, or the first floor is installed in buildings without basements, the sewer shall be plugged and the plug shall be sealed by the Superintendent. Any accumulation of water in any excavation or basement during construction and prior to connection to the sanitary sewer shall be removed by means other than draining into the sanitary sewer. 96.06 INTERCEPTORS REQUIRED. Grease, oil, sludge and sand interceptors shall be provided by gas and service stations, convenience stores, car washes, garages, and other facilities when, in the opinion of the Superintendent, they are necessary for the proper handling of such wastes that contain grease in excessive amounts or any flammable waste, sand or other harmful ingredients. Such interceptors shall not be required for private living quarters or dwelling units. When required, such interceptors shall be installed in accordance with the following: 1. Design and Location. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity as provided by the Iowa Public Health Bulletin and Division 4 of the State Building Code, to be approved by the Superintendent, and shall be located so as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection. 2. Construction Standards. The interceptors shall be constructed of impervious material capable of withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial construction, watertight and equipped with easily removable covers that shall be gastight and watertight. 3. Maintenance. All such interceptors shall be maintained by the owner at the owner’s expense and shall be kept in continuously efficient operations at all times. 96.07 SEWER TAP. Connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall be made at the “Y” branch, if such branch is available at a suitable location. If no properly located “Y” branch is available, a “Y” saddle shall be installed at the location specified by the Superintendent. The public sewer shall be tapped with a tapping machine and a saddle appropriate to the type of public sewer shall be glued and attached with stainless steel clamps to the sewer. At no time shall a building sewer be constructed so as to enter a manhole unless special written permission is received from the Superintendent and in accordance with the Superintendent’s direction if such connection is approved. 96.08 INSPECTION REQUIRED. All connections with the sanitary sewer system before being covered shall be inspected and approved, in writing, by the Superintendent. As soon as all pipe work from the public sewer to inside the building has been completed, and before any backfilling is done, the Superintendent shall be notified and the Superintendent shall inspect and test the work as to workmanship and material; no sewer pipe laid under ground shall be covered or trenches filled until after the sewer has been so inspected and approved. If the Superintendent refuses to approve the work, the plumber or owner must proceed immediately to correct the work. 96.09 PROPERTY OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITY. All costs and expenses incident to the installation, connection and maintenance of the building sewer shall be borne by the owner. The owner shall indemnify the City from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be occasioned by the installation of the building sewer. 96.10 ABATEMENT OF VIOLATIONS. Construction or maintenance of building sewer lines whether located upon the private property of any owner or in the public right-of-way, which construction or maintenance is in violation of any of the requirements of this chapter, shall be corrected, at the owner’s expense, within thirty (30) days after date of official notice from the Council of such violation. If not made within such time the Council shall, in addition to the other penalties herein provided, have the right to finish and correct the work and assess the cost thereof to the property owner. Such assessment shall be collected with and in the same manner as general property taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3])
97.01 STORM WATER. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any storm water, surface water, groundwater, roof run-off, sub-surface drainage, uncontaminated cooling water, or unpolluted industrial process waters to any sanitary sewer. Storm water and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as are specifically designated as combined sewers or storm sewers, or to a natural outlet approved by the Superintendent. Industrial cooling water or unpolluted process waters may be discharged on approval of the Superintendent, to a storm sewer, combined sewer, or natural outlet. 97.02 SURFACE WATERS EXCEPTION. Special permits for discharging surface waters to a public sanitary sewer may be issued by the Council upon recommendation of the Superintendent where such discharge is deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of flushing, but any permit so issued shall be subject to revocation at any time when deemed to the best interests of the sewer system. 97.03 PROHIBITED DISCHARGES. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the following described waters or wastes to any public sewers: 1. Flammable or Explosive Material. Any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil, or other flammable or explosive liquid, solid, or gas. 2. Toxic or Poisonous Materials. Any waters or wastes containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or gases in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other wastes, to injure or interfere with any sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a public nuisance, or create any hazard in the receiving waters of the sewage treatment plant, including but not limited to cyanides in excess of two (2) milligrams per liter as CN in the wastes as discharged to the public sewer. 3. Corrosive Wastes. Any waters or wastes having a pH lower than 5.5 or having any other corrosive property capable of causing damage or hazard to structures, equipment, and personnel of the sewage works. 4. Solid or Viscous Substances. Solid or viscous substances in quantities or of such size capable of causing obstruction to the flow in sewers, or other interference with the proper operation of the sewage works such as, but not limited to, ashes, cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar, plastics, wood, unground garbage, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and fleshings, entrails and paper dishes, cups, milk containers, etc., either whole or ground by garbage grinders. 5. Excessive B.O.D., Solids or Flow. Any waters or wastes having (a) a five (5) day biochemical oxygen demand greater than three hundred (300) parts per million by weight, or (b) containing more than three hundred fifty (350) parts per million by weight of suspended solids, or (c) having an average daily flow greater than two percent (2%) of the average sewage flow of the City, shall be subject to the review of the Superintendent. Where necessary in the opinion of the Superintendent, the owner shall provide, at the owner’s expense, such preliminary treatment as may be necessary to (a) reduce the biochemical oxygen demand to three hundred (300) parts per million by weight, or (b) reduce the suspended solids to three hundred fifty (350) parts per million by weight, or (c) control the quantities and rates of discharge of such waters or wastes. Plans, specifications, and any other pertinent information relating to proposed preliminary treatment facilities shall be submitted for the approval of the Superintendent and no construction of such facilities shall be commenced until said approvals are obtained in writing. 97.04 RESTRICTED DISCHARGES. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged the following described substances, materials, waters, or wastes if it appears likely in the opinion of the Superintendent that such wastes can harm either the sewers, sewage treatment process, or equipment, have an adverse effect on the receiving stream or can otherwise endanger life, limb, public property, or constitute a nuisance. In forming an opinion as to the acceptability of these wastes, the Superintendent will give consideration to such factors as the quantities of subject wastes in relation to flows and velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers, nature of the sewage treatment process, capacity of the sewage treatment plant, degree of treatability of wastes in the sewage treatment plant, and other pertinent factors. The substances restricted are: 1. High Temperature. Any liquid or vapor having a temperature higher than one hundred fifty (150) degrees F (65 degrees C). 2. Fat, Oil, Grease. Any water or waste containing fats, wax, grease, or oils, whether emulsified or not, in excess of one hundred (100) milligrams per liter or six hundred (600) milligrams per liter of dispersed or other soluble matter. 3. Viscous Substances. Water or wastes containing substances which may solidify or become viscous at temperatures between thirty-two (32) and one hundred fifty (150) degrees F (0 and 65 degrees C). 4. Garbage. Any garbage that has not been properly shredded, that is, to such a degree that all particles will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public sewers, with no particle greater than one-half (½) inch in any dimension. 5. Acids. Any waters or wastes containing strong acid iron pickling wastes, or concentrated plating solution whether neutralized or not. 6. Toxic or Objectionable Wastes. Any waters or wastes containing iron, chromium, copper, zinc, and similar objectionable or toxic substances; or wastes exerting an excessive chlorine requirement, to such degree that any such material received in the composite sewage at the sewage treatment works exceeds the limits established by the Superintendent for such materials. 7. Odor or Taste. Any waters or wastes containing phenols or other taste or odor producing substances, in such concentrations exceeding limits which may be established by the Superintendent as necessary, after treatment of the composite sewage, to meet the requirements of state, federal, or other public agencies of jurisdiction for such discharge to the receiving waters. 8. Radioactive Wastes. Any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half-life or concentration as may exceed limits established by the Superintendent in compliance with applicable State or Federal regulations. 9. Excess Alkalinity. Any waters or wastes having a pH in excess of 9.5. 10. Unusual Wastes. Materials which exert or cause: A. Unusual concentrations of inert suspended solids (such as, but not limited to, Fullers earth, lime slurries, and lime residues) or of dissolved solids (such as, but not limited to, sodium chloride and sodium sulfate). B. Excessive discoloration (such as, but not limited to dye wastes and vegetable tanning solutions). C. Unusual B.O.D., chemical oxygen demand, or chlorine requirements in such quantities as to constitute a significant load on the sewage treatment works. D. Unusual volume of flow or concentration of wastes constituting “slugs” as defined herein. 11. Noxious or Malodorous Gases. Any noxious or malodorous gas or other substance which either singly or by interaction with other wastes is capable of creating a public nuisance or hazard to life or of preventing entry into sewers for their maintenance and repair. 12. Damaging Substances. Any waters, wastes, materials or substances which react with water or wastes in the sewer system to release noxious gases, develop color of undesirable intensity, form suspended solids in objectionable concentration or create any other condition deleterious to structures and treatment processes. 13. Untreatable Wastes. Waters or wastes containing substances which are not amenable to treatment or reduction by the sewage treatment processes employed, or are amenable to treatment only to such degree that the sewage treatment plant effluent cannot meet the requirements of other agencies having jurisdiction over discharge to the receiving waters. 97.05 RESTRICTED DISCHARGES - POWERS. If any waters or wastes are discharged, or are proposed to be discharged to the public sewers, which waters contain the substances or possess the characteristics enumerated in Section 97.04 and which in the judgment of the Superintendent may have a deleterious effect upon the sewage works, processes, equipment, or receiving waters, or which otherwise create a hazard to life or constitute a public nuisance, the Superintendent may: 1. Rejection. Reject the wastes by requiring disconnection from the public sewage system; 2. Pretreatment. Require pretreatment to an acceptable condition for discharge to the public sewers; 3. Controls Imposed. Require control over the quantities and rates of discharge; and/or 4. Special Charges. Require payment to cover the added cost of handling and treating the wastes not covered by existing taxes or sewer charges under the provisions of Chapter 99. 97.06 SPECIAL FACILITIES. If the Superintendent permits the pretreatment or equalization of waste flows, the design and installation of the plants and equipment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Superintendent and subject to the requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances, and laws. Where preliminary treatment or flow-equalizing facilities are provided for any waters or wastes, they shall be maintained continuously in satisfactory and effective operation by the owner at the owner’s expense. 97.07 CONTROL MANHOLES. When required by the Superintendent, the owner of any property serviced by a building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a suitable control manhole together with such necessary meters and other appurtenances in the building sewer to facilitate observation, sampling, and measurement of the wastes. Such manhole, when required, shall be accessibly and safely located, and shall be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the Superintendent. The manhole shall be installed by the owner at the owner’s expense, and shall be maintained by the owner so as to be safe and accessible at all times. 97.08 TESTING OF WASTES. All measurements, tests, and analyses of the characteristics of waters and wastes to which reference is made in this chapter shall be determined in accordance with the latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, published by the American Public Health Association, and shall be determined at the control manhole provided, or upon suitable samples taken at said control manhole. In the event that no special manhole has been required, the control manhole shall be considered to be the nearest downstream manhole in the public sewer to the point at which the building sewer is connected. Sampling shall be carried out by customarily accepted methods to reflect the effect of constituents upon the sewage works and to determine the existence of hazards to life, limb, and property. (The particular analyses involved will determine whether a twenty-four (24) hour composite of all outfalls of a premises is appropriate or whether a grab sample or samples should be taken. Normally, but not always, B.O.D. and suspended solids analyses are obtained from twenty-four (24) hour composites of all outfalls whereas pH’s are determined from periodic grab samples).
98.01 WHEN PROHIBITED. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, it is unlawful to construct or maintain any on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system or other facility intended or used for the disposal of sewage. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3f]) 98.02 WHEN REQUIRED. When a public sanitary sewer is not available under the provisions of Section 95.05, every building wherein persons reside, congregate or are employed shall be provided with an approved on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system complying with the provisions of this chapter. (IAC, 567-69.1[3]) 98.03 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS. The type, capacity, location and layout of a private on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system shall comply with the specifications and requirements set forth by the Iowa Administrative Code 567, Chapter 69, and with such additional requirements as are prescribed by the regulations of the County Board of Health. (IAC, 567-69.1[3 & 4]) 98.04 PERMIT REQUIRED. No person shall install or alter an on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system without first obtaining a permit from the County Board of Health. 98.05 DISCHARGE RESTRICTIONS. It is unlawful to discharge any wastewater from an on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system (except under an NPDES permit) to any ditch, stream, pond, lake, natural or artificial waterway, drain tile or to the surface of the ground. (IAC, 567-69.1[3]) 98.06 MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEM. The owner of an on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system shall operate and maintain the system in a sanitary manner at all times and at no expense to the City. 98.07 SYSTEMS ABANDONED. At such time as a public sewer becomes available to a property served by an on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system, as provided in Section 95.05, a direct connection shall be made to the public sewer in compliance with these Sanitary Sewer chapters and the on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system shall be abandoned and filled with suitable material. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3f]) 98.08 DISPOSAL OF SEPTAGE. No person shall dispose of septage from an on-site treatment system at any location except an approved disposal site.
99.01 SEWER USER CHARGE REQUIRED. Every customer shall pay to the City sewer user fees as hereinafter provided and as provided in Code of Iowa, Section 384.84(1). The user charge system shall generate adequate annual revenues to pay the costs of (1) annual operation and maintenance, including replacement, and (2) costs associated with the sewer bond debt retirement for financing the wastewater treatment works which the City may, by resolution, designate to be paid by the user charge system. The revenues collected from the sewer user charge shall be deposited in two separate non-lapsing funds as follows: 1) a fund designated as the “Wastewater Treatment Works Operation and Maintenance Fund” for the specific purpose of defraying operation and maintenance costs excluding replacement of the wastewater treatment works; and 2) a fund designated as the “Wastewater Treatment Works Replacement Fund” for the specific purpose of ensuing replacement needs over the useful life of the wastewater treatment works. Where sewer revenue bonds of the City are outstanding, the provision of the resolution authorizing the issuance of the bonds shall, in the event of conflict, prevail on the provisions of this section. 99.02 USER CHARGE RATE. Each customer shall pay a base charge of $6.37/month. In addition, each customer shall pay a sewer user charge at a rate of $3.47/100 cu. ft. of water used per month. The sewer user charge shall mean that portion of the total wastewater service charge that is levied in a proportional and adequate manner for the cost of operation, maintenance, and replacement of the wastewater treatment works. Of this charge, $2.44/100 cu. ft. per month shall be applied to debt retirement of the capital improvements cost of the wastewater treatment system. Reference is made to Appendix A, contained herein, for the purpose of showing the determination of the sewer user charge. 99.03 SPECIAL RATES. Any user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the cost of managing the effluent or the sludge from the wastewater treatment works, or any user which discharges any substance which singly or by interaction with other substances causes identifiable increases in the cost of operation, maintenance, or replacement of the wastewater treatment works, shall pay for such increased costs. The charge to each such user shall be as determined by the City Council. Where, in the judgment of the superintendent and the Council, special conditions exist to the extent that the application of the sewer user charge provided in Section 99.02 would be inequitable or unfair to either the City or the customer, a special rate shall be proposed by the superintendent and submitted to the Council for approval by resolution. 99.04 PRIVATE WATER SYSTEMS. Customers whose premises are served by a private water system shall pay sewer user charges based upon the water used as determined by the City either by an estimate agreed to by the customer or by metering the water system at the customer’s expense. Any negotiated or agreed upon sales or charges shall be subject to approval of the Council. 99.05 PAYMENT OF BILLS. All sewer user charges shall be due and payable under the same terms and conditions provided for payment for water service. The provisions of Section 99.07 shall be used to enforce collection of delinquent sewer charges. 99.06 LIABILITY. The owner of the premises served and the occupant thereof and the user of the sanitary sewer service shall be jointly and severally liable for the sewer service provided said premises. 99.07 LIEN FOR NON-PAYMENT. Sewer user charges remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon the premises served and shall be certified by the Clerk to the County Treasurer for collection in the same manner as property taxes. 99.08 SPECIAL AGREEMENTS PERMITTED. No statement in these chapters shall be construed as preventing a special agreement, arrangement or contract between the Council, and any industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength or character may be accepted subject to special conditions, rate and cost as established by the Council. 99.09 NOTIFICATION OF RATES. The City will notify each user at least annually in conjunction with a regular bill of the rate and that portion of the user charges that are attributable to operation and maintenance, including replacement of the wastewater treatment works. Any project related revenues (e.g., sale of sludge or effluent), will be used to offset the cost of the wastewater system operation and maintenance. 99.10 CONFLICTING ORDINANCES OR AGREEMENTS. All ordinances and parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are repealed insofar as the conflicting portions are concerned. This chapter takes precedence over any terms or conditions of agreements or contracts between the City and user that are inconsistent with the requirements of the Federal Clean Water Act and corresponding regulations (40 CFR 35.2140 dated February 17, 1984). (Ch. 99 - Ord. 508 – Nov. 05 Supp.)
APPENDIX “A” TO USER CHARGE ORDINANCE
This appendix presents the methodology used in calculating user charge rates. The unit costs established are based on estimates of expenses. The actual expenses and loadings that occur may differ from these estimates and will change as time passes. Therefore, unit costs must be re-established whenever necessary to reflect actual expenses and loadings. Since wastewater treatment costs are primarily dependent on volume of flow and the discharge strength of all users is substantially equal and approximates the strength of domestic discharge, the user charge system is based on water usage.
Annual ExpensesOperation, Maintenance, Replacement Wages & Benefits $244,833.00 Office Supplies & Equipment 3,100.00 Buildings/Grounds Maint. & Supplies 49,500.00 Vehicle Maint. & Supplies 5,200.00 Utilities 63,000.00 Insurance 22,553.00 Consultant & Professional Fees 26,160.00 Replacement Account 27,600.00 Billing, Collection, Administration 37,400.00 Spring Lake Park Sanitary Sewer 10,000.00 Less Miscellaneous Revenue (7,000.00) Less Reimbursement from Industrial Plant (100,721.00) Total Operation, Maint., Replacement $381,625.00
Debt Service Debt Service $396,690.00 Debt Service Reserve 99,172.00 Total Debt Service $495,862.00Total Annual Expenses......................................................................... $877,487.00 Annual RevenuesThe city needs to generate $366,025 annually to pay for operation, maintenance and replacements costs: Assume 2244 users Average monthly water usage = 1,700,000 cu. ft. Rate = Base charge of $6.37/month = $14,294.28 $1.03/100 cu. ft. = 17,510.00 $31,804.28/month
Estimated annual sewer charge revenue: $31,804.28/month (x) 12 months = $381,651.36
Debt ServiceAnnual debt service cost is $495,862: Assume 2244 users Average monthly water usage = 1,700,000 cu. ft. Rate = $2.44/100 cu. ft. = $41,480.00
Estimated annual sewer charge revenue: $41,480.00/month (x) 12 months = $497,760.00
Total Annual Revenue.......................................................................... $879,411.36
100.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide a means and method for the extension of sewers to serve property not served by an existing sewer line so as to preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort and convenience of the residents of the City. 100.02 DEFINITION. For the purpose of this chapter, “builder” means the owner of land who causes a sanitary sewer to be installed under the provisions of this chapter. Such term includes the heirs, successors or assigns of such owner. 100.03 CONSTRUCTION BY CITY. An owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street where no sanitary sewer has been installed may make application to the Council for the installation of a sanitary sewer in said street for the purpose of serving the property in accordance with the following: 1. Application and Deposit. A written request for such installation, and a sum equal to the cost as estimated by the City of construction from the point where the sanitary sewer is presently installed and terminates to the point where the most distant boundary of the owner’s lot abuts the said public street, shall be submitted to the Council. 2. Construction. Upon receipt of the deposit, the City shall construct the sanitary sewer for the purpose of serving the property of the applicant (builder), as soon as such construction can reasonably be accomplished. 3. Additional Costs. In the event the actual cost to the City of installation of the sanitary sewer is in excess of the estimated cost, the builder agrees to reimburse the City for the actual additional cost within thirty (30) days after the presentation of a bill for such additional cost. 4. Lien Authorized. In the event of the failure of the builder to reimburse the City, as specified in subsection 3 above, the total of the additional cost shall be certified to the County Treasurer as a special assessment lien against the builder’s real estate. In the written request for installation of the sanitary sewer, the landowner shall waive all objections to jurisdiction and rights to notice and consent to the entry of such a special assessment lien against the real estate. 5. Connecting Property. The expense of connecting the property of the builder to the sanitary sewer laid in the public street shall be borne by the builder, in addition to the cost of constructing said sewer, but such connection shall be under the supervision of the City. 100.04 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER. In the event an owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which no sewer has been previously installed desires to construct said sewer at the owner’s own expense, the owner may do so, after making proper application to the City and receiving a permit to install such a sewer, in accordance with the following: 1. City Supervision. The installation of such a sewer by a landowner at the owner’s expense shall be under the strict supervision of the City and shall, in all ways, conform to the requirements and specifications of the City. 2. Surety Bond. When making application to the City for a permit to install such a sewer, the applicant shall post with the City a surety bond, in an amount to be set by the Council and made a matter of record in the minutes of the Council, which shall be in an amount equal to but not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the total estimated cost of the installation for the full distance from the termination point of the presently existing sewer to the point where the farthest boundary of the applicant’s land abuts the public street, and the bond shall guarantee the installation of the sewer in as short a time as reasonably possible and shall further indemnify the City for the cost of completing the project in the event the applicant fails to complete the project within a reasonable time, and shall further indemnify the City for all damages to the public street incurred in the installation, and shall further hold the City harmless for any and all other damages arising from the installation of the sanitary sewer. 3. Ownership of Sewer Line. After the sewer has been installed, it shall become the property of the City. 100.05 OTHERS REQUIRED TO CONNECT. Following the installation of a sanitary sewer under the provisions of this chapter, owners of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which such sewer has been installed, being persons other than the builder, shall be obliged to connect any sewage generating facilities into said sanitary sewer, as required by Chapter 95. 100.06 BUILDING SEWERS INSTALLED. Each sanitary sewer constructed in a public street or right-of-way, whether constructed by the City or by a private party, shall include a stub to each abutting or adjoining lot line of the street or right-of-way on which the sewer is installed. Each party responsible for installing such sewer shall provide the City with an accurate map showing the location of each of such stubs within thirty (30) days of the completion of the installation.
STORM WATER UTILITY
101.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to establish a Storm Water Utility and provide a means of funding the construction, operation and maintenance of storm water management facilities, including but not limited to detention and retention basins, storm water sewers, inlets, ditches and drains, and cleaning of streets. The Council finds that the construction, operation and maintenance of the City’s storm and surface water drainage system should be funded through charging users of property which may connect or discharge directly or indirectly into the storm and surface water drainage system. 101.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the following terms are defined: 1. “Connection” means the physical act or process of tapping a public storm water, sewer or drainage line, or joining onto an existing side sewer, for the purpose of connecting private impervious surface or other storm and surface water sources or systems to the public storm and surface water system. It also includes creation or maintenance of impervious surface that causes or is likely to cause an increase in the quantity or decrease in quality, or both, from the natural state of storm water runoff, and which drains, directly or indirectly, to the storm and surface water system. 2. “Customer” means, in addition to any person receiving storm water service from the City, the owner of the property served, and as between such parties the duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be joint and several. 3. “Storm and surface water drainage system” means any combination of publicly owned storm and surface water quantity and quality facilities, pumping, or lift facilities, storm and secondary drain pipes and culverts, open channels, creeks and ditches, force mains, laterals, manholes, catch basins and inlets, including grates and covers thereof, detention and retention facilities, laboratory facilities and equipment, and any other publicly owned facilities for the collection, conveyance, treatment and disposal of the storm and surface water system within the City, to which sanitary sewage flows are not intentionally admitted. 4. “User” means any person who uses property that maintains connection to, discharges to, or otherwise receives services from the City for storm water management. The occupant of occupied property is deemed the user. If the property is not occupied, the person who has the right to occupy it shall be deemed the user. 101.03 STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM DISTRICT ESTABLISHED. Pursuant to the authority of Section 384.84(5) of the Code of Iowa, the entire City is hereby declared a Storm Water Drainage System District for the purpose of establishing, imposing, adjusting and providing for the collection rates for the operation and maintenance of storm water management facilities. The entire City, as increased from time to time by annexation, shall constitute a single Storm Water Drainage System District. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.8[5]) 101.04 RATES. Each customer shall pay for storm and surface water drainage system service provided by the City. The rates for the operation and maintenance of the storm water management facilities shall be collected by imposing a monthly rate on each residential, commercial and industrial customer within the City of Cherokee. The Council may adopt rules, charges, rates and fees for the use of the City’s storm and surface water system, and for services provided by the City relating to that system. Such rules may include delinquency and interest charges and penalties. Such charges and fees shall be just and equitable based upon the actual costs of operation, maintenance, acquisition, extension and replacement of the City’s system, the costs of bond repayment, regulation, administration and services of the City. A fee of three dollars ($3.00) shall be charged to each utilities customer each billing cycle. 101.05 PAYMENT OF BILLS. All Storm Water Drainage System District charges shall be due and payable under the same terms and conditions provided for payment of a combined service account as contained in Section 92.04 of this Code of Ordinances. All City services may be discontinued in accordance with the provisions contained in Section 92.05 if the combined service account becomes delinquent, and the provisions contained in Sections 92.06, 92.07 and 92.08 relating to lien exemptions and lien notices shall also apply in the event of a delinquent account. (Code of Iowa Sec. 384.84[3a]) (Chapter 101 added by Ord. 484 – Aug-04 Supp.)
CHAPTER 105
105.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of the chapters in this Code of Ordinances pertaining to Solid Waste Control is to provide for the sanitary storage, collection and disposal of solid waste and, thereby, to protect the citizens of the City from such hazards to their health, safety and welfare as may result from the uncontrolled disposal of solid waste. 105.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in these chapters the following terms are defined: 1. “Collector” means any person authorized to gather solid waste from public and private places. 2. “Director” means the director of the State Department of Natural Resources or any designee. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.101[2b]) 3. “Discard” means to place, cause to be placed, throw, deposit or drop. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.361[2]) 4. “Dwelling unit” means any room or group of rooms located within a structure and forming a single habitable unit with facilities which are used, or are intended to be used, for living, sleeping, cooking and eating. 5. “Garbage” means all solid and semisolid, putrescible animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling, preparing, cooking, storing, serving and consuming of food or of material intended for use as food, and all offal, excluding useful industrial by-products, and includes all such substances from all public and private establishments and from all residences. (IAC, 567-100.2) 6. “Landscape waste” means any vegetable or plant waste except garbage. The term includes trees, tree trimmings, branches, stumps, brush, weeds, leaves, grass, shrubbery and yard trimmings. (IAC, 567-20.2[455B]) 7. “Litter” means any garbage, rubbish, trash, refuse, waste materials or debris. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.361[1]) 8. “Owner” means, in addition to the record titleholder, any person residing in, renting, leasing, occupying, operating or transacting business in any premises, and as between such parties the duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be joint and several. 9. “Refuse” means putrescible and non-putrescible waste, including but not limited to garbage, rubbish, ashes, incinerator residues, street cleanings, market and industrial solid waste and sewage treatment waste in dry or semisolid form. (IAC, 567-100.2) 10. “Residential premises” means a single-family dwelling and any multiple-family dwelling up to and including two (2) separate dwelling units. 11. “Residential waste” means any refuse generated on the premises as a result of residential activities. The term includes landscape waste grown on the premises or deposited thereon by the elements, but excludes garbage, tires, trade wastes and any locally recyclable goods or plastics. (IAC, 567-20.2[455B]) 12. “Rubbish” means non-putrescible solid waste consisting of combustible and non-combustible waste, such as ashes, paper, cardboard, tin cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding, crockery or litter of any kind. (IAC, 567-100.2) 13. “Sanitary disposal” means a method of treating solid waste so that it does not produce a hazard to the public health or safety or create a nuisance. (IAC, 567-100.2) 14. “Sanitary disposal project” means all facilities and appurtenances including all real and personal property connected with such facilities, which are acquired, purchased, constructed, reconstructed, equipped, improved, extended, maintained, or operated to facilitate the final disposition of solid waste without creating a significant hazard to the public health or safety, and which are approved by the Director. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.301) 15. “Solid waste” means garbage, refuse, rubbish, and other similar discarded solid or semisolid materials, including but not limited to such materials resulting from industrial, commercial, agricultural, and domestic activities. Solid waste may include vehicles, as defined by subsection one of Section 321.1 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.301) 105.03 SANITARY DISPOSAL REQUIRED. It is the duty of each owner to provide for the sanitary disposal of all refuse accumulating on the owner’s premises before it becomes a nuisance. Any such accumulation remaining on any premises for a period of more than thirty (30) days shall be deemed a nuisance and the City may proceed to abate such nuisances in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 50 or by initiating proper action in district court. (Code of Iowa, Ch. 657) 105.04 HEALTH AND FIRE HAZARD. It is unlawful for any person to permit to accumulate on any premises, improved or vacant, or on any public place, such quantities of solid waste that constitute a health, sanitation or fire hazard. 105.05 PROHIBITED BURNING AND OPEN BURNING. 1. Definitions. As used in this section, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section: A. “Backyard burning” means the burning of natural vegetation originating on the premises and burnt by individuals domiciled on or owning the premises. Natural vegetation includes, but is not limited to leaves, grass, small branches, flower remains and trimmings. B. “Garbage” means all solid and semi-solid putrescible animal and vegetable wastes resulting from the handling, preparing, cooking, storing and serving of food or other materials intended for use as food. C. “Free-standing incinerator” means a concrete or masonry completely enclosed chamber which satisfies the other requirements of standard practices as adopted by the City. D. “Open burning” means any burning of combustible materials wherein the products of combustion are emitted into the open air without the use of a free standing incinerator. E. “Rubbish” means all waste materials of the strong foul smell giving off offensive smoke in nature. 2. Burning of Garbage Prohibited. No person, firm or corporation shall dispose of garbage at any time by burning same. 3. Burning of Diseased Trees. Diseased trees shall not be burned in the City of Cherokee but shall be removed from the premises and deposited only at the Cherokee Compost Facility or designated area. 4. Permissible Open Burning Enumerated. It is lawful to engage in open burning of plant material grown on the premises or deposited thereon by the elements by the owner or occupant of the premises involved, subject to the following: A. Disaster Rubbish. The open burning of rubbish, including landscape waste, for the duration of the community disaster period in cases where an officially declared emergency condition exists. All burning shall be at least 15 feet from any structure or property line. B. Trees and Tree Trimmings. The open burning of trees and tree trimmings at a City-operated burning site provided such burning is conducted in compliance with the rules established by the State Department of Natural Resources. C. Flare Stacks. The open burning or flaring of waste gases, providing such open burning or flaring is conducted in compliance with applicable rules of the State Department of Natural Resources. D. Landscape Waste. The disposal by open burning of landscape waste originating on the premises, during the times specified by the Council. However, the burning of landscape waste produced in clearing, grubbing and construction operations shall be limited to areas located at least one-fourth (1/4) mile from any building inhabited by other than the landowner or tenant conducting the open burning. Rubber tires shall not be used to ignite landscape waste. E. Recreational Fires. Recreational burning shall be allowed for food preparation and camping purposes only. The material to be burned is limited to charcoal, commercially fabricated logs, wood and branches. Garbage, refuse, demolition debris, leaves and grass, paper and cardboard are specifically prohibited as burning materials. All burning will take place in an acceptable burning structure designed for fire containment. (Ord. 543 – Jul. 09 Supp.) F. Controlled Burns. Controlled burns on agriculturally zoned property and publicly owned properties may be allowed by written permit of the Fire Chief; provided that the burn will be manned at all times and have equipment and water supplies available on side as specified in the written permit issued by the Fire Chief; and provided that no burning shall be allowed within one-quarter mile of any building inhabited by other than the landowner or tenant conducting the open burning. Whenever deemed feasible, the Fire Chief may require a Department of Natural Resources management plan prior to the controlled burn. Burns shall not be allowed by the Fire Chief on days when dryness, humidity, wind or other factors increase the hazards of a controlled burn to an unacceptable level. (Ord. 543 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 5. No Burning. Open burning is not allowed on holidays as defined: Good Friday, Easter, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, Christmas and New Years, all with the exception of recreation fires for personal use. It is unlawful to engage in open burning within 20 feet of any part of a pine or spruce tree located in the City of Cherokee and not on your own property. 6. Fire Department Response Fees. Any violation of rules concerning prohibited burning and open burning, which require a response by the Cherokee Fire Department to control or extinguish such combustion will be subject to a response fee as established by Ordinance of the City of Cherokee, Iowa. (Ord. 474 – Aug-04 Supp.) 105.06 SEPARATION OF YARD WASTE REQUIRED. All yard waste shall be separated by the owner or occupant from all other solid waste accumulated on the premises and shall be composted on the premises, burned on the premises during the times specified by the Council, or removed therefrom as provided herein. During the months of May through October, the City shall provide for once-monthly yard waste pickup at dates to be announced by published notice. All other yard waste collections shall be the responsibility of the owner or occupant of the premises. As used in this section, “yard waste” means any debris such as grass clippings, leaves, garden waste, brush and trees. Yard waste does not include tree stumps. 105.07 LITTERING PROHIBITED. No person shall discard any litter onto or in any water or land, except that nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the authorized collection and discarding of such litter in or on areas or receptacles provided for such purpose. When litter is discarded from a motor vehicle, the driver of the motor vehicle shall be responsible for the act in any case where doubt exists as to which occupant of the motor vehicle actually discarded the litter. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.363) 105.08 OPEN DUMPING PROHIBITED. No person shall dump or deposit or permit the dumping or depositing of any solid waste on the surface of the ground or into a body or stream of water at any place other than a sanitary disposal project approved by the Director, unless a special permit to dump or deposit solid waste on land owned or leased by such person has been obtained from the Director. However, this section does not prohibit the use of dirt, stone, brick or similar inorganic material for fill, landscaping, excavation, or grading at places other than a sanitary disposal project. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.307 and IAC, 567-100.2) 105.09 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS WASTE. No person shall deposit in a solid waste container or otherwise offer for collection any toxic or hazardous waste. Such materials shall be transported and disposed of as prescribed by the Director. As used in this section, “toxic and hazardous waste” means waste materials, including but not limited to, poisons, pesticides, herbicides, acids, caustics, pathological waste, flammable or explosive materials and similar harmful waste which requires special handling and which must be disposed of in such a manner as to conserve the environment and protect the public health and safety. (IAC, 567-100.2) (IAC, 567-102.14[2] and 400-27.14[2]) 105.10 WASTE STORAGE CONTAINERS. Every person owning, managing, operating, leasing or renting any premises, dwelling unit or any place where refuse accumulates shall provide and at all times maintain in good order and repair portable containers for refuse in accordance with the following: 1. Container Specifications. Waste storage containers shall comply with the following specifications: A. Residential. Residential waste containers, whether they be reusable, portable containers or heavy-duty disposable garbage bags, shall be of sufficient capacity, and leakproof and waterproof. Disposable containers shall be securely fastened, and reusable containers shall be fitted with a fly-tight lid which shall be kept in place except when depositing or removing the contents of the container. Reusable containers shall also be lightweight and of sturdy construction and have suitable lifting devices. B. Commercial. Every person owning, managing, operating, leasing or renting any commercial premises where an excessive amount of refuse accumulates and where its storage in portable containers as required above is impractical, shall maintain metal bulk storage containers approved by the City. 2. Storage of Containers. Residential solid waste containers shall be stored upon the residential premises. Commercial solid waste containers shall be stored upon private property, unless the owner has been granted written permission from the City to use public property for such purposes. The storage site shall be well drained; fully accessible to collection equipment, public health personnel and fire inspection personnel. All owners of residential and commercial premises shall be responsible for proper storage of all garbage and yard waste to prevent materials from being blown or scattered around neighboring yards and streets. 3. Location of Containers for Collection. Containers for the storage of solid waste awaiting collection shall be placed at the curb or alley line by the owner or occupant of the premises served. Containers or other solid waste placed at the curb line shall not be so placed more than twelve (12) hours in advance of the regularly scheduled collection day and shall be promptly removed from the curb line following collection. 4. Nonconforming Containers. Solid waste containers which are not adequate will be collected together with their contents and disposed of after due notice to the owner. 105.11 PROHIBITED PRACTICES. It is unlawful for any person to: 1. Unlawful Use of Containers. Deposit refuse in any solid waste containers not owned by such person without the written consent of the owner of such containers. 2. Interfere with Collectors. Interfere in any manner with solid waste collection equipment or with solid waste collectors in the lawful performance of their duties as such, whether such equipment or collectors be those of the City, or those of any other authorized waste collection service. 3. Incinerators. Burn rubbish or garbage except in incinerators designed for high temperature operation, in which solid, semisolid, liquid or gaseous combustible refuse is ignited and burned efficiently, and from which the solid residues contain little or no combustible material, as acceptable to the Environmental Protection Commission. 4. Scavenging. Take or collect any solid waste which has been placed out for collection on any premises, unless such person is an authorized solid waste collector. 105.12 SANITARY DISPOSAL PROJECT DESIGNATED. The sanitary landfill facilities operated by Cherokee County are hereby designated as the official “Public Sanitary Disposal Project” for the disposal of solid waste produced or originating within the City.
106.01 COLLECTION SERVICE. The City shall provide by contract for the collection of solid waste, except bulky rubbish as provided in Section 106.05, from residential premises only. The owners or operators of commercial, industrial or institutional premises shall provide for the collection of solid waste produced upon such premises. 106.02 COLLECTION VEHICLES. Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation of garbage and similar putrescible waste or solid waste containing such materials shall be leakproof, durable and of easily cleanable construction. They shall be cleaned to prevent nuisances, pollution or insect breeding and shall be maintained in good repair. (IAC, 567-104.9[455B]) 106.03 LOADING. Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation of any solid waste shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents will not fall, leak, or spill therefrom, and shall be covered to prevent blowing or loss of material. Where spillage does occur, the material shall be picked up immediately by the collector or transporter and returned to the vehicle or container and the area properly cleaned. 106.04 FREQUENCY OF COLLECTION. All solid waste shall be collected from residential premises at least once each week and from commercial, industrial and institutional premises as frequently as may be necessary, but not less than once each week. 106.05 BULKY RUBBISH. Bulky rubbish which is too large or heavy to be collected in the normal manner of other solid waste may be collected by the collector upon request in accordance with procedures therefor established by the Council. 106.06 RIGHT OF ENTRY. Solid waste collectors are hereby authorized to enter upon private property for the purpose of collecting solid waste therefrom as required by this chapter; however, solid waste collectors shall not enter dwelling units or other residential buildings. 106.07 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS. No person shall engage in the business of collecting, transporting, processing or disposing of solid waste from residential premises for the City without first entering into a contract with the City. This section does not prohibit an owner from transporting solid waste accumulating upon premises owned, occupied or used by such owner, provided such refuse is disposed of properly in an approved sanitary disposal project. Furthermore, a contract is not required for the removal, hauling, or disposal of earth and rock material from grading or excavation activities, provided that all such materials are conveyed in tight vehicles, trucks or receptacles so constructed and maintained that none of the material being transported is spilled upon any public right-of-way. 106.08 COLLECTION FEES. The collection and disposal of solid waste as provided by this chapter are declared to be beneficial to the property served or eligible to be served and there shall be levied and collected fees therefor in accordance with the following: (Goreham vs. Des Moines, 1970, 179 NW 2nd, 449) 1. Schedule of Fees. The fees for solid waste collection and disposal service, used or available, are: A. $11.20 per month for each single-family dwelling and each dwelling unit of a 2-family dwelling; B. $6.00 per month for landfill fee for each single-family dwelling and each dwelling unit of a 2-family dwelling. 2. Payment of Bills. All fees are due and payable under the same terms and conditions provided for payment of a combined service account as contained in Section 92.04 of this Code of Ordinances. Solid waste collection service may be discontinued in accordance with the provisions contained in Section 92.05 if the combined service account becomes delinquent, and the provisions contained in Section 92.08 relating to lien notices shall also apply in the event of a delinquent account. (Ord. 538 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 106.09 LIEN FOR NONPAYMENT. The owner of the premises served and any lessee or tenant thereof are jointly and severally liable for fees for solid waste collection and disposal. Fees remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon the premises served and shall be certified by the Clerk to the County Treasurer for collection in the same manner as property taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84) 106.10 AMOUNT OF SOLID WASTE TO BE PICKED UP. Iowa State Code Section 455D.3(c) requires a unit based pricing system. The City must now regulate the amount of trash each residential household may place for collection in the City limits of Cherokee. Each household will be allowed 132 gallons of solid waste per week. Each bag or container must not exceed fifty-five (55) pounds in weight. The contracting hauler will not pick up any bags or cans exceeding the 132 gallons per household limit. Any additional waste over the 132-gallon limit will require a City-approved tag/sticker securely affixed to each bag or container. The tag/sticker must be obtained from the City Clerk prior to trash collection and will cost $1.00 per tag/sticker. The contractor will not pick up any bags or containers over the combined volume of 132 gallons per household limit without the proper tag/sticker. There is no limit to the amount of recyclables a City resident may place for collection on recycling days. (Ord. 490 – Aug-04 Supp.)
110.01 FRANCHISE GRANTED There is hereby granted to INTERSTATE POWER & LIGHT COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” its successors and assigns, the right, franchise and privilege for the term of twenty-five (25) years from and after the passage, adoption, approval and acceptance of the ordinance codified by this chapter, to lay down, maintain and operate the necessary pipes, mains and other conductors and appliances in, along and under the streets, avenues, alleys and public places in the City of Cherokee, Cherokee County, Iowa as now or hereafter constituted for the purpose of distributing, supplying and selling gas to said City and the residents thereof and to persons and corporations beyond the limits thereof; also the right of eminent domain as provided in Section 364.2 of the Code of Iowa. The term “gas” as used in this franchise shall be construed to mean natural gas only. 110.02 MAINS AND PIPES; INDEMNIFICATION. The mains and pipes of the Company must be so placed as not to interfere unnecessarily with water pipes, drains, sewers and fire plugs which have been or may hereafter be placed in any street, alley and public places in said City nor unnecessarily interfere with the proper use of the same, including ordinary drainage, or with the sewers, underground pipe and other property of the City, and the Company, its successors and assigns shall hold the City free and harmless from all damages arising from the negligent acts or omissions of the Company in the laying down, operation and maintenance of said natural gas distribution system. 110.03 EXCAVATIONS. In making any excavations in any street, alley, avenue or public place, Company, its successors and assigns, shall protect the site while work is in progress by guards, barriers or signals, shall address traffic control consistent with the requirements of the national Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, shall not unnecessarily obstruct the use of the streets, shall back fill all openings in such manner as to prevent settling or depressions in surface, and shall replace the surface, pavement or sidewalk of such excavations with same materials, restoring the condition as nearly as practical and if defects are caused shall repair the same. 110.04 CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE. The Company shall, at its cost and expense, locate and relocate its existing facilities or equipment in, on, over or under any public street or alley in the City in such manner as the City may at any time reasonably require for the purposes of facilitating the construction, reconstruction, maintenance or repair of the street or alley or any public improvement of, in or about any such street or alley or reasonably promoting the efficient operation of any such improvement. If the City orders or requests the Company to relocate its existing facilities or equipment for the primary benefit of a commercial or private project, or as the result of the initial request of a commercial or private developer or other non-public entity, and such relocation is necessary to prevent interference and not merely for the convenience of the City or other non-public entity, the Company shall receive payment for the cost of such relocation as a precondition to relocating its existing facilities or equipment. The City shall consider reasonable alternatives in designing its public works projects so as not arbitrarily to cause the Company unreasonable additional expense in exercising its authority under this section. The City shall also provide a reasonable alternative location for the Company’s facilities. The City shall give the Company reasonable advance written notice to vacate a public right-of-way. Vacating a public right-of-way shall not deprive the Company of its right to operate and maintain existing facilities, until the reasonable cost of relocating the same are paid to the Company. 110.05 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. Said Company, its successors and assigns, shall throughout the term of the franchise distribute to all consumers gas of good quality and shall furnish uninterrupted service, except as interruptible service may be specifically contracted for with consumers; provided, however, that any prevention of service caused by fire, act of God or unavoidable event or accident shall not be a breach of this condition if the Company resumes service as quickly as is reasonably practical after the happening of the act causing the interruption. 110.06 NONEXCLUSIVE. The franchise granted by this chapter shall not be exclusive. 110.07 FRANCHISE FEE. In its monthly billing, Company shall include a franchise fee of 0 percent (0%) on the gross receipts from the distribution, supply or sale of gas for customers within the limits of the City of Cherokee, Cherokee County, Iowa. The Company shall commence collecting the 0% franchise fee on the date of January 1 or July 1, following six months from the date the acceptance of the franchise by the Company is filed with the City Clerk. The franchise fee may be increased or decreased by the City on or after July 1, 2006, and shall be limited to a maximum fee of seven percent (7%). The City shall give the Company a minimum 6-month notice prior to the request to implement an increase or decrease in the franchise fee. Collection of the franchise fee shall cease at the earlier of the City’s repeal of the franchise fee or the end of the franchise term. 110.08 FRANCHISE FEE APPLICATION. The franchise fee shall be applied to all customers’ bills in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 364.2(f), 422B.8 and 422E.2(3). The Company shall not grant exemptions or refunds of the franchise fee beyond that granted by the Code of Iowa. If at any time the Iowa Utilities Board or another authority having jurisdiction, prohibited the collection or payment of a franchise fee, the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to collect and pay to the City the franchise fee. 110.09 ADDITIONAL CHARGE. The franchise fee shall include an additional charge equal to six hundredths of a percent (0.06%) on the gross receipts from the distribution, supply or sale of gas for customers within the limits of the City. Said additional charge shall cover the administrative and related expenses incurred by the Company to accommodate City’s franchise fee and shall only apply when a franchise fee is being collected pursuant to Section 110.07. 110.10 OBLIGATIONS. City agrees that Company’s obligations related to the franchise fee are limited to those obligations set forth in Sections 110.07, 110.08 and 110.13 herein. City further agrees to bear all costs (including attorney fees) and to defend, indemnify and hold Company harmless form any and all liability, claims or causes of action associated with disputed related to the billing and/or collection of the franchise fee, provided that the City shall not be obligated to bear such costs or to defend, indemnify and hold Company harmless if such disputes arise from claims of inaccurate billing by the Company. 110.11 ANNEXATION. Upon receipt of a final and unappealable order or approval authorizing annexation, or changes in the limits of said City, the City Clerk shall provide written notification to an officer of Company of such annexation or change in the limits of said City, and the Company shall apply the franchise fee to its customers who are affected by the annexation or change in the limits of the City, commencing six (6) months from receipt of the written notice. 110.12 UTILITY BILL. The sum of such additional charges for the franchise fee and any additional charges related to Section 110.07 and/or 110.09 shall be shown separately on the utility bill to each customer. 110.13 FRANCHISE FEES REMITTED TO CITY. The Company shall remit collected franchise fees to the City on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after last day of the last revenue month of the quarter. 110.14 FRANCHISE FEE IN LIEU OF OTHER PAYMENTS. Said franchise fee shall be in lieu of any other payments to the City for the Company's use of streets, avenues, alleys and public places in the said City and other administrative or regulatory costs with regard to said franchise; and said pipes, mains, and other conductors and appliances in, along and under the streets, avenues, alleys and public places in the said City for the purpose of distributing, supplying and selling gas to said City and the residents thereof and to persons and corporations beyond the limits thereof shall be exempt from any special tax, assessment, license or rental charge during the entire term of this franchise. 110.15 TERM OF FRANCHISE. The term of the franchise granted by this chapter and the rights granted thereunder shall continue for the period of twenty-five (25) years from and after its acceptance by the said Company, as herein provided. 110.16 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This chapter sets forth and constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the City of Cherokee with respect to the rights contained herein, and may not be superceded, modified or otherwise amended without the approval and acceptance of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the City of Cherokee enact any ordinance or place any limitations, either operationally or through the assessment of fees other than those approved and accepted by the Company within this chapter that create additional burdens upon the Company or which delay utility operations.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 515 granting a gas franchise to the Interstate Power & Light Company was adopted by the Council April 25, 2006.
111.01 FRANCHISE GRANTED. A nonexclusive franchise is hereby granted unto Iowa Public Service Company, a corporation, its successors and assigns (herein “Grantee”) for a term of twenty-five (25) years commencing with the date the ordinance codified by this chapter became effective, to acquire, erect, maintain and operate plants and systems for electric light, heat and power, electric distribution systems and electric transmission systems (herein “Electric Utilities”) within the present and future corporate limits of the City, and Grantee is hereby granted the right, franchise and authority to construct, install and maintain such electric utilities over, across and under the streets, alleys and public grounds of the City, and to furnish, transmit and distribute electricity to the City and its inhabitants and others within and without the corporate limits for any and all lawful purposes, including public and private use, and upon such terms, conditions, restrictions and regulations as are contained in this chapter. 111.02 CONSTRUCTION. All construction by Grantee, exclusive of distance from buildings, shall be in compliance with the standards of the Iowa Electrical Safety Code as adopted by the State Utilities Board. Grantee shall have the right to trim or remove trees when reasonably necessary to efficiently operate its plant and render service. 111.03 SERVICE STANDARDS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee shall use the latest available technology in the construction and maintenance of its electrical facilities compatible with sound engineering standards and efficient and economical operating practices. 111.04 MOVING BUILDING. In the event that any person shall desire to move any building which will cause the removal of any of the poles and wires of the Grantee’s distribution system, the owner of said building shall make application to the City Administrator, who shall fix the route and cause twenty-four (24) hours notice to be given to the owners of such distribution system. The removal of said building shall be at such hours as will permit the least interference with continuous service, the time fixed to be agreed to by the applicant and the Grantee. The removal of the high tension line will not be required if any other suitable route exists for the moving of said building. 111.05 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS. If the City shall propose to improve or make a public improvement in any street, alley or public way (herein “public improvement”) in a manner that may conflict with the existing electric utilities, the contractor awarded the public improvement contract shall consult with Grantee to ascertain the exact number, location, depth or elevation of electric utilities and at all times strive to protect electric utilities from damage during the performance of the contract. The Grantee shall, upon resolution of the Council, temporarily remove, relocate or guard with insulating barriers electric utilities that are deemed in conflict with the public improvement, at its own expense, at a time that will not cause unreasonable inconvenience to the Grantee or its customers. 111.06 DAMAGE TO SYSTEM. If any party shall damage any part of the electric utilities or shall cause any weakening or loss of the structural, mechanical or vertical support thereof, or cause an interruption to the electric service provided by any transmission or distribution line, such party shall give warnings and use safeguards as may be necessary, including the erection of insulating barriers to prevent electrical contact by any person and shall immediately notify Grantee of the location, time of the occurrence and nature of the damage and shall maintain reasonable warnings and safeguards until all damage has been repaired. 111.07 CITY RIGHTS AND POWERS. This franchise shall not restrict in any manner the right of the City in the exercise of any power which it now has or which may hereafter be authorized or permitted by the laws of the State of Iowa and Grantee shall be subject to all such rights and powers. 111.08 EMINENT DOMAIN. Grantee shall have the power to appropriate and condemn private property for the purpose of providing electrical service to the extent necessary to serve a public use and in a reasonable relationship to an overall plan of transmitting electricity in the public interest. The necessity for the taking of any private property by the Grantee by condemnation shall be submitted to and shall be determined by the Council by resolution. 111.09 INDEMNIFICATION. Grantee shall defend at its own expense in the name and on behalf of the City and shall indemnify and save harmless the City from any and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs or expenses, whether caused or contributed to by the negligence of the Grantee or the City on account of injury or damage to any person or property caused or occasioned in whole or in part by reason of or arising out of the construction, operation or maintenance of electric utilities, except the Grantee shall not be obligated to defend, indemnify and save harmless the City for any costs or damages arising from the sole negligence of the City. The duty of the Grantee to defend, save harmless and indemnify the City shall extend to the City’s officers, employees and agents to the extent that the City is obligated to defend, save harmless and indemnify by law. 111.10 PURCHASE RIGHTS. The Grantee, by the acceptance of this franchise, agrees to and does grant unto the City the right to purchase and take over, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, the entire electrical distribution system of the Grantee which may be owned, used and maintained by it in carrying out the terms and conditions of this chapter. The City shall have the right to purchase the system at any time during the six months preceding the conclusion of the 17th year of the term of the franchise. In the event the City shall elect to purchase under the provisions of this section, it shall serve written notice of its election to purchase, upon Grantee at least six months before the exercise of this option. Upon the election to exercise this option, the City shall make the necessary filings with the Iowa Utilities Board and both the City and the Grantee may exercise their legal rights in accordance with applicable laws, except no value shall be placed on the franchise herein granted and Grantee shall be allowed no value in connection therewith. 111.11 FRANCHISE FEE. The City may, by ordinance, enact a franchise fee to be added as a surcharge to the bills of the customers of the Grantee in the City. Such fee may only be imposed if such a fee is required of all other suppliers of electricity and natural gas in the City and in an amount no greater than the lowest such fee of any electric or natural gas supplier nor under terms and conditions more onerous. 111.12 REMEDIES. The City shall have the power and authority to seek and obtain civil relief through the judicial system, including but not limited to injunctive relief, for the purpose of enforcing and facilitating the provisions of this chapter and the rights and powers granted herein. 111.13 GRANTEE’S OFFICE. The Grantee shall maintain an office in the City during the term of the franchise, staffed sufficiently to serve the needs of the customers in the City. In addition, before the Grantee constructs a facility other than an electric generating station which is to serve all of its electric customers and is not site-specific, it shall advise the City so that the City may make a proposal to locate the facility in the City.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 213 granting an electric franchise for the City was passed and adopted on July 11, 1989.
112.01 FRANCHISE GRANTED. Northwestern Bell Telephone Company, a corporation (the “Company”), its successors and assigns are hereby granted the right to use and occupy the streets, alleys and other public places of the City for a term of twenty-five (25) years from the effective date of the ordinance codified by this chapter, for the purpose of constructing, maintaining and operating a general telephone system within the City. 112.02 CITY REGULATION. The rights herein granted are subject to the exercise of the police power as the same now is or may hereafter be conferred upon the City.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 590 granting a franchise to Northwestern Bell Telephone Company was passed and approved by the Council on June 24, 1975. Voters approved the franchise August 26, 1975. Letter of acceptance was filed by the Company on October 20, 1975.
113.01 DEFINITIONS. The following words and phrases, when used herein, shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meanings ascribed to them in this section: 1. “Affiliate” means an entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership with Grantee. 2. “Basic cable service” means the tier of service regularly provided to all subscribers that includes the retransmission of local broadcast television signals. 3. “Cable Act” means the Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984, as amended. 4. “Cable service” means (i) the one-way transmission to subscribers of video programming or other programming service and (ii) subscriber interaction, if any, which is required for the selection of such video programming or any other programming service. 5. “Cable system” means a facility, consisting of a set of closed transmission paths and associated signal generation, reception and control equipment or other communications equipment that is designed to provide cable service and other service to subscribers. 6. “FCC” means Federal Communications Commission or successor governmental entity thereto. 7. “Franchise” means the initial authorization or renewal thereof issued by the City, whether such authorization is designated as a franchise, permit, license, resolution, contract, certificate, or otherwise, which authorizes construction and operation of the cable system for the purpose of offering cable service or other service to subscribers. 8. “Grantee” means Televents Group Joint Venture, or the lawful successor, transferee or assignee thereof. 9. “Gross revenues” means the monthly cable service revenues received by the Grantee from subscribers of the cable system on an annual basis; provided, however, such phrase does not include: (i) revenues received from national advertising carried on the cable system; (ii) any taxes on cable service which are imposed directly or indirectly on any subscriber thereof by any governmental unit or agency and which are collected by the Grantee on behalf of such governmental unit or agency, and provided further that such phrase does not include franchise fees collected by the Grantee from its subscribers. 10. “Public way” means the surface of, and the space above and below any public street, highway, freeway, bridge, land path, alley, court, boulevard, sidewalk, parkway, way, lane, public way, drive, circle or other public right-of-way, including, but not limited to, public utility easements, dedicated utility strips or rights-of-way dedicated for compatible uses and any temporary or permanent fixtures or improvements located thereon now or hereafter held by the City in the service area which shall entitle the City and the Grantee to the use thereof for the purpose of installing, operating, repairing and maintaining the cable system. “Public way” also means any easement now or hereafter held by the City within the service area for the purpose of public travel, or for utility or public service use dedicated for compatible uses, and includes other easements or rights-of-way as shall within their proper use and meaning entitle the City and the Grantee to the use thereof for the purpose of installing and operating the Grantee’s cable system over poles, wires, cables, conductors, ducts, conduits, vaults, manholes, amplifiers, appliances, attachments, and other property as may be ordinarily necessary and pertinent to the cable system. 11. “Service area” means the present municipal boundaries of the City and includes any additions thereto by annexation or other legal means. 12. “Service tier” means a category of cable service or other services provided by Grantee and for which a separate charge is made by the Grantee. 13. “Subscriber” means a person or user of the cable system who lawfully receives cable services or other service therefrom with the Grantee’s express permission. 14. “Video programming” means programming provided by or generally considered comparable to programming provided by a television broadcast station. 113.02 GRANT. The City hereby grants to the Grantee a nonexclusive franchise which authorizes the Grantee to construct and operate a cable system in, along, among, upon, across, above, over, under or in any manner connected with public ways within the service area and for that purpose to erect, install, construct, repair, replace, reconstruct, maintain or retain in, on, over, under, upon, across or along any public way and all extensions thereof and additions thereto, such poles, wires, cables, conductors, ducts, conduits, vaults, manholes, pedestals, amplifiers, appliances, attachments and other related property or equipment as may be necessary or appurtenant to the cable system. 113.03 TERM. The franchise granted pursuant to this chapter shall be for an initial term of fifteen (15) years commencing on the effective date of the franchise unless otherwise lawfully terminated in accordance with the terms of this chapter. 113.04 EQUAL PROTECTION. In the event the City enters into a franchise, permit, license, authorization or other agreement of any kind with any other person or entity other than the Grantee to enter into the City’s streets and public ways for the purpose of constructing or operating a cable system or providing cable service to any part of the service area, the material provisions thereof shall be reasonably comparable to those contained herein, in order that one operator not be granted an unfair competitive advantage over another and to provide all parties equal protection under the law. 113.05 CONDITIONS OF STREET OCCUPANCY. All transmission and distribution structures, poles, other lines and equipment installed or erected by the Grantee pursuant to the terms hereof shall be so located so as to cause a minimum of interference with the proper use of public ways, and with the rights and reasonable convenience of property owners who own property that adjoins any of such public ways. 113.06 RESTORATION OF PUBLIC WAYS. If during the course of Grantee’s construction, operation or maintenance of the cable system there occurs a disturbance of any public way by the Grantee, the Grantee shall, at its own expense, replace and restore such public way to a condition reasonably comparable to the condition of the public way existing immediately prior to such disturbance. 113.07 RELOCATION AT REQUEST OF CITY. Upon its receipt of reasonable advance notice, not to be less than five (5) business days, the Grantee shall, at its own expense, protect, support, temporarily disconnect, relocate in the public way or remove from the public way any property of the Grantee when lawfully required by the City by reason of traffic conditions, public safety, street abandonment, freeway and street construction, change or establishment of street grade, installation of sewers, drains, gas or water pipes or any other type of structures or improvements by the City; but the Grantee shall in all cases have the right of abandonment of its property. If public funds are available to any company using such street, easement or right-of-way for the purpose of defraying the cost of any of the foregoing, such funds shall also be made available to the Grantee. 113.08 RELOCATION AT REQUEST OF THIRD PARTY. The Grantee shall, on the request of any person holding a building moving permit issued by the City, temporarily raise or lower its wires to permit the moving of buildings, provided: (a) the expense of such temporary raising or lowering of the wires is paid by the person requesting the same, including, if required by the Grantee, making such payment in advance; and (b) the Grantee is given not less than ten (10) business days’ advance notice to arrange for such temporary wire changes. 113.09 TRIMMING OF TREES AND SHRUBBERY. The Grantee shall have the authority to trim trees and other natural growth overhanging any of its cable system in the service area so as to prevent the branches of the trees from coming in contact with the Grantee’s wires, cables and other equipment. The Grantee shall be permitted to charge persons who own or are responsible for such trees or natural growth for the cost of such trimming, provided that similar charges are assessed by and paid to the utilities or the City for tree trimming. The Grantee shall reasonably compensate the City or property owner for any damages caused by such trimming or shall, in its sole discretion and at its own cost and expense, reasonably replace all trees or shrubs damaged as a result of any construction of the cable system undertaken by the Grantee. Such replacement shall satisfy any and all obligations the Grantee may have to the City or property owner pursuant to the terms of this section. 113.10 USE OF GRANTEE’S EQUIPMENT BY CITY. Subject to any applicable State of Federal regulations or tariffs, the City shall have the right to make additional use, for any public purpose, of any poles or conduits controlled or maintained exclusively by or for the Grantee in any public way; provided that (a) such use by the City does not interfere with a current or future use by the Grantee; (b) the City holds the Grantee harmless against and from all claims, demands, costs or liabilities of every kind and nature whatsoever arising out of such use of said poles or conduits, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs; and (c) at Grantee’s sole discretion, the City may be required either to pay a reasonable rental fee or otherwise reasonably compensate Grantee for the use of such poles, conduits or equipment; provided, however, Grantee agrees that such compensation or charge shall not exceed those paid by it to public utilities pursuant to the applicable pole attachment agreement or other authorization relating to the service area. 113.11 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. Construction, installation and maintenance of the cable system shall be performed in an orderly and workmanlike manner. All such work shall be performed in substantial accordance with applicable FCC or other Federal, State and local regulations. The cable system shall not unreasonably endanger or interfere with the safety of persons or property in the service area. 113.12 AERIAL AND UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION. In those areas of the service area where all of the transmission or distribution facilities of the respective public utilities providing telephone communications and electric services are underground, the Grantee likewise shall construct, operate and maintain all of its transmission and distribution facilities underground; provided that such facilities are actually capable of receiving Grantee’s cable and other equipment without technical degradation of the cable system’s signal quality. In those areas of the service area where the transmission or distribution facilities of the respective public utilities providing telephone communications and electric services are both aerial and underground, the Grantee shall have the sole discretion to construct, operate and maintain all of its transmission and distribution facilities or any part thereof aerially or underground. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Grantee to construct, operate and maintain underground any ground-mounted appurtenances such as subscriber taps, line extenders, system passive devices (splitters, directional couplers), amplifiers, power supplies, pedestals or other related equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this section, in the event that all of the transmission or distribution facilities of the respective public utilities providing telephone communications and electric services are placed underground after the effective date of this chapter, the Grantee shall only be required to construct, operate and maintain all of its transmission and distribution facilities underground if it is given reasonable notice and access to the public utilities’ facilities at the time that such are placed underground. 113.13 REQUIRED EXTENSIONS OF SERVICE. The Grantee is hereby authorized to extend the cable system as necessary, as desirable or as required pursuant to the terms hereof within the service area. Whenever the Grantee receives a request for service from at least ten (10) subscribers within 1,320 cable-bearing strand feet (one-quarter cable mile) of its trunk or distribution cable, it shall extend its cable system to such subscribers at no cost to said subscribers for system extension, other than the usual connection fees for all subscribers, provided that such extension is technically feasible, and will not adversely affect the operation, financial condition or market development of the cable system, or as provided for under Section 113.14 of this chapter. 113.14 SUBSCRIBER CHARGES FOR EXTENSIONS OF SERVICE. No subscriber shall be refused service arbitrarily. However, for unusual circumstances, such as a subscriber’s request to locate the cable drop underground, existence of more than one hundred fifty (150) feet of distance from distribution cable to connection of service to subscribers or a density of less than ten (10) subscribers per 1,320 cable-bearing strand feet of trunk or distribution cable, cable service or other service may be made available on the basis of a capital contribution in aid of construction, including cost of material, labor and easements. For the purpose of determining the amount of capital contribution in aid of construction to be borne by the Grantee and subscribers in the area in which cable service may be expanded, the Grantee will contribute an amount equal to the construction and other costs per mile, multiplied by a fraction whose numerator equals the actual number of potential subscribers per 1,320 cable-bearing strand feet of its trunk or distribution cable and whose denominator equals ten (10) subscribers. Potential subscribers will bear the remainder of the construction and other costs on a pro rata basis. The Grantee may require that the payment of the capital contribution in aid of construction borne by such potential subscribers be paid in advance. 113.15 SERVICE TO PUBLIC BUILDINGS. The Grantee shall provide without charge one outlet of basic service to the City’s office building(s), fire station(s), police station(s) and public school building(s) that are passed by its cable system. The outlets of basic cable service shall not be used to distribute or sell cable services in or throughout such buildings, nor shall such outlets be located in common or public areas open to the public. Users of such outlets shall hold Grantee harmless from any and all liability or claims arising out of their use of such outlets, including but not limited to those arising from copyright liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this section, the Grantee shall not be required to provide an outlet to such buildings where the drop line from the feeder cable to said buildings or premises exceeds one hundred fifty (150) cable feet, unless it is technically feasible and so long as it will not adversely affect the operation, financial condition or market development of the cable system to do so, or unless the appropriate governmental entity agrees to pay the incremental cost of such drop line in excess of 150 cable feet. In the event that additional outlets of basic cable service are provided to such buildings, the building owner shall pay the usual installation fees associated therewith, including, but not limited to, labor and materials. Upon request of the Grantee, the building owner may also be required to pay the service fees associated with the provision of basic cable service and the additional outlets relating thereto. 113.16 FRANCHISE FEE. 1. The Grantee shall pay to the City a franchise fee equal to five percent (5%) of gross revenues (as defined herein) received by the Grantee from the operation of the cable system on a quarterly basis; provided, however, the Grantee may credit against any such payments: (a) any tax, fee or assessment of any kind imposed by the City or other governmental entity on a cable operator or subscriber, or both, solely because of his or her status as such; (b) any tax, fee or assessment of general applicability which is unduly discriminatory against cable operators or subscribers (including any such tax, fee or assessment imposed, both on utilities and cable operators and their services), and (c) any other special tax, assessment or fee such as a business, occupation and entertainment tax. For the purpose of this section, the 3-month period applicable under the franchise for the computation of the franchise fee shall begin at the start of the calendar year, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the City and the Grantee. The franchise fee payment shall be due and payable sixty (60) days after the close of the preceding quarter. Each payment shall be accompanied by a brief report from a representative of the Grantee showing the basis for the computation. Upon one hundred twenty (120) days’ prior written notice, the City may increase the franchise fee up to the maximum amount allowed by law, but in no event shall the franchise fee exceed five percent (5%) of the Grantee’s annual gross revenues in the absence of a maximum amount specified by law. (Ord. 540 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 2. The period of limitation for recovery of any franchise fee payable hereunder shall be ten (10) years from the date on which payment by the Grantee is due. Unless within ten (10) years from and after said payment due date the City initiates a lawsuit for recovery of such franchise fee in a court of competent jurisdiction, such recovery shall be barred, and the City shall be stopped from asserting any claims whatsoever against the Grantee relating to any such alleged deficiencies. 113.17 RATES AND CHARGES. The City may not regulate basic cable service rates to the extent expressly authorized by Federal law. In the event that basic cable service rate increases are subject to approval of the City, the Grantee may increase rates relating to the provision of basic cable service by an amount which is at least equal to the cumulative increase (calculated from the date of the last basic rate increase) in the Consumer Price Index of All Urban Consumers – United States Average (CPI) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor. 113.18 RENEWAL OF FRANCHISE. The City and the Grantee agree that any proceedings undertaken by the City that relate to the renewal of the Grantee’s franchise shall be governed by and comply with the provisions of Section 626 of the Cable Act (as such existed as of the effective date of the Cable Act), unless the procedures and substantive protections set forth therein shall be deemed to be preempted and superseded by the provisions of any subsequent provision of Federal or State law. In addition to the procedures set forth in said Section 626(a), the City agrees to notify the Grantee of its preliminary assessments regarding the identity of future cable-related community needs and interests, as well as the past performance of the Grantee under the then current franchise term. The City further agrees that such a preliminary assessment shall be provided to the Grantee prior to the time that the four-month period referred to in Subsection (c) of Section 626 is considered to begin. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this section, the Grantee and the City agree that at any time during the term of the then current franchise, while affording the public appropriate notice and opportunity to comment, the City and Grantee may agree to undertake and finalize negotiations regarding renewal of the then current franchise and the City may grant a renewal thereof. The Grantee and the City consider the terms set forth in this section to be consistent with the express provisions of Section 626 of the Cable Act. 113.19 CONDITIONS OF SALE. Except to the extent expressly required by Federal or State law, if a renewal or extension of Grantee’s franchise is denied or the franchise is lawfully terminated, and the City either lawfully acquires ownership of the cable system or by its actions lawfully effects a transfer of ownership of the cable system to another party, any such acquisition or transfer shall be at a fair market value, determined on the basis of the cable system valued as a going concern. The Grantee and the City agree that in the case of a lawful revocation of the franchise, at Grantee’s request, which shall be made in its sole discretion, the Grantee shall be given a reasonable opportunity to effectuate a transfer of its cable system to a qualified third party. The City further agrees that during such a period of time it shall authorize the Grantee to continue to operate pursuant to the terms of its prior franchise; however, in no event such authorization exceed a period of time greater than six (6) months from the effective date of such revocation. If, at the end of that time, the Grantee is unsuccessful in procuring a qualified transferee or assignee of its cable system which is reasonably acceptable to the City, the Grantee and City may avail themselves of any rights they may have pursuant to Federal or State law, it being further agreed that the Grantee’s continued operation of its cable system during the six-month period shall not be deemed to be a waiver or an extinguishment of any rights of either the City or the Grantee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this section, neither the City nor the Grantee shall be required to violate Federal or State law. 113.20 TRANSFER OF FRANCHISE. The Grantee’s right, title or interest in the franchise shall not be sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered, other than to an affiliate, without the prior consent of the City, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. No such consent shall be required, however, for a transfer in trust, by mortgage, by other hypothecation, or by assignment of any rights, title or interest of the Grantee in the franchise or cable system in order to secure indebtedness. 113.21 TESTING FOR COMPLIANCE. The City may perform technical tests of the cable system during reasonable times and in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the normal business operations of the Grantee or the cable system in order to determine whether or not the Grantee is in compliance with the terms hereof and applicable State or Federal laws. Except in emergency circumstances, such tests may be undertaken only after giving the Grantee reasonable notice thereof, not to be less than two (2) business days, and providing a representative of the Grantee an opportunity to be present during such tests. In the event that such testing demonstrates that the Grantee has substantially failed to comply with a material requirement hereof, the reasonable costs of such tests shall be borne by the Grantee. In the event that such testing demonstrates that Grantee has substantially complied with such material provisions hereof, the cost of such testing shall be borne by the City. Except in emergency circumstances, the City agrees that such testing shall be undertaken no more than two (2) times per year in the aggregate, and that the results thereof shall be made available to the Grantee upon the Grantee’s request. 113.22 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Grantee agrees that the City may review such of its books and records, during normal business hours and on a nondisruptive basis, as are reasonably necessary to monitor compliance with the terms hereof. Such records shall include, but shall not be limited to, any public records required to be kept by the Grantee pursuant to the rules and regulations of the FCC. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Grantee shall not be required to disclose information which it reasonably deems to be proprietary or confidential in nature. The City agrees to treat any information disclosed by the Grantee to it as confidential and only to disclose it to employees, representatives and agents thereof that have a need to know, or in order to enforce the provisions hereof. 113.23 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. Grantee shall maintain in full force and effect, at its own cost and expense, during the term of the franchise, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. Said insurance shall designate the City as an additional insured. Such insurance shall be non-cancelable except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the City. 113.24 INDEMNIFICATION. The Grantee agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless and defend the City, its officers, boards and employees, from and against any liability for damages and for any liability or claims resulting from property damage or bodily injury (including accidental death) which arise out of the Grantee’s construction, operation or maintenance of its cable system, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. 113.25 NOTICE OF VIOLATION. In the event that the City believes that the Grantee has not complied with the terms of the franchise, it shall notify the Grantee in writing of the exact nature of the alleged noncompliance. 113.26 GRANTEE’S RIGHT TO CURE OR RESPOND. Grantee shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice described in Section 113.25: (i) to respond to the City contesting the assertion of noncompliance; or (ii) to cure such default; or (iii) in the event that, by the nature of the default, such default cannot be cured within the thirty-day period, to initiate reasonable steps to remedy such default and notify the City of the steps being taken and the projected date that they will be completed. 113.27 PUBLIC HEARING. In the event that the Grantee fails to respond to the notice as described in Section 113.25 pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 113.26, or in the event that the alleged default is not remedied within sixty (60) days after the Grantee is notified of the alleged default pursuant to Section 113.26, the City shall schedule a public meeting to investigate the default. Such public meeting shall be held at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Council, provided such time is not less than five (5) business days therefrom. The City shall notify the Grantee in writing of the time and place of such meeting and provide the Grantee with an opportunity to be heard. 113.28 ENFORCEMENT. Subject to applicable Federal and State law, in the event the City, after such meeting, determines that the Grantee is in default of any provision of the franchise, the City may: 1. Foreclose on all or any part of any security provided under the franchise, if any, including without limitation, any bonds or other surety; provided, however, the foreclosure shall only be in such a manner and in such amount as the City reasonably determines is necessary to remedy the default; 2. Commence an action at law for monetary damages or seek other equitable relief; 3. In the case of a substantial default of a material provision of the franchise, declare the franchise agreement to be revoked; or 4. Seek specific performance of any provision which reasonably lends itself to such remedy as an alternative to damages. The Grantee shall not be relieved of any of its obligations to comply promptly with any provision of the franchise by reason of any failure of the City to enforce prompt compliance. 113.29 ACTS OF GOD. The Grantee shall not be held in default or noncompliance with the provisions of the franchise or suffer any enforcement or penalty relating thereto where such noncompliance or alleged defaults are caused by strikes, acts of God, power outages or other events reasonably beyond its ability to control. 113.30 UNAUTHORIZED RECEPTION. In addition to those criminal and civil remedies provided by State and Federal law, it is a misdemeanor for any person to create or make use of any unauthorized connection, whether physically, electrically, acoustically, inductively or otherwise, with any part of the cable system without the express consent of the Grantee. Further, without the express consent of the Grantee, it is a misdemeanor for any person to tamper with, remove or injure any property, equipment, or part of the cable system or any means of receiving cable service or other services provided thereto. Subject to applicable Federal and State law, the City may incorporate into its criminal code, if not presently a part thereof, criminal misdemeanor law which will enforce the intent of this section. 113.31 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED. The following documents are incorporated herein by this reference, and in the case of a conflict or ambiguity between or among them, the document of latest date shall govern: 1. Any enabling ordinance in existence as of the date hereof; 2. Any franchise agreement between the Grantee and the City reflecting the renewal of the franchise, if any. 113.32 PREEMPTION. If the FCC or any other Federal or State body or agency exercises any paramount jurisdiction over the subject matter of the franchise, then to the extent such jurisdiction shall preempt and supersede or preclude the exercise of the like jurisdiction by the City, the jurisdiction of the City shall cease and no longer exist. 113.33 ACTIONS BY THE CITY. In any action by the City or representative thereof mandated or permitted under the terms hereof, such party shall act in a reasonable, expeditious and timely manner. Furthermore, in any instance where approval or consent is required under the terms hereof, such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 333 adopting a cable television franchise for the City was passed and adopted on November 13, 1995. The Grantee accepted the franchise on December 14, 1995.
114.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to establish regulations concerning the operation of a cable system in the City. 114.02 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this chapter, unless otherwise expressly used, the following terms shall have the meanings herein respectively indicated: 1. “Company” means the franchised person, C. & H. Broadcasting, Inc. with principal place of business at 201 South Fifth Street, Cherokee, Iowa, which is the grantee of the rights under this franchise. 2. “Gross receipts” means monetary charges of any character whatever, including donations, contributions or dues, or membership fee (periodical or otherwise), charged or paid in any manner received, as herein provided, from the general public, directly or indirectly, for the privilege of receiving any television signal or electronic impulse which is transmitted through cables or wires, or a system of cables or wires, which pass on, over and along the streets, alleys and public ways within the City. Gross receipts include monthly service charges but do not include moneys received as installation charges and charges for reconnections, repairs or modifications of any installations. 3. “Street” means any street, alley, public way and public place as now laid out, whether opened or unopened, dedicated to public use, and all extensions or additions thereof as may now or hereafter be made. 114.03 POLE ATTACHMENTS. There is hereby granted to the Company the right, privilege and authority to lease, rent or in any other manner obtain the use of towers, poles, lines, cables and other equipment and facilities from any and all holders of public licenses and franchises within the corporate limits of the City, including the Northwestern Bell Telephone Company and the Iowa Public Service Company, Public Utility Company, and to use such towers, poles, lines, cables and other equipment and facilities, subject to all existing and future ordinances and regulations of the City. To the extent possible, the poles used for Company’s CATV system shall be those erected and maintained by the Northwestern Bell Telephone Company or the Iowa Public Service Company, Public Utility Company, when and where practicable, providing mutually satisfactory rental agreements can be entered into with said companies. It is the stated intention of the City that all other holders of public licenses and franchises within the corporate limits of the City, including the Northwestern Bell Telephone Company and the Iowa Public Service Company, Public Utility Company, shall cooperate with Company to allow Company’s joint usage of their poles and pole line facilities so that the number of new or additional poles constructed by Company within the City may be minimized. Company shall have the right to erect and maintain its own poles as may be necessary for the proper construction and maintenance of the television distribution system with the approval of locating poles by the Council or its designated official, or to use City-owned and installed poles. 114.04 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION. The Company’s transmission and distribution system, poles, wires and appurtenances shall be located, erected and maintained so as not to endanger or interfere with the lives of persons, or to interfere with new improvements the City may deem proper to make, or to unnecessarily hinder or obstruct the free use of the streets, alleys, bridges or other public property. Removal of poles to avoid such interference will be at Company’s expense. 1. All installations of equipment shall be of permanent nature, durable, and installed in accordance with good engineering practices, and of sufficient height to comply with all existing City regulations, ordinances and State laws so as not to interfere in any manner with the right of the public or individual property owner, and shall not interfere with the travel and use of public places by the public and during the construction, repair or removal thereof, shall not obstruct or impede traffic. 2. No poles are to be erected upon the public streets, alleys, avenues and public grounds and no excavation of any type shall be done or cause to be done unless permission in writing is first obtained from the Council or its designated official. 3. In the event that a change is made in the grade of public streets, alleys, avenues and grounds by authority of the City which shall necessitate the removal of any poles, wires, or grade, Company shall make the necessary changes in its lines at its own expense, upon due notice from the Council or said designated official to do so. 4. In the maintenance and operation of its CATV system in the streets, alleys and other public places, and in the course of any new construction or addition to its facilities, the Company shall proceed so as to cause the least possible inconvenience to the general public; any opening or obstruction in the streets or other public places made by Company in the course of its operations shall be guarded and protected at all times by the placement of adequate barriers, fences, or boardings, the bounds of which, during periods of dusk and darkness, shall be clearly designated by red warning lights. 5. All work in any way necessitated by the business of Company which may involve the opening, breaking up or tearing up of a portion of a street, sidewalk or other part of any City-owned or City-controlled property shall, at the option of the City, be done by the City at the expense of Company. 6. The Company shall save the City harmless against all loss or damage to any person or property caused by the construction, laying, maintenance or operation of any of its lines or other undertakings under the authority of this chapter. 114.05 PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS. Company shall not engage in the business of selling television sets or shall Company engage in the servicing of said sets. 114.06 REMOVAL OF PROPERTY. Company shall, at its expense, protect, support, temporarily disconnect, relocate on the same street, alley or public place or remove from the street, alley or public place, any property of Company when required by the City by reason of traffic conditions, public safety, street vacation, freeway and street construction, change or establishment of street grade, installation of sewers, drains, water pipes, power lines, signal lines and tracks or any other types of structures or improvements by governmental agencies when acting in a governmental or proprietary capacity, or other structures of public improvement; provided, however, that Company shall in all cases have the privileges and be subject to the obligations to abandon any property of company in place, as provided hereinafter. 114.07 JOINT USE OF POLES. Company shall grant to the City, free of expense, joint use of any and all poles owned by it for any proper municipal purpose acceptable to Company, insofar as it may be done without interfering with the free use and enjoyment of Company’s own wires and fixtures, and the City shall hold Company harmless from any and all actions, causes of actions or damage caused by placing the City’s wires or appurtenances upon the poles of Company. Proper regard shall be given to all existing safety rules covering construction and maintenance in effect at the time of construction. 114.08 INDEMNIFICATION OF CITY. The rights granted to Company by virtue of its franchise and this chapter are upon the express condition that the Company agrees to fully indemnify, protect and save the City harmless from and against all occurrences arising directly or indirectly from the Company’s operations pursuant to the right herein granted, which shall result in bodily injury, disease, death, property damage, property loss or financial loss suffered by any and all persons who may be in, on or about any premises where and when the Company’s operations are being performed. The assumed liability of the Company shall not exceed its limits of liability insurance as required in subsections 1 and 2 below. The Company shall furnish the City a certificate of insurance evidencing the following types of insurance coverage: 1. Worker’s Compensation Insurance in conformity with the statutory requirements of the State of Iowa. 2. Comprehensive General Liability insurance with bodily injury limits of not less than one hundred thousand ($100,000.00) dollars per person and three hundred thousand ($300,000.00) dollars each occurrence, with property damage limits of not less than fifty thousand ($50,000.00) dollars each accident and two hundred thousand ($200,000.00) dollars for aggregate operations. Such insurance shall be placed with a good and reliable company and said certificate of insurance shall be furnished the City concurrently with the acceptance of this chapter. Such certificate shall contain a clause providing that no insurance policies in force in accordance with the above requirements will be diminished or canceled without ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the City. 114.09 GROSS RECEIPTS PAYMENT. During the term of the rights granted hereunder, and so long as Company operates said system, Company shall pay to the City, at the time hereinafter specified, a sum equal to one percent (1%) of its annual gross receipts from the CATV system. “Gross receipts” includes monthly service charges but not moneys received as installation charges and charges and fees for reconnections, inspections, repairs or modifications of any installation and all State and Federal taxes relating thereto. Such payments by Company to City shall be in lieu of any occupation tax, license tax or similar levy, and shall be paid on a monthly cash received basis. Company shall maintain an accurate record of such gross receipts earnings and it shall submit to the City within thirty (30) days after the expiration of any calendar year during the term of the rights granted hereunder a statement prepared by a certified public accountant showing the gross receipts as defined herein. 114.10 SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION. The City shall have the right to supervise all construction or installation work performed subject to the provisions of this chapter and to make such inspection as it shall find necessary to insure compliance with governing ordinances. 114.11 TIME OF PERFORMANCE. Company shall proceed as soon as possible from the date of its franchise with due diligence to obtain all necessary permits and authorizations which are required in the conduct of its business, including utilities, joint use attachment agreements and microwave carrier license, if necessary, and all other required State and Federal authorizations, including those required by the Federal Communications Commission and the Federal Aviation Agency, having jurisdiction over the operation of CATV systems. Company shall commence the installation of said system with due diligence and within a reasonable time subsequent to the obtaining of all the aforementioned necessary permits and authorizations and shall proceed thereafter with all due diligence to render service to subscribers following the commencement of installation of the system. 114.12 ABANDONMENT. In the event that the use of any part of the system is discontinued for any reason by Company for a continuous period of twenty-four (24) months, or in the event such system or property has been installed in any street or public place without complying with requirements of this chapter, or the rights granted hereunder have been terminated, canceled or have expired, Company shall promptly remove from the streets and public places all such property and poles of such system, other than any which the City may permit to be abandoned in place. In the event of such removal, Company shall promptly restore the street or other area from which such property has been removed to a condition satisfactory to the City. Any property of Company to be abandoned in place shall be abandoned in such manner as the City may prescribe. Upon a permanent abandonment of the property of Company in place, Company shall submit to the City an instrument to be approved by the City transferring to the City the ownership of such property. 114.13 TERMINATION. The rights granted hereunder to Company may be terminated prior to the date of expiration hereof by the City in the event the City shall have found, after notice to Company or its successor in interest, and after public hearing, that the Grantee hereof has failed to comply with any material provision of this chapter or has, by act or omission, materially violated any term or condition of this chapter. Provided, however, the City shall first give notice to Company or its successor in interest of any alleged breach of this chapter and demand that such breach be remedied. Company or its successor in interest shall thereafter have a period of sixty (60) days to remedy said breach to the satisfaction of the City. Provided, further, upon the failure or refusal of the Company to remedy the same within the said sixty (60) day period, the City, after notice and public hearing, shall have the right to declare the rights granted hereunder and its franchise to be null and void and/or to pursue such other legal or equitable remedy as it shall see fit. In all cases involving termination or material modification of the rights granted hereunder, Company shall be afforded all due process of law. 114.14 ADDITIONAL SERVICE. Service without charge will be furnished to the office of Cherokee City Hall, Police and Fire Departments and Cherokee Public Schools, and Cherokee Parochial Schools, within the City limits.
CABLE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
115.01 PURPOSE. This chapter shall authorize and prescribe the procedure for the granting by the City of one or more franchises to erect, maintain and operate plants and systems for cable communications systems within the City limits. Any and all such franchises shall be granted, amended, extended or renewed only in compliance with this chapter. 115.02 DEFINITIONS. As used in this chapter, unless otherwise expressly defined: 1. “Cable communications system” means a system of antennas, cables, wires, lines, towers, wave guides or other conductors, converters, equipment or facilities, designed and constructed for the purpose of producing, receiving, transmitting, amplifying and distributing audio, video and other forms of electronic or electrical signals located in the City. 2. “Class IV Channel” means a signaling path provided by a cable communications system to transmit signals of any type from a subscriber terminal to another point in the cable communications system. 3. “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission and any legally appointed, designated or elected agent or successor. 4. “Grantee” means the recipient of a franchise granted pursuant to this chapter, and any person or entity which succeeds the recipient in accordance with the terms of this chapter and the franchise. 5. “Proposal” means the application submitted for the grant of a cable communications system franchise by the City. 6. “Proposed ordinance” means the cable communications system franchise in form and content proposed by the City. The City shall prepare and shall have copies of the proposed ordinance available for review by applicants, at the time the City publishes its notice of intent to franchise. 115.03 AUTHORITY UNDER FRANCHISE. No cable communications system shall be allowed to occupy or use the streets of the City or operate, except pursuant to a franchise granted by the City for such purpose. Any franchise granted pursuant to this chapter shall give to the grantee the right and privilege to erect, construct, operate and maintain in, upon, along, across, above, over and under the highways, sidewalks, easements, rights-of-way, dedications or other public property now in existence and as may be created or established during its term, any poles, wires, cables, underground conduits, manholes and other television conductors and fixtures necessary for the maintenance and operation of a cable communications system for the interception, sale, transmission, and distribution of television programs and other audiovisual electrical and/or data signals and the right to transmit the same to the inhabitants of the City on the terms and conditions set forth in this chapter and in the franchise granted, subject to all applicable laws and regulations. 115.04 INTENT TO FRANCHISE. The City may, upon resolution of the Council, publish notice of intent to issue a franchise for the construction, operation, maintenance and management of a cable communications system in the City. The notice shall briefly describe the City’s intent to franchise; state the date, time and place for submission of responsive proposals; state the amount of the application fee; and state the date, time and place for the public hearing, at which responsive proposals shall be considered, as provided in Section 115.08. 115.05 APPLICATIONS FOR FRANCHISE. Each applicant for a cable communications system franchise shall submit to the City in a timely manner its completed and notarized proposal, in form and content approved by the City, and as required under the City’s notice of intent to franchise. The proposal shall include, but not be limited to, the information required under Appendix A attached to Ordinance No. 255, Proposal for Cable Communications System Franchise. Substantive amendments may not be made in a proposal after a proposal has been submitted to the City and before award of a franchise. 115.06 APPLICATION FEE; COSTS. Each applicant for a franchise hereunder shall submit, together with its proposal, its check payable to the order of the City in an amount established by resolution of the Council and stated in the notice of intent to franchise. The application fee shall be used to defray all costs incurred by the City, its staff, appointees or elected officials in assessing the need for franchising a cable communications system. Such costs shall include, but are not limited to, publications of notice prior to any public meeting held pursuant to Section 115.09 herein, and the costs incurred by the City in its study, preparation of proposal documents, evaluation of all applications, and examination of applicants’ qualifications. 115.07 POLICE POWER. In accepting any franchise granted pursuant to this chapter, the grantee acknowledges that its rights are subject to the police power of the City to adopt and enforce general ordinances necessary to the safety and welfare of the public; and it agrees to comply with all applicable general laws and ordinances enacted by the City pursuant to such power. 115.08 PUBLIC HEARING; REVIEW OF PROPOSAL. Upon receipt of a proposal completed in accordance with this chapter, and payment of the application fee, the City may hold a public hearing before the Council affording reasonable notice and a reasonable opportunity to be heard with respect to such proposal. At the public hearing, the Council shall accept public comment with respect to the proposal and evaluate the proposal under the following criteria: 1. The completeness of the proposal, conformance of the proposal submitted to the Exhibit A attached to the ordinance codified in this chapter, and conformance to the proposed ordinance; 2. The system design; 3. The programs and services offered initially and criteria for adding programs and services; 4. The rates and charges (including projections for the future); 5. The initial service area and the line extension policy; 6. The time for construction; 7. Customer service policies and system testing; 8. The legal, technical and financial qualifications of the applicant; and 9. The proposal for community services, including public, educational and governmental access. 115.09 FRANCHISE ELECTION. Pursuant to Section 364.2 of the Code of Iowa, no franchise for a cable communications system may be granted unless approved at an election. At the conclusion of the public hearing held pursuant to Section 115.08 of this chapter, and at the request of the proposal applicant, the Council may vote to submit the proposal to the voters of the City, at the next regular City election. Upon receipt of a valid petition as defined in Section 362.4 of the Code of Iowa requesting that a proposal be submitted to the voters, the Council shall submit the proposal at the next regular City election or at a special election called for that purpose prior to the next regular City election. If a majority of those voting approves the proposal, the City may grant a cable communications franchise to the applicant under the proposal. The applicant asking for the grant of the franchise shall pay the costs incurred in holding the election, including the costs of the notice. 115.10 TERMS OF FRANCHISE. At a minimum a franchise granted by the City pursuant to this chapter shall include provisions for or incorporate by reference the following terms and conditions: 1. Compliance with All Laws. The grantee must comply with all requirements of Federal, State and local law. 2. Nonexclusive. The franchise shall be nonexclusive. 3. Term. The term of the franchise shall not exceed a period of fifteen (15) years, and any renewal of the franchise shall be for a period of not more than fifteen (15) years. 4. Renewal. Any renewal of the franchise shall be in accordance with all applicable Federal, State and local law requirements. 5. Sale; Transfer. The sale or transfer of the franchise, in whole or in part, or the sale or transfer of the system ownership so as to create a new controlling interest in the system, is prohibited, except upon prior approval of the City. 6. Franchise Fee. The grantee shall pay a franchise fee established by the City, but which shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by Federal, State or local law. 7. Service Area. The grantee shall provide service throughout the entire jurisdictional limits of the City. 8. Access Channels. Provision shall be made as determined by the City for public, educational and governmental access, including the capitalization of equipment and facilities required for that purpose. 9. Indemnification and Insurance. At all times during the term of the franchise, the grantee shall save the City harmless from all loss sustained by the City on account of any suit, judgment, execution, claim or demand whatsoever against the City resulting from negligence on the part of the grantee in the construction, operation or maintenance of the grantee’s cable communications system. For this purpose, grantee shall carry property damage and personal injury insurance with a reputable insurance company or insurance companies qualified to do business in the State of Iowa. The limits of liability set under such insurance policy or policies shall be in amounts established in the franchise and the City shall be a named insured under such policy or policies. 10. Default; Termination. The City shall reserve the right to revoke the franchise and rescind all rights and privileges associated with the franchise, if the grantee: A. Substantially breaches any provision of the franchise, this chapter or any rule, order or determination of the City made pursuant thereto, where such violation shall remain uncured for a period of thirty (30) days subsequent to receipt by the grantee of a written notice of the violation, except where such violation is not the fault of the grantee or is due to excusable neglect. B. Attempts to dispose of any substantial portion of its cable communications system or property of its business without prior City approval. C. Attempts to evade any of the provisions of the franchise or practice any fraud or deceit upon the City. D. Substantially violates any applicable Federal, State or local law. E. Substantially breaches or otherwise fails, refuses or neglects to perform its obligations under the terms and conditions of the franchise in accordance herewith. Exclusions to the foregoing causes for termination/forfeiture of the franchise shall be when such violation, breach, failure, refusal or neglect is caused by any of the following: (a) acts of God; (b) riots; (c) emergencies declared by competent governmental authority; (d) other causes not attributable directly or indirectly to actions of the grantee; or (e) other causes which are without fault of the grantee or which result from circumstances beyond the grantee’s control. 11. Procedure Prior to Termination. In the event that the City determines that the grantee has substantially violated any provision of the franchise, this chapter, any rule or regulation promulgated pursuant hereto or any applicable Federal, State or local law, the City may make a written demand on the grantee that it remedy such violation and that continued violation may be cause for termination. If the violation, breach, failure, refusal or neglect is not remedied to the satisfaction of the City within thirty (30) days following such demand, the City shall determine whether or not such violation, breach, failure, refusal or neglect by the grantee was excusable or inexcusable. If, after notice is given and, at the grantee’s option, a full public proceeding is held, the City determines that such violation, breach, failure, refusal or neglect was inexcusable as provided in subsection 10 of this section, then the City may declare, by resolution, the franchise or any renewal thereof be terminated and of no further force and effect unless there is compliance within such period as the Council may fix, such period not to be less than sixty (60) days, provided no opportunity for compliance need be granted for fraud, misrepresentation or violation of privacy rights. The issue of forfeiture and termination shall automatically be placed upon the Council agenda at the expiration of the time set by it for compliance. The Council then may terminate the franchise forthwith upon finding that the grantee has failed to achieve compliance or may further extend the period, in its discretion. 12. Removal of System. Upon termination or forfeiture of the franchise, the grantee shall remove its cable, wires and appliances from the streets, alleys and other public places within the franchise area. The Grantee shall also, at its sole cost and expense, restore the streets, alleys and other public ways to as good condition as existing prior to such removal, and without affecting the electric, telephone or other cable communications system facilities. 13. Purchase of System by City. If a renewal of the franchise is denied, or if the grantee does not seek renewal, the City shall be entitled to purchase the grantee’s cable communications system in the City for a price equal to its fair market value, determined on the basis of the system valued as a going concern, but with no value allocated to the franchise itself. The “fair market value” shall be determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreed upon by the City and the grantee, if the City and the grantee cannot agree upon the price. If the franchise is revoked or terminated pursuant to subsections 10 and 11 herein the City shall be entitled to purchase the grantee’s cable communications system in the City at an equitable price, established by resolution of the Council following a public hearing on such issue. 14. Construction and Technical Standards. The grantee shall construct, install, operate and maintain its cable communications system in a manner consistent with all laws, ordinances, construction standards, governmental requirements, FCC board regulations and detailed standards submitted by the grantee. In addition, the grantee shall provide the City, upon request, with a written report of the results of the grantee’s annual proof of performance tests conducted pursuant to FCC standards and requirements. The grantee shall keep and maintain all of its property so as not to unnecessarily interfere with the usual and customary trade, traffic or travel upon the streets and public places of the City, or endanger the lives or property of any person. 15. Construction Schedule. The grantee shall apply for all governmental permits, licenses, certificates and authorizations required for its cable communications system; commence and complete construction of its cable communications system; and provide persons along the route of the energized cable with individual drops, within time periods specified in the franchise. 16. Subscriber Service. The grantee shall provide at least a toll-free or collect telephone number for the reception of subscriber complaints and shall maintain a repair service capable of responding to subscriber complaints or requests for service within 24 hours after receipt of the complaint or request. Whenever it is necessary to shut off or interrupt services for the purpose of making repairs, adjustments or installations, the grantee shall do so during a period of minimum use by subscribers. Unless such interruption is unforeseen, the grantee shall give reasonable notice thereof to the subscribers affected. Costs incurred in making repairs, adjustments and installations shall be borne by the grantee, unless provided otherwise in the franchise. 17. Subscriber Privacy. No signals of a class IV cable communications channel may be transmitted from a subscriber terminal for purposes of monitoring individual viewing patterns or practices without the express written permission of the subscriber. The request for such permission shall be contained in a separate document with a prominent statement that the subscriber is granting permission with full knowledge of the document’s provisions. Such written permission shall be for a limited period of time not to exceed one year, which period may be renewed at the option of the subscriber. No penalty shall be invoked for a subscriber’s failure to provide or renew such authorization. The authorization shall be revocable at any time by the subscriber without penalty of any kind whatsoever. Such permission shall be required for each type of classification of class IV cable communications activity planned for the purpose. No information or data obtained by monitoring transmission of a signal from a subscriber terminal including, without limitation, lists of the names and addresses of such subscribers or any lists that identify the viewing habits of subscribers, shall be sold or otherwise made available to any party other than to the grantee and its employees for internal business use, or to the subscriber who is the subject of that information, unless the grantee has received specific written authorization from the subscriber to make such data available. Written permission from the subscriber shall not be required in the event the grantee conducts a system-wide or individually addressed electronic sweeps for the purpose of verifying system integrity or monitoring for the purpose of billing. 18. Programs and Services. The grantee shall construct and operate a state-of-the-art cable communications system providing the features specified in the franchise. 19. Rates and Charges. Rates and charges by the grantee shall be initially specified in the franchise. Rates for all residential subscriber services and residential subscriber installations shall be nondiscriminatory. The City may regulate all cable system rates when not prohibited by applicable law. 20. Audit; Review. The City shall have access to and may conduct (at the City’s option) an annual audit of the grantee’s accounting and financial records, and grantee’s records of subscriber complaints, in order to monitor the grantee’s adherence to the terms of the franchise, this chapter and all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances. 115.11 ACCEPTANCE OF FRANCHISE. No franchise shall be finally effective until an acceptance in writing has been filed by the grantee with the Council and payment of all costs and fees required under this chapter or the franchise have been made. 115.12 ABANDONMENT OF SYSTEM. No grantee shall abandon its cable communications system in the City, or any part thereof, without compensating the City for damages resulting from such abandonment. 115.13 RIGHTS OF CITY RESERVED. Irrespective of the regulation or lack thereof of any service offered by a grantee, at the time a franchise is granted or at any time thereafter, the City reserves the right to regulate any service when regulation is not specifically prohibited or preempted by Federal or State law. 115.14 CITY AS GRANTEE. The City, or a subdivision thereof, may be granted a franchise pursuant to this chapter, in furtherance of the preservation and improvement of the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort and convenience of its residents. 115.15 MULTIPLE FRANCHISES. The City shall not grant an additional franchise for a cable communications system for an area included in an existing franchise on terms and conditions more favorable or less burdensome than those in the existing franchise pertaining to: (a) the area served; (b) public, educational or governmental access requirements; or (c) franchise fees.
OAK HILL CEMETERY
118.01 NAME AND BOUNDARIES. 1. Oak Hill Cemetery: All of the North Half of the Northeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section Thirty-three (33) in Township Ninety-two (92) North of Range Forty (40) West of the Fifth Principal Meridian in Cherokee County, Iowa, is hereby appropriated and dedicated for the uses of a cemetery and shall be called Oak Hill Cemetery. 2. Oak Hill Cemetery Annex. Land adjoining upon the west of the North Half of the Northeast Quarter of the Northwest Quarter of Section Thirty-three (33) Township Ninety-two (92) North, Range Forty (40) West of the Fifth Principal Meridian in Cherokee County, Iowa, and within said Northwest Quarter is hereby appropriated and dedicated for the uses and purposes of a cemetery and shall be called the Oak Hill Cemetery Annex, which includes Blocks 2N, 3N, 4N, 5N and 9N. The said cemetery and annex thereto are laid out into lots, avenues, streets, lanes, alleys and walks and a map or plat with the full minutes of the survey thereof has been made and filed in the office of the Recorder of Deeds of Cherokee County, Iowa, with the lots being numbered and the corners thereof being designated by markers. 118.02 SALE OF LOTS. 1. The lots in the Oak Hill Cemetery and Oak Hill Cemetery Annex shall be sold at private sale at such values as are from time to time determined by the Council by resolution. Eighty percent (80%) of said sales of lots in Oak Hill Cemetery shall be set apart as the Oak Hill Cemetery Fund and shall be exclusively used for major improvements of the Oak Hill Cemetery and Annex facilities. Twenty percent (20%) of said lot sales shall be deposited in the Perpetual Care Fund. (Ord. 481 – Aug. 04 Supp.) 2. The lots in said Oak Hill Cemetery Annex shall be sold at private sale at such values as are from time to time determined by the Council by resolution. Eighty percent (80%) of said sales shall be set aside and become a part of the Oak Hill Cemetery Fund referred to above. Twenty percent (20%) of said sales shall be deposited in the Perpetual Care Fund. (Ord. 497 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 118.03 CERTIFICATE OF PURCHASE. Any person purchasing a lot in the Oak Hill Cemetery or the Oak Hill Cemetery Annex shall, upon payment of the value thereof as established, receive a certificate of purchase signed by the Mayor under the corporate seal of the City and countersigned by the Clerk, which certificate when so signed and attested, shall vest the ownership of said lot in the purchase subject to the rules and regulations established by this chapter and hereafter adopted by the Council. 118.04 SUBSEQUENT CONVEYANCES. All subsequent conveyances from one person to another of any lot in the Oak Hill Cemetery or Oak Hill Cemetery Annex shall be recorded with and countersigned by the Clerk and attested by official seal within thirty (30) days from its date and upon the failure of the purchaser to have it so recorded and countersigned, said certificate shall become null and void. 118.05 RECORDING. The Clerk shall keep a Cemetery Record in which shall be recorded all certificates of purchase of lots and subsequent conveyances thereof. The Clerk shall also keep a register wherein shall be entered the name and last place of residence of all persons buried and the year, month and day of birth, death and burial of said persons and such other data as may be ordered from time to time by the Council. Such Cemetery Record and register shall be public records and shall be open to the inspection of all interested persons. 118.06 RECORDING FEE. The Clerk shall charge and receive for the benefit of the Oak Hill Cemetery Fund the sum of five dollars ($5.00) for recording any certificate or other evidence of conveyance, the same to be paid by the party holding said certificate or other such evidence. 118.07 SUPERINTENDENT. The City Administrator shall appoint a Superintendent of Cemeteries who shall qualify as prescribed by law or ordinance prior to entering upon his or her duties. The Superintendent of Cemeteries shall perform the following duties: 1. Take charge of the cemeteries of the City and be responsible to the City Administrator for all improvements and work therein. 2. Dig, or cause to be dug, and prepare graves in the manner prescribed herein upon the order of any lot owner who presents a permit therefor duly issued by the Clerk, or in the case of any poor or transient person, upon the order of the Mayor or any member of the Council. 118.08 RULES AND REGULATIONS. The rules and regulations for the cemetery shall be adopted, and may be amended from time to time, by resolution of the Council and shall cover the hours of opening and closing, the use of roads within the cemetery, the hours for burials, the decorating of graves, the fees for services rendered in connection with interments or the placing of markers and the cost of lots or payments for perpetual care as deemed necessary. 118.09 BURIAL PERMITS. The Clerk shall, upon application of the owner of any lot in the cemetery and the payment of such fee therefor as has been set by the resolution of the Council, or upon written order of the Mayor, issue a burial permit. 118.10 FREE BURIALS. A tract in the southeast corner of the Oak Hill Cemetery described as beginning at the southeast corner of said cemetery, thence running west on the south line thereof 155 feet, thence north 94 feet more or less to the south line of the driveway, thence east 155 feet to the east line of said cemetery, thence south 97 feet to the point of beginning, shall be held exempt from sale and shall be reserved for the burial of poor persons. 118.11 LOTS RESERVED FOR VETERANS. Lots 20, 21, 40, 41, 106, 107, 108, 109, 111 and 112 in Block 7 and Block 10N of Oak Hill Cemetery shall be forever held exempt from sale and shall be reserved and used for the burial of soldiers who have served in the Armed Forces of the United States or Militia of the State of Iowa and shall be known as “veterans lots.” 1. Determination of Eligibility. Veterans and their spouses are eligible to be buried in the above described lots. The procedure for qualification shall involve presentation of the military credentials for the individual or individuals to the Clerk for verification that the individual or individuals are or were members of the Armed Forces of the United States or Militia of the State of Iowa. The Clerk shall be the final authority in determining qualification based on credentials. Once eligibility for a veteran has been determined the veteran’s spouse or former spouse shall also be eligible. 2. Records. The Clerk shall keep a record of eligibility so that following interment of a veteran an adjoining space will be reserved for the veteran’s spouse, if applicable. Further, should the spouse be interred first, the records shall reserve an adjoining space for the veteran. 3. Markers. Only markers up to four (4) inches above ground level will be permitted on the above lots as provided by the Veterans Administration. Only gray granite will be allowed. 118.12 PERPETUAL CARE FUND. Twenty percent (20%) of all lot sales shall be deposited in the Perpetual Care Fund. In addition, the owner of any lot in the Oak Hill Cemetery or the Oak Hill Cemetery Annex may deposit with the Clerk a donation to the Perpetual Care Fund in the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) or any amount in excess thereof. The net earnings or interest from this fund shall be forever used as a perpetual care fund for the care of such lot or lots and said earnings shall be used to pay the expense of keeping the grass cut thereon, keeping flowers planted thereon and keeping the monumental work thereon clean and in proper position. The making of such a donation transfers to the City and the Council absolute control thereof subject to the restrictions on usage of said fund above described. No money derived under the provisions of this section or the earnings from the same shall ever be used for any other purposes than as provided herein and the same shall be forever set apart and held and used exclusively for the purposes herein designated and a permanent record thereof shall be maintained by the Clerk. (Ord. 497 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 118.13 BEQUESTS AND DONATIONS. Any person so desiring may make bequests and donations in any amount to the Oak Hill Cemetery Fund. 118.14 CARE OF FUNDS. All moneys collected under the provisions of this chapter for either the Oak Hill Cemetery Fund or the Perpetual Care Fund shall be under the absolute control of the City and the Council but shall be expended only as set forth in this chapter. The principal of said funds shall not be expended for the ordinary operating expenses of either the Oak Hill Cemetery or the Oak Hill Cemetery Annex but shall be treated as the principal of a trust fund with only large capital improvements paid therefrom. The Clerk shall keep accurate records of all deposits into each fund and all withdrawals therefrom and shall, under the direction of the Council invest the principal thereof in a prudent manner.
LIQUOR LICENSES AND WINE AND BEER PERMITS
120.01 LICENSE OR PERMIT REQUIRED. No person shall manufacture for sale, import, sell, or offer or keep for sale, alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer without first securing a liquor control license, wine permit or beer permit in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 123 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.22, 123.122 & 123.171) 120.02 GENERAL PROHIBITION. It is unlawful to manufacture for sale, sell, offer or keep for sale, possess or transport alcoholic liquor, wine or beer except upon the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions enumerated in Chapter 123 of the Code of Iowa, and a license or permit may be suspended or revoked or a civil penalty may be imposed for a violation thereof. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.2, 123.39 & 123.50) 120.03 INVESTIGATION. Upon receipt of an application for a liquor license, wine or beer permit, the Clerk may forward it to the Police Chief, who shall then conduct an investigation and submit a written report as to the truth of the facts averred in the application. The Fire Chief may also inspect the premises to determine if they conform to the requirements of the City. The Council shall not approve an application for a license or permit for any premises which does not conform to the applicable law and ordinances, resolutions and regulations of the City. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.30) 120.04 ACTION BY COUNCIL. The Council shall either approve or disapprove the issuance of the liquor control license or retail wine or beer permit and shall endorse its approval or disapproval on the application, and thereafter the application, necessary fee and bond, if required, shall be forwarded to the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the State Department of Commerce for such further action as is provided by law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.32 [2]) 120.05 PROHIBITED SALES AND ACTS. A person or club holding a liquor license or retail wine or beer permit and the person’s or club’s agents or employees shall not do any of the following: 1. Sell, dispense or give to any intoxicated person, or one simulating intoxication, any alcoholic liquor, wine or beer. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [1]) 2. Sell or dispense any alcoholic beverage, wine or beer on the premises covered by the license or permit, or permit its consumption thereon between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. and six o’clock (6:00) a.m. on a weekday, and between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on Sunday and six o’clock (6:00) a.m. on the following Monday; however, a holder of a license or permit granted the privilege of selling alcoholic liquor, beer or wine on Sunday may sell or dispense alcoholic liquor, beer or wine between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. of the following Monday, and further provided that a holder of any class of liquor control license or the holder of a class “B” beer permit may sell or dispense alcoholic liquor, wine or beer for consumption on the premises between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on Monday when that Monday is New Year’s Day and beer for consumption off the premises between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on the following Monday when that Sunday is the day before New Year’s Day. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2b and 2k] & 123.150) 3. Sell alcoholic beverages, wine or beer to any person on credit, except with a bona fide credit card. This provision does not apply to sales by a club to its members, to sales by a hotel or motel to bona fide registered guests or to retail sales by the managing entity of a convention center, civic center or events center. (Ord. 504 – Nov. 05 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2c]) 4. Employ a person under eighteen (18) years of age in the sale or serving of alcoholic liquor, wine or beer for consumption on the premises where sold. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2f]) 5. In the case of a retail beer or wine permittee, knowingly allow the mixing or adding of alcohol or any alcoholic beverage to beer, wine or any other beverage in or about the permittee’s place of business. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2i]) 6. Knowingly permit any gambling, except in
accordance with Iowa law, or knowingly permit any solicitation for immoral
purposes, or (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2a]) 7. Knowingly permit or engage in any criminal activity on the premises covered by the license or permit. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2j]) 8. Keep on premises covered by a liquor control license any alcoholic liquor in any container except the original package purchased from the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the State Department of Commerce and except mixed drinks or cocktails mixed on the premises for immediate consumption. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2d]) 9. Reuse for packaging alcoholic liquor or wine any container or receptacle used originally for packaging alcoholic liquor or wine; or adulterate, by the addition of any substance, the contents or remaining contents of an original package of an alcoholic liquor or wine; or knowingly possess any original package which has been reused or adulterated. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2e]) 10. Allow any person other than the licensee, permittee or employees of the licensee or permittee to use or keep on the licensed premises any alcoholic liquor in any bottle or other container which is designed for the transporting of such beverages, except as allowed by State law. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2g]) 11. Permit or allow any person under twenty-one (21) years of age to remain upon licensed premises unless over fifty percent (50%) of the dollar volume of the business establishment comes from the sale and serving of prepared foods. This provision does not apply to holders of a class “C” beer permit only. 12. Sell, give, possess or otherwise supply a machine, which is used to vaporize an alcoholic beverage for the purpose of being consumed in a vaporized form. (Ord. 517 – Jun. 07 Supp.) (Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2c])
121.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.1) 1. “Carton” means a box or container of any kind in which ten or more packages or packs of cigarettes or tobacco products are offered for sale, sold or otherwise distributed to consumers. 2. “Cigarette” means any roll for smoking made wholly or in part of tobacco, or any substitute for tobacco, irrespective of size or shape and irrespective of tobacco or any substitute for tobacco being flavored, adulterated or mixed with any other ingredient, where such roll has a wrapper or cover made of paper or any other material. However, this definition is not to be construed to include cigars. 3. “Package” or “pack” means a container of any kind in which cigarettes or tobacco products are offered for sale, sold or otherwise distributed to consumers. 4. “Place of business” means any place where cigarettes are sold, stored or kept for the purpose of sale or consumption by a retailer. 5. “Retailer” means every person who sells, distributes or offers for sale for consumption, or possesses for the purpose of sale for consumption, cigarettes, irrespective of the quantity or amount or the number of sales. 6. “Self-service display” means any manner of product display, placement or storage from which a person purchasing the product may take possession of the product, prior to purchase, without assistance from the retailer or employee of the retailer, in removing the product from a restricted access location. 7. “Tobacco products” means the following: cigars; little cigars; cheroots; stogies; periques; granulated, plug cut, crimp cut, ready rubbed and other smoking tobacco; snuff; snuff flour; cavendish; plug and twist tobacco; fine-cut and other chewing tobaccos; shorts or refuse scraps, clippings, cuttings and sweepings of tobacco; and other kinds and forms of tobacco prepared in such manner as to be suitable for chewing or smoking in a pipe or otherwise, or for both chewing and smoking, but does not mean cigarettes. 121.02 PERMIT REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person, other than a holder of a retail permit, to sell cigarettes at retail and no retailer shall distribute, sell or solicit the sale of any cigarettes within the City without a valid permit for each place of business. The permit shall be displayed publicly in the place of business so that it can be seen easily by the public. No permit shall be issued to a minor. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13) 121.03 APPLICATION. A completed application on forms provided by the State Department of Revenue and Finance and accompanied by the required fee shall be filed with the Clerk. Renewal applications shall be filed at least five (5) days prior to the last regular meeting of the Council in June. If a renewal application is not timely filed, and a special Council meeting is called to act on the application, the costs of such special meeting shall be paid by the applicant. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13) 121.04 FEES. The fee for a retail cigarette permit shall be as follows: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13)
121.05 ISSUANCE AND EXPIRATION. Upon proper application and payment of the required fee, a permit shall be issued. Each permit issued shall describe clearly the place of business for which it is issued and shall be nonassignable. All permits expire on June 30 of each year. The Clerk shall submit a duplicate of any application for a permit, and any permit issued, to the Iowa Department of Public Health within thirty (30) days of issuance. (Ord. 419 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 121.06 REFUNDS. A retailer may surrender an unrevoked permit and receive a refund from the City, except during April, May or June, in accordance with the schedule of refunds as provided in Section 453A.13 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, 453A.13) 121.07 PERSONS UNDER LEGAL AGE. No person shall sell, give or otherwise supply any tobacco, tobacco products or cigarettes to any person under eighteen (18) years of age. The provision of this section includes prohibiting a minor from purchasing cigarettes or tobacco products from a vending machine. If a retailer or employee of a retailer violates the provisions of this section, the Council shall, after written notice and hearing, and in addition to the other penalties fixed for such violation, assess the following: 1. For a first violation, the retailer shall be assessed a civil penalty in the amount of three hundred dollars ($300.00). Failure to pay the civil penalty as ordered under this subsection shall result in automatic suspension of the permit for a period of fourteen (14) days. 2. For a second violation within a period of two (2) years, the retailer’s permit shall be suspended for a period of thirty (30) days. 3. For a third violation within a period of three (3) years, the retailer’s permit shall be suspended for a period of sixty (60) days. 4. For a fourth violation within a period of three (3) years, the retailer’s permit shall be revoked. The Clerk shall give ten (10) days’ written notice to the retailer by mailing a copy of the notice to the place of business as it appears on the application for a permit. The notice shall state the reason for the contemplated action and the time and place at which the retailer may appear and be heard. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.2, 453A.22 and 453A.36[6]) (Ord. 419 – Aug. 00 Supp.) 121.08 SELF-SERVICE SALES PROHIBITED. Beginning January 1, 1999, except for the sale of cigarettes through a cigarette vending machine as provided in Section 453A.36 (6) of the Code of Iowa, a retailer shall not sell or offer for sale cigarettes or tobacco products, in a quantity of less than a carton, through the use of a self-service display. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.36A) 121.09 PERMIT REVOCATION. Following a written notice and an opportunity for a hearing, as provided by the Code of Iowa, the Council may also revoke a permit issued pursuant to this chapter for a violation of Division I of Chapter 453A of the Code of Iowa or any rule adopted thereunder. If a permit is revoked, a new permit shall not be issued to the permit holder for any place of business, or to any other person for the place of business at which the violation occurred, until one year has expired from the date of revocation, unless good cause to the contrary is shown to the Council. The Clerk shall report the revocation or suspension of a retail permit to the Iowa Department of Public Health within thirty (30) days of the revocation or suspension. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.22) (Ord. 419 – Aug. 00 Supp.)
PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS AND TRANSIENT MERCHANTS
122.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to protect residents of the City against fraud, unfair competition and intrusion into the privacy of their homes by licensing and regulating peddlers, solicitors and transient merchants. 122.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “Peddler” means any person carrying goods or merchandise who sells or offers for sale for immediate delivery such goods or merchandise from house to house or upon the public street. 2. “Solicitor” means any person who solicits or attempts to solicit from house to house or upon the public street any contribution or donation or any order for goods, services, subscriptions or merchandise to be delivered at a future date. 3. “Transient merchant” as used herein means and includes every merchant, whether an individual person, a firm, corporation, partnership or association, and whether owner, agent, bailee, consignee or employee, who shall bring or cause to be brought within the State of Iowa any goods, wares or merchandise of any kind, nature or description, with the intention of temporarily or intermittently selling or offering to sell at retail such goods, wares or merchandise within the State of Iowa. The term “transient merchant” also means and includes every merchant, whether an individual person, a firm, corporation, partnership or an association, who shall by itself or by agent, consignee or employee temporarily or intermittently engage in or conduct at one or more locations a business within the State of Iowa for the sale at retail of any goods, wares or merchandise of any nature or description. A merchant engaging in business shall be presumed to be temporarily or intermittently in business unless it is the intention of such merchant to remain continuously in business at each location where the merchant is engaged in business within the State of Iowa as a merchant for a period of more than sixty days. The provisions of this chapter shall not be construed to apply to persons selling at wholesale to merchants, nor to transient vendors of drugs, nor to person running a huckster wagon, or selling or distributing livestock feeds, fresh meats, fish, fruit or vegetables, nor to persons selling their own work or production either by themselves or employees. (Ord. 461 – Jun. 03 Supp.) 122.03 LICENSE REQUIRED. Any person engaging in peddling, soliciting or in the business of a transient merchant in the City without first obtaining a license as herein provided is in violation of this chapter. 122.04 APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. An application in writing shall be filed with the Police Chief for a license under this chapter. Such application shall set forth the applicant’s name, permanent and local address and business address if any, physical description, recent photograph, right thumb print and if a peddler, a certificate signed by the health officer or other local physician that the applicant is in good health and free from any contagious diseases. The application shall also set forth the applicant’s employer, if any, and the employer’s address, the nature of the applicant’s business, the last three places of such business and the length of time sought to be covered by the license. An application fee of ten dollars ($10.00) shall be paid at the time of filing such application to cover the cost of investigating the facts stated therein. Additionally, the applicant shall provide a current copy of a valid Iowa State Sales Tax Permit. Applicant shall further provide a notarized statement from any property owner or owner’s designee upon whose property the applicant intends to operate. (Ord. 423 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 122.05 LICENSE FEES. The following license fees shall be paid to the Police Chief prior to the issuance of any license. 1. Solicitors. In addition to the application fee for each person actually soliciting (principal or agent), a fee for the principal of twenty dollars ($20.00) per year. 2. Peddlers or Transient Merchants. A. For one day........................................... $ 25.00 B. For one week........................................ $ 100.00 C. For up to six (6) months......................... $ 200.00 D. For one year or major part thereof.......... $ 350.00 3. The application fee and license fee shall be non-refundable. The same shall be subject to amendment by resolution of the Council at any time. (Ord. 423 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 122.06 BOND REQUIRED. Before a license under this chapter is issued to a transient merchant, an applicant shall provide to the Police Chief evidence that the applicant has filed a bond with the Secretary of State in accordance with Chapter 9C of the Code of Iowa. 122.07 LICENSE ISSUED. If the Police Chief finds the application is completed in conformance with the requirements of this chapter, the facts stated therein are found to be correct and the license fee paid, a license shall be issued immediately. 122.08 DISPLAY OF LICENSE. Each solicitor or peddler shall keep such license in possession at all times while doing business in the City and shall, upon the request of prospective customers, exhibit the license as evidence of compliance with all requirements of this chapter. Each transient merchant shall display publicly such merchant’s license in the merchant’s place of business. 122.09 LICENSE NOT TRANSFERABLE. Licenses issued under the provisions of this chapter are not transferable in any situation and are to be applicable only to the person filing the application. 122.10 TIME RESTRICTION. All peddler’s and solicitor’s licenses shall provide that said licenses are in force and effect only between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. and nine o’clock (9:00) p.m. 122.11 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the Police Chief may revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons: 1. Fraudulent Statements. The licensee has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business. 2. Violation of Law. The licensee has violated this chapter or has otherwise conducted the business in an unlawful manner. 3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The licensee has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare, safety, order or morals. 122.12 NOTICE. The Police Chief shall send a notice to the licensee at the licensee’s local address, not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall contain particulars of the complaints against the licensee, the ordinance provisions or State statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the matter. 122.13 HEARING. The Police Chief shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in the complaint and notice. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Police Chief may proceed to a determination of the complaint. 122.14 RECORD AND DETERMINATION. The Police Chief shall make and record findings of fact and conclusions of law, and shall revoke a license only when upon review of the entire record the Police Chief finds clear and convincing evidence of substantial violation of this chapter or State law. 122.15 APPEAL. If the Police Chief revokes or refuses to issue a license, the Police Chief shall make a part of the record the reasons therefor. The licensee, or the applicant, shall have a right to a hearing before the Council at its next regular meeting. The Council may reverse, modify or affirm the decision of the Police Chief by a majority vote of the Council members present and the Police Chief shall carry out the decision of the Council. 122.16 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of one year from the date of the revocation. 122.17 REBATES. Any licensee, except in the case of a revoked license, shall be entitled to a rebate of part of the fee paid if the license is surrendered before it expires. The amount of the rebate shall be determined by dividing the total license fee by the number of days for which the license was issued and then multiplying the result by the number of full days not expired. In all cases, at least five dollars ($5.00) of the original fee shall be retained by the City to cover administrative costs. 122.18 LICENSE EXEMPTIONS. The following are excluded from the application of this chapter. 1. Newspapers. Persons delivering, collecting for or selling subscriptions to newspapers. 2. Club Members. Members of local civic and service clubs, Boy Scout, Girl Scout, 4-H Clubs, Future Farmers of America and similar organizations. 3. Local Residents and Farmers. Local residents and farmers who offer for sale their own products. 4. Students. Students representing the Cherokee Community School District conducting projects sponsored by organizations recognized by the school. 5. Route Sales. Route delivery persons who only incidentally solicit additional business or make special sales. 6. Resale or Institutional Use. Persons customarily calling on businesses or institutions for the purposes of selling products for resale or institutional use. 7. City, County and Local. City, County and local sponsored events. (Ord. 423 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 122.19 CHARITABLE AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. Authorized representatives of charitable or nonprofit organizations operating under the provisions of Chapter 504A of the Code of Iowa desiring to solicit money or to distribute literature are exempt from the operation of Sections 122.04 and 122.05. All such organizations are required to submit in writing to the Police Chief the name and purpose of the cause for which such activities are sought, names and addresses of the officers and directors of the organization, the period during which such activities are to be carried on, and whether any commissions, fees or wages are to be charged by the solicitor and the amount thereof. If the Police Chief finds that the organization is a bona fide charity or nonprofit organization the Police Chief shall issue, free of charge, a license containing the above information to the applicant. In the event the Police Chief denies the exemption, the authorized representatives of the organization may appeal the decision to the Council, as provided in Section 122.15 of this chapter.
123.01 HOUSE MOVER DEFINED. A “house mover” means any person who undertakes to move a building or similar structure upon, over or across public streets or property when the building or structure is of such size that it requires the use of skids, jacks, dollies or any other specialized moving equipment. 123.02 PERMIT REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person to engage in the activity of house mover as herein defined without a valid permit from the City for each house, building or similar structure to be moved. Buildings of less than one hundred (100) square feet are exempt from the provisions of this chapter. 123.03 APPLICATION. Application for a house mover’s permit shall be made in writing to the Clerk. The application shall include: 1. Name and Address. The applicant’s full name and address and if a corporation the names and addresses of its principal officers. 2. Building Location. An accurate description of the present location and future site of the building or similar structure to be moved. 3. Routing Plan. A routing plan approved by the Police Chief, street superintendent, and public utility officials. The route approved shall be the shortest route compatible with the greatest public convenience and safety. 123.04 BOND REQUIRED. The applicant shall post with the Clerk a penal bond in the minimum sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) issued by a surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State. The bond shall guarantee the permittee’s payment for any damage done to the City or to public property, and payment of all costs incurred by the City in the course of moving the building or structure. 123.05 INSURANCE REQUIRED. Each applicant shall also file a certificate of insurance indicating that the applicant is carrying public liability insurance in effect for the duration of the permit covering the applicant and all agents and employees for the following minimum amounts: 1. Bodily Injury - $50,000 per person; $100,000 per accident. 2. Property Damage - $50,000 per accident. 123.06 PERMIT FEE. A permit fee of five dollars ($5.00) shall be payable at the time of filing the application with the Clerk. A separate permit shall be required for each house, building or similar structure to be moved. 123.07 PERMIT ISSUED. Upon approval of the application, filing of bond and insurance certificate, and payment of the required fee, the Clerk shall issue a permit. 123.08 PUBLIC SAFETY. At all times when a building or similar structure is in motion upon any street, alley, sidewalk or public property, the permittee shall maintain flagmen at the closest intersections or other possible channels of traffic to the sides, behind and ahead of the building or structure. At all times when the building or structure is at rest upon any street, alley, sidewalk or public property the permittee shall maintain adequate warning signs or lights at the intersections or channels of traffic to the sides, behind and ahead of the building or structure. 123.09 TIME LIMIT. No house mover shall permit or allow a building or similar structure to remain upon any street or other public way for a period of more than twelve (12) hours without having first secured the written approval of the City. 123.10 REMOVAL BY CITY. In the event any building or similar structure is found to be in violation of Section 123.09 the City is authorized to remove such building or structure and assess the costs thereof against the permit holder and the surety on the permit holder’s bond. 123.11 PROTECT PAVEMENT. It is unlawful to move any house or building of any kind over any pavement, unless the wheels or rollers upon which the house or building is moved are at least one (1) inch in width for each one thousand (1,000) pounds of weight of such building. If there is any question as to the weight of a house or building, the estimate of the City as to such weight shall be final. 123.12 OVERHEAD WIRES. The holder of any permit to move a building shall see that all telephone, cable television and electric wires and poles are removed when necessary and replaced in good order, and shall be liable for the costs of the same.
CHAPTER 124 HOTEL AND MOTEL TAX
124.01 DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context clearly indicates a different intention, the following terms shall, for the purpose of this chapter, have the meanings in this section: 1. “Hotel” and “motel” are deemed to mean any hotel, motel, inn, public lodging house, rooming house, mobile home which is tangible personal property, or tourist court, or in any place where sleeping accommodations are furnished to transient guests for rent, whether with or without meals; except the renting of sleeping rooms in dormitories and in memorial unions at all universities and colleges in the State of Iowa and the guests of a religious institution if the property is exempt under Section 427.1, subsection 8 of the Code of Iowa, and the purpose of renting is to provide a place for a religious retreat or function and not a place of transient guests generally. 2. “Renting” and “rent” includes any kind of direct or indirect charge for such sleeping rooms, apartments or sleeping quarters or their use. 124.02 TAX RATE. A tax is hereby imposed upon the sales price from the renting of any and all rooms, apartments or sleeping quarters in any hotel or motel as defined in this chapter at the rate of seven percent of such sales price derived from the renting or a room, apartment or sleeping quarter while rented by the same person for a period of not more than 31 consecutive days. (Ord. 469 – Aug-04 Supp.) 124.03 EFFECTIVE DATE. The tax herein above established shall be imposed only after an election at which a majority of those voting on the question favor the imposition of such tax. In the event that the tax is approved at such election, it shall then be imposed upon the 1st day of October, 2002, following the notification of the Director of Revenue and Finance. 124.04 PAYMENT OF TAX. Such tax shall be paid as is provided in Chapter 423A.2, Code of Iowa, and the proceeds of such tax shall be used for the purposes stated in subsection 4 thereof, as follows: “4. The revenue derived from any hotel and motel tax authorized by this chapter shall be used as follows: a. Each county or city which levies the tax shall spend at least fifty percent of the revenues derived therefrom for the acquisition of sites for, or constructing, improving, enlarging, equipping, repairing, operating, or maintaining of recreation, convention, cultural, or entertainment facilities including but not limited to memorial buildings, halls and monuments, civic center convention buildings, auditoriums, coliseums, and parking areas or facilities located at those recreation, convention, cultural, or entertainment facilities or the payment of principal and interest, when due, on bonds or other evidence of indebtedness issued by the county or city for those recreation, convention, cultural, or entertainment facilities; or for the promotion and encouragement of tourist and convention business in the city or county and surrounding areas. b. The remaining revenues may be spent by the city or county which levies the tax for any city or county operations authorized by law as a proper purpose for the expenditure within statutory limitations of city or county revenues derived from ad valorem taxes. c. Any city or county which levies and collects the hotel and motel tax authorized by this chapter may pledge irrevocably an amount of the revenues derived therefrom for each of the years the bonds remain outstanding to the payment of bonds which the city or county may issue for one or more of the purposes set forth in paragraph "a" of this subsection. Any revenue pledged to the payment of such bonds may be credited to the spending requirement of paragraph "a" of this subsection.” (Code of Iowa, Sec. 423A) (Ord. 469 – Aug-04 Supp.) (Ch. 124 – Ord. 453 – Jun. 03 Supp.)
135.01 REMOVAL OF WARNING DEVICES. It is unlawful for a person to willfully remove, throw down, destroy or carry away from any street or alley any lamp, obstruction, guard or other article or things, or extinguish any lamp or other light, erected or placed thereupon for the purpose of guarding or enclosing unsafe or dangerous places in said street or alley without the consent of the person in control thereof. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 135.02 OBSTRUCTING OR DEFACING. It is unlawful for any person to obstruct, deface, or injure any street or alley in any manner. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 135.03 PLACING DEBRIS ON. It is unlawful for any person to throw or deposit on any street or alley any glass, glass bottle, nails, tacks, wire, cans, trash, garbage, rubbish, litter, offal, leaves, grass or any other debris likely to be washed into the storm sewer and clog the storm sewer, or any substance likely to injure any person, animal or vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.369) 135.04 PLAYING IN. It is unlawful for any person to coast, sled or play games on streets or alleys, except in the areas blocked off by the City for such purposes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2]) 135.05 TRAVELING ON BARRICADED STREET OR ALLEY. It is unlawful for any person to travel or operate any vehicle on any street or alley temporarily closed by barricades, lights, signs, or flares placed thereon by the authority or permission of any City official, police officer or member of the fire department. 135.06 USE FOR BUSINESS PURPOSES. It is unlawful to park, store or place, temporarily or permanently, any machinery or junk or any other goods, wares, and merchandise of any kind upon any street or alley for the purpose of storage, exhibition, sale or offering same for sale, without permission of the Council. 135.07 WASHING VEHICLES. It is unlawful for any person to use any public sidewalk, street or alley for the purpose of washing or cleaning any automobile, truck equipment, or any vehicle of any kind when such work is done for hire or as a business. This does not prevent any person from washing or cleaning his or her own vehicle or equipment when it is lawfully parked in the street or alley. 135.08 BURNING PROHIBITED. No person shall burn any trash, leaves, rubbish or other combustible material in any curb and gutter or on any paved or surfaced street or alley. 135.09 MAINTENANCE OF PARKING OR TERRACE. It shall be the responsibility of the abutting property owner to maintain all property outside the lot and property lines and inside the curb lines upon the public streets, except that the abutting property owner shall not be required to remove diseased trees or dead wood on the publicly owned property or right-of-way. Maintenance includes timely mowing, trimming trees and shrubs and picking up litter. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2c]) 135.10 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PARKING OR TERRACE. If the abutting property owner does not perform an action required under the above section within a reasonable time, the City may perform the required action and assess the cost against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2e]) 135.11 DUMPING OF SNOW. It is unlawful for any person to throw, push, or place or cause to be thrown, pushed or placed, any ice or snow from private property, sidewalks, or driveways onto the traveled way of a street or alley so as to obstruct gutters, or impede the passage of vehicles upon the street or alley or to create a hazardous condition therein; except where, in the cleaning of large commercial drives in the business district it is absolutely necessary to move the snow onto the street or alley temporarily, such accumulation shall be removed promptly by the property owner or agent. Arrangements for the prompt removal of such accumulations shall be made prior to moving the snow. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2]) 135.12 DRIVEWAY CULVERTS. The property owner shall, at the owner’s expense, install any culvert deemed necessary under any driveway or any other access to the owner’s property, and before installing a culvert, permission must first be obtained from the City. In the event repairs are needed at any time with respect to culverts, it shall be the responsibility of the property owner to make such repairs, and, in the event the owner fails to do so, the City shall have the right to make the repairs. If the property owner fails to reimburse the City for the cost of said repairs, the cost shall be certified to the County Treasurer and specially assessed against the property as by law provided.
136.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to enhance safe passage by citizens on sidewalks, to place the responsibility for the maintenance, repair, replacement or reconstruction of sidewalks upon the abutting property owner and to minimize the liability of the City. 136.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: 1. “Broom finish” means a sidewalk finish that is made by sweeping the sidewalk when it is hardening. 2. “Established grade” means that grade established by the City for the particular area in which a sidewalk is to be constructed. 3. “One-course construction” means that the full thickness of the concrete is placed at one time, using the same mixture throughout. 4. “Owner” means the person owning the fee title to property abutting any sidewalk and includes any contract purchaser for purposes of notification required herein. For all other purposes, “owner” includes the lessee, if any. 5. “Portland cement” means any type of cement except bituminous cement. 6. “Sidewalk” means all permanent public walks in business, residential or suburban areas. 7. “Sidewalk improvements” means the construction, reconstruction, repair, replacement or removal, of a public sidewalk and/or the excavating, filling or depositing of material in the public right-of-way in connection therewith. 8. “Wood float finish” means a sidewalk finish that is made by smoothing the surface of the sidewalk with a wooden trowel. 136.03 REMOVAL OF SNOW, ICE AND ACCUMULATIONS. It is the responsibility of the abutting property owners to remove snow, ice and accumulations promptly from sidewalks. If a property owner does not remove snow, ice or accumulations within a reasonable time, hereby designated to be within 24 hours of the accumulation of snow or ice, the City may do so and assess the costs against the property owner for collection in the same manner as a property tax. It shall be the responsibility of businesses on Main Street between the intersections of First Street and Main Street and Sixth Street and Main Street, in addition to their additional responsibilities as set out in this chapter, to abide by the following conditions: 1. There shall be no large tractors allowed on sidewalks; 2. No chains shall be mounted on the tires of any snow removal equipment or other vehicle on sidewalks; 3. No steel wheels shall be allowed on the sidewalks; 4. No steel blades shall be allowed on the sidewalks; 5. No front loader attachments shall be allowed on the sidewalks; and 6. No steel bladed snow blowers that could damage the sidewalk shall be allowed on sidewalks. Any of the above acts shall be considered a violation of this Code of Ordinances subject to the standard penalties set out in Section 1.10. (Ord. 486 – Aug-04 Supp.) 136.04 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE. It is the responsibility of the abutting property owners to maintain in a safe and hazard-free condition any sidewalk outside the lot and property lines and inside the curb lines or traveled portion of the public street. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2c]) 136.05 CITY MAY ORDER INSTALLATION AND REPAIRS. If the abutting property owner does not install and maintain sidewalks as required, the Council may serve notice on such owner, by certified mail, requiring the owner to install, repair, replace or reconstruct sidewalks within a reasonable time and if such action is not completed within the time stated in the notice, the Council may require the work to be done and assess the costs against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2d & e]) 136.06 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION ORDERED. The Council may order the construction of permanent sidewalks upon any street or court in the City and may specially assess the cost of such improvement to abutting property owners in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 384 of the Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.38) 136.07 PERMIT REQUIRED. No person shall remove, reconstruct or install a sidewalk unless such person has obtained a permit from the City and has agreed in writing that said removal, reconstruction or installation will comply with all ordinances and requirements of the City for such work. 136.08 SIDEWALK STANDARDS. Sidewalks repaired, replaced or constructed under the provisions of this chapter shall be of the following construction and meet the following standards: 1. Cement. Only “4,000 LB” Portland Cement shall be used in the construction and repair of sidewalks. 2. Construction. Sidewalks shall be of one-course construction. 3. Sidewalk Base. Concrete may be placed directly on compact and well-drained soil. Where soil is not well drained, a three (3) inch sub-base of compact, clean, coarse gravel or sand shall be laid. The adequacy of the soil drainage is to be determined by the City. 4. Sidewalk Bed. The sidewalk bed shall be so graded that the constructed sidewalk will be at established grade. 5. Length, Width and Depth. Length, width and depth requirements are as follows: A. Residential sidewalks shall be at least four (4) feet wide and four (4) inches thick, and each section shall be no more than six (6) feet in length. B. Business District sidewalks shall extend from the property line to the curb. Each section shall be four (4) inches thick and no more than six (6) feet in length. C. Driveway areas shall be not less than six (6) inches in thickness. 6. Location. Residential sidewalks shall be located with the inner edge (edge nearest the abutting private property) on the property line, unless the Council establishes a different distance due to special circumstances. 7. Grade. Curb tops shall be on level with the centerline of the street which shall be the established grade. 8. Elevations. The street edge of a sidewalk shall be at an elevation even with the curb at the curb or not less than one-half (½) inch above the curb for each foot between the curb and the sidewalk. 9. Slope. All sidewalks shall slope one-quarter (¼) inch per foot toward the curb. 10. Finish. All sidewalks shall be finished with a “broom” or “wood float” finish. 11. Ramps for Persons with Disabilities. There shall be not less than two (2) curb cuts or ramps per lineal block which shall be located on or near the crosswalks at intersections. Each curb cut or ramp shall be at least thirty (30) inches wide, shall be sloped at not greater than one inch of rise per twelve (12) inches lineal distance, except that a slope no greater than one inch of rise per eight (8) inches lineal distance may be used where necessary, shall have a nonskid surface, and shall otherwise be so constructed as to allow reasonable access to the crosswalk for persons with disabilities using the sidewalk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 216C.9) 136.09 BARRICADES AND WARNING LIGHTS. Whenever any material of any kind is deposited on any street, avenue, highway, passageway or alley when sidewalk improvements are being made or when any sidewalk is in a dangerous condition, it shall be the duty of all persons having an interest therein, either as the contractor or the owner, agent, or lessee of the property in front of or along which such material may be deposited, or such dangerous condition exists, to put in conspicuous places at each end of such sidewalk and at each end of any pile of material deposited in the street, a sufficient number of approved warning lights or flares, and to keep them lighted during the entire night and to erect sufficient barricades both at night and in the daytime to secure the same. The party or parties using the street for any of the purposes specified in this chapter shall be liable for all injuries or damage to persons or property arising from any wrongful act or negligence of the party or parties, or their agents or employees or for any misuse of the privileges conferred by this chapter or of any failure to comply with provisions hereof. 136.10 FAILURE TO REPAIR OR BARRICADE. It is the duty of the owner of the property abutting the sidewalk, or the owner’s contractor or agent, to notify the City immediately in the event of failure or inability to make necessary sidewalk improvements or to install or erect necessary barricades as required by this chapter. 136.11 INTERFERENCE WITH SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS. No person shall knowingly or willfully drive any vehicle upon any portion of any sidewalk or approach thereto while in the process of being improved or upon any portion of any completed sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove or destroy any part or all of any sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove, destroy, mar or deface any sidewalk at any time or destroy, mar, remove or deface any notice provided by this chapter. 136.12 AWNINGS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or maintain any awning over any sidewalk unless all parts of the awning are elevated at least eight (8) feet above the surface of the sidewalk and the roof or covering is made of duck, canvas or other suitable material supported by iron frames or brackets securely fastened to the building, without any posts or other device that will obstruct the sidewalk or hinder or interfere with the free passage of pedestrians. 136.13 ENCROACHING STEPS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or maintain any stairs or steps to any building upon any part of any sidewalk without permission by resolution of the Council. 136.14 OPENINGS AND ENCLOSURES. It is unlawful for a person to: 1. Stairs and Railings. Construct or build a stairway or passageway to any cellar or basement by occupying any part of the sidewalk, or to enclose any portion of a sidewalk with a railing without permission by resolution of the Council. 2. Openings. Keep open any cellar door, grating or cover to any vault on any sidewalk except while in actual use with adequate guards to protect the public. 3. Protect Openings. Neglect to properly protect or barricade all openings on or within six (6) feet of any sidewalk. 136.15 FIRES OR FUELS ON SIDEWALKS. It is unlawful for a person to make a fire of any kind on any sidewalk or to place or allow any fuel to remain upon any sidewalk. 136.16 DEFACING. It is unlawful for a person to scatter or place any paste, paint or writing on any sidewalk. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1) 136.17 DEBRIS ON SIDEWALKS. It is unlawful for a person to throw or deposit on any sidewalk any glass, nails, glass bottle, tacks, wire, cans, trash, garbage, rubbish, litter, offal, or any other debris, or any substance likely to injure any person, animal or vehicle. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2]) 136.18 MERCHANDISE DISPLAY. It is unlawful for a person to place upon or above any sidewalk, any goods or merchandise for sale or for display in such a manner as to interfere with the free and uninterrupted passage of pedestrians on the sidewalk; in no case shall more than three (3) feet of the sidewalk next to the building be occupied for such purposes. 136.19 SALES STANDS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or keep any vending machine or stand for the sale of fruit, vegetables or other substances or commodities on any sidewalk without first obtaining a written permit from the Council. 136.20 SKATEBOARDING RESTRICTIONS. Skateboards shall be restricted from and shall not be ridden or operated on any sidewalk or at any location within the central business district. (Ord. 479 – Aug-04 Supp.)
VACATION AND DISPOSAL OF STREETS
137.01 POWER TO VACATE. When, in the judgment of the Council, it would be in the best interest of the City to vacate a street, alley, portion thereof or any public grounds, the Council may do so by ordinance in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2a]) 137.02 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION. Any proposal to vacate a street, alley, portion thereof or any public grounds shall be referred by the Council to the Planning and Zoning Commission for its study and recommendation prior to further consideration by the Council. The Commission shall submit a written report including recommendations to the Council within thirty (30) days after the date the proposed vacation is referred to the Commission. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1) 137.03 NOTICE OF VACATION HEARING. The Council shall cause to be published a notice of public hearing of the time at which the proposal to vacate shall be considered. 137.04 FINDINGS REQUIRED. No street, alley, portion thereof or any public grounds shall be vacated unless the Council finds that: 1. Public Use. The street, alley, portion thereof or any public ground proposed to be vacated is not needed for the use of the public, and therefore, its maintenance at public expense is no longer justified. 2. Abutting Property. The proposed vacation will not deny owners of property abutting on the street or alley reasonable access to their property. 137.05 DISPOSAL OF VACATED STREETS OR ALLEYS. When in the judgment of the Council it would be in the best interest of the City to dispose of a vacated street or alley, portion thereof or public ground, the Council may do so in accordance with the provisions of Section 364.7, Code of Iowa. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.7) 137.06 DISPOSAL BY GIFT LIMITED. The City may not dispose of real property by gift except to a governmental body for a public purpose. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.7[3])
138.01 ESTABLISHED GRADES. The grades of all streets, alleys and sidewalks, which have been heretofore established by ordinance are hereby confirmed, ratified and established as official grades. 138.02 RECORD MAINTAINED. The Clerk shall maintain a record of all established grades and furnish information concerning such grades upon request.
139.01 NAMING NEW STREETS. New streets shall be assigned names in accordance with the following: 1. Extension of Existing Street. Streets added to the City that are natural extensions of existing streets shall be assigned the name of the existing street. 2. Resolution. All street names, except streets named as a part of a subdivision or platting procedure, shall be named by resolution. 3. Planning and Zoning Commission. Proposed street names shall be referred to the Planning and Zoning Commission for review and recommendation. 139.02 CHANGING NAME OF STREET. The Council may, by resolution, change the name of a street. 139.03 RECORDING STREET NAMES. Following official action naming or changing the name of a street, the Clerk shall file a copy thereof with the County Recorder, County Auditor and County Assessor. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 354.26) 139.04 OFFICIAL STREET NAME MAP. Streets within the City are named as shown on the Official Street Name Map which is hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter. The Official Street Name Map shall be identified by the signature of the Mayor, and bearing the seal of the City under the following words: “This is to certify that this is the Official Street Name Map referred to in Section 139.04 of the Code of Ordinances of Cherokee, Iowa.” 139.05 REVISION OF STREET NAME MAP. If in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, changes are made in street names, such changes shall be entered on the Official Street Name Map promptly after the change has been approved by the Council with an entry on the Official Street Name Map as follows: “On (date), by official action of the City Council, the following changes were made in the Official Street Name Map: (brief description),” which entry shall be signed by the Mayor and attested by the Clerk.
140.01 PURPOSE AND SCOPE. It is the purpose of this chapter to adopt a complete Excavation Code, including provisions for issuing permits, collecting fees, regulating and inspecting excavations and providing penalties for violations of this chapter. The provisions of this chapter apply to and govern excavations within the corporate limits of the City. 140.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Alley” means the length as dedicated for use by the public and the width as defined by the property lines on each side thereof. 2. “Excavation” means any removal or disturbance of material to a depth of more than three (3) inches within the traveled way of any street or alley or the removal or disturbance of material to a depth of more than ten (10) inches in sod or soil areas of any publicly owned property. “Excavation” is further defined to include all tunneling, pushing or jacking under any publicly owned property within the corporate limits of the City. 3. “Excavator” means any person who performs the act of excavation through the use of mechanically powered equipment. 4. “Parking” means that portion of the street lying outside the traveled way. 5. “Street” means the length as dedicated for use by the public and the width as defined by the property lines on each side thereof. 6. “Traveled way” means the width from curb to curb on curbed streets, from edge to edge on asphalt non-curbed streets and from shoulder to shoulder on gravel streets. 7. “Utilities” includes all underground cables, conduit and pipe used for the transportation or distribution of fuel, electricity, communication services, water or sewage. 140.03 BOND. A surety bond in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) must be filed in favor of the City. Such bond shall be conditioned upon the faithful performance of all duties required by ordinance, rules or regulations of the City. 140.04 INSURANCE. Any excavator must file proof of liability insurance in the amount of at least one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) per person, three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) per occurrence, and one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) for property damage with the Clerk and must agree, in writing, on forms provided by the Clerk to hold the City harmless from any and all damages claimed by reason of negligence, incompetence or omission on the part of such person in the performance of work, the same to include, but not be limited to, careless guarding of excavations made by such person or failure to restore all public properties to as good a condition as they were before such work was done, or for any damages growing out of the negligence or carelessness of any such person. 140.05 PERMIT TO EXCAVATE.† No excavation shall be initiated without a permit being issued by the City except as provided for in Section 140.06 of this chapter. 1. Application. Application for an excavation permit shall be made at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance, in writing, to the City on forms provided by the City. In the case of a bona fide emergency, the written application may be filed after the excavation has been initiated providing that the intent to excavate has been reported to the Department of Public Works, either in person or by telephone. 2. Permit; To Whom Issued. A permit to excavate shall be issued only to an excavator, to a governmental unit of the City, to a contractor performing work under a written contract with any governmental unit or any owner of a utility franchised to operate within the City, or to the owner of a utility franchised to operate within the corporate limits of the City; however, the issuance of a permit under the provisions of this chapter shall not relieve any permittee from compliance with all requirements of this chapter or relieve the permittee of any liability for damage to any existing utility. The City assumes no liability whatsoever by virtue of the issuance of said permit. The permit shall be maintained on the site while the excavation is in progress. 3. Permit Fee. The fee for each permit issued under the provisions of this chapter is five dollars ($5.00). 4. Permit Expiration. Every permit issued under the provisions of this chapter shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within twenty (20) days from the date of such permit. 140.06 EXEMPTIONS. The following are exempt from the permit requirements: 1. Employees of the Department of Public Works of the City, while engaged in work directed by the City, are exempt from the requirements of Section 140.05 of this chapter, but shall comply with all other sections and provisions of this chapter. 2. Park employees when performing work within the property lines of the areas designated as the park system. 3. Utility companies are exempt from the permit requirement of this chapter. They shall, however, comply with all other pertinent provisions. 140.07 PRE-EXCAVATION REQUIREMENTS. At least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the commencement of the excavation, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, the person performing the excavation shall contact the Statewide Notification Center and provide the center with the information required under Section 480.4 of the Code of Iowa. 140.08 EXCAVATION; PROTECTION, COMPACTION, RESTORATION. The permittee shall be responsible for barricading the excavation in conformance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Federal Highway Administration. 1. Compaction. The placement and compaction of the backfill shall be done as directed by the Department of Public Works. 2. Restoration. Any surface disturbed by excavation shall be restored to as good a condition as it was prior to the excavation. Such restoration must be made within seventy-two (72) hours after completion of backfilling unless a time extension is granted by the Department of Public Works. The following restoration procedures are to be complied with: A. Asphalt and Portland Cement Concrete. Asphalt spade or saw cuts, depth of repair and related restoration procedures will be as directed by the Department of Public Works. B. Graveled surfaces shall be bladed, shaped and resurfaced with two inches (2") of gravel. C. Parkings are to be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. Grass parkings are to be reseeded or resodded as necessary to fulfill this requirement. The parking restoration requirement will be waived when the abutting property owner requests such a waiver. In the event the permittee lacks the proper equipment or ability to restore an asphalt, Portland Cement concrete or graveled surface, the permittee may request the City to perform the work. If the City agrees to do the work, the permittee will be responsible for paying the City for all costs incurred in restoring the surface. Such a request must be made in writing within twenty four (24) hours after the backfilling is completed. 140.09 INSPECTIONS. The provisions of this chapter do not relieve or change any inspection requirements contained in this Code of Ordinances or in any rules and regulations as approved by the Council. 140.10 RULES AND REGULATIONS. The Department of Public Works is hereby authorized and directed to promulgate rules and regulations necessary to effect the purposes of this chapter, to prepare the permit forms required by this chapter, to prepare the necessary related forms and to issue such permits in compliance with this chapter.
145.01 ENFORCEMENT OFFICER. The Mayor is responsible for the enforcement of this chapter. 145.02 GENERAL DEFINITION OF UNSAFE. All buildings or structures which are structurally unsafe or not provided with adequate egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health, or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment, are, for the purpose of this chapter, unsafe buildings. All such unsafe buildings are hereby declared to be public nuisances and shall be abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or removal in accordance with the procedure specified in this chapter. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 657A.1 & 364.12[3a]) 145.03 UNSAFE BUILDING. “Unsafe building” means any structure or mobile home meeting any or all of the following criteria: 1. Various Inadequacies. Whenever the building or structure, or any portion thereof, because of (a) dilapidation, deterioration, or decay; (b) faulty construction; (c) the removal, movement or instability of any portion of the ground necessary for the purpose of supporting such building; (d) the deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (e) any other cause, is likely to partially or completely collapse. 2. Manifestly Unsafe. Whenever, for any reason, the building or structure, or any portion thereof, is manifestly unsafe for the purpose for which it is being used. 3. Inadequate Maintenance. Whenever a building or structure, used or intended to be used for dwelling purposes, because of dilapidation, decay, damage, faulty construction, or otherwise, is determined by any health officer to be unsanitary, unfit for human habitation or in such condition that it is likely to cause sickness or disease. 4. Fire Hazard. Whenever any building or structure, because of dilapidated condition, deterioration, damage, or other cause, is determined by the Fire Marshal or Fire Chief to be a fire hazard. 5. Abandoned. Whenever any portion of a building or structure remains on a site after the demolition or destruction of the building or structure or whenever any building or structure is abandoned for a period in excess of six (6) months so as to constitute such building or portion thereof an attractive nuisance or hazard to the public. 145.04 NOTICE TO OWNER. The enforcement officer shall examine or cause to be examined every building or structure or portion thereof reported as dangerous or damaged and, if such is found to be an unsafe building as defined in this chapter, the enforcement officer shall give to the owner of such building or structure written notice stating the defects thereof. This notice may require the owner or person in charge of the building or premises, within forty-eight (48) hours or such reasonable time as the circumstances require, to commence either the required repairs or improvements or demolition and removal of the building or structure or portions thereof, and all such work shall be completed within ninety (90) days from date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the enforcement officer. If necessary, such notice shall also require the building, structure, or portion thereof to be vacated forthwith and not reoccupied until the required repairs and improvements are completed, inspected and approved by the enforcement officer. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [3h]) 1. Notice Served. Such notice shall be served by sending by certified mail to the owner of record, according to Section 364.12[3h] of the Code of Iowa, if the owner is found within the City limits. If the owner is not found within the City limits such service may be made upon the owner by registered mail or certified mail. The designated period within which said owner or person in charge is required to comply with the order of the enforcement officer shall begin as of the date the owner receives such notice. 2. Hearing. Such notice shall also advise the owner that he or she may request a hearing before the Council on the notice by filing a written request for hearing within the time provided in the notice. 145.05 CONDUCT OF HEARING. If requested, the Council shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the following: 1. Notice. The owner shall be served with written notice specifying the date, time and place of hearing. 2. Owner’s Rights. At the hearing, the owner may appear and show cause why the alleged nuisance shall not be abated. 3. Determination. The Council shall make and record findings of fact and may issue such order as it deems appropriate. 145.06 POSTING OF SIGNS. The enforcement officer shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such building a notice to read: “DO NOT ENTER. UNSAFE TO OCCUPY. CITY OF CHEROKEE, IOWA.” Such notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition, or removal are completed. Such notice shall not be removed without written permission of the enforcement officer and no person shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the building. 145.07 RIGHT TO DEMOLISH. In case the owner fails, neglects, or refuses to comply with the notice to repair, rehabilitate, or to demolish and remove the building or structure or portion thereof, the Council may order the owner of the building prosecuted as a violator of the provisions of this chapter and may order the enforcement officer to proceed with the work specified in such notice. A statement of the cost of such work shall be transmitted to the Council. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 145.08 COSTS. Costs incurred under Section 145.07 shall be paid out of the City treasury. Such costs shall be charged to the owner of the premises involved and levied as a special assessment against the land on which the building or structure is located, and shall be certified to the County Treasurer for collection in the manner provided for other taxes. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
EDITOR’S NOTE
Suggested forms of notice and of a resolution and order of the Council for the administration of this chapter are provided in the APPENDIX of this Code of Ordinances.
Caution is urged in the use of this procedure. We recommend you review the situation with your attorney before initiating procedures and follow his or her recommendation carefully.
146.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 435.1) 1. “Manufactured home” means a factory-built structure, built under the authority of 42 U.S.C. Sec. 5403, which was constructed on or after June 15, 1976, and is required by Federal law to display a seal from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development. 2. “Manufactured home community” means any site, lot, field or tract of land under common ownership upon which ten or more occupied manufactured homes are harbored, either free of charge or for revenue purposes, and includes any building, structure or enclosure used or intended for use as part of the equipment of the manufactured home community. 3. “Mobile home” means any vehicle without motive power used or so manufactured or constructed as to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the public streets and highways and so designed, constructed or reconstructed as will permit the vehicle to be used as a place for human habitation by one or more persons; but also includes any such vehicle with motive power not registered as a motor vehicle in Iowa. A mobile home means any such vehicle built before June 15, 1976, which was not built to a mandatory building code and which contains no State or Federal seals. 4. “Mobile home park” means any site, lot, field or tract of land upon which three (3) or more mobile homes or manufactured homes, or a combination of any of these homes, are placed on developed spaces and operated as a for-profit enterprise with water, sewer or septic, and electrical services available. The term “manufactured home community” or “mobile home park” is not to be construed to include manufactured or mobile homes, buildings, tents or other structures temporarily maintained by any individual, educational institution or company on their own premises and used exclusively to house their own labor or students. The manufactured home community or mobile home park shall meet the requirements of any zoning regulations that are in effect. 146.02 CONVERSION TO REAL PROPERTY. A mobile home or manufactured home which is located outside a manufactured home community or mobile home park shall be converted to real estate by being placed on a permanent foundation and shall be assessed for real estate taxes except in the following cases: (Code of Iowa, Sec. 435.26 & Sec. 435.35) 1. Retailer’s Stock. Mobile homes or manufactured homes on private property as part of a retailer’s or a manufacturer’s stock not used as a place for human habitation. 2. Existing Homes. A taxable mobile home or manufactured home which is located outside of a manufactured home community or mobile home park as of January 1, 1995, shall be assessed and taxed as real estate, but is exempt from the permanent foundation requirement of this chapter until the home is relocated. 146.03 FOUNDATION REQUIREMENTS. A mobile home or manufactured home located outside of a manufactured home community or mobile home park shall be placed on a permanent frost-free foundation system which meets the support and anchorage requirements as recommended by the manufacturer or required by the State Building Code. The foundation system must be visually compatible with permanent foundation systems of surrounding residential structures. Any such home shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the State Building Code. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 103A.10 & 414.28) (Ch. 146 – Ord. 436 – Dec. 01 Supp.)
147.01 SHALLOW WELL PROTECTION. No structure or facility of the following enumerated types shall be located within the distances hereinafter set forth from a shallow public well within the City. 1. Well house floor drains to ground surface — 5 feet; 2. Water treatment plant wastes to ground surface — 50 feet; 3. Sanitary and industrial discharges to ground surface — 200 feet; 4. Floor drains from well house to surface: A. None within 5 feet; B. 5 to 10 feet — water main materials enclosed in concrete permitted; C. 10 to 25 feet — must be water main material; D. 25 to 75 feet — must be watertight sewer pipe; 5. Floor drains to sewer, water plant wastes, storm or sanitary sewers or drains: A. None permitted within 75 feet; B. 75 to 200 feet, must be water main material. 6. Land application of solid waste — 200 feet; 7. Irrigation of wastewater — 200 feet; 8. Concrete vaults and septic tanks — 250 feet; 9. Mechanical wastewater treatment plants — 200 feet; 10. Cesspools and earth pit privies — 200 feet; 11. Soil absorption fields — 200 feet; 12. Lagoons — 200 feet; 13. Chemicals: A. Application to ground surface — 200 feet; B. Above ground chemical or mineral storage — 200 feet; C. On or underground chemical or mineral storage — 200 feet; 14. Animal pasturage — 50 feet; 15. Animal enclosure — 200 feet; 16. Animal wastes: A. Land application of solids — 200 feet; B. Land application of liquid or slurry — 200 feet; C. Storage tank — 200 feet; D. Solids stockpile — 200 feet; E. Storage basin or lagoon — 200 feet; 17. Earthen silage storage trench or pit — 200 feet; 18. Basements, pits, sumps — 10 feet; 19. Flowing streams or other surface water bodies — 50 feet; 20. Cisterns — 100 feet; 21. Cemeteries — 200 feet; 22. Private wells — 200 feet; 23. Solid waste disposal sites — 200 feet. 147.02 DEEP WELL PROTECTION. No structure or facility of the following enumerated types shall be located within the distances hereinafter set forth from a deep public well within the City. 1. Well house floor drains to ground surface — 5 feet; 2. Water treatment plant wastes to ground surface — 50 feet; 3. Sanitary and industrial discharges to ground surface — 200 feet; 4. Floor drains from well house to surface: A. None within 5 feet; B. 5 to 10 feet — water main materials enclosed in concrete permitted; C. 10 to 25 feet — must be water main material; D. 25 to 75 feet — must be watertight sewer pipe; 5. Floor drains to sewer, water plant wastes, storm or sanitary sewers or drains: A. None permitted within 25 feet; B. 25 to 75 feet, must be water main material; C. 75 to 200 feet, must be watertight sewer pipe; 6. Sewer force mains: A. None permitted within 75 feet; B. 75 to 200 feet, must be water main materials; 7. Land application of solid waste — 100 feet; 8. Irrigation of wastewater — 100 feet; 9. Concrete vaults and septic tanks — 100 feet; 10. Mechanical wastewater treatment plants — 200 feet; 11. Cesspools and earth pit privies — 200 feet; 12. Soil absorption fields — 200 feet; 13. Lagoons — 200 feet; 14. Chemicals: A. Application to ground surface — 100 feet; B. Above ground chemical or mineral storage — 100 feet; C. On or underground chemical or mineral storage — 200 feet; 15. Animal pasturage — 50 feet; 16. Animal enclosure — 100 feet; 17. Animal wastes: A. Land application of solids — 100 feet; B. Land application of liquid or slurry — 100 feet; C. Storage tank — 100 feet; D. Solids stockpile — 200 feet; E. Storage basin or lagoon — 200 feet; 18. Earthen silage storage trench or pit — 100 feet; 19. Basements, pits, sumps — 10 feet; 20. Flowing streams or other surface water bodies — 50 feet; 21. Cisterns — 50 feet; 22. Cemeteries — 200 feet; 23. Private wells — 200 feet; 24. Solid waste disposal sites — 200 feet. 147.03 APPLICATION OF RESTRICTIONS. Proscriptions as set forth in 147.01 and 147.02 shall apply to all public water wells existing within the City except public water wells formerly abandoned for use by resolution of the Council. 147.04 DESIGNATION OF WELLS. The Council shall designate each water well within the City as being a “shallow well” or “deep well” for the purposes of this chapter. 147.05 NONCONFORMING USES. The use of structures or facilities existing as of September 9, 1997, may be continued even though such use may not conform with the regulations of this chapter. However, such structures or facilities may not be enlarged, extended, reconstructed or substituted subsequent to such date. 147.06 PROHIBITING INSTALLATION OF NON-PUBLIC WATER WELLS. No non-public well or water supply system shall be installed where a public water supply system is reasonably accessible to the landowner. The determination of accessibility shall be made by the City Engineer with a final determination to be made by the Council. In the event the City Engineer and the Council determine the property is not accessible to a public water supply system, or if there is clear and convincing evidence that the accessible public water supply is inadequate to meet the needs of the landowner, then a variance from this section may be obtained from the Planning and Zoning Commission with final approval by the Council if a well permit is obtained pursuant to State law or County ordinance. (Closed loop underground heating systems are not considered a well or water supply system within the parameters of this section.) (Ord. 432 – Dec. 01 Supp.)
150.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined: 1. “Owner” means the owner of the principal building. 2. “Principal building” means the main building on any lot or subdivision thereof. 150.02 OWNER REQUIREMENTS. Every owner shall comply with the following numbering requirements: 1. Obtain Building Number. The owner shall obtain the assigned number to the principal building from the Director of Public Works. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3d]) 2. Display Building Number. The owner shall place or cause to be installed and maintained on the principal building the assigned number in a conspicuous place to the street in figures not less than two and one-half (2½) inches in height and of a contrasting color with their background. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3d]) 3. Failure to Comply. If an owner refuses to number a building as herein provided, or fails to do so for a period of thirty (30) days after being notified in writing by the City to do so, the City may proceed to place the assigned number on the principal building and assess the costs against the property for collection in the same manner as a property tax. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h]) 150.03 BUILDING NUMBERING MAP. The Director of Public Works shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining a building numbering map, in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Base Lines. Main Street constitutes the base line for the numbering system as applied to streets running east and west. Second Street constitutes the base line for the numbering system as applied to streets running north and south. 2. Diagonal and Curved Streets. Diagonal and curved streets are classified as east and west or north and south streets, according to which classification their general alignment most nearly conforms. 3. Even Numbers. Even numbers shall be assigned to principal buildings fronting on the east side of streets running north and south and on the north side of streets running east and west. 4. Odd Numbers. Odd numbers shall be assigned to principal buildings fronting on the west side of streets running north and south and on the south side of streets running east and west.
151.01 DEFINITION. For use in this chapter, “parking” means that part of the street, avenue or highway in the City not covered by sidewalk and lying between the lot line and the curb line; or, on unpaved streets, that part of the street, avenue or highway lying between the lot line and that portion of the street usually traveled by vehicular traffic. 151.02 PLANTING RESTRICTIONS. No tree shall be planted in any parking or street except in accordance with the following: 1. Alignment. All trees planted in any street shall be planted in the parking midway between the outer line of the sidewalk and the curb. In the event a curb line is not established, trees shall be planted on a line ten (10) feet from the property line. 2. Spacing. Trees shall not be planted on any parking which is less than nine (9) feet in width, or contains less than eighty-one (81) square feet of exposed soil surface per tree. Trees shall not be planted closer than twenty (20) feet from street intersections (property lines extended) and ten (10) feet from driveways. If it is at all possible trees should be planted inside the property lines and not between the sidewalk and the curb. 3. Prohibited Trees. No person shall plant in any street any fruit-bearing tree or any tree of the kinds commonly known as cottonwood, poplar, box elder, Chinese elm, evergreen, willow or black walnut. 151.03 DUTY TO TRIM TREES.
The owner or agent of the abutting property shall keep the trees on,
or overhanging the street, trimmed so that all branches will be at least
fifteen (15) feet above the surface of the street and eight (8) feet above
the sidewalks. If the abutting property owner fails to trim the trees, the
City may serve notice on the abutting property owner requiring
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2c, d & e]) 151.04 TRIMMING TREES TO BE SUPERVISED. Except as allowed in Section 151.03, it is unlawful for any person to trim or cut any tree in a street or public place unless the work is done under the supervision of the City. 151.05 DISEASE CONTROL. Any dead, diseased or damaged tree or shrub which may harbor serious insect or disease pests or disease injurious to other trees is hereby declared to be a nuisance. 151.06 INSPECTION AND REMOVAL. The Council shall inspect or cause to be inspected any trees or shrubs in the City reported or suspected to be dead, diseased or damaged, and such trees and shrubs shall be subject to the following: 1. City Property. If it is determined that any such condition exists on any public property, including the strip between the curb and the lot line of private property, the Council may cause such condition to be corrected by treatment or removal. The Council may also order the removal of any trees on the streets of the City which interfere with the making of improvements or with travel thereon. 2. Private Property. If it is determined with reasonable certainty that any such condition exists on private property and that danger to other trees or to adjoining property or passing motorists or pedestrians is imminent, the Council shall notify by certified mail the owner, occupant or person in charge of such property to correct such condition by treatment or removal within fourteen (14) days of said notification. If such owner, occupant or person in charge of said property fails to comply within fourteen (14) days of receipt of notice, the Council may cause the condition to be corrected and the cost assessed against the property. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3b & h])
155.01 CODE. The State Building Code as presently set forth in Chapter 103A of the Code of Iowa and all amendments thereto, present and future, are hereby adopted and made a part of this Code of Ordinances, as fully as if set forth in length herein, with the exception, however, of the sections dealing with building permit fees and plan checking fees, and subject to those additional changes set forth in this chapter. 155.02 ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. The administrative authority as referred to in said Code shall be the Director of Public Works, who shall execute all of the duties and powers of said authority, as set forth therein, and shall implement such exceptions to said Code as are directed by the Council. 155.03 BOARD OF APPEALS. The board of appeals as set forth in said Code shall be the Council. 155.04 FEES. Building permit fees are set by resolution of the Council and are on file at City Hall. The valuation to be used in computing the permit fees shall be the total value of all construction work for which the permit is issued, as well as all finished work, painting, roofing, electrical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning, elevators, fire extinguishing systems and any other permanent work or permanent equipment. No additional fee shall be charged for checking plans in connection with any building permit issued or to be issued. 155.05 PENALTY. There shall be a penalty imposed on the individual or entity who is required to secure a building permit under the Code as follows: If an individual or entity begins construction prior to securing a building permit when a building permit is required under this Code of Ordinances, the individual or entity shall be fined $250.00 or one percent (1%) of the building permit cost whichever is greater.
CHAPTER 156
156.01 PERMIT REQUIRED. The contractor shall obtain a permit to demolish and/or remove buildings from the City Administrator prior to commencing the work. All street excavation permits required shall be obtained from the City and all fees shall be paid prior to commencement of the work. (See Chapter 140) 156.02 DEMOLITION LANDFILL LOCATION. All demolition material, including masonry walls and reinforced concrete, shall be disposed of at an approved licensed landfill. Nonreinforced concrete may be disposed of at a concrete recycle site subject to compliance to local laws, ordinances, and zoning. The contractor shall be responsible for all fees for waste disposal. The contractor shall assume the responsibility for application and acquisition of the necessary hazardous waste disposal authorization permits. The contractor will be responsible for meeting additional applicable requirements for the removal and transportation of these materials to a State-approved landfill. The contractor shall assume responsibility for the landfill fees for disposing of the hazardous waste materials. 156.03 ASBESTOS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL. The handling of asbestos material is subject to all applicable State and Federal mandates. The contractor shall be responsible for the complete removal of said material in accordance with all State and Federal codes and regulations to include, but not limited to Chapter 88B of the Code of Iowa, Removal of Encapsulation of Asbestos, and Chapter 81 of the Iowa Administrative Code, Asbestos Control Procedure. All asbestos material must be removed by a duly licensed and insured contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for meeting additional applicable requirements of State-approved asbestos site. The contractor shall assume responsibility for the landfill fees for disposing of the material. 156.04 SALVAGED MATERIALS. Salvage of items containing asbestos or hazardous material is not permitted. When salvage is specifically permitted, all building, building materials and equipment of any description resulting from this work shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed from the premises at once unless otherwise specified. Under no circumstances shall material be permitted to remain on the premises, right-of-way, streets or alleys pending sale or disposal of same or for any reason. 156.05 LITTERING STREETS. Public streets, alleys or other thoroughfares anywhere in the City used by the contractor in carrying out a contract shall at all times be kept free of litter attributable to said contractor. Trucks or other vehicles shall be so loaded and equipped as to prevent leakage, blowing off, or other escape of any portion of whatever is being hauled. Any cost incurred by the City in cleaning up such litter will be charged to the contractor, and shall be deducted from funds due or to become due under the contract. 156.06 TRAFFIC CONTROL. Should it become necessary to close any traffic lanes, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to obtain written permission from the City to acquire the necessary obstruction permits and to place adequate barricades and warning signs as required by the City and the Police Department. 156.07 SIDEWALKS. Any damage to public sidewalks abutting or adjacent to the demolition properties resulting from the execution of the demolition of the structures shall be the responsibility of the demolition contractor. The cost of repair or replacement will be in accordance with the City specifications for sidewalks and driveway approaches. All permits and fees shall be obtained and completed at the contractor’s expense. It is the contractor’s responsibility to place and construct the necessary warning signs, barricades, fencing and temporary pedestrian sidewalks, as specified and directed by the City, to maintain alternate pedestrian access for sidewalks around the demolition site. 156.08 DEMOLITION HOURS; STREET CLOSING. In the execution of demolition only those working hours and street closings as permitted by the City and Police Department shall be allowed. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to acquire the necessary permits and place the necessary traffic controls as required. 156.09 NOISE POLLUTION. All construction equipment used in conjunction with the project shall be in good repair and adequately muffled so as not to produce average sound levels in excess of eighty-five (85) decibels. 156.10 DUST CONTROL. For the purpose of minimizing atmospheric pollution, the City shall have the authority to require that reasonable precautions be taken to prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne. Such reasonable precautions shall include, but shall not be limited to: 1. Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control of dust in demolition of existing buildings, or structures, construction operations, the grading of roads, or the clearing of land; 2. Covering, at all times when in motion, open-bodied trucks transporting materials likely to give rise to airborne dust; 3. The prompt removal of earth or other material from paved streets onto which earth or other material has been transported or deposited by trucking or earth-moving equipment, by water erosion, or by other means. 156.11 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REDUCTION OF FIRE HAZARDS. 1. Removal of Material. Before demolition of any part of any building, remove all volatile or flammable materials, such as fluids, paints or thinners. 2. Fire Extinguishing Equipment. Barrels of water, pails, portable hand pumps or soda acid for extinguishing small fires shall be kept filled and maintained in usable condition. During freezing weather, and when freezing weather is likely to occur, a fireproof non-freeze solution shall be added to the water in amounts necessary to prevent freezing. Wherever a cutting torch or other equipment which might cause a fire is being used, fire extinguishers shall be kept nearby and ready for instant use. Users of such equipment shall be instructed in the proper method of preventing fires and to extinguish a fire. 3. Fires. No fires of any kind will be permitted in the contract area, nor shall burning the waste lumber, other building materials or trash on the site be permitted. 4. Hydrants. No material obstruction or debris shall be placed, or allowed to accumulate, within fifteen (15) feet of any fire hydrant. All fire hydrants shall be accessible at all times. 5. Debris. Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on roofs, floors or in areas outside of and around any structure being demolished. Excess debris and materials shall be removed from the site as the work progresses. 6. Telephone Service. The contractor shall arrange for access and use of, during working hours, one or more telephones in the vicinity of the working site for purpose of making calls in case of fire or other emergencies. Personnel on the job shall be informed of the location of such telephones. The contractor’s foreman, or at least a regular member of each shift, shall be charged with the responsibility of emergency services when necessary. The same person shall be required to frequently inspect the building and site for possible fires or fire producing conditions, and take appropriate corrective action, particularly at the close of each work day. 156.12 DEMOLITION. 1. Basements. All basement floors shall be broken up to secure drainage, and foundations will be removed down to four (4) feet below grade. The basement area is to be inspected and approved by the City Inspector before backfilling is completed. The contractor will insure that no basement excavation will remain open and exposed for more than 24 hours. In the event that this cannot be avoided, the contractor shall place protective fencing to completely surround the excavation. In all cases, the City Inspector shall make final determination. 2. Foundation Walls. All foundation walls and footings shall be removed down to four (4) feet below grade. 3. Concrete Slabs. The contractor shall remove all concrete slabs, asphalt, and surface obstructions including driveways, interior sidewalks and steps, porches, patios, garage floors and foundations, concrete floors and basementless buildings, and other similar concrete or masonry slabs and appurtenances. 4. Retaining Walls. Retaining walls or curbs will be required to be completely removed. The contractor shall employ hand labor and pneumatic or other suitable tools and equipment to whatever extent is necessary to accomplish complete demolition of such retaining walls without damage to adjacent public or private property. Where such retaining walls are removed, the embankment shall be graded to a slope of not greater than 30 degrees with the horizontal or as directed by the City Inspector. 5. Fences and Miscellaneous. Fences, guardrails, bumpers, signs, clotheslines, and similar items shall be completely removed from the site, except that fences on the boundary between a contract parcel and an improved non-contract parcel shall not be removed unless specifically called for by the City Inspector. All posts for support of items covered by this section shall be removed. 6. Partially Buried Objects. All piping, post, reinforcing bars, anchor bolts, railings and all other partly buried objects protruding from the ground shall be pulled out or dug up. The remaining recesses shall be filled with earth and tamped thoroughly to eliminate hazards and prevent interference with subsequent mowing. 7. Vegetation. Foundation plantings within five (5) feet of the structure can be removed. The contractor shall also remove all dead trees and stumps, all trees which are not an asset to the property, bushes, vegetation, brush and weeds, whether standing or fallen, unless specifically stated otherwise by the City Inspector or other authorized representative. All trees, etc. not removed by such an order shall be protected by the contractor from damage by the demolition operation. In the event that a tree is damaged by the contractor, it shall be repaired or removed by the contractor as directed by the City Inspector. 8. Fuel Tanks. Fuel tanks, above or below ground, tanks which have been used for storage of gasoline, kerosene, benzene, oil or similar volatile materials shall be carefully removed and disposed of in a safe manner in accordance with the State Fire Marshal’s regulations and those of the Iowa Department of Natural Resources. Small residential fuel oil tanks, if in good condition, may be removed after being emptied and having all openings tightly plugged or capped. 9. Outdoor Toilets and Septic Tanks. Outdoor toilets and septic tanks shall be pumped out by City-authorized waste hauler, and the pit shall be completely filled with trash-free earth, thoroughly compacted. The toilet building shall be demolished and removed from site. 10. Cisterns, Wells and Meter Pits. The top four (4) feet of cisterns, wells, and meter pits shall be removed and remainder shall be filled with clean compact fill. 11. Well Plugged and Abandonment. All wells shall be plugged and abandoned in accordance with Chapter 567-39, of the Iowa Administrative Code. An Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Abandoned Water Well Plugging Record (DNR Form 542-1226) shall be filed upon completion of the well abandonment. 12. Debris. All materials, rubbish, and trash of any kind shall be removed from the demolition area leaving the basement and demolition area free of debris. Any cost incurred by the City in cleaning up such material and debris from the basement and from the work site shall be deducted from funds due the contractor under the contract. 13. Tires. The contractor shall be responsible for removal of tires that have been abandoned on site. 14. Safety Fencing. During the execution of the demolition activity the contractor shall be responsible for placing adequate fencing to secure the demolition site, including any resulting debris or excavation and also to prevent pedestrian access. 156.13 SITE CLEARANCE. This covers the demolition of buildings, garages, existing rubbish, trash or junk and all other items on a property. The contractor shall completely demolish the structure or structures and remove all material and debris from site. 1. Backfill. When site conditions permit, as determined by the City Inspector, on-site soil shall be used as backfill material. The top nine (9) inches to one (1) foot of topsoil shall be stripped, stockpiled on site for use as final topsoil and grading material. Topsoil material shall not be permitted as deep fill material unless directed by the City Inspector. All fill material shall be approved by the City Inspector before and during the placing of the material. All depressions on the property shall be filled, compacted, and leveled to uniform surface. 2. Compacting. Fill material for basements or other large excavated areas shall be placed in successive one to two foot layers, or as directed by the City Inspector. Each layer shall be spread and roughly leveled before the next layer is placed. In addition, each layer shall receive compaction of or equivalent to two passes of the treads of a bulldozer or “caterpillar” type end-loader in contact with every part of the surface of the layer. 3. Grading. The site shall be graded so as to conform to all surrounding areas and shall be finished so as to have an even surface which will not permit ponding of water. 4. Additional Fill Material. All additional fill material shall be of equal quality to the soil adjacent to excavation. The contractor shall provide for minimum depth of six (6) inches of topsoil over the excavation area. Backfill, compaction sites shall be leveled and appropriate ground cover shall be planted to insure and prevent soil erosion and to stabilize the site. Ground cover compatible with future property use shall be applied or installed. 156.14 RIGHT-OF-WAY AND PRIVATE PROPERTY. At the end of each work day the contractor shall see to it that sidewalks, streets, and private property are cleared of any debris caused by the demolition operation. 156.15 SAFETY. The method of demolition employed shall comply with the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 as applicable. 156.16 SEWER AND WATER DISCONNECTIONS. 1. All sewer lines shall be plugged by an approved plumber and inspected by the City Inspector prior to demolition or excavations. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to ascertain that all sewer lines serving any existing buildings or structures within the demolition boundaries are plugged as specified. 2. Main Branch Sewer. The main branch sewer serving the area shall be cut off at the lot line. The portion of the branch sewer which remains connected to the City system shall be cut off at the lot line and shall be tightly and permanently sealed with a plug of mortar not less than eight (8) inches thick. Partial removal of sufficient portions of the basement floor, other parts of the structure where necessary, and necessary excavation inside are required if necessary to satisfy this section. 3. Alternative Cut Off Location. If the close proximity of the building to the lot line or other reasons make severance of the branch sewer at the lot line impracticable, in the opinion of the City Inspector, the contractor shall make the required sewer disconnection as near as possible to the lot line or at some other one point approved by the City Inspector. In any case, the disconnection shall be made in a location which will completely cut off all building sewers and drains from City system. Cutting or plugging of several buildings, sewer or drain lines in lieu of cutting the main branch sewer is not acceptable. 4. Protection of Sewer Lines. The sealed end of the branch sewer shall be left in sound condition and fully protected by backfill to prevent damage during subsequent demolition operations. 5. Water Lines. All water lines and stubs for the buildings or properties within the demolition boundaries must be disconnected. 156.17 INSPECTOR. The demolition inspector shall inspect all water and sewer cut-offs for the purpose of making the final inspection. 156.18 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION. Backfill and compaction shall be completed in accordance with Standard City of Cherokee Policies for Street Backfill. 156.19 UTILITIES. The contractor shall be responsible for locating all utilities as part of the contractor’s or subcontractor’s performance of the contract. All utilities shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the City of Cherokee’s Standard Specifications at the contractor’s expense. 156.20 INSPECTIONS. 1. Site Inspection. The contractor shall make a site inspection with the City Inspector before issuance of a Notice to Proceed. 2. Sewer and Water Disconnections. Sewer and water disconnections shall be inspected and certified by the City Inspector before payment may be made and before the demolition permits are issued for the structures involved. 3. Basement Inspection. A basement excavation inspection shall be made by the City Inspector after the structures are removed and before any filling is done. It is the contractor’s responsibility to see that the City Inspector is notified in time to make these inspections. Failure to do so may result in re-excavation of the basement area at the contractor’s expense. 4. Final Inspection. Final inspection shall be made by the City Inspector upon completion of filling, grading, cleanup and restoration. Other inspections may be made if called for by the contractor or at the City’s option. 5. Building Inspection. The City Building Inspector shall certify that the proper permits were taken out by the contractor to perform the work listed in the contract before payment shall be made.
CHAPTER 157 USE OF CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY
157.01 DEFINITION. For the purpose of this chapter City right-of-way means the area on, below, or above a City roadway, street, bridge, bicycle path, or sidewalk, in which the City has an interest, including other dedicated rights-of-way for travel purposes and utility easements. A City right-of-way does not include the airwaves above a City right-of-way with regard to cellular or other non-wire telecommunications or broadcasts service or utility poles owned by the City. 157.02 RIGHT-OF-WAY INSTALLATION PERMITS. An applicant may obtain, by application to the City, a right-of-way permit for installation in the City right-of-way whenever the applicant desires to place, construct, or bury anything in the City right-of-way. The guidelines, requirements, and standards in the right-of-way permit must be satisfied. Further, the guidelines, requirements and standards in the utility cuts and backfill procedures manual must be satisfied. 157.03 COMPLETION OF INSTALLATIONS. A right-of-way user shall promptly complete all installations in the City right-of-way so as to minimize disruption of the City ways and other public and private property. All installation work authorized by permit within the City right-of-way, including restoration work, shall be completed as soon as possible but not later than 180 days of the date the City issued a permit for the installation. An extension may be granted for good cause due to circumstances beyond the control of the right-of-way user. 157.04 AS BUILT DRAWINGS.
An applicant shall, within sixty (60) days of making an installation of
facilities in the City right-of-way, furnish the City with one (1) complete
set of as built drawings, in an electronic format compatible with the City's
mapping system, if required, drawn to scale and certified by the contact
person for the right-of-way user as accurately depicting the location of the
facilities installed pursuant to the permit. When the City has
157.05 INTERFERENCE WITH THE CITY. A right-of-way user shall so construct, maintain, operate and locate its facilities in the City right-of-way so as not to interfere with the construction, location, maintenance and operation of City sewer, water, drainage, electrical, communications, signal and fiber optic facilities, or any other operations or facilities of the City. The City shall have the right and power by resolution of its City Council to specifically direct the location of right-of-way user facilities with reference to City facilities, existing or proposed, in such a manner as shall serve the public use and convenience. Failure or refusal by a right-of-way user to promptly follow such directions shall be a violation of this section. 157.06 RELOCATION OR REMOVAL. Within sixty (60) days following written notice from the City, a right-of-way user shall, at its own expense, temporarily or permanently relocate, change or alter the position of any facilities within the City right-of-way whenever the City shall have determined that such relocation, change or alteration is reasonably necessary for the construction, repair, maintenance, or installation of any City public improvement or for the operations of the City in or upon the City right-of-way. 157.07 REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED FACILITIES. Within thirty (30) days following written notice from the City, a right-of-way user that owns, controls or maintains any unauthorized facility within the City right-of-way shall remove such facilities from the City right-of-way at the right-of-way users sole expense. A facility is unauthorized if: 1. Any license, permit or authorization required by Federal, State or City regulations with respect to the facilities has not been obtained, has been revoked, or allowed to expire. 2. The facilities are not installed in accordance with the permit for installation or other requirements of this chapter. 157.08 COMPLIANCE WITH PERMIT. All installation work and activities for right-of-way user facilities in the City right-of-way shall be in accordance with the installation permit issued by the City. Any work done that is not in accordance with an applicable installation permit shall be a violation of this section by the right-of-way user and failure to do work required by an installation permit shall be a violation by the right- of-way user, regardless of involvement of agents or contractors of the right-of-way user. 157.09 EMERGENCY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION. The City shall have the right and power to cut or move any right-of-way facilities in the City right-of-way as the City may determine to be necessary, appropriate or useful in response to any public health or safety emergency. The City shall endeavor to give notice of such emergency disruption but nothing in this chapter shall be deemed to create a duty to give such notice. Restoration of right-of-way facilities that have been cut or moved as aforesaid shall be done by the right-of-way user at its own expense. 157.10 COORDINATION OF INSTALLATIONS. All right-of-way users with facilities in the City right-of-way or who expect to install facilities in the City right- of-way shall coordinate such activities with the City. 157.11 INSURANCE AND BOND REQUIREMENTS. 1. A right-of-way user that has or expects to install facilities within the City right-of-way shall maintain in effect such insurance as the City shall reasonably deem appropriate to the nature of the facilities installed or to be installed, and the location of such installations. 2. The City may require performance security in an amount commensurate with the scope of the work, to secure satisfactory installation in accordance with the installation permit, by means of an irrevocable letter of credit in a form approved by the City Attorney or by cash deposit. 157.12 APPEAL TO CITY COUNCIL. A right-of-way user that is denied registration, denied a right-of-way installation permit, that has its right-of-way installation permit revoked, or that believes that the fees imposed do not conform to the requirements of Chapter 480A, Code of Iowa, may request in writing that such denial, revocation or fee imposition be reviewed by the City Council. The City Council shall act within sixty (60) days of a timely written request. A decision by the City Council affirming the denial, revocation, or fee imposition must be in writing and supported by a written finding establishing the reasonableness of the decision. 157.13 NO EASEMENT,
PERMISSION ONLY, NOT ASSIGNABLE. The provisions of this chapter, and
the permits and authorizations granted pursuant to this chapter, shall not
be deemed to create or grant to anyone any easement, estate, or interest in
the property of the City. A permit to install right-of-way user facilities
in the City right of-way is a mere license, that is, an authorization to the
stated entity to go onto the land of the City to do only that which is
explicitly stated by the permit, that may be revoked by the City as provided
in this chapter, and that cannot be assigned to another. A right-of-
157.14 FRANCHISE FEE CREDIT. For a right-of-way user that pays a franchise fee, the amount of any registration fee paid in securing a right-of-way permit shall be applied as a credit to reduce the amount due for the franchise fee. (Ch. 157 - Ord. 500 – Nov. 05 Supp.)
CHAPTER 158 LANDSCAPING AND SCREENING STANDARDS
158.01 PURPOSE. The Landscaping and Screening Regulations provide additional guidance on the development of sites within Cherokee by addressing landscaping and screening requirements. They are designed to improve the appearance of the community; buffer potentially incompatible land uses from one another; and conserve the value of properties within the City of Cherokee. The requirements in this chapter pertain to properties developed after the adoption of the ordinance codified by this chapter. 158.02 APPLICABILITY. The provisions of this section shall apply to all new development on each lot or site upon application for a building permit, except for the following: 1. Reconstruction or replacement of a lawfully existing use or structure following a casualty loss. 2. Remodeling, rehabilitation, or improvements to existing uses or structures which do not substantially change the location of structures, parking or other site improvements. 3. Additions or enlargements of existing uses or structures which increase floor area or impervious coverage area by less than 20 percent. Where such additions or enlargements are 20 percent or greater, these provisions shall apply to that portion of the property that is directly adjacent to the new addition or development. 158.03 RESIDENTIAL YARDS. Front, side and rear yard areas shall be completely landscaped, except for those areas occupied by access driveways, sidewalks, decks and steps. Completely landscaped is defined as a ground cover of grass, shrubs, or other acceptable living plant life, unless an alternative ground cover is specifically approved by the Building and Zoning Officer. 158.04 PLANTING OF TREES IN THE PARKING (TERRACE). See Chapter 151 for regulations. 158.05 PARKING LOT LANDSCAPING. Parking lots shall be required that every parking place be within 40 feet of a tree for commercial districts, industrial districts, and multi-family units within any residential district. Trees of an adjacent property owner cannot be counted to fulfill this requirements. 158.06 DISTRICT PLANTING REQUIREMENTS. 1. All trees shall have a minimum trunk diameter of 1½ inches as measured one foot above the ground. Any trees planted in the right-of-way shall conform to the Cherokee Tree Ordinance (Chapter 151) regarding prohibited species. 2. All shrubs not used as ground cover shall be at least two (2) gallons. 3. The City reserves the right to inspect and reject any landscape material not in accordance with the approved plan for the development and reject if diseased or in poor condition. 4. All planting shall be maintained in good growing condition. Such maintenance shall include, where appropriate, pruning, mowing, weeding, fertilizing, and regular watering. Whenever necessary, planting shall be replaced with other plant material to insure continued compliance with the applicable landscaping requirements. 5. Landscaping shall not be located where it will block visibility and create traffic hazards or sight distance problems. 6. For each property developed in commercial districts, industrial districts, or multi-family units within a residential district one tree will be shown for every 2,000 square feet of building foot print. This is in addition to the trees required within the parking lot. 7. Plants which drop seed pods or fruit should not be located where such droppings would cause maintenance or safety problems. The Building and Zoning Official shall make the determination whether and where certain types of trees shall be allowed. 8. Landscaping shall be used to screen parking areas where possible as referenced in Section 158.05 of this chapter. 9. The provisions contained in this chapter shall be applied for each individual lot or site when an application for a building permit on such lot is made. When required, a Landscape Plan shall be submitted with each application for a building permit. Such plan shall be reviewed by the Building and Zoning Official for compliance with the provisions of this section. 158.07 SCREENING STANDARD. A six-foot tall solid fence of wood or masonry construction, a landscaped earth berm with a maximum slope of three to one that rises no less than six feet above the existing grade of the lot line, or other barrier material approved by the Zoning Official must be used to screen any commercial or industrial properties from any adjoining residential properties along the side or rear when any of the following conditions exist: 1. Outdoor storage areas or storage tanks. 2. Loading docks, refuse collection points, and other service areas. 3. Machinery or areas housing a manufacturing process. 4. On-site traffic circulation areas or truck and/or trailer parking. 5. Sources of glare, noise or other environmental effects. If a fence is used as the screening, it must be maintained in good condition with the most attractive side of the fence facing toward the street or residential area. 158.08 GENERAL. All landscaping/screening requirements required by this chapter shall be completed prior to occupancy, with the exception that the landscaping for a single-family dwelling unit shall be completed within one year from the date of occupancy. (Ch. 158 – Ord. 525 – Jul. 08 Supp.)
165.01 TITLE. This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the City of Cherokee, Iowa, Zoning Code. 165.02 PURPOSE. The purpose of these regulations is to provide adequate light and air, to prevent the overcrowding of land, to avoid undue concentration of population, to regulate the use of land and to promote the health, morals, safety and general welfare in the City. 165.03 INTERPRETATION OF REGULATIONS. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this chapter shall be held to be minimum requirements. Where this chapter imposes a greater restriction than is imposed or required by other provisions of law or by other rules and regulations or ordinances, the provisions of this chapter shall control. 165.04 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this chapter, the following terms and words are defined: 1.
“Accessory use or building” means a use or structure
subordinate to the principal use of a building or land on the same lot or
parcel of ground and serving a purpose customarily incidental to the use of
the principal building or use of land. However, for purposes of this
subsection, an enclosed trailer, part of an enclosed trailer or a railcar
shall not be used as an accessory use or building to a principal structure,
unless (1) the enclosed trailer, part of an enclosed trailer or a railcar is
used in conjunction with construction work and is promptly removed upon
completion of the construction work, (2) the enclosed trailer, part of an
enclosed trailer or railcar is on the premises to be unloaded and is, in
fact, unloaded and removed within fourteen days, or (3) the enclosed trailer
or part of an enclosed trailer is licensed, road worthy and moved from the
premises for at least ten consecutive days during every six-month period.
For purposes of this subsection, an enclosed trailer is a vehicle without
motive power used or so manufactured or constructed as to permit its being
used as a conveyance upon the public streets and highways, enclosed to
provide protection from the weather and having an overall area of more than
one hundred twenty (120) square feet. Enforcement of this subsection shall
begin six months following its final passage, approval and publication (April
5, 2001) to allow a reasonable period of time to come into compliance.
2. “Agriculture” means the use of land for the purposes of growing the usual farm products, including vegetables, fruit, trees and grains; pasturage; dairying; animal and poultry husbandry; and the necessary accessory uses for treating or storing the produce, provided that the operation of such accessory uses is secondary to that of the regular agricultural activities and provided further that the above uses do not include the commercial feeding of garbage or offal to swine or other animals. 3. “Airport” means the Cherokee County Regional Airport. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 4. “Airport elevation” means the highest point of an airport’s usable landing area measured in feet above mean sea level, which elevation is established to be 1,212 feet. 5. “Airport hazard” means any structure or tree or use of land which would exceed the Federal obstruction standards as contained in fourteen (14) Code of Federal Regulations Sections 77.21, 77.23 and 77.25 and which obstructs the airspace required for the flight of aircraft and landing or takeoff at an airport or is otherwise hazardous to such landing or taking off of aircraft. 6. “Airport primary surface” means a surface longitudinally centered on a runway. When the runway has a specially prepared hard surface, the primary surface extends two hundred (200) feet beyond each end of that runway. The width of the primary surface of a runway will be that width prescribed in Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) for the most precise approach existing or planned for either end of that runway. The elevation of any point on the primary surface is the same as the elevation of the nearest point on the runway centerline. 7. “Airspace height” means for the purpose of determining the height limits in all zones set forth in this chapter and shown on the zoning map, the datum shall be mean sea level elevation unless otherwise specified. 8. “Alley” means a public thoroughfare not more than twenty (20) feet in width. 9. “Apartment” means a room or suite of rooms in a multiple dwelling intended or designed for use as a residence by a single family. 10. “Apartment house” – see “dwelling, multiple.” 11. “Base flood” means the flood having one percent (1%) chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. (See 100-year flood.) 12. “Basement” means a story having more than one-half (½) of its height below grade. A basement is not counted as a story for the purpose of height regulations. As used in the Flood Plain district regulations, “basement” means any enclosed area of a building which has its floor or lowest level below ground level (subgrade) on all sides. Also see “lowest floor.” 13. “Billboard” includes all structures, regardless of the material used in the construction of the same, that are erected, maintained or used for public display of posters, painted signs, wall signs, whether the structure is placed on the wall or painted on the wall itself, pictures or other pictorial reading matter which advertises a business or attraction which is not carried on or manufactured in or upon the premises which said signs or billboards are located. 14. “Block” means the property abutting on one side of a street and lying within the two nearest intercepting or intersecting streets or nearest intercepting or intersecting streets and unsubdivided acreage or railroad right-of-way. 15. “Board” means the Board of Adjustment of the City. 16. “Building” means any structure designed or intended for the support, enclosure, shelter or protection of persons, animals or property, but not including signs or billboards. When a structure is divided in separate parts by unpierced walls extending from the ground up, each part is deemed a separate building. 17. “Building, height of” means the vertical distance from the average natural grade at the building line to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, or to the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the mean height level between eaves and ridges for gable, hip and gambrel roofs. 18. “Building line” means the line of the outside wall of the building or any enclosed projection thereof nearest the street. 19. “Building permit” means a certificate issued permitting a contractor or builder to construct or reconstruct a building or structure. 20. “Camping” means using tents, huts, recreational vehicles or other temporary shelters for temporary lodging, outings or vacations. 21. “Camping trailer” means any vehicle designed, used or so constructed as to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the public streets or highways and duly licensable as such, and constructed in such a manner as will permit occupancy thereof as a dwelling or sleeping place for one or more persons. 22. “Carport” means a roofed structure providing space for the parking of motor vehicles and enclosed on not more than two sides. For the purpose of this Code, a carport attached to a principal building is considered as part of the principal building and subject to all yard requirements herein. 23. “Child care center” means any private agency, institution, establishment or place which provides supplemental parental care and/or educational work, other than lodging overnight, for six (6) or more unrelated children of preschool age, for compensation. 24. “Clinic, medical or dental” means a building or buildings in which physicians, dentists or physicians and dentists and allied professional assistants are associated for the purpose of carrying on their profession. 25. “Commission” means the Cherokee Planning and Zoning Commission. 26. “Conditional use” means a use which is not allowed in the district as a matter of right, but which is permitted upon findings of the Commission that under the particular circumstances present, such use is in harmony with the principal permitted uses of the district. Allowable conditional uses are specifically listed under the district regulations. Uses not so listed shall not be allowed as conditional uses. 27. “Condominium” means an apartment house, the apartments or dwelling units of which are individually owned, each owner receiving a recordable deed enabling the owner to sell, mortgage, exchange, etc. said owner’s unit independent of the owners of the other apartments in the building. 28. “Control zone” means airspace extending upward from the surface of the earth which may include one or more airports and is normally a circular area of five (5) statute miles in radius, with extensions where necessary to include instrument approach and departure paths. 29. “Development” means any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations. 30. “District” means a section or sections of the City within which the regulations governing the use of buildings and premises or the height and area of buildings and premises are uniform. 31. “Dwelling” means any building or portion thereof which is designed and used exclusively for residential purposes. 32. “Dwelling, one-family” means a building having accommodations for and occupied exclusively by one (1) family. 33. “Dwelling, two-family” means a building designed for or occupied exclusively for residence purposes by two (2) families. 34. “Dwelling, multi-family” means a building designed for or occupied exclusively for residence purposes by three (3) or more families or housekeeping units living independently of each other. 35. “Essential services” means the erection, construction, alteration or maintenance by public utilities or governmental agencies of underground or overhead gas, electrical, communication or water transmission or distribution systems, including poles, wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, substations, and other similar equipment and accessories in connection therewith reasonably necessary for the furnishing of adequate service by such public utilities or governmental agencies or for the public health or safety or general welfare, but not including buildings. 36. “Existing construction” means any structure for which the “start of construction” commenced before the effective date of the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map. May also be referred to as “existing structure.” 37. “Existing factory-built home park or subdivision” means a factory-built home park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the factory-built homes are to be affixed (including at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) was completed before the effective date of these flood plain management regulations. 38. “Expansion of existing factory-built home park or subdivision” means the preparation of additional sites by the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the factory-built homes are to be affixed (including at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads). 39. “Factory-built home” means any structure designed for residential use which is wholly or in substantial part made, fabricated, formed or assembled in manufacturing facilities for installation or assembly and installation on a building site. For the purpose of this chapter, factory-built homes include mobile homes, manufactured homes and modular homes and also includes “recreational vehicles” which are placed on a site for greater than 180 consecutive days and not fully licensed for and ready for highway use. 40. “Factory-built home park” means a parcel or contiguous parcels of land divided into two or more factory-built home lots for sale or lease. 41. “Family” means one or more persons occupying a single housekeeping unit and using common cooking facilities, provided that no such family shall contain over five (5) persons not related by blood, adoption or marriage. 42. “Farm” means an area of ten (10) acres or more which is used for the growing of the usual farm products such as vegetables, fruits, trees and grain, and their storage on the farm as well as for the raising thereon of the usual farm poultry and farm animals. The term “farming” includes the operation of such an area for one (1) or more of the above uses, including the necessary accessory uses for treating or storing the produce, provided, however, that the operations of such accessory uses shall be secondary to that of the normal farming activities and provided further that farming does not include the commercial feeding of garbage or offal to swine or other animals. 43. “Filling station” means any building or premises used for the dispensing sale, or offering for sale at retail of fuels or oil of which an attendant uses to service a vehicle. 44. “Flammable liquids” means any liquid which gives off flammable vapors, as determined by the flash point from an open-cup tester as used for test of burning oils, at or below a temperature of eighty (80) degrees Fahrenheit. 45. “Flood” means a general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas resulting from the overflow of streams or rivers or from the unusual and rapid runoff of surface waters from any source. 46. “Flood elevation” means the elevation floodwaters would reach at a particular site during the occurrence of a specific flood. For instance, the 100-year flood elevation is the elevation of floodwaters related to the occurrence of the 100-year flood. 47. “Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM)” means the official map prepared as part of (but published separately from) the Flood Insurance Study which delineates both the flood hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the community. 48. “Flood plain” means any land area susceptible to being inundated by water as a result of a flood. 49. “Flood plain management” means an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damages and promoting the wise use of flood plains, including but not limited to emergency preparedness plans, flood control works, floodproofing and flood plain management regulations. 50. “Floodproofing” means any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures, including utility and sanitary facilities which will reduce or eliminate flood damage to such structures. 51. “Floodway” means the channel of a river or stream and those portions of the flood plains adjoining the channel, which are reasonably required to carry and discharge flood waters or flood flows so that confinement of flood flows to the floodway area will not cumulatively increase the water surface elevation of the base flood by more than one foot. 52. “Floodway fringe” means those portions of the flood plain, other than the floodway, which can be filled, leveed, or otherwise obstructed without causing substantially higher flood levels or flow velocities. 53. “Frontage” means all the property on one side of a street between two (2) intersecting streets (crossing or terminating) measured along the line of the street, or if the street is dead-ended, then all of the property abutting on one side between an intersecting street and the dead end of the street. 54. “Garage, attached” means a private garage attached to a main building by means of common wall, breezeway or roof. 55. “Garage, private” means an accessory building designed or used for the storage of vehicles by the occupants of the premises, including covered parking space or carports. 56. “Garage, public” means a building or portion thereof, other than a private or storage garage, designed or used for equipping, repairing, hiring, servicing, selling or storing motor-driven vehicles. 57. “Garage, storage” means a building or portion thereof designed or used exclusively for housing four (4) or more motor-driven vehicles. 58. “Group home” – See “Residential care facility.” 59. “Halfway house” – See “Residential care facility.” 60. “Historic structure” means any structure that is: A. Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places, maintained by the Department of Interior, or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing in the National Register; B. Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district; C. Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of the Interior; or, D. Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified by either (i) an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior or (ii) directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs. 61. “Home Occupation” means an occupation or a profession conducted in a dwelling unit, which: A. Is customarily carried on in a dwelling unit, and B. Is carried on by a member of the family residing in the dwelling unit, and C. Is clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling unit for residential purposes, and D. Does not employ more than one person outside the immediate family, and E. Has no exterior display, no exterior storage of materials, and no other exterior indication of the home occupation or variation from the residential character of the principal building, other than one exterior sign mounted flush with the face of the building, which sign shall not exceed three (3) square feet in area, and F. Produces no offensive noises, vibration, smoke, dust, odors, heat or glare rendering such building or premises objectionable or detrimental to the residential character of the neighborhood. 62. “Hotel” means a building in which lodging is provided and offered to the public for compensation and which is open to transient guests in contradistinction to a boarding house or lodging house. 63. “Instrument runway” means a runway having an existing instrument approach procedure utilizing air navigation facilities or area type navigation equipment, for which an instrument approach procedure has been approved or planned. 64. “Junk yard” means any area where waste, discarded or salvaged materials are bought, sold, exchanged, baled or packed, disassembled or handled, including the dismantling or wrecking of automobiles or other vehicles or machinery, house-wrecking yards, used lumber yards and places or yards for storage of salvaged house-wrecking and structural steel materials and equipment; but not including areas where such uses are conducted entirely within a completely enclosed building. 65. “Livestock feedlots” means feedlots, buildings, or corrals in which four-legged animals are provided with feed and water. 66. “Lodging houses” means a dwelling, other than a hotel, motel, club, sorority house or fraternity house, where lodging is furnished for compensation to more than four (4) individuals for recreational purposes. 67. “Lot” means a parcel of land having its principal frontage on a public street or place or on a private residence street and whose area, occupied or to be occupied by a building and its accessory building, is of sufficient size to meet the open space requirements of this Code. 68. “Lot measurement” means: A. “Depth” is the mean horizontal distance between the front and rear lot lines. B. “Width” is the distance between straight lines connecting front and rear lot lines at each side of the lot, measured at the minimum building setback line. 69. “Lot of record” means a lot which is part of a subdivision, the plat of which has been recorded in the office of the County Recorder; or a parcel of land, the deed to which was recorded in the office of the County Record prior to the adoption of these regulations. 70. “Lot types” means: A. “Corner lot” is a lot located at the intersection of two (2) or more streets. B. “Interior lot” is a lot other than a corner lot with only one frontage on a street other than an alley. C. “Double frontage lot” is a lot other than a corner lot with frontage on more than one street other than an alley. Lots with frontage on two (2) nonintersecting streets may be referred to as “through” lots. D. “Reversed corner lot” is a corner lot, the side street line of which is substantially a continuation of the front lot line of the first lot to its rear. E. “New lot” is a lot which has not been recorded in the office of the County Recorder prior to the adoption of these regulations. 71. “Lowest floor” means the floor of the lowest enclosed area in a building including a basement except when all the following criteria are met: A. The enclosed area is designed to flood to equalize hydrostatic pressure during floods with walls or openings that satisfy the provisions of Section 165.19(10)(D)(1); and B. The enclosed area is unfinished (not carpeted, drywalled, etc.) and used solely for low damage potential uses such as building access, parking or storage; and C. Machinery and service facilities (e.g., hot water heater, furnace, electrical service) contained in the enclosed area are located at least one foot above the 100-year flood level; and D. The enclosed area is not a “basement” as defined in this section. In cases where the lowest enclosed area satisfies criteria A, B, C and D above, the lowest floor is the floor of the next highest enclosed area that does not satisfy the criteria above. 72. “Minimum descent altitude” means the lowest altitude expressed in feet above mean sea level, to which descent is authorized on final approach or during circle-to-land maneuvering in execution of a standard instrument approach procedure, where no electronic glide slope is provided. 73. “Minimum en route altitude” means the altitude in effect between radio fixes which assures acceptable navigational signal coverage and meets obstruction clearance requirements between those fixes. 74. “Minimum obstruction clearance altitude” means the specified altitude in effect between radio fixes on VOR airways, off-airways routes, or route segments which meets obstruction clearance requirements for the entire route segment and which assures acceptable navigational signal coverage only within twenty-two (22) miles of a VOR. 75. “Mobile home” – See definition in Chapter 146 of this Code of Ordinances. 76. “Mobile home park” – See definition in Chapter 146 of this Code of Ordinances. 77. “Manufactured home” – See definition in Chapter 146 of this Code of Ordinances. 78. “Motel” means a group of two (2) or more buildings containing guest rooms or apartments, with automobile storage space serving such rooms or apartments, which group is designed, intended or used primarily for the accommodation of automobile travelers, and includes groups designated as auto courts, tourist cabins or motor lodges, but not trailer camps. 79. “New construction” (new buildings, factory-built home parks) means those structures or development for which the start of construction commenced on or after the effective date of the Flood Insurance Rate Map. 80. “New factory-built home park or subdivision” means a factory-built home park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the factory-built homes are to be affixed (including at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed on or after the effective date of these flood plain management regulations. 81. “Nonconforming use” means the lawful use of a building or of land at the time of the enactment of these regulations or amendment thereto which does not conform to the regulations as to use for the district in which it is located. 82. “Nursing or convalescent home” means a building or structure having accommodations and where care is provided for invalid, infirm, aged, convalescent, or physically disabled persons, not including insane and other mental cases, inebriate or contagious cases. 83. “100-Year Flood” means a flood, the magnitude of which has a one percent (1%) chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year or which, on the average, will be equaled or exceeded at least once every one hundred (100) years. 84. “Parking space” means a space within a building or on a private or public parking area, for the parking of one automobile. 85. “Permit” means a zoning compliance permit issued by the zoning administrative officer, authorizing the use of land in the manner and purpose specified by these regulations. 86. “Porch, unenclosed” means a roofed projection which has no more than fifty percent (50%) of each outside wall area enclosed by a building or siding material other than meshed screens. 87. “Poultry feedlots” means feedlots, buildings or corrals in which poultry is provided with feed and water. 88. “Principal use” means the main use of land or structures, as distinguished from an accessory use. 89. “Public notice” means the publication of the time and place of any public hearing, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of said hearing, in at least one newspaper having general circulation in the City. 90. “Quonset hut” means a prefabricated shelter made of corrugated metal, shaped like a longitudinal half of a cylinder resting on its flat surface. 91. “Recreational vehicle” means a vehicle which is: A. Built on a single chassis; B. Four hundred (400) square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection; C. Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light duty truck; and D. Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but as a temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use. 92. “Residential care facility” means a place, building or agency providing for a period exceeding twenty-four (24) consecutive hours accommodation, board, personal assistance and other essential daily living activities to individuals (no more than twelve) who, by reason of illness, disease, physical or mental infirmity, are unable to care for themselves but who do not require continuous nursing or medical services. 93. “Retail complex” means a structure or group of structures housing two (2) or more stores or shops for the conducting of any lawful retail business. 94. “Runway” means a runway intended solely for the operation of aircraft using visual approach procedures with no straight-in instrument approach procedure and no instrument designation indicated on a FAA approved airport layout plan, military services approved military airport layout plan, or by any planning document submitted to the FAA by competent authority. 95. “Sign” (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 96. “Sign, off-site” (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 97. “Sign, on-site” (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 98. “Special flood hazard area” means the land within a community subject to the “100-year flood.” This land is identified as Zone A on the Flood Insurance Rate Map. 99. “Special permit use” means a use which is normally allowed in a district, but which is of such a nature as to possess potential to create a public nuisance. Special permit uses are specifically listed under the district regulations. Uses not so listed shall not be allowed as special permit uses. Special permit uses shall be processed subject to the regulations outlined in Section 165.20 and permit shall be issued based upon the findings of the Commission. 100. “Stable, private, public, and riding academy” means a building or structure used or intended to be used commercially for the housing of horses. Riding instructions may be given in connection with a public stable or riding academy. 101. “Start of construction” includes substantial improvement, and means the date the development permit was issued, provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within 180 days of the permit date. The actual start means either the first placement or permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as pouring of a slab or footings, the installation of pile, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation; or the placement of a factory-built home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the property of accessory buildings such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a substantial improvement, the actual start of construction means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of the building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building. 102. “Story” means that portion of a building contained between any floor and the next floor above it; or if there is no floor, then the space between the floor and the ceiling above it. 103. “Story, half” means a space under a sloping roof which has the line of intersection of roof decking and wall face not more than four (4) feet above the top floor level. A half-story containing independent apartment or living quarters shall be counted as a full story. 104. “Street” means any public or private thoroughfare, other than an alley, which affords access to abutting property, including boulevard, highway, road, avenue, drive, or lane, which is a minimum of twenty (20) feet wide and reserved for vehicles. 105. “Street fixtures” means any City-owned fixtures including, but not limited to the following: fire hydrants, light poles and fixtures, bridges, traffic control devices and signs, planters and benches. 106. “Structures” means anything erected or constructed, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment to something having location on the ground. 107. “Structural alterations” means any change except those required by law or ordinance in supporting members of a building, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders, not including openings in bearing walls as permitted by existing ordinances. 108. “Substantial improvement” means any improvement to a structure which satisfies either of the following criteria: A. Any repair, reconstruction, or improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure either (i) before the “start of construction” of the improvement, or (ii) if the structure has been “substantially damaged” and is being restored, before the damage occurred. The term does not, however, include any project for improvement of a structure to comply with existing State or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which are solely necessary to assure safe conditions for the existing use. The term also does not include any alteration of an “historic structure,” provided the alteration will not preclude the structure’s designation as an “historic structure.” B. Any addition which increases the original floor area of a building by twenty-five percent (25%) or more. All additions constructed after the effective date of the Flood Insurance Rate Map, shall be added to any proposed addition in determining whether the total increase in original floor space would exceed twenty-five percent. 109. “Swimming pool” means any body of water which has a minimum depth of eighteen (18) inches or more in an artificial or semi-artificial receptacle of permanent construction. 110. “Tourist home” means a dwelling in which overnight accommodations are provided for transient guests for compensation. 111. “Townhouse” or “row house” means a type of one-family dwelling where common walls are used on both sides of the structure for economy. The shape tends to be narrow and deep to maximize the number of units in a row. A townhouse and the lot upon which it is situated shall be each individually owned, each owner receiving a recordable deed. 112. “Yard” means an open space on the same lot with a building, unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a structure from the ground upward excepting as otherwise provided herein. 113. “Yard, front” means a yard extending across the full width of the lot and lying between the front line of the lot and the nearest line of the main building, other than steps or unenclosed balconies. Bay windows and similar features may project not more than three (3) feet into any front yard, if their width is less than one-third (1/3) of the width of the building. 114. “Yard, rear” means a yard extending across the full width of the lot and measured between the rear line of the lot and the nearest line of the main building, other than open porches, steps or unenclosed balconies. On corner lots, the rear yard shall be considered as parallel to the street upon which the lot has its least dimension. On both corner lots and interior lots, the rear yard shall in all cases be at the opposite end of the lot from the front yard. 115. “Variance” means a grant of relief by a community from the terms of the flood plain management regulations. 116. “Violation” means the failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with this chapter. 117. “Zoning Administration Officer” means the person appointed by the Council to administer and enforce these regulations. 165.05 DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED. For the purpose of these regulations, the City is hereby divided into the following nine (9) primary use districts: “A-1” Agricultural and Conservation District “R-1” Single- and Two-family Residential District “R-2” Multiple-family Residential District “RPUD” Residential Planned Unit Development “M-R” Modified Residential District (Mobile Home Park) “C-1” General Retail Business District “C-M” Commercial – Light Industrial District “M-1” Light Industrial District “M-2” Heavy Industrial District In addition, the flood plain area of the City is hereby divided into the following districts: “FW” Floodway District “FF” Floodway Fringe District “FP” General Flood Plain District These overlay districts provide special regulations designed to reduce flood losses and the requirements of the overlay districts are in addition to those contained in the underlying primary use district. 165.06 OFFICIAL ZONING MAP. The boundaries of the nine (9) primary use districts are hereby established as shown on the Official Zoning Map. The boundaries of the flood plain districts (overlays) are hereby established as shown on the Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map, which shall be an attachment to the Official Zoning Map. The water surface profiles prepared as a part of the Cherokee, Iowa, Flood Insurance Study shall also be an attachment to the Official Zoning Map. The Official Zoning Map, together with all explanatory matter thereon, and attachments, are hereby adopted by reference. The Official Zoning Map and Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map bear the signatures of the Mayor attested by the Clerk and the date of adoption and shall be and remain on file in the office of the Clerk. The boundaries of the zoning districts shall be determined by scaling distances on the Official Zoning Map or the Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map. Where there appears to be a conflict between the mapped boundary on the Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map and actual field conditions, the Zoning Administration Officer shall interpret the district boundaries.† 165.07 NEW TERRITORY. All territory which may hereafter be annexed to the City shall automatically be classed as lying and being in the district classification that is most similar to the County zoning classification previously assigned to the property until such classification shall have been changed by amendment to the zoning regulations as provided by law. 165.08 AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP. Amendments, supplements, or changes of the boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, including the Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map, shall be made by an ordinance amending the zoning regulations. The amending ordinance shall refer to the official zoning map and shall set out the identification of the area affected by legal description and identify the zoning district as the same exists and the new district designation applicable to said property. Said ordinance shall, after adoption and publication, be recorded by the Clerk as other ordinances and a certified copy thereof be attached to the official zoning map. Such amendatory ordinance shall, however, not repeal or reenact said map, but only amend it. The Official Zoning map and Flood Plain Zoning Overlay map, together with amending ordinances, shall be the final authority as to the current zoning status of land and water areas, building, and other structures in the City. Any changes in the Official Flood Plain Zoning Overlay Map must also have the approval of the Iowa Department of Natural Resources before becoming effective. 165.09 APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS. Except as hereinafter provided, no building or land shall hereafter be used or occupied and no building or part thereof shall be erected, moved, or altered unless in conformity with the regulations herein specified for the district in which it is located. 165.10 A-1 AGRICULTURAL AND CONSERVATION DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the A-1 Agricultural and Conservation District. 1. Purpose. This district is designed to preserve in agricultural uses land for eventual development in other uses. A change of zoning from A-1 to any other classification shall be in accordance with planning practice established by the Commission. 2. Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted in all A-1 Districts: A. Agriculture and the usual agricultural buildings, structures, including one (1) mobile home. B. Essential services. C. One and two-family dwellings with accessory buildings. D. Public parks, recreation areas, private recreational areas and centers, including country clubs, swimming pools and golf courses, camping grounds, public and private forests, wildlife preserves and similar conservation areas. E. Cemeteries, including mausoleums and crematories, provided that any mausoleum and crematory shall be distant at least two hundred (200) feet from adjacent property and street and highway lines, and provided further that any new cemetery shall contain an area of twenty (20) acres or more. F. Commercial kennels for the raising, breeding and boarding of dogs and other small animals, providing that all buildings, including runways, be at least two hundred (200) feet from all property lines. G. Stables, private and public, and riding academies and clubs and other structures for housing animals or fowl. Any such structures must be located at least two hundred (200) feet from all boundary lines of the property on which located. H. Commercial swimming pools, golf courses, fishing lakes, gun clubs, skeet-shooting ranges and similar uses. I. Signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) J. Nurseries and greenhouses. K. Home occupations as defined herein. L. Roadside stands not exceeding four hundred (400) square feet in floor area, for the sale of agricultural products grown on the premises. M. Other accessory uses and buildings customarily appurtenant to a permitted use. 3. Conditional Uses. In the A-1 District, the following conditional uses are permitted subject to the approval of the Commission: A. Name plates and non-illuminated signs not to exceed twenty (20) square feet in area identifying the premises, but not containing over twenty percent (20%) brand advertising. B. Commercial mines, quarries and gravel pits. C. Public and semi-public buildings and structures and uses of an administrative, educational, religious, cultural or public service type including colleges. D. Billboards and signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) E.
Livestock. With regard to cattle there is a
limitation to one head with calf per acre, grazing only, with no feedlots or
confinements. 4. Prohibited Uses. The following uses are prohibited in the A-1 District: A. Hogs. B. Poultry. (Ord. 425 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 5. Space Limits. The space limits for the A-1 District are as follows: A. Minimum lot area – 1 acre (43,560 square feet) B. Maximum height of building – 35 feet C. Minimum front yard – 30 feet D. Minimum rear yard – 20 feet E. Minimum side yard – 10 feet F. Minimum side yard at corner – 25 feet G. Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 10%. 6. Parking. Off-street parking space shall be provided for all uses established in this district. See Section 165.21. 7. Height Requirements. Fire towers, ornamental towers and spires, radio, television or microwave towers may be erected to a height in accordance with existing or hereafter adopted regulations of the City, provided, however, that no tower shall be permitted to extend into the approach of clear zone of any public airport. 8. Miscellaneous Provisions. Only one building for living purposes shall be permitted on one zoning lot except as otherwise provided herein. 165.11 R-1 SINGLE AND TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the R-1, Single and Two Family Residential District. 1. Purpose. This district is designed to provide for one- and two-family dwelling areas on lots of moderate size. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted in all R-1 Districts: A. One and two-family dwellings. All dwellings shall be built or installed on a permanent foundation system, which system extends below the frost line and is attached to the dwelling. B. Churches and places of worship and parochial schools. C. Public schools, public libraries, parks, playgrounds. D. Essential services. E. Accessory buildings, including a private garage, either separate or a part of the main building. Such accessory buildings shall not be used as dwellings. F. Temporary buildings used incident to construction work and shall be removed upon abandonment or completion of construction. G. No cellar or basement home shall be occupied as living quarters. H. Private greenhouses not operated for commercial purposes. I. Community swimming pool, not closer than one hundred (100) feet to nearest dwelling unit, enclosed by fence five (5) feet high. J. Private swimming pool and tennis courts enclosed by fencing which is at least five (5) feet high. 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses are permitted in the R-1 District: A. Home occupations. B. The parking of one unoccupied travel trailer or camping trailer shall be permitted in the front yard for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days. C. Real estate lease or sales signs not over nine (9) square feet in area relating to the property on which the sign is located. Such sign shall be not closer to the curb than fifteen (15) feet. D. Professional service sign not to exceed three (3) square feet in area identifying the premises and occupant. E. Other accessory uses customarily and normally found to be appurtenant to uses permitted in this district. F. Rental of sleeping rooms to two (2) individuals not members of the family of the occupant of the dwelling. No signs advertising the availability of such rooms shall be displayed. 4. Excluded Uses. The following uses are excluded in the R-1 District: A. Uses not permitted as principal permitted uses or permitted accessory uses are hereby prohibited. B. The following buildings or units shall not be used for an accessory building or a living unit in this district: (1) Bus (2) Car (3) Van (4) Truck (5) Semi-truck (6) Quonset hut (7) Railroad car (8) Railroad caboose (9) Camp trailer (10) Steel granary (11) House trailer (12) Mobile home C. Billboards (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 5. Conditional Uses. There are no conditional uses in the R-1 District. 6. Space Limits. The following space limits apply in the R-1 District: A. New lots: (1) Minimum lot area – 8,000 square feet. (2) Minimum width of lot – 80 feet average. (3) Maximum height of building – 35 feet or two and one-half (2½) stories (4) Minimum front yard – 30 feet. (5) Minimum rear yard – 20 feet. (6) Minimum side yard – 10 feet. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 25 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 40% of the area of the lot. If more than one lot is used, the percentage shall be computed on combined size of the lots. (9) Minimum width of building – 20 feet. (10) Minimum length of building – 20 feet. (11) Minimum square footage of building – 600 feet. B. Existing Lots; Vacant or the Restoration of an Occupied Lot. (1) Minimum lot area – 5,000 square feet. (2) Minimum width of lot – 50 feet. (3) Maximum height of building – 35 feet or two and one-half (2½) stories). (4) Minimum front yard – setback yard depth on new or altered buildings shall conform to the average setback of existing buildings. (5) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet, except when: (a) a garage is to be entered directly from an alley in a perpendicular or nearly perpendicular manner, the garage setback shall be 20 feet; and (b) an existing accessory (non-conforming) structure that does not comply with the 10-foot minimum rear yard requirement is to be utilizing the same footprint, then the minimum rear yard may be reduced to 5 feet, provided that entry from an alley is prohibited. (Ord. 545 – Jul. 09 Supp.) (6) Minimum side yard – 5 feet. If an existing structure that does not comply with the 5-foot minimum rear yard is to be replaced, then the minimum side yard may be reduced to 3 feet. (Ord. 545 – Jul. 09 Supp.) (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 40% of the area of the lot. If more than one lot is used, the percentage shall be computed on the combined size of the lots. (9) Minimum width of building – 20 feet. (10) Minimum length of building – 20 feet. (11) Minimum square footage of building – 600 feet. C. Accessory Use. (1) Minimum front yard – 30 feet. No accessory building may be erected in any required front yard. (2) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. If a garage is entered directly from an alley in a perpendicular or nearly perpendicular manner, the garage setback shall be 20 feet from the rear lot line. (3) Minimum side yard – 5 feet. (4) Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. (5) Accessory buildings located in the rear or side yard shall not exceed 30% of the square footage of the rear yard, which is measured from the back plane of the house to the rear property line. The aggregate of all accessory buildings shall not exceed 1,008 square feet. (Ord. 532 – Jul. 08 Supp.) (6) The maximum height of any accessory building shall equal the height of the house or measure 18 feet from the floor to the peak, whichever is less. (7) Accessory buildings over 10 x 12 feet must be sided with material similar to that on the principal structure. Roof pitch and material should also be similar to the principal structure. (Ord. 477 – Aug-04 Supp.) (8) No accessory building(s) may be placed upon any lot before a principal structure is constructed. (Ord. 445 – Jun. 03 Supp.) D. Maximum height for this district shall be 35 feet or two and one-half (2½) stories, except for the following: (1) Water tanks and utility poles. (2) Church steeples. (3) Television antennas. (4) Flagpoles. (5) All other uses which are not used for human habitation. (6) Exceptions to the above: uses that would constitute a hazard to airport operations or to other vehicular operations, public or private. 7. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles for dwelling units. All others, see Section 165.21. 8. Special Permit Uses. The following uses and structures may be permitted in the R-1 District subject to the provisions of Section 165.20 and subject to the standards and requirements of these regulations regarding such special permit use. A. Townhouse/row house complex as defined in this chapter and subject to the following: (1) Minimum lot width – 30 feet for each townhouse unit. (2) Minimum lot size – 3,000 square feet for each dwelling unit. (3) No more than six (6) individual townhouse units or lots proposed for such use shall be connected in a continuous row. Where units are not connected, a minimum distance of twelve (12) feet shall be maintained between structures. (4) Minimum side yard – 12 feet for each
townhouse/ (5) Each townhouse/row house development shall contain a minimum of three (3) units. (6) The front and rear yard for townhouse structures shall be maintained uniformly for each development, provided no such front yard is less than thirty-five (35) feet and no rear yard is less than thirty (30) feet. Where a complex is located on a corner lot, a minimum of twenty (20) feet will be maintained as a side yard adjacent to the street. B. Metal sided buildings exceeding 10 x 12 feet in size. 9. Standards and Requirements for Townhouse/row house Complex. A. Minimum Area of Tract. The tract of land for use as townhouse/ row house complex shall be under single or joint ownership. A minimum of thirty percent (30%) of the total land area shall be designated and developed for park and open space purposes, not including the required yard areas and public or private street right-of-way. B. Procedures. When a property owner or
developer wishes to develop a tract of land for townhouse/row house
development, he/she may apply for a special permit use. The townhouse/ C. Council and Commission Notification. Prior to application for a special permit use for townhouse/row house development, the applicant shall notify the Commission and the Council of his/her intent to apply for a special use permit for townhouse/row house development. Such notification shall include a sketch of the proposed development drawn to scale on a topographic survey map indicating the location of the proposed development to existing or platted streets, existing utilities and public facilities, and the present zoning and development of adjacent properties. (1) Within thirty (30) days after such notification the Commission shall review the proposed development from the information provided, submit any comments and the requirements pertaining to the proposed development for review by Council. The Council shall then consult with the developer, informing him/her of the requirements pertaining to the proposed development as required by this and all other applicable ordinances and regulations; after which he/she may apply for a special permit use for townhouse/row house development. (2) Such applicant also shall prepare and submit a preliminary development plan for review and approval by the Commission which shall include: a. A topographic map showing contours at intervals of two (2) feet. b. A plot plan showing: (1) building and sign structure locations on the tract; (2) access for streets; (3) parking arrangement and number of spaces; (4) interior drives and service areas; and (5) area set aside for public open space. c. Location map showing the development and zoning of the adjacent property within two hundred (200) feet, including the location and the type of buildings and structures thereon. d. The full legal description of the boundaries of the properties to be included in the area for which the permit is issued. e. A map showing the general arrangement of streets within an area of 1,000 feet from the boundaries of the area for which the permit is issued. f. A map showing location of proposed sewer, water and other utility lines. g. A description of general character of proposed buildings and any signs to be placed on the site. (3) The applicant may further be asked to furnish other information, such as typical building floor plans, building elevations to show the general architectural character of the buildings, some indications as to size and type of landscape of plant materials, pavements, and other major site developments. (4) The applicant shall provide financial plans and description of the intended means of financing proposed common areas and improvements, statements covering ownership of common easements and common areas, and maintenance of the proposed development. All such plans, statements and homeowners associations or agreement shall be reviewed by the Council and the City Attorney prior to the issuance of a special permit for townhouse/row house development. (5) Upon approval of the preliminary development plan by the Commission, the applicant shall prepare and submit a final development plan, which shall incorporate any changes or alterations requested. Alterations in the preliminary schedule of construction shall be submitted at this time. The final development plan and the Commission’s recommendation shall be forwarded to the Council for their review and final action. (6) Changes in the development plan which increase the number of dwelling units, lot sizes, area of tract of land, the arrangement of buildings, number of parking spaces, and increase in the size or number of other public improvements, and the alignment of the driveways and roadways shall require a resubmission for approval of the application for a special permit use. Any minor changes or adjustments or decrease in the number of dwelling units, common facilities and recreation facilities may be approved by the Zoning Administrator without resubmission. (7) In the event that, within eighteen (18) months after approval by the Council, the applicant does not proceed with construction in accordance with the plan so approved, the special permit shall expire. The Commission shall have the power to extend the special permit deadlines for a maximum of six (6) months where the developer can show substantial reason for doing so. D. All uses prohibited in the R-1 District in which this special permit is issued are prohibited in the special permit uses for townhouse/row house development. 165.12 R-2 MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the R-2 Multiple-family Residential District. 1. Purpose. This district is designed to provide for a medium density residential environment. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted in the R-2 District: A. All uses permitted in the R-1 District, subject to all restrictions specified in the R-1 Districts. B. Condominiums. C. Multiple-family dwellings, group homes and halfway houses, including apartment houses. D. Hospitals, clinics, sanitariums, nursing and convalescent homes and funeral parlors. E. Clubs and lodges; all non-commercial. F. Cemetery, nurseries and greenhouses. G. Essential services. 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses are permitted in the R-2 District: A. All accessory uses permitted in the R-1 District, subject to all restrictions specified in the R-1 District. B. Home occupations. 4. Excluded Uses. The following uses are excluded in the R-2 District: A. Uses not permitted as principal permitted uses, conditional uses or permitted accessory uses are hereby prohibited. B. The following buildings or units shall not be used for an accessory building or a living unit in this district: (1) Bus (2) Car (3) Van (4) Truck (5) Semi-truck (6) Quonset hut (7) Railroad car (8) Railroad caboose (9) Camp trailer (10) Steel granary (11) House trailer C. Billboards. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 5. Conditional Uses. The following conditional uses are permitted in the R-2 District: A. Fraternity and sorority houses when directly associated with a college or university. B. Child care centers. 6. Space Limits. The following space limits apply in the R-2 District: A. New lots for single-family and two-family structures. (1) Minimum lot area – 7,000 square feet. (2) Minimum width of lot – 70 feet. (3) Maximum height of building – 35 feet or two and one-half (2½) stories (4) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (5) Minimum rear yard – 20 feet. (6) Minimum side yard – 10 feet. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 20 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 70% of the area of the lot. If more than one lot is used, the percentage shall be computed on combined size of the lots. (9) Minimum width of building – 20 feet. (10) Minimum length of building – 20 feet. (11) Minimum square footage of building – 600 feet. B. Accessory uses to single-family structures and two-family structures on new lots: (1) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. No accessory building may be erected in any required front yard. (2) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. If a garage is entered directly from an alley in a perpendicular manner, the garage setback shall be 20 feet from the rear lot line. (3) Minimum side yard – 5 feet.(4) Minimum side yard at street corner – 25 feet. (5) Accessory buildings located in the rear or side yard shall not exceed 30% of the square footage of the rear yard, which is measured from the back plane of the house to the rear property line. The aggregate of all accessory buildings shall not exceed 1,008 square feet. (Ord. 532 – Jul. 08 Supp.) (6) The maximum height of any accessory building shall equal the height of the house or measure 18 feet from the floor to the peak, whichever is less. (7) Accessory buildings over 10 x 12 feet must be sided with material similar to that on the principal structure. Roof pitch and design should be complimentary to the principal structure. (8) No accessory building(s) may be placed upon any lot before a principal structure is constructed. (Ord. 446 – Jun. 03 Supp.) C. Existing lots for single-family and two-family structures. (1) Minimum lot area – 5,000 square feet. (2) Minimum width of lot – 50 feet. (3) Maximum height of building – 35 feet or two and one-half (2½) stories. (4) Minimum front yard – setback yard depth on new or altered buildings shall conform to the average setback of existing buildings. (5) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. (6) Minimum side yard – 5 feet. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 40% of the area of the lot. If more than one lot is used, the percentage shall be computed on the combined size of the lots. D. Accessory uses to single-family structures and two-family structures in existing lots. (1) Minimum front yard – setback yard depth on new or altered buildings shall conform to the average setback of existing accessory buildings. (2) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. If a garage is entered directly from an alley in a perpendicular manner, the garage setback shall be 20 feet from the rear lot line. (3) Minimum side yard – 5 feet. (4) Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. (5) Accessory buildings located in the rear or side yard shall not exceed 30% of the square footage of the rear yard, which is measured from the back plane of the house to the rear property line. The aggregate of all accessory buildings shall not exceed 1,008 square feet. (Ord. 532 – Jul. 08 Supp.) (6) The maximum height of any accessory building shall equal the height of the house or measure 18 feet from the floor to the peak, whichever is less. (7) Accessory buildings over 10 x 12 feet must be sided with material similar to that on the principal structure. Roof pitch and design should be complimentary to the principal structure. (8) No accessory building(s) may be placed upon any lot before a principal structure is constructed. (Ord. 446 – Jun. 03 Supp.) E. Multiple-family structures. (1) Minimum lot area – 2,000 square feet per dwelling unit. (2) Minimum zoning lot – 9,000 square feet. (3) Minimum width of lot – 80 feet. (4) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (5) Minimum rear yard – 30 feet. (6) Minimum side yard – 12 feet. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 20 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 75%. (9) Minimum width of building – 20 feet. (10) Minimum length of building – 20 feet. (11) Minimum square footage of building – 600 feet. F. Multiple-family structures on existing lots: (1) Minimum lot area – 1,800 square feet per dwelling. (2) Minimum lot – 5,000 square feet. (3) Minimum width of lot – 50 feet. (4) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (5) Minimum rear yard – 20 feet. (6) Minimum side yard – 6 feet. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 20 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 40%. G. Accessory uses for multiple-family structures: (1) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (2) Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. (3) Minimum side yard – 5 feet. (4) Minimum side yard at street corner – 25 feet. H. Maximum height for this district shall be 50 feet or four (4) stories, except for the following or if otherwise stated: (1) Water tanks and utility poles. (2) Church steeples. (3) Television antennas. (4) Flagpoles. (5) All other uses which are not used for human habitation. (6) Exceptions to the above: uses that would constitute a hazard to airport operations or to other vehicular operations, public or private. 7. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles for dwelling units. All others, see Section 165.21. 8. Special Permit Uses. The following uses and structures may be permitted in the R-2 District subject to the provisions of Section 165.20 and subject to the standards and requirements of these regulations regarding such special permit use. A. Townhouse/row house complex as defined in this chapter and subject to the requirements and standards for townhouse/row house development as provided for in the R-1 Single- and Two-family Residential District regulations regarding such special permit use, provided a minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the total land area shall be designated for park and open space purposes, not including the required yard and public or private street right-of-way. B. Metal sided buildings exceeding 10 x 12 feet in size. 165.13 RPUD RESIDENTIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the RPUD, Residential Planned Unit Development District. 1. Purpose. This district is intended to provide for the orderly development or redevelopment of tracts of land on a unit basis in order to allow a greater flexibility of land use and building locations than is allowed in the R-1 Single-family and R-2 Multiple-family Residential Districts. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted in all RPUD Districts: all uses permitted in both R-1 and R-2 Districts, subject to all restrictions specified for those Districts. 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses are permitted in the RPUD District: all accessory uses permitted in both the R-1 and R-2 Districts, subject to all restrictions specified for those Districts. 4. Excluded Uses. The following uses are excluded in the RPUD District: A. Uses not permitted as principal permitted uses, conditional uses or permitted accessory uses in the R-1 and R-2 Districts are prohibited. B. The following buildings or units shall not be used for an accessory building or a living unit in this district: (1) Bus (2) Car (3) Van (4) Truck (5) Semi-truck (6) Quonset hut (7) Railroad car (8) Railroad caboose (9) Camp trailer (10) Steel granary (11) House trailer C. Billboards. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 5. Conditional Uses. The following conditional uses are permitted in the RPUD District: all conditional uses permitted in both the R-1 and R-2 Districts. 6. Space Limits. The following space limits apply in the RPUD District: A. New or existing lots: (1) Minimum lot area – none. (2) Minimum width of lot – none. (3) Maximum height of building – none.† (4) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (5) Minimum rear yard – none. (6) Minimum side yard – none. (7) Minimum side yard at street corner – 25 feet. (8) Maximum ground coverage – none. (9) Where the boundaries of the RPUD District adjoin with other zoning districts, the Commission and Council may require suitable screening or buffering in the absence of an appropriate physical barrier. B. Accessory uses to RPUD structures on new or existing lots: (1) Minimum front yard – 25 feet. (2) Minimum rear yard – none. (3) Minimum side yard – none. (4) Minimum side yard at street corner – 25 feet. 7. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles for dwelling units. All others, see Section 165.21. 165.14 M-R MODIFIED RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the M-R Modified Residential District. 1. Purpose. This district is designed to provide for the inclusion of mobile/manufactured home parks in specifically zoned districts, which are suitable for mobile dwellings. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following principal uses are permitted in the M-R District: A. Any permitted accessory use allowed in the primary district to which the M-R District classification is appended and when established according to the rules and conditions of the primary zone. B. Those necessary uses other than those permitted by the primary district regulations, but which are or may in the future be required for inclusion in mobile/manufactured home parks by other ordinances of the City. 3. Conditional Uses. The following conditional uses are permitted in the M-R District: any conditional use permitted in the primary district to which the M-R District classification is appended when established according to the rules and conditions of the primary districts. 4. Building Permits. Building permits shall be obtained from the City Administrator or his/her designee before proceeding with the erection, construction, moving in, or the structural alteration of any mobile/ manufactured home, building or structure, in accordance with Section 165.27 of this Code of Ordinances. 5. Space Limits. All space limit provisions of the primary district to which the M-R District classification is appended shall be adhered to except that mobile homes/manufactured homes may be parked in compliance with minimum standards of other ordinances of the City. In any case, the following minimum standards shall apply: A. Minimum area of mobile/manufactured home district – 10 acres. B. Maximum area of mobile/manufactured home district – 15 acres. C. Minimum single lot area – 6,250 square feet. D. Minimum double lot area – 8,750 square feet. E. Minimum width of single lot – 50 feet. F. Minimum width of double lot – 70 feet. G. Maximum height of building – 24 feet or one and one-half (1½) stories. H. Lots are to be designated as either single or double wide lots, and no double wide or larger home will be allowed to occupy a single wide lot. 6. Setback Regulations (including accessory buildings). A. Minimum front yard – 20 feet. B. Minimum rear yard – 10 feet. C. Minimum side yard – 5 feet. D. Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. E. Maximum ground coverage including accessory buildings – 40% of the area of the lot. 7. Procedures. The M-R District shall be considered as a separate and distinct zoning classification and shall be appended to a primary district in the same manner in which zoning map changes are made under the provisions of the statutes of the State of Iowa and of these regulations, and shall modify the regulations applying to the specific sites or zoning lots upon which the M-R District is designated. 8. Mobile/Manufactured Home Park Layout. The design of a mobile/manufactured home park shall comply with the following minimum requirements. A. No mobile homes manufactured before 1976 will be allowed in a mobile/manufactured home park within City Limits. B. Mobile/manufactured homes older than ten years old shall not be located or relocated into a newly developed mobile home park, unless a variance is applied for and approved. C. A mobile/manufactured home shall not be occupied for dwelling purposes unless it is properly placed on a mobile/ manufactured home site and connected to water, sewer, electrical and natural gas utilities. D. Access Roads. All roads shall be continuous, and all streets and roads shall be hard surfaced with curb and gutter. E. Main Access Roads. Main access roads shall provide for two-way traffic and shall be thirty-one (31) feet back to back or more in width, excluding parking. Where parking is permitted along such roads, an additional six (6) feet of road for parallel parking and an additional sixteen (16) feet of road of diagonal parking is permitted. F. Parking Space. At least two (2) off-street, hard surfaced motor vehicle parking spaces shall be provided for every mobile home/manufactured home space in a mobile/manufactured home park. G. Recreation/Greenspace Area Required. A minimum of one hundred (100) square feet for each mobile home/manufactured home space in the mobile/manufactured home park shall be provided as recreation/greenspace area. H. Lighting Required. All mobile/manufactured home parks shall contain lighting units so spaced and equipped with approved fixtures placed at such mounting heights as will provide for the safe movement of pedestrians and vehicles at night. I. Walks Required. Walks shall be provided from the entrance door to the parking area of each unit, and in all perimeter areas adjacent to the public right-of-way. These walks shall be at least three (3) feet wide and shall be constructed of concrete. J. Ground Anchors and Tiedowns. Ground anchors shall be installed by the lot owner or developer at each mobile/manufactured home stand prior to or when the mobile/manufactured home is located thereon to permit tiedowns. Ground anchors shall be placed not more than twelve (12) feet on center beginning from the front end of the stand congruent with the front wall of the mobile/manufactured home. Not more than six (6) feet of open end spacing shall be provided at the rear line of the stand unless additional ground anchors are installed. Each mobile/manufactured home shall be provided with tiedowns to the main framing members of the home. Every owner or occupant of a mobile/manufactured home shall secure the same against wind damage, and every owner, operator or person in charge and control of a mobile/manufactured home park shall inspect and enforce this requirement. K. Skirting. Skirting of a permanent type material and construction and consistent with the exterior of the mobile/ manufactured home shall be installed to enclose the open space between the bottom of a mobile home/manufactured home floor, and the grade level of the stand. Skirting shall be so constructed as to provide substantial resistance to heavy winds. Required skirting shall be installed within 30 days after initial occupancy unless prohibited by frozen ground, in which event such skirting shall be installed immediately after the ground becomes unfrozen. In all instances skirting shall be installed no later than June 1 of the year following occupation of the lot space. L. Mobile/Manufactured Home Stand. The mobile/ manufactured home stand shall provide for the practical placement of the home and removal of the home from the mobile/ manufactured home space. Access to the stand shall be kept free of trees or other immovable obstruction. The mobile/manufactured home stand shall be constructed of appropriate material (such as concrete), be properly graded, placed and compacted in order to provide durable and adequate support of the maximum loads during all seasons of the year. The stand shall react as a fixed support and remain intact under the weight of the mobile/manufactured home due to frost action, inadequate drainage, vibration, wind or other forces acting on the structure. Adequate surface drainage shall be obtained by proper grading of the stand and the mobile/manufactured home space. Grading shall provide for diversion of water away from the stand, prevent standing water and soil saturation and divert the surface runoff to adequate outfalls or drainage swales. M. Storm Shelters. Every mobile/manufactured home park which is constructed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section shall be provided with above or below-grade storm shelters. These shelters shall have a minimum floor area of seven (7) square feet for each manufactured/mobile home space in the park. No shelter shall be located more than 660 linear feet from any home space. Shelters shall be designed by a licensed structural engineer or architect and built in accordance with plans as approved by the City Engineer, Building Inspector or licensed structural engineer or architect. N. Health Rules and Regulations. The rules and regulations of the State Department of Health on mobile/manufactured home park layout shall be followed. O. Water Supply. All manufactured/mobile home stands and community facilities shall be connected to the City’s water supply and its supply used exclusively. The water system and all appurtenances shall be designed, constructed and maintained according to the specifications and requirements of the City of Cherokee. Individual water service connections and meters shall be provided for direct use by each mobile/manufactured home lot space. P. Sewage Disposal. All sewer lines of the mobile/manufactured home park shall be connected to the City of Cherokee sewer system. The sewer system and all appurtenances shall be designed, constructed and maintained according to the specifications and requirements of the City. Provisions shall be made for securely plugging the sewer riser pipe when a manufactured/mobile home does not occupy the lot. Q. Community Building. A community building may be provided for the residents of the mobile/manufactured home park. Restroom facilities are required in any community building. R. Refuse Disposal. Refuse disposal is to be in compliance and in the same manner as the current refuse disposal method for the remainder of the City. S. Insect and Rodent Control. Insect and rodent control measures to safeguard public health, as recommended by the health officer or County sanitarian, shall be applied to all mobile/manufactured home parks. T. Storm Drains. Storm drains shall be installed at a grade to insure velocity of two feet per second when flowing full. Storm water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. U. Fire Protection. Fire hydrants shall be installed according to the recommendations of the Fire Department, and shall meet or exceed existing standards in the community. There shall also be a portable fire extinguisher, approved by the Fire Department, in each community building. V. Speed Limit. The maximum speed limit for any vehicle in a mobile/manufactured home park shall be fifteen (15) miles per hour. W. Fuel for Mobile/Manufactured Homes. Cylinders containing liquefied petroleum gas or oil that are to be used for stoves or heating of mobile homes/manufactured homes by copper or other metallic tubing shall be provided with leakproof connections. The cylinders shall be securely fastened in place and may not be closer than five feet from any mobile/manufactured home exit. State Code regulations regarding storage of fuels will be followed. 9. Responsibilities of Mobile/Manufactured Home Park Occupants. A. The mobile/manufactured home park occupant shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section and regulations issued hereunder, and shall maintain his/her mobile/manufactured home lot, its facilities and equipment in good repair and in a clean and sanitary condition. B. All City ordinances with respect to keeping of animals and pets shall apply. C. All City ordinances with respect to public nuisances shall apply. 10. Miscellaneous Provisions. Miscellaneous provisions are as follows: A. The entire mobile/manufactured home park shall be treated as one zoning lot, except that when uses other than those normally included or required by ordinance within a mobile/manufacture park are established within the boundaries of a park. Then a separate zoning lot shall be designated for the other use. B. Chapter 145, Dangerous Buildings, of this Code of Ordinances shall be complied with in any mobile/manufactured home park. C. Building permits shall be applied for and obtained for the construction of any accessory buildings and fences. Building permit applications shall be required to contain signatures of both the mobile/manufactured home park owner and the tenant occupying the lot space. A covenant addressing types and ownership of accessory buildings, fences and any other structures constructed on mobile/manufactured home lots shall be in place. D. Where the boundary of a mobile/manufactured home park directly abuts another use district, the City Council may, where it is deemed necessary, require an area a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet in width be reserved along the perimeter of the park. The erection of a fence or wall 6 feet in height of a material which will provide a significant visual and sound barrier, and/or screen plantings at least 8 feet high at maturity shall be required. Where the boundary of a mobile/manufactured home park abuts an R zoning district, the City Council may require additional greenbelt area or screening. E. In a mobile/manufactured home subdivision, only one (1) mobile/manufactured home shall be permitted on each approved mobile/manufactured home lot. No recreational vehicles or conventional construction shall be permitted on the mobile/ manufactured home lot of living purposes. F. The requirements for a newly designated M-R District shall be in accordance with the requirements located in Chapter 166, Subdivision Regulations, of this Code of Ordinances. A general landscaping plan must be submitted, along with the preliminary and final plat, to the Planning and Zoning Commission and to the City Council for approval. 11. Nonconforming Uses. A. In the interest of public health and safety, a change of ownership of an existing nonconforming mobile/manufactured home park will require the park to attain conforming status, including utility connections, within a period of time no longer than three (3) years from the date of the change of ownership, with the exception of the size requirement. B. All mobile/manufactured homes and mobile home parks lawfully established and within the City of Cherokee prior to the adoption of the ordinance codified in this section, or which may become part of the City of Cherokee as a result of annexation, which are being used in a manner or for a purpose which is otherwise lawful, but which do not conform to the provisions of this section, shall be deemed to be a lawfully vested nonconforming use and as such may continue in the manner and to the extent that it lawfully existed at the time of the adoption of such ordinance and/or the annexation of said property, except that any expansion must comply with this chapter. C. Existing mobile/manufactured home parks may hereafter be expanded or enlarged, provided such expansion or enlargement in the new area is done in compliance with the provisions of this section and provided that the land area for the entire mobile/manufactured home park, including both existing and expanded areas, is at least ten acres in size. Nonconforming mobile/manufactured homes used for residential purposes located on lots outside a mobile/manufactured home park shall not be relocated, altered or replaced except in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. D. Alterations or changes may be made within an existing vested nonconforming mobile/manufactured home park, provided that the number of homes is not increased and provided that the size of any mobile/manufactured home space is not decreased below the minimum required by this chapter. Minor alterations or changes may be approved administratively by the City Administrator or his/her designee, provided a building permit is applied for and obtained. Minor alterations or changes shall include: construction of or additions to storage buildings, community or recreation facilities, maintenance buildings, accessory buildings or structures that are complementary to an individual mobile/manufactured home, outdoor vehicle or boat storage areas, or other similar type uses. All construction shall meet the setback and spacing requirements as required by the M-R zoning district. E. Any nonconforming mobile/manufactured home or mobile/ manufactured home park which is abandoned, unused or unoccupied for a period of one (1) year or more shall not again be devoted to its prior use until it is brought into compliance with the provisions of this section. F. Any nonconforming mobile/manufactured home or mobile/ manufactured home park which is hereafter damaged by any means to an extent exceeding sixty percent (60%) or more of its replacement cost at the time of destruction, exclusive of foundations, shall not be restored or reconstructed for its prior use until it is brought into compliance with the provisions of this section, provided it be reconstructed within one (1) year of such damaging event. G. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the maintenance and repair of nonconforming mobile/manufactured homes and mobile/ manufactured home parks to keep such homes and parks in sound and safe condition, provided no enlargement, extension, alteration or change shall be made to increase the degree of nonconformity. 12. Responsibilities of Community Management. Each mobile/ manufactured home park shall be operated in a sanitary, orderly and efficient manner, and shall maintain a neat appearance at all times. No damaged or deteriorated mobile/manufactured homes shall be permitted to remain, and suitable and effective rules for regulating the outside storage of equipment, the removal of wheels and installation of skirting, the collection of trash and garbage and the attachment of appurtenances to the mobile/manufactured homes shall be continually enforced. The public nuisance abatement procedure included in this Code of Ordinances shall be enforced. All drives, playground areas and equipment, lawns and trees, and any recreation or accessory buildings shall be maintained at a level at least equal to the average residential neighborhood in the City. All portions of the mobile/manufactured home park shall be open an accessible to fire, police and other emergency and protective vehicles and personnel, including City, County and State inspectors. 13. Violations. Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of this section shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during which any violation of any of the provisions of this section is committed, continued or permitted.
(Ord. 476 – Aug-04 Supp.) 1. Purpose. This zone is designed to provide for a wide range of retail and service establishments. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following regulations and uses permitted shall apply to all C-1 Districts for conducting of any lawful retail business: A. All uses permitted in any R Districts subject to all lot requirements and restrictions specified in each district. B. All uses permitted in the Central Business District. C. Retail businesses such as follows: (1) Auction rooms (2) Auto sales (3) Body shop (4) Bowling alley (5) Dairy product storage (6) Frozen food lockers (7) General storage and warehouse, pertinent to the principal use of the primary business (it shall not be a separate business). All other types of general storage/warehouses require a special permit. (8) Hotels and motels, including swimming pools (9) Motor bike shop (10) Skating rink (11) Telephone exchange (12) Utility offices, service building and storage area (pole yard excluded) (13) Veterinary office and animal hospital (14) Welding and repair shops D. Drive-in eating and drinking establishments, summer gardens and road houses, including entertainment and dancing, provided the principal building is distant at least one hundred (100) feet from any R District. E. Multiple dwelling units, including rooming houses and boarding houses and tourist homes. F. Essential services. 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses are permitted in the C-1 District: A. Any permitted accessory use allowed in the R District, subject to the conditions specified by that district. B. Accessory uses for commercial development shall include those normally appurtenant to such development, except as further specified herein. C. Signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 4. Conditional Uses. Fire stations, garages, filling stations and convenience stores, upon recommendation of the Commission and approval of the Council, and subject to such conditions and safeguards as deemed appropriate by said Council and upon securing of a permit therefor. Also, garages, filling stations and convenience stores are subject to the following provisions: A. Pumps, lubricating or other devices are located at least twenty (20) feet from any street line or highway right-of-way. B. All fuel, oil or similar substances are stored at least thirty-five (35) feet distance from any street or lot line. 5. Space Limits. The following space limits shall apply in the C-1 District: A. Minimum lot area of business – no regulation. B. Minimum lot area for residential structures or mixed business and residential structure – equal to that required in the least restricted residential district for the same type of dwelling. C. Minimum width of lot – as currently platted. D. Maximum height of building – no regulation. E. Minimum front yard – no regulation. F. Minimum rear yard – no regulation. G. Minimum side yard – no regulation. H. Minimum side yard at street corner - no regulation. I. Maximum ground coverage – 100%. J. Commercial radio, microwave, or television-broadcasting or transmitting towers or telephone relay towers may be installed provided they meet the following criteria for approval: (1) The height and location shall not interfere with the operation of any public airport or public landing strip. (2) A special permit is received from the Commission as provided by these regulations. 6. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles for dwelling units. All others, see Section 165.21. (Ord. 491 – Aug-04 Supp.) 165.16 C-M COMMERCIAL-LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the C-M Commercial-Light Industrial District. 1. Purpose. This district provides for a wide range of commercial with limited industrial uses, all of which shall be able to meet comparatively rigid specifications as to nuisance-free performance. This district specifically excludes residences. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following regulations and uses permitted shall apply to all Commercial-Light Industrial Districts: A. Any use allowed in C District, except that all dwellings and other types of living accommodations shall be prohibited except that quarters for a watchman or caretaker shall be permitted as an accessory use for any permitted use occupying more than twenty thousand (20,000) square fee of lot area. All C District uses permitted in the Commercial-Light Industrial District are subject to all the restrictions specified for the C District, with exception of space limits. B. Manufacturing and processing uses which can meet the performance standards for this district set forth below, provided such is not specifically prohibited. C. Wholesaling and warehousing, but not including the bulk storage of petroleum products or liquid fertilizer under pressure. D. Essential services. E. Loading spaces: (1) Loading docks and parking spaces for same shall be within the zoned lot. (2) Such space may occupy all or any part of any required yard or open space, except where adjoining a residential district, it shall be set back five (5) feet and be effectively screen-planted. F. Signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) 3. Excluded Uses. The following uses are hereby declared incompatible with the purpose of the C-M District and are hereby expressly excluded: A. Dwellings except caretaker and watchman quarters. B. Public, parochial, and private schools and colleges, except trade schools. C. Mobile home parks. D. Any use not enumerated as principal permitted use or conditional use in this zone. 4. Permitted Accessory Uses. Any accessory use normally appurtenant to a permitted use shall be allowed provided such use shall conform with all performance standards set forth for this zone. 5. Conditional Uses. The Commission may recommend allowance of recreational uses which are temporary in nature and do not involve any appreciable amount of fixed construction and which will not interfere with the efficient functioning of the zone for its primary purpose of providing for manufacturing and commercial establishments. 6. Space Limits. The following space limits apply to the C-M District: A. Minimum lot area – no regulation. B. Minimum width of lot – 40 feet. C. Maximum height of building – no regulation. D. Minimum front yard – no regulation. E. Minimum rear yard – no regulation. F. Minimum side yard – no regulation. G. Minimum side yard at street corner – 15 feet. H. Maximum ground coverage – 100%. I. Commercial radio, microwave and television towers may be installed provided they meet the following criteria for approval: (1) The height and location shall not interfere with the operation of any public airport or public landing strip. (2) A special permit is received from the Commission as provided by these regulations. 7. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate one (1) vehicle for each employee and one additional for each ten (10) employees. All others see Section 165.21. 8. Performance Standards. To be a permitted use in the C-M District, whether as a permitted use or as a permitted conditional use, such use must meet the following performance standards: A. Physical Appearance. All operations shall be carried on within an enclosed building. Normal daily wastes of an inorganic nature may be stored in containers not in a building when such containers are not readily visible from a street. However, unprocessed or processed materials and/or products may not be stored outside in an unsightly manner. B. Fire Hazard. No operation shall involve the use of highly flammable gasses, acid, liquids, grinding processes or other inherent fire hazards. This provision shall not be construed to prohibit the use of normal heating fuels, motor fuels and welding gasses when handled in accordance with other ordinances of the City. C. Vibration. All machines including punch presses and stamping machines shall be so mounted as to minimize vibration and in no case shall such vibration exceed a displacement of three thousandths of an inch measured at the zoning lot line. The use of steam or broad hammers shall not be permitted in this zone. D. Glare and Heat. All glare, such as welding areas and open furnaces, shall be shielded so that they shall not be visible from the zoning lot line. No heat from furnaces or processing equipment shall be sensed at the zoning lot line to the extent of raising the temperature of air or materials more than five degrees (5º) Fahrenheit. 9. Prohibited Uses. The following uses are prohibited in the C-M District: A. Any production or activity that will produce or cause to be produced odors of an obnoxious or unpleasant nature. B. Any production or activity that will produce or cause to be produced noise or sound with highly irritating volume or pitch. 165.17 REVISED M-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the M-1 Light Industrial District. 1. Purpose. This district provides for a wide range of commercial and industrial uses, all of which shall be able to meet comparatively rigid specifications as to nuisance-free performance. This district specifically excludes residences. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following regulations and uses permitted shall apply to all light industrial districts: A. Any use allowed in C Districts, except that all dwellings and other types of living accommodations shall be prohibited except that quarters for a watchman or caretaker shall be permitted as an accessory use for any permitted use occupying more than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet of lot area. All C District uses permitted in the light industrial zone are subject to all the restrictions specified for the C District, with exception of space limits. B. Manufacturing and processing uses which can meet the performance standards for this district set forth below, provided such is not specifically prohibited. C. Wholesaling and warehousing, but not including the bulk storage of petroleum products or liquid fertilizer under pressure. D. Farm implement display, sales, service and repair. E. Truck and freight terminal. F. Animal hospital or kennel. G. Vehicle display, sales, repair and storage. H. Welding and repair shop. I. Railroads and public utilities including storage and maintenance yards. J. Lumber yard and building material sale and storage. K. Sand and gravel storage. L. Animal feeding, sale barns and livestock. M. Elevators and mills. N. Bulk fuel storage. O. Structural iron and steel fabrication. P. Contractor storage yards. Q. Grain storage. R. Electric generating station. S. Landing fields for aircraft, including airplanes, helicopters and other types of aircraft and facilities accessory to the normal and continual operation of a landing field. T. Essential services. U. Loading spaces: (1) Loading docks and parking spaces for same shall be within the zoned lot. (2) Such space may occupy all or any part of any required yard or open space, except where adjoining a residential district, it shall be set back five (5) feet and be effectively screen-planted. V. Signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) W. Storage, warehouses, freight stations. 3. Excluded Uses. The following uses are hereby declared incompatible with the purpose of the M-1 District and are hereby expressly excluded: A. Dwellings except caretaker and watchman quarters. B. Public, parochial, and private schools and colleges, except trade schools. C. Hospitals, clinics, and other institutions for the housing or care of human beings. D. Motels, hotels and mobile home parks. E. Any use not enumerated as principal permitted use or conditional use in this zone. 4. Permitted Accessory Uses. Any accessory use normally appurtenant to a permitted use shall be allowed provided such use shall conform with all performance standards set forth for this zone. 5. Conditional Uses. The Commission may recommend allowance of recreational uses which are temporary in nature and do not involve construction and which will not interfere with the efficient functioning of the zone for its primary purpose of providing for manufacturing and heavy commercial establishments, including concrete products plants. 6. Space Limits. The following space limits apply to the M-1 District: A. Minimum lot area – no regulation. B. Minimum width of lot – 100 feet. C. Maximum height of building – no regulation. D. Minimum front yard – 40 feet. E. Minimum rear yard – 30 feet. F. Minimum side yard – 20 feet. G. Minimum side yard at street corner – 35 feet. H. Maximum ground coverage – 75%. I. Commercial radio, microwave and television towers may be installed provided they meet the following criteria for approval: (1) The height and location shall not interfere with the operation of any public airport or public landing strip. (2) A special permit is received from the Commission as provided by these regulations. 7. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate one vehicle for each employee and one additional for each ten (10) employees. All others see Section 165.21. 8. Performance Standards. To be a permitted use in the M-1 Light Industrial District, whether as a permitted use or as a permitted conditional use, such use must meet the following performance standards: A. Physical Appearance. All operations shall be carried on within an enclosed building except that new materials or equipment in operable condition may be stored in the open. Normal daily wastes of an inorganic nature may be stored in containers not in a building when such containers are not readily visible from a street. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to prohibit the display of merchandise or vehicles for sale or the storage of vehicles, boats, farm machinery, trailers, mobile homes or similar equipment when in operable condition. B. Fire Hazard. No operation shall involve the use of highly flammable gasses, acid, liquids, grinding processes or other inherent fire hazards. This provision shall not be construed to prohibit the use of normal heating fuels, motor fuels and welding gasses when handled in accordance with other ordinances of the City. C. Vibration. All machines including punch presses and stamping machines shall be so mounted as to minimize vibration and in no case shall such vibration exceed a displacement of three thousandths of an inch measured at the zoning lot line. The use of steam or broad hammers shall not be permitted in this zone. D. Glare and Heat. All glare, such as welding areas and open furnaces, shall not be visible from the zoning lot line. No heat from furnaces or processing equipment shall be sensed at the zoning lot line to the extent of raising the temperature of air or materials more than five degrees (5º) Fahrenheit.
(Ord. 492 – Aug-04 Supp.) 165.18 M-2 HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT. Following are the regulations for the M-2 Heavy Industrial District: 1. Purpose. This district provides for the widest range of industrial operation permitted in the City. It is the district for the location of those industries which have not reached a technical stage in processing which renders them free of nuisance factors or where economics precludes construction and operation in a nuisance-free manner. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following regulations and uses permitted shall apply to all heavy industrial districts: A. Any industrial, manufacturing, and processing which can meet the performance standards for this district as set forth below, except as herein modified, but which is not prohibited. B. Any use allowed in the M-1 District except those uses also allowed in the C District, except as herein modified C. Concrete products plant. D. Processing and handling of cheese, butter, and other milk products. E. Bulk storage of petroleum products or liquid fertilizer and propane under pressure. F. Feed mill processing plants. G. Grain processing plants. H. Essential services. I. Signs. Only the following, provided that: (1) Free standing signs do not exceed 35 feet in height. (2) Signs attached to the building do not project above the height of the building more than 5 feet. J. Retail businesses such as follows: (1) Appliance sales and service (2) Auction rooms (3) Auto parts and body shops (4) Auto sales and service (5) Bicycle or motor bike shop (6) Computer centers (7) Contractor and architect offices (8) Concrete products plant (9) Dairy product storage (10) Electrical repair and supply (11) Fire station (12) Freight stations (13) Frozen food lockers (14) News media (15) Nursery store (16) Paint supplies (17) Printing shops (18) Plumbing shops (19) Radio or television studio station (20) Telephone exchange (21) Trailer sales (mobile homes, campers) (22) Trade school (23) Upholstery shops (24) Veterinary office (25) Welding and repair shops 3. Special Permit Uses. The following uses and structures may be permitted in the M-2 District, subject to the provisions in Section 165.20 and subject to performance standards of the M-2 District. A. Asphalt plant B. Rock, sand or cement crushing C. Chemical plant D. Rendering plant (animal) E. Fertilizer manufacturing or storage F. Explosive manufacturing or storage G. Cement, lime, gypsum, and plaster of Paris manufacturing. H. Smelting of metals I. Glue manufacturing J. Storage of radioactive materials K. Sanitary landfill, waste disposal L. Gravel and sand pits or storage M. Electrical generating plant N. Dog pound O. Railroad maintenance shop and yard P. Junk yards, auto parts salvage and auto wrecking yards. Q. Meat packing: the processing, slaughtering, eviscerating, skinning of livestock, manufacturing of by-products and processing of the carcass. R. Yards for the holding of livestock. 4. Excluded Uses. The following uses are hereby declared incompatible with the purpose of the M-2 District and are hereby expressly excluded: A. Any use which cannot meet the performance standards set forth herein. B. Dwellings except caretaker and watchman quarters as set forth in the provisions of the M-1 District C. Schools and colleges, except trade schools. D. Hospitals, clinics, rest homes and other institutions for the housing or care of human beings, except that medical facilities accessory to any industrial operation shall be permitted. E. Motels, hotels, and mobile home parks. 5. Permitted Accessory Uses. Any accessory use normally appurtenant to a permitted use shall be allowed, provided such use shall conform with all performance standards set forth for this zone. 6. Conditional Uses. The Commission may recommend allowance of recreational uses which are temporary in nature and do not involve any appreciable amount of fixed construction and which will not interfere with the efficient functioning of the zone for its primary purpose of providing for manufacturing and heavy commercial establishments. 7. Space Limits. The following space limits apply to the M-2 District: A. Minimum lot area – no regulation. B. Minimum width of lot – 100 feet. C. Maximum height of building – no regulation. D. Minimum front yard – no regulation. E. Minimum rear yard – there shall be a rear yard of not less than ten percent (10%) of the depth of the lot. F. Minimum side yard – no regulation. G. Minimum side yard at street corner – 35 feet. H. Maximum ground coverage – 90%. I. Commercial radio, microwave and television towers may be installed provided they meet the following criteria for approval: (1) The height and location shall not interfere with the operation of any public airport or public landing strip. (2) A special permit is received from the Commission as provided by these regulations. 8. Parking. Off-street parking space shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles. See Section 165.21. 9. Performance Standards. To be a permitted use in the M-2 Heavy Industrial District, whether as a permitted use, a special permit use, or as a permitted conditional use, such use must meet the following performance standards: A. Physical Appearance. Junk, salvage, auto wrecking and similar operations shall be shielded from view from streets and from adjacent properties in another zone by means of a sturdy, sight-obscuring fence in good repair. B. Fire Hazard. All flammable substances involved in any activity established in this zone shall be handled in conformance with the standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and any additional regulations of the Cherokee Fire Department. C. Vibration. All machines including punch presses and stamping machines shall be so mounted as to minimize vibration. Vibration shall not be so excessive that it interferes with industrial operations on nearby zoning lots. D. Glare and Heat. All glare, such as welding areas and open furnaces, shall be shielded so that they shall not be visible from the zoning lot line. No heat from furnaces or processing equipment shall be sensed at the zoning lot line to the extent of raising the temperature of air or materials more than five degrees (5º) Fahrenheit.
165.19 FLOOD PLAIN DISTRICTS. 1. Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to protect and preserve the rights, privileges and property of the City and its residents and to preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare and comfort and convenience of its residents by minimizing flood losses with provisions designed to: A. Reserve sufficient flood plain area for the conveyance of flood flows so that flood heights and velocities will not be increased substantially. B. Restrict or prohibit uses which are dangerous to health, safety, or property in times of flood or which cause excessive increases in flood heights or velocities. C. Require that uses vulnerable to floods, including public utilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction or substantial improvement. D. Protect individuals from buying lands which may not be suited for intended purposes because of flood hazard. E. Assure that eligibility is maintained for property owners in the community to purchase flood insurance through the National Flood Insurance Program. 2. Lands To Which Section Applies. The provisions of this section shall apply to all lands within the jurisdiction of the City shown on the Official Flood Plain Zoning Map as being within the boundaries of the Floodway, Floodway Fringe, and General Flood Plain Districts. The Flood Boundary and Floodway Map prepared as part of the Flood Insurance Study for the City, dated January 2, 1981, is hereby adopted by reference and declared to be the Official Flood Plain Zoning Map. The flood profiles and all explanatory material contained with the Flood Insurance Study are also declared to be a part of this chapter. 3. Rules For Interpretation of District
Boundaries. The boundaries of the zoning district areas shall be determined
by scaling distances on the Official Flood Plain Zoning Map. When an
interpretation is needed as to the exact location of a boundary, the Zoning
Administration Officer shall make the necessary interpretation. The Board
of Adjustment shall hear and decide appeals when it is alleged that there
is an error in any requirement, decision, or determination made by the
Zoning 4. Compliance. No structure or land shall hereafter be used and no structure shall be located, extended, converted or structurally altered without full compliance with the terms of this section and other applicable regulations which apply to uses within the jurisdiction of this section. 5. Abrogation and Greater Restrictions. It is not intended by this section to repeal, abrogate or impair any existing easements, covenants, or deed restrictions. However, where this section imposes greater restrictions, the provision of this section shall prevail. Any ordinances inconsistent with this section are hereby repealed to the extent of the inconsistency only. 6. Interpretation. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this section shall be held to be minimum requirements and shall be liberally construed in favor of the governing body and shall not be deemed a limitation or repeal of any other powers granted by State statutes. 7. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. The standards required by this section are considered reasonable for regulatory purposes. This section does not imply that areas outside the designated Flood Plain (Overlay) District areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This section shall not create liability on the part of the City or any officer or employee thereof for any flood damages that result from reliance on this section or any administrative decision lawfully made thereunder. 8. Establishment of Zoning (Overlay) Districts. The flood plain areas within the jurisdiction of this section are hereby divided into the following districts: A. Floodway District (FW) B. Floodway Fringe District (FF) C. General Flood Plain District (FP) The boundaries are as shown on the Official Flood Plain Zoning Map. Within these districts all uses not allowed as permitted uses or permissible as conditional uses are prohibited unless a variance to the terms of this section is granted after due consideration by the Board of Adjustment. 9. Floodway (Overlay) District - FW. A. Permitted Uses. The following uses shall be permitted within the Floodway District to the extent they are not prohibited by any other ordinance (or underlying zoning district) and provided they do not include placement of structures, factory-built homes, fill or other obstruction, the storage of material or equipment, excavation or alteration of a watercourse. (1) Agricultural uses such as general farming, pasture, grazing, outdoor plant nurseries, horticulture, viticulture, truck farming, forestry, sod farming, and wild crop harvesting. (2) Industrial-commercial uses such as loading areas, parking areas, airport landing strips. (3) Private and public recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, boat launching ramps, swimming areas, parks, wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, fish hatcheries, shooting preserves, target ranges, trap and skeet ranges, hunting and fishing areas, hiking and horseback riding trails. (4) Residential uses such as lawns, gardens, parking areas and play areas. (5) Such other open-space uses similar in nature to the above uses. B. Conditional Uses. The following uses which involve structures (temporary or permanent), fill, storage of materials or equipment, excavation or alteration of a watercourse may be permitted only upon issuance of a conditional use permit by the Board of Adjustment as provided for in Section 165.19(17). Such uses must also meet the applicable provisions of the Floodway District Performance Standards. (1) Uses or structures accessory to open-space uses. (2) Circuses, carnivals, and similar transient amusement enterprises. (3) Drive-in theaters, new and used car lots, roadside stands, signs, and billboards. (4) Extraction of sands, gravel, and other materials. (5) Marinas, boat rentals, docks, piers, and wharves. (6) Utility transmission lines and underground pipelines. (7) Other uses similar in nature to uses described in subsection A and in this subsection which are consistent with the provisions of subsection C and the general spirit and purpose of this section. C. Performance Standards. All Floodway District uses allowed as a permitted or conditional use shall meet the following standards: (1) No use shall be permitted in the Floodway District that would result in any increase in the 100-year flood level. Consideration of the effects of any development on flood levels shall be based upon the assumption that an equal degree of development would be allowed for similarly situated lands. (2) All uses within the Floodway District shall: a. Be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage. b. Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood damage. c. Use construction materials and utility equipment that are resistant to flood damage. (3) No use shall affect the capacity or conveyance of the channel or floodway of any tributary to the main stream, drainage ditch or any other facility or system. (4) Structures, buildings and sanitary and utility systems, if permitted, shall meet the applicable performance standards of the Floodway Fringe District and shall be constructed or aligned to present the minimum possible resistance to flood flows. (5) Buildings, if permitted, shall have a low flood damage potential and shall not be for human habitation. (6) Storage of materials or equipment that are buoyant, flammable, explosive or injurious to human, animal or plant life is prohibited. Storage of other material may be allowed if readily removable from the Floodway District within the time available after flood warning. (7) Watercourse alterations or relocations (channel changes and modifications) must be designed to maintain the flood carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion. In addition, such alterations or relocations must be approved by the Department of Natural Resources. (8) Any fill allowed in the floodway must be shown to have some beneficial purpose and shall be limited to the minimum amount necessary. (9) Pipeline river or stream crossings shall be buried in the streambed and banks or otherwise sufficiently protected to prevent rupture due to channel degradation and meandering or due to the action of flood flows. 10. Floodway Fringe (Overlay) District - FF. All uses within the Floodway Fringe District shall be permitted to the extent that they are not prohibited by any other ordinance (or underlying zoning district) and provided they meet applicable performance standards of the Floodway Fringe District. All uses must be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage and shall meet the following applicable performance standards. A. All structures shall: (1) Be adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure. (2) Use construction materials and utility equipment that are resistant to flood damage. (3) Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood damage. B. Residential Buildings. All new or substantially improved residential structures shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated a minimum of one foot above the 100-year flood level. Construction shall be upon compacted fill which shall, at all points, be no lower than one foot above the 100-year flood level and extend at such elevation at least 18 feet beyond the limits of any structure erected thereon. Alternate methods of elevating (such as piers) may be allowed, subject to favorable consideration by the Board of Adjustment, where existing topography, street grades, or other factors preclude elevating by fill. In such cases, the methods used must be adequate to support the structure as well as withstand the various forces and hazards associated with flooding. All new residential structures shall be provided with a means of access which will be passable by wheeled vehicles during the 100-year flood. C. Nonresidential Buildings. All new or substantially improved non-residential buildings shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated a minimum of one foot above the 100-year flood level, or together with attendant utility and sanitary systems, be floodproofed to such a level. When floodproofing is utilized, a professional engineer registered in the State of Iowa shall certify that the floodproofing methods used are adequate to withstand the flood depths, pressures, velocities, impact and uplift forces and other factors associated with the 100-year flood; and that the structure, below the 100-year flood level, is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water. A record of the certification indicating the specific elevation (in relation to National Geodetic Vertical Datum) to which any structures are floodproofed shall be maintained by the Administrator. D. All new and substantially improved structures. (1) Fully enclosed areas below the “lowest floor” (not including basements) that are subject to flooding shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must either be certified by a registered professional engineer or meet or exceed the following minimum criteria: a. A minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be provided. b. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above grade. c. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. Such areas shall be used solely for parking of vehicles, building access and low damage potential storage. (2) New and substantially improved structures must be designed (or modified) and adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy. (3) New and substantially improved structures must be constructed with electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing and air conditioning equipment and other service facilities that are designed and/or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding. E. Factory-built Homes. (1) All factory-built homes, including those placed in existing factory-built home parks or subdivisions, shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the lowest floor of the structure is a minimum of one (1) foot above the 100-year flood level. (2) All factory-built homes, including those placed in existing factory-built home parks or subdivisions, shall be anchored to resist flotation, collapse or lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors. F. Utility and Sanitary Systems. (1) On-site waste disposal and water supply systems shall be located or designed to avoid impairment to the system or contamination from the system during flooding. (2) All new and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system as well as the discharge of effluent into flood waters. Wastewater treatment facilities (other than on-site systems) shall be provided with a level of flood protection equal to or greater than one foot above the 100-year flood elevation. (3) New or replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system. Water supply treatment facilities (other than on-site systems) shall be provided with a level of protection equal to or greater than one foot above the 100-year flood elevation. (4) Utilities such as gas or electrical systems shall be located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage to the system and the risk associated with such flood damaged or impaired systems. G. Storage of materials and equipment that are flammable, explosive or injurious to human, animal or plant life is prohibited unless elevated a minimum of one foot above the 100-year flood level. Other material and equipment must either be similarly elevated or (i) not be subject to major flood damage and be anchored to prevent movement due to flood waters or (ii) be readily removable from the area within the time available after flood warning. H. Flood control structural works such as levees, flood-walls, etc. shall provide, at a minimum, protection from a 100-year flood with a minimum of 3 feet of design freeboard and shall provide for adequate interior drainage. In addition, structural flood control works shall be approved by the Department of Natural Resources. I. Watercourse alterations or relocations must be designed to maintain the flood carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion. In addition, such alterations or relocations must be approved by the Department of Natural Resources. J. Subdivisions (including factory-built home parks and subdivisions) shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damages and shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage. Development associated with subdivision proposals (including the installation of public utilities) shall meet the applicable performance standards of this section. Subdivision proposals intended for residential use shall provide all lots with a means of access which will be passable by wheeled vehicles during the 100-year flood. Proposals for subdivisions greater than five (5) acres or fifty (50) lots (whichever is less) shall include 100-year flood elevation data for those areas located within the Flood Plain (Overlay) District. K. Accessory Structures. (1) Detached garages, sheds, and similar structures accessory to a residential use are exempt from the 100-year flood elevation requirements where the following criteria are satisfied: a. The structure shall not be used for human habitation. b. The structure shall be designed to have low flood damage potential. c. The structure shall be constructed and placed on the building site so as to offer minimum resistance to the flow of floodwaters. d. The structure shall be firmly anchored to prevent flotation which may result in damage to other structures. e. The structure’s service facilities such as electrical and heating equipment shall be elevated or floodproofed to at least one foot above the 100-year flood level. (2) Exemption from the 100-year flood elevation requirements for such a structure may result in increased premium rates for flood insurance coverage of the structure and its contents. L. Recreational Vehicles. (1) Recreational vehicles are exempt from the requirements of Section 165.19(10)(E) of this section regarding anchoring and elevation of factory-built homes when the following criteria are satisfied. a. The recreational vehicle shall be located on the site for less than 180 consecutive days, and, b. The recreational vehicle must be fully licensed and ready for highway use. A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use if it is on its wheels or jacking system and is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices and has no permanently attached additions. (2) Recreational vehicles that are located on the site for more than 180 consecutive days and are not ready for highway use must satisfy requirements of Section 165.19(10)(E) of this section regarding anchoring and elevation of factory-built homes. M. Pipeline river and stream crossings shall be buried in the stream bed and banks, or otherwise sufficiently protected to prevent rupture due to channel degradation and meandering. 11. General Flood Plain (Overlay) District - FP. A. Permitted Uses. The following uses shall be permitted within the General Flood Plain District to the extent they are not prohibited by any other ordinance (or underlying zoning district) and provided they do not include placement of structures, factory-built homes, fill or other obstructions; the storage of materials or equipment; excavation or alteration of a watercourse. (1) Agricultural uses such as general farming, pasture, grazing, outdoor plant nurseries, horticulture, viticulture, truck farming, forestry, sod farming, and wild crop harvesting. (2) Industrial-commercial uses such as loading areas, parking areas, and airport landing strips. (3) Private and public recreation uses such as golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, boat launching ramps, swimming areas, parks, wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, fish hatcheries, shooting preserves, target ranges, trap and skeet ranges, hunting and fishing areas, hiking and horseback riding trails. (4) Residential uses such as lawns, gardens, parking areas and play areas. B. Conditional Uses. Any use which involves placement of structures, factory-built homes, fill or other obstructions; the storage of materials or equipment; excavation or alteration of a watercourse may be allowed only upon issuance of a conditional use permit by the Board of Adjustment as provided for in Section 165.19(17). All such uses shall be reviewed by the Department of Natural Resources to determine (i) whether the land involved is either wholly or partly within the floodway or floodway fringe and (ii) the 100-year flood level. The applicant shall be responsible for providing the Department of Natural Resources with sufficient technical information to make the determination. C. Performance Standards. (1) All conditional uses, or portions thereof, to be located in the floodway as determined by the Department of Natural Resources shall meet the applicable provisions and standards of the Floodway (Overlay) District (subsection 9 of this section). (2) All conditional uses, or portions thereof, to be located in the floodway fringe as determined by the Department of Natural Resources shall meet the applicable standards of the Floodway Fringe (Overlay) District (subsection 10 of this section). 12. Administration. The Zoning Administration Officer shall administer and enforce this section. The duties and responsibilities of the Zoning Administration Officer include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: A. Review all flood plain development permit applications to assure that the provisions of this section will be satisfied. B. Review all flood plain development permit applications to assure that all necessary permits have been obtained from Federal, State or local governmental agencies including approval when required from the Department of Natural Resources for flood plain construction. C. Record and maintain a record of (i) the elevation (in relation to National Geodetic Vertical Datum) of the lowest floor (including basement) of all new or substantially improved structures or (ii) the elevation to which new or substantially improved structures have been floodproofed. D. Notify adjacent communities and/or countries and the Department of Natural Resources prior to any proposed alteration or relocation of a watercourse and submit evidence of such notifications to the Federal Emergency Management Agency. E. Keep a record of all permits, appeals, and such other transactions and correspondence pertaining to the administration of this section. F. Submit to the Federal Insurance Administrator an annual report concerning the community’s participation, utilizing the annual report form supplied by the Federal Insurance Administrator. G. Notify the Federal Insurance Administration of any annexations or modifications to the community’s boundaries. H. Review subdivision proposals to insure such proposals are consistent with the purpose of this section and advise the Council of potential conflicts. 13. Flood Plain Development Permit Required. A Flood Plain Development Permit issued by the Zoning Administration Officer shall be secured prior to any flood plain development (any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to buildings or other structures, mining, filling, grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations) including the placement of factory-built homes. 14. Application For Permit. Application for a Flood Plain Development Permit shall be made on forms supplied by the Zoning Administration Officer and shall include the following information. A. Description of the work to be covered by the permit for which application is to be made. B. Description of the land on which the proposed work is to be done (i.e., lot, block, tract, street address or similar description) that will readily identify and locate the work to be done. C. Indication of the use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. D. Elevation of the 100-year flood. E. Elevation (in relation to National Geodetic Vertical Datum) of the lowest floor (including basement) of buildings or of the level to which a building is to be floodproofed. F. For buildings being improved or rebuilt, the estimated cost of improvements and market value of the building prior to the improvements. G. Such other information as the Administrator deems reasonably necessary (e.g., drawings or a site plan) for the purpose of this section. 15. Action On Permit Application. The Zoning Administration Officer shall, within a reasonable time, make a determination as to whether the proposed flood plain development meets the applicable standards of this section and shall approve or disapprove the application. For disapprovals, the applicant shall be informed, in writing, of the specific reasons therefor. The Zoning Administration Officer shall not issue permits for variances except as directed by the Board of Adjustment. 16. Construction and Use to be as Provided in Application and Plans. Flood Plain Development Permits issued on the basis of approved plans and applications authorize only the use, arrangement, and construction set forth in such approved plans and applications and no other use, arrangement or construction. Any use, arrangement, or construction at variance with that authorized shall be deemed a violation of this section. The applicant shall be required to submit certification by a professional engineer or land surveyor, as appropriate, registered in the State of Iowa, that the finished fill, building floor elevations, floodproofing or other flood protection measures were accomplished in compliance with the provisions of this section, prior to the use or occupancy of any structure. 17. Conditional Uses, Appeals and Variances. The Board of Adjustment shall hear and decide (i) applications for conditional uses upon which the Board is authorized to pass under this section; (ii) appeals, and (iii) requests for variances to the provisions of this section; and shall take any other action which is required of the Board. A. Conditional Uses. Requests for conditional uses shall be submitted to the Administrator, who shall forward such to the Board of Adjustment for consideration. Such requests shall include information ordinarily submitted with applications as well as any additional information deemed necessary by the Board of Adjustment. B. Appeals. Where it is alleged there is any error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative official in the enforcement of this section, the aggrieved party may appeal such action. The notice of appeal shall be filed with the Board of Adjustment and with the official from whom the appeal is taken and shall set forth the specific reason for the appeal. The official from whom the appeal is taken shall transmit to the Board of Adjustment all the documents constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken. C. Variances. The Board of Adjustment may authorize upon request in specific cases such variances from the terms of this section that will not be contrary to the public interest, where owing to special conditions a literal enforcement of the provisions of this section will result in unnecessary hardship. Variances granted must meet the following applicable standards. (1) Variances shall only be granted upon (i) a showing of good and sufficient cause, (ii) a determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship to the applicant, and (iii) a determination that the granting of the variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public or conflict with existing local codes or ordinances. (2) Variances shall not be issued within any designated floodway if any increase in flood levels during the 100-year flood would result. Consideration of the effects of any development on flood levels shall be based upon the assumption that an equal degree of development would be allowed for similarly situated lands. (3) Variances shall only be granted upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief. (4) In cases where the variance involves a lower level of flood protection for buildings than what is ordinarily required by this section, the applicant shall be notified in writing over the signature of the Administrator that (i) the issuance of a variance will result in increased premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25 for $100 of insurance coverage and (ii) such construction increases risks to life and property. (5) All variances granted shall have the concurrence or approval of the Department of Natural Resources. D. Hearings and Decisions of the Board of Adjustment. (1) Hearings. Upon the filing with the Board of Adjustment of an appeal, an application for a conditional use or a request for a variance, the Board shall hold a public hearing. The Board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing and give public notice thereof, as well as due notice to parties in interest. At the hearing, any party may appear in person or by agent or attorney and present written or oral evidence. The Board may require the appellant or applicant to provide such information as is reasonably deemed necessary and may request the technical assistance and/or evaluation of a professional engineer or other expert person or agency, including the Department of Natural Resources. (2) Decisions. The Board shall arrive at a decision on an appeal, conditional use or variance within a reasonable time. In passing upon an appeal, the Board may, so long as such action is in conformity with the provisions of this section, reverse or affirm wholly or in part, or modify the order, requirement, decision, or determination appealed from, and it shall make its decision, in writing, setting forth the findings of fact and the reasons for its decision. In granting a conditional use or variance, the Board shall consider such factors as contained in this section and all other relevant sections of this section and may prescribe such conditions as contained in subsection 19 of this section. 18. Factors Upon Which the Decision To Grant Variances Is Based. In passing upon applications for variances, the Board shall consider all relevant factors specified in other sections of this section and: A. The danger to life and property due to increased flood heights or velocities caused by encroachments. B. The danger that materials may be swept on to other land or downstream to the injury of others. C. The proposed water supply and sanitation systems and the ability of these systems to prevent disease, contamination and unsanitary conditions. D. The susceptibility of the proposed facility and its contents to flood damage and the effect of such damage on the individual owner. E. The importance of the service provided by the proposed facility to the City. F. The requirements of the facility for a flood plain location. G. The availability of alternate locations not subject to flooding for the proposed use. H. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing development and development anticipated in the foreseeable future. I. The relationship of the proposed use to the comprehensive plan and flood plain management program for the area. J. The safety of access to the property in times of flood for ordinary and emergency vehicles. K. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise and sediment transport of the flood water expected at the site. L. The cost of providing governmental services during and after flood conditions, including maintenance and repair of public utilities (sewer, gas, electrical and water systems), facilities, streets and bridges. M. Such other factors which are relevant to the purpose of this section. 19. Conditions Attached To Variances. Upon consideration of the factors listed above, the Board of Adjustment may attach such conditions to the granting of variances as it deems necessary to further the purpose of this section. Such conditions may include, but not necessarily be limited to: A. Modification of waste disposal and water supply facilities. B. Limitation on periods of use and operation. C. Imposition of operational controls, sureties, and deed restrictions. D. Requirements for construction of channel modifications, dikes, levees, and other protective measures, provided such are approved by the Department of Natural Resources and are deemed the only practical alternative to achieving the purpose of this section. E. Floodproofing measures designed consistent with the flood protection elevation for the particular area, flood velocities, durations, rate of rise, hydrostatic and hydrodynamic forces, and other factors associated with the regulatory flood. The Board of Adjustment shall require that the applicant submit a plan or document certified by a registered professional engineer that the floodproofing measures are consistent with the regulatory flood protection elevation and associated flood factors for the particular area. 20. Appeals To the Court. Any person or persons, jointly or severally, aggrieved by any decision of the Board of Adjustment may present to a court of record a petition, duly verified, setting forth that such decision is illegal, in whole or in part, specifying the grounds of illegality. Such petition shall be presented to the court within thirty days after the filing of the decision in the office of the Board. 21. Nonconforming Uses. A. A structure or the use of a structure or premises which was lawful before the passage or amendment of this section but which is not in conformity with the provisions of this section may be continued subject to the following conditions: (1) If such use is discontinued for twelve (12) consecutive months, any future use of the building premises shall conform to this section. (2) Uses or adjuncts thereof that are or become nuisances shall not be entitled to continue as nonconforming uses. (3) If any nonconforming use or structure is destroyed by any means, including flood, it shall not be reconstructed if the cost is more than fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred, unless it is reconstructed in conformity with the provisions of this section. B. Except as provided in subsection (2) above, any use which has been permitted as a conditional use or variance shall be considered a conforming use. 22. Amendments. The regulations and standards
set forth in this section may from time to time be amended, supplemented,
changed, or repealed. No amendment, supplement, change, or modification
shall be undertaken without prior approval of the Department of Natural
Resources. 165.20 SPECIAL PERMIT – PROCEDURE AND REQUIREMENTS. A special permit is a building permit issued by the Zoning Administration Officer and approved. by the Commission. Where a special permit is required by these regulations, the following requirements shall be complied with: 1. Request Referred to Commission. The request shall be referred to Commission for their study and recommendation. 2. Commission Action. The Commission shall have thirty (30) days for their study and recommendation. If the recommendation is not received by the Council within the thirty (30) days, the application is automatically approved by the Commission. 3. Written Report. The recommendation by the Commission will be in a written report for or against. 4. Council Action. The Council, after receiving the Commission report, shall approve or deny the special permit within thirty (30) days. If no action is taken, the permit is automatically approved. 5. Protection of Public Welfare. The use shall be so designed, located and proposed to be operated that the public health, safety, welfare and convenience will be protected. 6. Does Not Increase Traffic Hazards or Congestion. The use will not substantially increase traffic hazards or congestion. 7. No Injury to Property Values. The use will not cause substantial injury to the value of other property in the neighborhood where it is to be located. 8. Fire Hazards. The use will not substantially increase fire hazards. 9. Compatibility. The use will be compatible with adjoining development and the proposed character of the zone district where it is to be located. 10. Landscaping and Screening. Adequate landscaping and screening shall be provided as required herein. 11. Parking and Traffic Flow. Adequate off-street parking and loading shall be provided and ingress and egress shall be so designed as to cause minimum interference with traffic on abutting street. 12. Performance Standards. The use will meet the performance standards for the zone district where it is to be located. 165.21 OFF-STREET PARKING. There shall be provided at the time any new building or structure is erected off-street parking spaces open to the public at no charge in accordance with the following. (Exception: The immediate downtown area as designated on the official zoning map is to be excluded and authority is hereby granted to the Council, upon recommendation by the Commission, to deviate from the following requirements in any case in which said requirements provide for more than 200 off-street parking spaces for any one business.) 1. Automobile Sales and Service – 1 space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area. 2. Banks and Business Offices – 1 space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. 3. Bowling Alleys – 5 spaces for each bowling lane. 4. Churches, Funeral Homes and Mortuaries – 1 space for each 4 seats in the main auditorium. 5. Dance Halls and Assembly Halls Without Fixed Seats – 1 space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area or 1 for each 3 fixed seats, as appropriate. 6. Fraternity or Sorority Houses – 1 space for each 2 beds. 7. Furniture and Appliance Stores, Household Equipment and Furniture Repair Shops – 1 space for each 500 square feet of gross floor area. 8. Hospitals – 1 space for each 4 beds, plus 1 space for each 2 resident staff physicians, plus 1 space for each 3 employees on the largest shift. 9. Hotels, rooming or lodging houses – 1 space for - each lodging unit for the first 20 units, plus 1 space for each 2 units in excess of 20. 10. Manufacturing or Industrial Plants – 1 space for each 2 employees on the maximum working shift, plus space to accommodate all trucks or other vehicles used in connection therewith. 11. Motels – 1 space for each sleeping room. 12. Nursing, Convalescent or Retirement Homes – 1 space for each 5 beds. 13. Restaurants, Taverns and Night Clubs – 1 space for each 2½ seats. 14. Retail Stores, Shops or Personal Service Establishments – 1 space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area. 15. Schools: A. Elementary Schools – 1 space for each 10 seats in the auditorium or 1 for each classroom, whichever is greater. B. Secondary Schools and Colleges – 1 space for each 8 seats in the auditorium, or 3 spaces for each classroom and office, whichever is greater. 16. Sports Arenas, Stadium, Gymnasium (other than in schools) – 1 space for each 4 seats or seating spaces. 17. Supermarkets – 1 space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area. 18. Theaters or Auditoriums (except in schools) – 1 space for each 4 seats or bench seating spaces. 19. Wholesale Establishments or Warehouses – 1 space for each employee. 20. Doctor’s Offices, Medical and Dental Clinics, and Veterinary Clinics – 5 spaces for each practitioner, plus 1 space for each 2 employees other than practitioners. 21. Other Parking: A. In case of any building structure or premises, the use of which is not specifically mentioned herein, the provisions for a use which is so mentioned and to which said use is similar shall apply, as determined by the Commission. B. Where fractional spaces occur, the parking spaces required shall be construed to be the next whole number. C. In the case of mixed or joint uses, the parking spaces required shall equal the sum of the requirements of the various uses computed separately. D. All required off-street parking areas shall be graded and drained to dispose of all surface water accumulation within the area. E. Any lighting used to illuminate any off-street parking area shall be arranged to reflect the light away from adjoining premises in any R District. F. No part of any parking space shall be closer than 5 feet to any established street right-of-way line. In case the parking lot adjoins an R District, it shall be set back at least 5 feet from the R District boundary and shall be effectively screen-planted. 165.22 NONCONFORMING BUILDINGS AND USES. The lawful use of any building or land existing at the time of the enactment of these regulations may be continued although such use does not conform with these regulations. 1. Abandonment. Whenever a nonconforming use has been discontinued for a period of one (1) year, such use shall not thereafter be reestablished, and any future use shall be in conformity with the provisions of these regulations. 2. Structural Alterations. No structural alterations shall be made to any such nonconforming structure or building which will increase its degree of nonconformity except as may be ordered or required by law or ordinance or regulations based on law or ordinance. This shall not be construed to prohibit maintenance and repair work necessary to keep a structure in sound condition. 3. Repair or Reconstruction. Should a nonconforming structure be destroyed by any means to an extent of more than seventy-five percent (75%) of its replacement cost at the time of destruction, lot and foundation excluded from the appraised value, it shall not be repaired or reconstructed except in conformance with the applicable primary use zoning district regulations and standards. Nonconforming structures located in any of the three (3) flood plain overlay districts shall not be repaired or reconstructed except in conformance with the applicable flood plain overlay district regulations and standards where the extent of destruction is more than fifty percent (50%) of its market value before the destruction. Reconstruction shall begin within one (1) year of the destruction. 4. Substitution. If no structural alterations are made, a nonconforming use of a structure may be changed to another nonconforming use of the same or more restrictive classification. Whenever a nonconforming use has been changed to a more restrictive use or to a conforming use, such use shall not thereafter be changed to a less restrictive use. 5. Discontinuance of Certain Uses. There are found to be certain uses of land, building and structures which have an adverse effect on the carrying out of the comprehensive plan and which can reasonably be discontinued after a reasonable period of time, irrespective of aforesaid rules as to nonconforming uses. The following uses shall be removed or made conforming within the specified discontinuance period. Said discontinuance period shall commence upon the effective date of these regulations. A. Fences, walls and foliage which constitutes a hazard by virtue of impairing sight distances at a curve or intersection shall be made conforming within one (1) calendar year. B. Billboards and Signs. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.) C. All provisions in business and industrial zones of this Code setting forth specifications for the operation of a business or industry involving fencing or shielding shall be complied within one (1) calendar year. D. Nonconforming open space storage operations, such as truck parking, automobile wrecking, salvage material storage and similar uses not involving structures or buildings, shall be made conforming within two (2) calendar years. 165.23 AIRSPACE ZONING.† 1. Airport Zones and Airspace Height Limitations. In order to carry out the provisions of this section, there are hereby created and established certain zones which are depicted on the Airport Height Zoning Map. A structure located in more than one (1) zone of the following zones is considered to be only in the zone with the more restrictive height limitations. The various zones are hereby established and defined as follows: (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) A. Horizontal Zone. The land lying under a horizontal plane one hundred fifty (150) feet above the established elevations, the perimeter of which is constructed by swinging arcs of five thousand (5,000) feet radii from the center of each end of the primary surface of runways eighteen (18) and thirty-six (36) and connecting the adjacent arcs by lines tangent to those arcs. No structure shall exceed one hundred and fifty (150) feet above the established airport elevation in the horizontal zone, as depicted on the Airport Height Zoning Map. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) B. Conical Zone. The land lying under a surface extending outward and upward from the periphery of the horizontal surface at a slope of twenty (20) feet to one (1) for a horizontal distance of four thousand (4,000) feet. No structure shall penetrate the conical surface in the conical zone, as depicted on the Airport Height Zoning Map. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) C. Approach Zone. The land lying under the surface longitudinally centered on the extended runway centerline and extending outward and upward from each end of the primary surface. (Note: An approach surface is applied to each end of each runway based upon the type of approach available or planned for that runway end.) (1) Visual Other Than Utility Runway and Non-precision Instrument Runway. The inner edge of the approach surface is: a. Fifteen hundred (1500) feet wide for Runway 18. b. Two thousand (2,000) feet for Runway 36. (2) The approach zone extends for a horizontal distance of 5,000 feet at a slope of 20 to 1 for Runways 18-36. No structure shall exceed the approach surface to any runway, as depicted on the Airport Height Zoning Map. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) D. Transitional Zone. The land lying under those surfaces extending outward and upward at right angles to the runway centerline and the runway centerline extended at a slope of seven (7) to one (1) from the sides of the primary surface and from the sides of the approach surfaces. No structures shall exceed the transitional surface, as depicted on the Airport Height Zoning Map. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) E. Increase in Elevation of Structures. No structure shall be erected in the County that raises the published minimum descent altitude for an instrument approach to any runway, nor shall any structure be erected that causes the minimum obstruction clearance altitude or minimum en route altitude to be increased on any Federal airway in the County. 2. Use Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of subsection 1, no use may be made of land or water within the City or County in such a manner as to interfere with the operation of any airborne aircraft. The following special requirements shall apply to each permitted use: A. Lighting. All lights or illumination used in conjunction with streets, parking, signs or use of land and structures shall be arranged and operated in such a manner that it is not misleading or dangerous to aircraft operating from the Cherokee County Regional Airport or in the vicinity thereof. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) B. Visual Hazards. No operation from any use shall produce smoke, glare or other visual hazards within three (3) statute miles of any usable runway of the Cherokee County Regional Airport. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) C. Electronic Interference. No operation from any use in the City or County shall produce electronic interference with navigation signals or radio communication between the airport and aircraft. 3. Lighting. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2, the owner of any structure over two hundred (200) feet above ground level must install on the structure lighting in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Advisory Circular 70-7460-1D and amendments. Additionally, any structure constructed after the effective date of this section (October 14, 1980) and exceeding nine hundred forty-nine (949) feet above ground level, must install on that structure high intensity white obstruction lights in accordance with Chapter 6 of FAA Advisory Circular 7460-1D and amendments. Any permit or variance granted may be so conditioned as to require the owner of the structure or growth in question to permit the City or County at its own expense to install, operate and maintain thereto such markers or lights as may be necessary to indicate to pilots the presence of an airspace hazard. 4. Variances. Any person desiring to erect or increase the height of any structure, or to permit the growth of any tree, or otherwise use property in violation of any section of this chapter, may apply to the Board of Adjustment for variance from such regulations. No application for variance to the requirements of this chapter may be considered by the Board of Adjustment unless a copy of the application has been submitted to Cherokee Aviation Authority Board for an opinion as to the aeronautical effects of such a variance. If the Cherokee Aviation Authority Board does not respond to the Board of Adjustment within fifteen (15) days from receipt of the copy of the application, the board may make its decision to grant or deny the variance. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 5. Board of Adjustment. The Council and Cherokee County Board of Supervisors hereby appoint the Board of Adjustment of the City to have and exercise the same powers and duties pursuant to the purposes of these regulations in those areas where said Board may exercise said powers and duties as defined elsewhere in this Zoning Code and the Board of Adjustment of the County shall have the same powers and duties pursuant to the purposes of these regulations by the Cherokee County Zoning Regulations in those areas where said Board may exercise said powers and duties as defined in said County Zoning Regulations. A. Vote On Variations Or Orders. The concurring vote of three (3) members of the Board of Adjustment shall be necessary to reverse any order, requirement, decision or determination of any administrative official or to decide in favor of the applicant, on any matter upon which it is required to pass under this section, or to effect variations of this section. B. Judicial Review. Any person aggrieved, or any taxpayer affected, by any decision of the Board of Adjustment, may appeal to the court of record as provided in the Code of Iowa, Section 414.15. 6. Administrative Agency. It is the duty of the Cherokee Aviation Authority Board to administer the regulations prescribed herein. Applications for permits and variances shall be made to the appropriate zoning officer upon a form furnished by the City. Applications required by this chapter to be submitted to the Cherokee Aviation Authority Board shall be promptly considered and granted or denied. Application for action by the Board of Adjustment shall be forthwith transmitted by the zoning officer. (Ord. 513 – Jun. 07 Supp.) 7. Conflicting Regulations. Where there exists a conflict between any of the regulations or limitations prescribed in this section and any other regulations applicable to the same area, whether the conflict be with respect to height of structures, the use of land, or any other matter, the more stringent limitation or requirement shall govern and prevail. 8. Penalties. Each violation of this section or of any regulation, order, or ruling promulgated hereunder shall constitute a simple misdemeanor, and each day a violation continues to exist shall constitute a separate offense. 165.24 PATIOS AND DECKS. Patios and decks shall be allowed in all residential districts. Building permits shall be required for all patios and decks, except those with a deck height less than two (2) feet above ground level. All patios and decks shall comply with front, rear, and side yard requirements. (Ord. 544 – Jul. 09 Supp.) 165.25 FENCES. Construction of fences shall hereafter be regulated within the City. A fence shall be classified as a structure and require a building permit to be applied for and granted by the City. The fee for the building permit shall be set by resolution of the Council. The following regulations shall govern the construction of fences within the City: 1. Fences are allowed on the property line, provided the property owner has thorough knowledge of the location of the property line. The City recommends that the fence be set back far enough to allow for maintenance of the fence and surrounding property. 2. The attractive/finished side of a fence shall be constructed so as to face toward an adjoining property owner. 3. The maximum height of a fence in a front yard, in front of a plane extending to either side of the front of a structure shall have a maximum height of four (4) feet. 4. The maximum height of a fence in a side or rear yard where there is no adjacent street to either the side or rear yard shall be six (6) feet. 5. The maximum height of a fence adjacent to a street in a side or rear yard shall not exceed four (4) feet. 6. The quality of fencing materials and construction must be such that it will not unreasonably detract from the character of the surrounding neighborhood. 7. The Zoning Administrator shall have the authority to stray from the above regulations on a case by case basis in order to ensure that the sight distance requirements in this Code of Ordinances are satisfied. 8. The above regulations shall not alter the requirement that a swimming pool or tennis court be enclosed by fencing at least five (5) feet high as provided in Section 165.11(2)(J). 9. The maximum height of a fence on any lot used for commercial or industrial purposes in any commercial or industrial district shall be ten (10) feet. (Ord. 499 – Nov. 05 Supp.) 165.26 BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT. 1. Establishment. A Board of Adjustment is hereby established. The Board shall consist of five (5) members, appointed for overlapping terms of five (5) years. Members shall be removable for cause by the Council, upon written charges and after a public hearing. Vacancies shall be filled for an unexpired term of any member whose term becomes vacant. All appointments shall be made by the Council. 2. Rules, Meetings and General Procedure. The Board shall adopt rules in accordance with the provisions of any ordinance adopted pursuant to this chapter. Meetings of the Board shall be held at the call of the chairperson and at such other times as the Board may determine. Such chairperson, or in the absence of the chairperson, the acting chairperson, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses. All meetings of the Board shall be open to the public. The Board shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or, if absent or failing to vote, indicating such fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be immediately filed in the office of the Board and shall be a public record. 3. Appeals. Where it is alleged there is any error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by the Zoning Administration Officer, an appeal may be made to the Board by any person aggrieved by such action or by any officer, department, Board or bureau affected by such action. Where it is alleged that the literal enforcement of the provisions of these regulations will result in unnecessary hardship, an appeal may be made to the Board. Such appeal shall be taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the Board by filing with the officer from whom the appeal is taken and with the Board a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. The officer from whom the appeal is taken shall forthwith transmit to the Board all the papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken. 4. Effect of Appeal. An appeal stays all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the officer from whom the appeal is taken certifies to the Board after the notice of appeal shall have been filed with said officer that by reason of facts stated in the certificate a stay would, in the opinion of such officer, cause imminent peril to life or property. In such case, proceedings shall not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board of Adjustment or by a court of record on application on notice to the officer from whom the appeal is taken and due cause shown. 5. Powers. The Board shall have the following powers: A. Appeals. To hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is error in any order, requirement, decision or determination made by an administrative official in the enforcement of this chapter or of any ordinance adopted pursuant thereto. B. Special Exceptions. To hear and decide special exceptions to the terms of these regulations upon which such Board is required to pass. C. Variances. To authorize upon appeal in specific cases such variance from the terms of these regulations as will not be contrary to the public interest, where owing to special conditions a literal enforcement of these regulations will result in unnecessary hardship and so that the spirit of the code shall be observed and substantial justice done. 6. Decision On Appeal. In exercising the above mentioned powers, the Board may, in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or may modify the order, requirement, decision or determination appealed from and may make such order, requirement, decision or determination as ought to be made, and to that end shall have all the powers of the officer from whom the appeal is taken. 7. Vote Required. The concurring vote of three (3) members of the Board shall be necessary to reverse any order, requirement, decision or determination of any such administrative official, or to decide in favor of the applicant on any matter upon which it is required to pass or to effect any variation. 8. Fees. A fee of $150.00 shall be paid to the Clerk at the time the Notice of Appeal is filed, to the credit of the General Fund of the City. (Ord. 468 – Aug-04 Supp.) 9. Court Appeal. Any person or persons, or any board, taxpayer, department, Board or bureau of the community aggrieved by the decision of the Board may seek review of such decision of the Board by a court of record. 10. Council Review of Variances. The City Council shall be provided with the decision of the Board of Adjustment regarding all variances. The Council may take no action on a variance and the variance shall become effective upon publication. If the Council remands the variance to the Board of Adjustment with its suggestions for further study, then the effective date of the variance shall be delayed until 30 days after the Council’s remand to the Board of Adjustment. (Ord. 447 – Jun. 03 Supp.) 165.27 PERMITS REQUIRED. The following are permit requirements: 1. Building Permit. Building permits shall be obtained from the Zoning Administration Officer before starting or proceeding with the erection, construction, moving in, or the structural alteration of a building or structure including billboards. Permits shall be kept on file in the office of the Clerk. Building permits shall be issued to complying applicants within ten (10) days after application is made. In addition: A. Application forms shall be provided by the Zoning Administration Officer for use of those applying for the permit and the following information will be attached: (1) A plan in duplicate drawn to scale of the structure. (2) Dimension of the lot to be built on. (3) Size and location of the structure to be erected on the lot. (4) Dimension of the required yards for parking and open space. B. One copy of the plan is to be returned to the owner or contractor when the permit is approved. C. Any building permit under which no construction work has been started within six (6) months after date of issue or which the proposed construction site has not been completed within two (2) years of the date of issue, shall expire. D. City, County, State, and Federal governments will not be exempt from said permit. E. Before receiving a building permit the owner or authorized agent shall pay to the City the permit fee as provided by resolution of the Council. Such fee may be based on valuation. 2. Special Permit. Where a proposed use, activity or construction is classified as a special permit use, a certificate of compliance shall be obtained prior to initiation of activities or construction. The certificate of compliance shall be issued either by the Zoning Administration Officer on direction of the Council and state that various standards and provisions of the applicable zoning district are being met or by the Board as provided for in Section 165.26. The applicant or appellant shall provide such information as the Zoning Administration Officer, the Commission, the Council or the Board deems necessary to make a determination. Special permit uses issued a certificate of compliance shall be considered a conforming use. Where a special permit use involves a new or substantially improved structure for which flood insurance can be obtained, the Zoning Administration Officer shall maintain a record of the first floor elevation or the level of flood proofing in relation to mean sea level. 165.28 AMENDMENTS TO REGULATIONS. The Council may, from time to time, on petition from any person or on the recommendation of the Commission, after public notice and hearing as provided by law, amend, supplement or change the regulations herein or subsequently established. In addition: 1. Action by Commission. Where any proposed amendment, supplement, or change does not originate with the Commission, before action thereon by the Council, the said proposal shall be submitted to said Commission and its recommendations thereon obtained, provided, however, that this requirement shall not act as a stay upon the prospective action by the Council where said Commission shall have failed to file same within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice requesting such recommendation. 2. Public Hearing. A public hearing shall be held by the Council before adoption of any proposed amendment to this chapter. A notice of such public hearing shall be established for such hearing in a newspaper of general circulation within the City. Notice shall include the time and place for the hearing. 3. Fee. A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) shall be paid to the Clerk at the time the proposed amendment is filed, to the credit of the General Fund of the City. The Commission shall be exempt from this fee. 165.29 AMENDMENTS TO CHANGE DISTRICT BOUNDARIES. The Council may, from time to time, on petition from any person or on the recommendation of the Commission, after public notice and hearing as provided by law, amend, supplement, or change the district boundaries herein or subsequently established. 1. Filing. If the amendment or change does not originate with the Commission, an application shall be filed with the Clerk, accompanied by a fee of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) and shall contain the following information: A. The legal description, local address and owner’s name of the property to be rezoned. B. The present zoning classification and the zoning classification being requested for the property or area. C. The existing use and proposed use of the property or area. D. A map or diagram showing the area affected by the proposed amendment or change, together with boundaries of the area to be rezoned. This is to include all property within two hundred (200) feet thereof, including streets, alleys, railroads, highways, and other physical features or landmarks. E. A sketch or diagram showing the location and dimension of the proposed structure or building to be placed on the rezoned area or property. F. The names and addresses of all the owners on record in the office of the assessor of all property within two hundred (200) feet of the property for which the change is requested, the names and addresses to be identified with all property affected. Names are to be certified by an abstractor, County Recorder, an attorney, or other authority that the Commission deems appropriate. G. A statement of the reasons why the applicant feels the present zoning classification is no longer valid. 2. Deposit of Fees. All fees shall be deposited to the General Revenue Fund of the City. No refunds shall be made, should the request be denied. 3. Action by Commission. When the application is received by the Clerk, a copy of all the data shall be forwarded immediately to the Commission for their study and recommendation. The Commission shall, prior to making a recommendation, determine the following: A. Are the application, maps, diagrams and sketches completed and in agreement with the regulations? B. Is the current district classification of the property to be rezoned nonconforming to the proposed use? C. Is the proposed use applicable to the requested zone change? D. Is there a need for additional land zoned for the proposed request? E. Is the proposed change compatible to the present area? F. What traffic conditions are to be affected by the zoning change? G. What future demand shall be made on the utilities in the area, caused by the zoning change? 4. Written Report by Commission. The Commission shall have thirty (30) days in which to submit its written report on the application for zoning changes to the Council. If the Commission fails to submit a written report in thirty (30) days, it shall be deemed to have approved the proposed amendment. 5. Public Hearing. A public hearing shall be held by the Council before adoption of any proposed amendment to these regulations. A notice of such public hearing shall be published not less than seven (7) or more than twenty (20) days prior to the date established for such hearing in a newspaper of general circulation within the City. Notice shall include the time and place for the hearing. 6. Vote by Council. In case the Commission does not approve the change, or in the case of a protest filed with the Council against a change in district boundaries, signed by the owners of twenty percent (20%) or more, either of the area of lots included in such proposed change or of those immediately adjacent thereto and within two hundred (200) feet of the boundaries of proposed change, such amendment shall not be passed, except by the favorable vote of four-fifths (4/5) of all the Council members. The area included in the change and the area immediately adjacent may be combined to equal the twenty percent (20%). 7. Renewal of Application. Whenever an application requesting an amendment or change of the zoning district boundaries has been denied by the Council, such an application cannot be renewed for one (1) year thereafter, unless it is signed by the owners of at least fifty percent (50%) of the property within two hundred (200) feet of the boundaries of the proposed change and, in addition, by at least fifty percent (50%) of those property owners who previously objected to the change. 165.30 ADMINISTRATIVE STANDARDS. Whenever, in the course of administration and enforcement of these regulations, it is necessary or desirable to make any administrative decision, then, unless other standards are in these regulations provided, the decision shall be made so that the result will not be contrary to the spirit and purpose of this Code or injurious to the surrounding neighborhood. 165.31 ENFORCEMENT. The provisions of this Code shall be enforced by such municipal official as may be designated by the Council, and according to such rules as may be adopted by the Board, subject to the approval of the Council. Appeal from any decision of the enforcing officer may be made to the Board. (Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13) 165.32 DEVELOPMENT PLAN REQUIREMENTS. A development plan shall be prepared for any proposed development on property zoned for industrial, commercial, or residential with more than 5 units. The development plan shall include all of the following (except as noted herein): 1. Proposed name of the development. 2. Location by legal description. 3. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of applicant and designer of the plan. 4. A scale drawing of plan. 5. Date, and north arrow. 6. Contours at five-foot intervals. The City may, at its discretion, permit the use of spot elevations for plans of expansions of existing buildings or paved areas. 7. The boundary lines of the area included in the development plan, including angles, dimensions and reference to a section corner, quarter corner or point on a record plat. 8. Location, widths and names of all existing or platted streets, railroad and utility rights-of-way, parks and other public open spaces, permanent buildings and structures, houses or permanent easements, and natural features, such as woodlots, streams and lakes or ponds, and section and municipal boundary lines, within two hundred (200) feet of the development. Those items listed above which are to be retained, removed or altered shall be indicated on the plan. 9. Existing sewers, water mains, culverts and other underground facilities within the tract, indicating pipe sizes, grades, manholes and location. 10. Location arrangement and dimensions of proposed buildings and structures. 11. A schedule indicating total floor area, dwelling units, land area, parking spaces, total estimated employment on site, building site coverage and any other quantities needed to determine compliance with the zoning ordinance. 12. Drainage system including finished grades, slopes, banks and ditches. 13. Preliminary sketches of building elevations depicting the general style, size and exterior construction materials of the building proposed. 14. Location arrangement and dimensions of automobile parking spaces, width of aisles, width of bays, angle of parking and other similar information. 15. Location and dimensions of vehicular drives, entrances, exits, acceleration and deceleration lanes, location and dimensions of pedestrian entrances, exits, walks and walkways. 16. Location, height and materials of walls and fences. 17. Outside lighting. 18. Location and specifications of landscape material. Whenever a tract of property is proposed for rezoning, only items 1 through 11 are required to be shown on the development plan submitted with the rezoning application. In addition to items 1 through 11 the development plan shall include proposed parking lots, drives and proposed public streets, if any. A complete preliminary development plan shall be approved by the Commission prior to issuance of a building permit. Ten (10) copies of the preliminary development plan shall be submitted with the application for rezoning, special use or plan review. 165.33 SIGN ORDINANCE. This Ordinance shall be known as the Sign Ordinance of the City of Cherokee, Iowa, and may be cited as such, and may be referred to herein as "This Ordinance" or "This Code." The purpose and intent of this Ordinance shall be to regulate the number, size, and design of signs so that signs will not by reason, number, size, locations, construction or manner of display endanger the public health, safety, welfare, or morale: confuse, mislead, obstruct vision necessary for traffic safety, or over-attract motorist's attention from hazards of the road and traffic; or be detrimental to property values and esthetics of the community. 1. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply wherever the following terms are used in this Ordinance. A. Administrator. The Zoning Administrator or his/her designated representative. B. Animation. Rotation or any other movement or appearance thereof, or change of lighting to depict action or create a special effect or scene, whether by atmospheric movement, mechanical, or electrical means, or any combination thereof. C. Area, sign. The area of the largest single face of a sign within not more than two rectangles enclosing the extreme points or edges including air space and background of the sign, but not including poles or supports on which the sign is placed if they do not include copy. The area of a sign composed of symbols or letters attached directly to a building or wall surface shall be computed by drawing not more than two rectangles enclosing the entire group of symbols. D. Awning. A temporary shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and composed of non-rigid materials except for the supporting framework. E. Background Area. The entire area of a sign on which copy could be placed, as opposed to the copy area. F. Building Face or Wall. All window and wall area of a building in one plane or elevation. G. Building Frontage. The linear length of a building facing the right-of-way OR the linear length of the right-of-way facing the building, whichever is SMALLER. H. Canopy (or Marquee). A permanent roof-like shelter extending from part or all of a building face over a public right-of-way and constructed of some durable material such as metal, glass, or plastic. I. Chasing. The effect produced by using three electrical contacts, which cause lamps to come on in a one-two-three sequence repeatedly, as characterized by the borders of movie marquees. J. City. City means the city, town or municipality of Cherokee, Iowa. K. Copy. Words, letters, logos, figures, symbols, illustrations, or patterns that form a message or otherwise call attention to a business, product, service, or activity, or to the sign itself. L. Copy Area. The smallest rectangle which encloses the actual copy of a sign. M. Council. The City Council of Cherokee, Iowa. N. Erected. This term shall mean attached, altered, built, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged or moved, and shall include the painting of wall signs, but does not include copy changes on any sign. O. Face. The copy area, background area, and
the peripheral encasement, structural elements, or trim which forms the
outer perimeter of the sign, but not including poles, monuments, or P. Fade. On an electronic message center, a gradual changing of one copy display to another in a manner that one display appears to dissolve as another forms. Q. Flashing. A change in light intensity at regular intervals, including repeated brightening or dimming of lights, change in contrast or hue, or turning them on and off in a manner in which the duration of light is less than the duration or darkness. R. Frontage. The width of a lot as measured in a straight line at the street line, said measurement to be along a chord between the end points in the case of a curved street line. S. Ground Level. Finish grade line of site within setback limits. T. Lot. A parcel of land having such dimensions and size as is necessary to comply with all of the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance and all other ordinances of the City for such structures as may be placed on such land, and all uses of such land. U. Maintain. To permit a sign, structure or any part of each to continue or to repair or refurbish a sign, structure of any part of either. V. Message. Copy or a series of copy displays that directly or indirectly names, advertises, or calls attention to a business, product, service or other activity. W. Message Center, Electronic. A sign, which uses a bank of lights that can be individually lit, to form copy, including time and temperature signs. X. Parapet or Parapet Wall. That portion of a building wall that rises above the roof level. Y. Premises. A lot together with the structures and other improvements located thereon. Z. Public Right-of-Way Width. The particular distance across a public street, measured from property line to property line. When property lines on opposite sides of the public street are not parallel, the public right-of-way width shall be determined by the City Engineer. AA. Roof Line. The top edge of the roof or the top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette. BB. Scintillation. The effect produced by turning lamps on and off in a seemingly random pattern, customarily producing a twinkling effect. CC. Scrolling. On an electronic message center, a form of animation whereby elements of copy are sequentially displayed so as to give the appearance of movement on or across the sign, whether vertically or horizontally. DD. Sign. Any identification, description, illustration or device illuminated or non-illuminated which is visible from any public place or is located on private property and exposed to the public and which directs attention to a product, service, place, activity, person, institution, business or solicitation, including any permanently installed or situated merchandise; or any emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard or temporary sign designed to advertise, identify or convey information with the exception of window displays and national flags. For the purpose of removal, signs shall also include all sign structures. EE. Sign, Abandoned. A sign which no longer correctly directs or exhorts any person, advertises a bona fide business, lessor, owner, product or activity conducted or product available on the premises where such sign is displayed. FF. Sign, Banner. A temporary sign composed of lightweight material either enclosed or not enclosed in a rigid frame, secured or mounted so as to allow movement of the sign caused by movement of the atmosphere. GG. Sign, Canopy or Marquee. Any sign attached to or constructed in or on a canopy or marquee. HH. Sign, Changeable Copy (Manual). A sign on which copy is changed manually in the field, i.e., reader boards with changeable letters or changeable pictorial panels. II. Sign, Changing (Automatic). A sign as an electronically or electrically controlled public service time, temperature and date sign, message center or readerboard, where different copy changes are shown on the same lamp bank. JJ. Sign, Directional. Any on-site sign which serves solely to designate the location or direction of any place or area within the site. KK. Sign, Directory. A sign listing the occupants of the premises. LL. Sign, Directly Illuminated. Any sign designated to provide artificial light whether through exposed lighting on the sign face or through transparent or translucent material from a light source within the range. MM. Sign, Exempt. A sign exempted from normal permit requirements. NN. Sign, Flashing. Any sign which contains an intermittent or flashing light source, or which includes the illusion of intermittent or flashing light by means of animation, or an externally-mounted intermittent light source. Automatic changing signs such as public service time, temperature and date signs or electronically controlled message centers are classed as "Changing Signs" not "Flashing Signs." OO. Sign, Free-Standing. See "Ground Sign." PP. Sign, Ground. A sign erected on a free-standing frame, base, mast or pole and not attached to any building. QQ. Sign, Height of. The vertical distance measured from the ground level at point of location of the sign on the site. RR. Sign, Identification. A sign which is limited to the name, address and number of a building, institution or person and to the activity carried on in the building or institution, or the occupancy of the person. SS. Sign, Illuminated. Any sign which emanates light either by means of exposed tubing or lamps on its surface, or by means of illumination transmitted through the sign faces. TT. Sign, Indirectly Illuminated. Any sign which reflects light from a source intentionally directed upon it; for example, by means of a floodlight, gooseneck reflectors or externally mounted fluorescent light fixtures. UU. Sign, Individual Letter. Any sign made of self-contained letters that are mounted on the face of a building, top of a parapet, roof edge or a building or on top of or below a marquee. VV. Sign, Legally Nonconforming. Any sign which does not conform to the requirements of this ordinance, but which was lawfully erected in accordance with the ordinance in effect at the time it was created. WW. Sign, Monument. A ground sign which is mounted in or on a monument and does not have any exposed pole or pylon, and is attached to a base for at least 60% of the entire width of the sign. XX. Sign, Multi-Prism. A sign made with a series of triangular vertical sections that turn and stop, or index, to show three pictures or messages in the same area. YY. Sign, Off-Premises. A sign that advertises or directs attention to another location, or to a business, commodity, service, entertainment, attraction or facility that is generally sold, produced or available at a location other than the lot where the sign is located. May also be referred to or known as an “outdoor advertising sign” or “billboard.” (Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) ZZ. Sign, On-Premises. A sign that identifies or directs attention to the business, commodity, service, entertainment, or attraction sold or offered on the same lot where the sign is located. AAA. Sign, Pole. A ground sign which is supported by one or more poles or pylons. BBB. Sign, Portable or Temporary. Any sign not permanently attached to the ground or other permanent structure, which is displayed for a specified period of time. CCC. Signs, Public Service Information. Any sign intended primarily to promote items of general interest to the community such as time, temperature and date, atmospheric conditions, news or traffic control, etc. DDD. Sign, Real Estate. Any sign pertaining to the sale, lease or rental of land or buildings. EEE. Sign, Roof. Any sign erected upon, against or directly above a roof or on top of or above the parapet of a building. FFF. Sign, Seasonal or Holiday. Signs such as Christmas decorations, those used for a historic holiday and installed for a limited period of time. GGG. Sign, Sticker. A sticker affixed either to the face or the channel of a sign visible from the street denoting the name of the manufacturer or designated servicing company for purposes of identification by City officials. HHH. Sign Structure. Any structure which supports, has supported or is capable of supporting a sign, including decorative cover. III. Sign, Unlawful. A sign which contravenes this Code or which the Administrator may declare as unlawful if it becomes dangerous to public safety by reason of dilapidation or abandonment or a nonconforming sign or a sign not specifically allowed by this ordinance or for which a pen-nit required under a previous Code was not obtained. JJJ. Sign, Wall. A sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building with the face in a parallel plane to the plane of the building wall. KKK. Sign, Window. A sign installed inside a window for purposes of viewing from outside the premises. This term does not include merchandise located in a window. LLL. Special Use Permit. Means a use which is normally allowed in a district, but which is of such a nature as to possess potential to create a public nuisance. MMM. Street Line. A property line between a lot and a contiguous street. NNN. Underwriter’s Laboratories (48). In the United States, a nonprofit organization that establishes standards for electrical and mechanical equipment and materials and is commonly referred to as “U.” The electrical section is known as “Underwriter’s Laboratories (48).” 2. General Regulations. A. Permission to Install. No person, business or entity shall erect, construct or maintain any sign upon any property or building without the written consent of the owner or their authorized representative. B. Obstruction of Fire Exits, Lights or Ventilation. No sign or sign structure shall be permitted to obstruct or interfere in any way with free use of any door, window, or fire escape, nor to obstruct or impair operation of any opening required for light or ventilation. C. Not to Constitute Traffic Hazard. It shall be illegal for any sign to interfere with, obstruct the view of, or be of such design which may be confused with any authorized traffic sign, signal, or device. D. Obscene Matter Prohibited. No obscene, indecent, or immoral matter shall be displayed on any sign. E. Signs Located on or Extending Over City Property. No sign shall be located on or allowed to extend over public property except by permission of the City Council. The zoning official may approve [a sign] that does not extend more than 12 inches from the building face or signs on awnings. (Ord. 475 – Aug-04 Supp.) F. Lighting of Signs. Signs may be lit by either internal or external fixtures unless there is a specific requirement to the contrary. In the R- I and R-2 zones, signs shall be non-illuminate or shall be illuminated by internal fixtures or luminous tubes. Fixtures shall be designed to concentrate illumination upon the sign face and prevent glare. A constant level of light shall be maintained, although a automatic dimmer may be used. Lighting shall not flash, move, chase, or otherwise be intermittent unless expressly permitted. Exposed lamps shall not exceed eleven (11) watts and inert gas tube lighting shall not exceed sixty (60) milliamps. Internal lamps and lamps housed inside frosted lamps, or exposed lamps covered with a diffusing screen shall not exceed twenty-five watts. Intensification of illumination by reflecting lamps or external reflectors is prohibited. All signs with electrical components shall utilize Underwriters Laboratory (48) approved parts and shall display the UL (48) approval label. G. Setback.
(Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) The setback shall be measured from the property line to the closest point of the sign. H. Minimum Clearance. Pole signs extending over any vehicular drive shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet above the grade of said drive. Projecting, awning, and marquee signs shall be a minimum of ninety-one (91) inches above any sidewalk area and a minimum of fifteen (15) feet above any vehicular drive. (Ord. 475 – Aug-04 Supp.) I. Maintenance. All signs and parts thereof, including but not limited to electrical wiring and fixtures, supports, faces, lighting, braces, guys and anchors shall be kept in good repair at all times, and shall be kept neatly painted or otherwise treated to prevent rust and similar unsightly deterioration and weathering. J. Clearance from Electrical Lines. A clearance horizontally and vertically as adopted by the Cherokee City Council shall be maintained between any sign and any overhead transmission line. K. Wall Signs. Wall signs shall not be mounted above the second story, parapet line, or eave line of any building, whichever is lowest unless otherwise expressly permitted by this ordinance. Such signs shall be parallel to and shall not extend more than twelve inches from the face of the building. Window signs shall be counted as part of the allowable area for wall signs, unless displayed for less than six (6) weeks. L. Number of Faces. No sign shall have more than two (2) faces, which shall be perpendicular to, or in the case of a curve, radial to the street right of way not to exceed a 45º angle. M. Emissions Prohibited. No sign shall emit audible sound, noticeable odor, or smoke or other visible matter. N. Properties Having Frontage on Two or More Streets. If a lot has frontage on two or more streets, signs shall be permitted on any such frontage to which it has direct legal access, in an amount and size not to exceed that permitted and computed individually for each frontage. If using less than the allowable sign area on one street frontage, that unused area cannot be transferred to any other street frontage. Copy of said signs shall be identical on all frontages, except for directional information and address if necessary to properly inform the public. O. For Sale or Lease Signs. For sale or lease signs shall be removed upon sale or lease of the property, and shall not carry information regarding facilities available on the property or within the building. P. Political Signs. Political signs, as defined by Section 306C.10(20), Code of Iowa, shall be permitted on private property in accordance with the provisions of Section 306C.22 of said Code for a period beginning forty-five (45) days before the date of the election to which the signs pertain and ending seven (7) days after the date of said election, provided that such signs do not endanger the public health, safety, or general welfare for any reason, and further provided that the area of such sign shall not exceed thirty-two square feet. 3. Permitted Signs.
(Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) Additional signage will require a special use permit. Off-premises signs ‑ see Subsection 165.33(3)(A)(5). The setback shall be measured from the property line to the closest point of the sign. A. Exceptions and Modifications. (1) Businesses Not Having Street Frontage. Businesses which are visible from the street but do not have frontage on a street shall be permitted one wall sign to be computed at a rate of two (2) square feet per one hundred (100) square feet of the building face which it covers; provided that a minimum of twenty (20) square feet of wall signage shall be permitted for any such occupant. (2) Planned Unit Development or Special Sign Districts. Planned Unit Developments or other developments are encouraged to set up special districts establishing separate design-oriented regulations which promote better design and higher quality of signs, in lieu of the provisions of this ordinance. Such special provisions shall be submitted for consideration to the Planning and Zoning Commission and City Council, and if approved shall be binding and have the same force and effect as this ordinance. If no special provisions are approved, the provisions of this ordinance shall apply. (3) Motor Fuel Price Signs. Gasoline service stations, convenience stores, and similar retail businesses selling gasoline or similar fuels for use in motor vehicles as a major part of their business shall be allowed sign area in addition to that customarily permitted by this ordinance, to display changeable price information for such fuel. The copy of each such price sign shall be limited to the type of fuel, such as "unleaded" or "diesel," and price per unit of measure therefor. The maximum copy area for any one fuel price and type shall be eight (8) square feet, and the maximum total additional sign area shall not exceed sixteen (16) square feet. Such signage may be placed on a ground sign, wall sign, or canopy support if such sign types are customarily permitted, but shall not be placed on a separate sign structure or portable sign. (4) Automobile Dealerships. Franchised auto dealerships shall be allowed two ground/pole signs. Additional signs may be allowed, but only by a variance granted by the Planning and Zoning Commission and the Cherokee City Council. Businesses which sell used cars as their principal business shall be allowed one pole sign in addition to wall signage. (5) Off-Premises Signs. (a) Where Permitted. Not more than one off-premises sign shall be located on any one lot or parcel. Off-premises signs are a permitted use in the C- I and C-M zones by special use permit only, and M-1 and M-2 districts, subject to all of the requirements of this Chapter, the Zoning Ordinance, and other applicable regulations. (b) Bulk Regulations. (i) Height. The maximum height shall be twenty-five (25) feet and have an area of 200 sq. ft. or less. (ii) Setback. The minimum setback from each property line shall not be less than the height of the sign. (Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) (iii) Size. The maximum area shall be 160 square feet except as otherwise permitted. A maximum area of 200 square feet may be allowed by conditional use in the allowed Districts, if so allowed, such signs may also have extensions not exceeding 15% of the sign area. (iv) Spacing. Off-premises signs shall be located a minimum of 100 feet in any direction from any other off-premises sign or any electronic message center. Off-premises signs shall not be located less than 300 feet in any direction from the property line of any public park or public building, or the boundary of a zoning district in which off-premises signs are not permitted, unless the sign will not be visible from such public property or zoning district. (Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) (v) Orientation. The faces shall be perpendicular to, or in the case of a curve, radial to the street right-of-way, not to exceed a 45º angle. (6) Electronic Message Centers. Electronic message centers are allowed, only by approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission and the Cherokee City Council; and subject to all of the requirements of this Section, including the payment of fees, and any additional stipulations adopted by the City Council as conditions for granting said permit. The City Council finds that message centers create special concerns for the safety of the motoring public and esthetics of the community, which necessitate extra consideration to ensure compliance with the City's regulations. (a) Eligibility for an Electronic Message Center. Permits may be issued to any business. The message center will not obstruct the view of or distract attention from official government signs or become a public nuisance. (b) Bulk Regulations. (i) Height. The maximum height of any sign which includes an electronic message center shall be fifty (50) feet above the roadway grade of the highway or street at that point closest to the sign. (ii) Setback. An electronic message center shall not protrude onto the sidewalk or onto the right-of-way. (iii) Size. Maximum total area of any sign containing an electronic message center shall be 160 square feet. Electronic message center area shall be included in total signage area allowed for the premises. (iv) Operation. Electronic message centers shall not utilize animation, chasing, flashing, scintillation, scrolling or running messages, fade, or any other effect which depicts movement or is intended to draw attention to the sign. Each copy display, whether or not in a sequential message, shall be totally extinguished a minimum of one second before a new copy display appears, and each copy display shall remain lit a minimum of five seconds. Such signs shall not display off-premises advertising, except that community service and community announcements may be displayed. Other limitations may be imposed by the City Council if found to be necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare. (v) Orientation. The faces shall be perpendicular to, or in the case of a curve radial to the right-of-way of the nearest section of street or highway. (c) Electronic Message Centers. (i) Application. Application shall be made to the Planning and Zoning Commission on a form prescribed by the City, accompanied by a site plan demonstrating compliance of all regulations, and a contract with a licensed sign company for the maintenance of all electrical components and the sign structure, and applicable fee, to guarantee compliance. The applicant shall provide the name and address of a person who will be responsible for operation of the sign, and in making application acknowledges that violation of these regulations shall result in declaring the permit to be null and void. All applications will be reviewed by the Board of Adjustment and submitted to the City Council for final approval. (ii) Fee. A fee in the amount of $100 shall be paid to the City at the time the application is submitted. (iii) Violations. If any one or more of the restrictions of operation on a message center are violated on more than three (3) separate occasions in any license year, such violations shall be grounds for revoking the permit. The City Council shall hold a public hearing on such matter and provide a minimum of seven (7) days notice. The Administrator or other official charged with enforcing this ordinance shall document each violation and send notice of same to the person and address identified on the permit application as being responsible for the message center. The permittee shall be responsible for informing the City in writing of any changes in the name or address of the responsible party. Violations shall be promptly corrected, and if not corrected with seven (7) days after notification shall constitute a separate violation. If violations are corrected, the party may reapply for a permit upon payment of the $100 application fee. (iv) Hold-harmless. The permittee shall hold the City harmless and indemnify it against any and all costs or judgments arising from erection and operation of the sign. (v) Renewal. Permit stipulations shall be reviewed each year in the month of March by the Administrator and recommendation for renewal shall be made to Planning and Zoning Commission and with City Council approval upon providing all information required herein, and upon demonstrating continued compliance with all of the requirements of this and all other ordinances. 4. Prohibited Signs. The following signs are expressly prohibited in any zoning district and on any lot. A. Unlawful Signs, as defined in Subsection 165.33(1). B. Abandoned, Damaged, or Unmaintained Signs. Any such sign shall be removed in its entirety, including poles and other structural members, provided that footings may be retained if in the opinion of the Administrator they do not represent a threat to the public and might reasonably be reused by a future occupant. If a sign is altered, any unused structural supports or parts thereof shall be deemed abandoned and removed. If the owner fails to promptly remove such sign or support, the City may order such removal and the costs involved shall become a lien on the property. C. Painted Wall Signs. Wall Signs shall not be painted directly on the surface of a building wall. Murals may only be permitted by special use permit, to be approved by the Board of Adjustment. D. Portable Signs & Temporary Signs. Portable signs, pennants, spinners, streamers, string lights, flags other than those of the United States or State of Iowa, or similar devices are not allowed on any public right of way. E. Roof Signs. Roof signs are prohibited. F. Snipe Signs. Any sign attached to a tree or utility pole, whether on public or private property, and any sign placed on public property without permission by the City of Cherokee is prohibited, except for official notices or announcements by a governmental authority. G. Animated or Flashing Signs. Any sign using or displaying flashing, chasing, or intermittent lights, animation, or sound, odor, emission of visible matter, or other means of drawing attention to itself, by any means is prohibited. 5. Permits. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, it shall be unlawful for any person to erect, construct, enlarge, move or convert any sign in the City, or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a sign permit for each such sign from the Administrator as required by this Code. These directives shall not be construed to require any permit for a change of copy on any sign, nor for the repainting, cleaning and other normal maintenance or repair of a sign or sign structure for which a permit has previously been issued, as long as the sign or sign structure is not modified in any way. No new permit is required for signs which have pen-nits and which conform with the requirements of this Code on the date of its adoption unless and until the sign is altered or relocated. A change in ownership of any premises or business for which a sign permit has previously been issued may require a new permit to be issued by the Administrator. A sign permit issued by the Administrator shall become null and void if manufacture and/or installation is not commenced within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of such permit. If work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for one hundred and twenty (120) days after the work is commenced, a new permit shall be first obtained to do so, and the fee will be one-half the amount required for the original permit for such work, provided that no changes have been made in the original plans. Such permit may not be unreasonably withheld, providing that proper application and payment of permit fees is complied with. A. Application for Permit. Application for a permit in accordance with Figure 1, on file at City Hall, shall be made to the Administrator upon a form provided at City Hall and shall be accompanied by such information as may be required to assure compliance with all appropriate laws and regulations of the City including: (1) Name and address of the owner of the sign and/or owner's agent. (2) Name and address of the owner or the person in possession of the premises where the sign is located or to be located. (3) Clear and legible drawings with description definitely showing location of the sign which is the subject of the permit and all other existing signs whose construction requires permits, when such signs are on the same premises. (4) Drawings showing the dimensions, construction supports, sizes, electrical wiring and components, materials of the sign and method of attachment and character of structural members to which attachment is to be made. The design, quality, materials and loading shall conform to the requirements of the current Uniform Building Code. If required by the Administrator, engineering data shall be supplied on plans submitted certified by a duly licensed engineer. (5) Owner and contractor shall agree to hold harmless and indemnify the City, its officers, agents and employees from any and all claims of negligence resulting from the erection, alteration, relocation, maintenance of a sign or other sign work insofar as this Code has not specifically directed the placement of a sign. B. Issuance of Denial of Permit. The Administrator shall issue a permit for the erection, alterations, or relocation of a sign within the City when an application therefor has been properly made and the sign complies with all appropriate laws and regulations of the City. The Administrator may, in writing, suspend or revoke a permit issued under provisions of this Section whenever the permit is issued on the basis of a miss-statement of fact or fraud. When a sign permit is denied by the Administrator, he shall give written notice of the denial to the applicant, together with a brief statement of the reasons for the denial. C. Permit Fees. Application for permits shall be filed with the Administrator, together with a permit fee as specified per City fee schedule set by the City Council. If more than one sign is being erected at the same time, they may be listed on the same permit application and there will be only one fee charged, that for the sign erected that carries the highest fee. Such fee schedule will be reviewed yearly. In addition, when any sign is hereafter erected, placed, installed or otherwise established on any property prior to obtaining permits as required by this section, the fees specified hereunder shall be doubled, but the payment of such double fee shall not relieve any person from complying with other provisions of this section or from penalties prescribed herein. (Ord. 478 – Aug-04 Supp.) D. Special Use Permit. It is recognized that circumstances may exist from time to time where strict application of the size, location and type of sign standards hereinafter specified for the various zoning districts may be unreasonable or where literal enforcement of these regulations may work a hardship on the applicant. Variations from the standards are, therefore, permitted by issuance of a Special Use Permit by the Board of Adjustment when such extenuating circumstances exist, provided that in issuing such permit the Board of Adjustment shall not authorize a substantial variance from the size, location and type standards applicable to signs in similar situations. A variance from these standards is to be considered only where authorized, and the procedure for application shall be the same as provided for in Cherokee City Code Section 165.20. E. Notice of Change. Whenever there is a change in the sign user, owner, or owner of the property on which the sign is located, the new sign user, owner or new property owner shall forthwith notify the Administrator of the change. F. Inspection. The person erecting, altering or relocating a sign shall notify the Administrator upon completion of the work for which permits are required. (1) Inspections. All free-standing signs shall be subject to a footing inspection, prior to erection, and all signs having electrical components shall be subject to a final electrical inspection by the Administrator or his/her delegate. (2) Maintenance. Every sign in the City, including but not limited to those signs for which permits or for which no permits or permit fees are required, shall be maintained in good structural condition at all times. All signs, including those exempted, shall be kept neatly painted, including all metal parts and supports. An inspection can be applied by either of two methods: (1) The Administrator or his/her delegate can request that a licensed sign company duly certify and file with the City that the sign meets as nearly as possible all of the structural, electrical and material specifications set out in this Code or the laws or regulations of the City; or (2) Alternatively, the City shall send out an inspector and the inspector shall verify that the sign is in a safe condition with respect to its physical characteristics. (3) Signs Declared Unlawful. The Administrator or his/her delegate may declare any sign unlawful if it endangers public safety by reasons of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment. Any such declaration shall state the reasons of the Administrator or his/her delegate for stating that the sign constitutes a safety hazard to the general public. Any sign owned, kept, displayed or maintained by any person within the City which is unlawful pursuant to the provisions of this code is hereby declared to be in violation of this Code. The Administrator or his/her delegate may declare any such sign to be unlawful, and such declaration shall state in writing the reason or reasons why such sign and the keeping, owning, maintenance, construction and display or operation thereof is unlawful under the terms of this Code, and such declaration shall be sent to the owner and shall include notification that unless such violation is corrected within thirty (30) days, said sign shall be removed at the owner's expense. 6. Licensing. Any sign company seeking to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, maintain, or convert any sign shall demonstrate and register with the City a statement that they have all of the necessary licenses from all other governmental agencies applicable, or shall be represented by a duly licensed agent or sub-contractor. 7. Nonconforming Signs. A. Legally Nonconforming Signs. Such signs may be continued and maintained subject to the provisions of Subsection B, provided that a nonconforming sign shall not be enlarged, reconstructed, structurally altered or changed in any manner, nor shall copy on an on-premises nonconforming sign be changed to advertise or identify any use other than that in operation on the effective date of this ordinance. No sign that has been erected in violation of any previously existing regulation shall be granted legal nonconforming status. B. Termination of Legally Nonconforming Signs. A legally nonconforming sign shall immediately lose its legal status, and shall immediately comply with the provisions of this ordinance or be removed, if any of the following occurs: (1) Abandonment. Any sign which advertises or identifies a business, product, or service that has not been available or in operation at the location for more than ninety (90) days, or which has not been maintained in a state of good repair for such time, shall be deemed to be abandoned and nonconforming status terminated and the sign and structure shall be removed. This provision shall not apply to permanent signs belonging to businesses that are open only on a seasonal basis, provided there is a clear intent to continue operation of the business. (2) Destruction, Damage, or Obsolescence. If more than 60% of the face of a sign is damaged or destroyed, or if a sign is structurally damaged, the sign shall be brought in conformance with this ordinance. (3) Amortization. Legally nonconforming signs shall be maintained only as long as they advertise or identify the business or nature thereof in existence on the effective date of this ordinance. Change of copy, enlargement, relocation, reconstruction, structural alteration or other change shall not be permitted. The right to maintain a legally nonconforming sign shall be granted to the business in existence on the effective date of this ordinance and shall not be transferable to another business, use or lot, but shall expire along with discontinuation of the business, service, or product being advertised on the effective date of this ordinance. Copy on off-premises signs and changeable copy boards which is meant to be periodically changed may be changed without affecting the legally nonconforming status. 8. Appeals. A. Appeal from Denial of Permit. Appeal may be taken to the Board of Adjustment from the Administrator's denial of a sign permit. B. Appeal from Failure of Administrator to Grant Permit Within Thirty (30) Days. The Administrator's failure to either formally grant or deny a sign application within thirty (30) days of the date an application which meets the requirements of this Code is filed shall be grounds for appeal to the Board of Adjustment under terms of Subsection 165.33(5) of this Code. 9. Violations And Penalties. Any violation of any of the terms or conditions of this chapter, or any failure to comply with any of its requirements shall constitute a misdemeanor. Each day such violation continues shall be considered a separate offense. If violations are corrected, the party may reapply for a permit upon payment of the applicable fee. (Sec. 165.33 – Ord. 440 – Dec. 01 Supp.)
165.34 CBD CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT. 1. Purpose. This zone is designed to provide for a specific range of retail and service establishments. 2. Principal Permitted Uses. The following regulations and uses permitted shall apply to all CBD Districts for conducting of any lawful retail businesses: A. All uses permitted in any R Districts subject to all lot requirements and restrictions specified in each district. B. Retail businesses such as follows: (1) Apparel store (2) Appliance sales and service (3) Antique shop (4) Art shop (5) Attorneys (6) Auto parts (7) Auto repair (8) Bakeries (9) Banks (10) Barber and styling salons (11) Bicycle Shop (12) Billiard parlor (13) Café or restaurant (14) City, State, Federal offices (15) Computer sales and service (16) Drug store (17) Dwelling units above shop or store (18) Electrical small appliance repair and supply (19) Engineer and architect offices (20) Furniture, new and used (21) General warehouse, pertinent to the principal use of the primary business. (It shall not be a separate business.) In addition, existing storage businesses may continue to operate as such and the storage designation may be carried over to any new owner. However, once a building use changes from storage to a retail business, it cannot revert back to a storage business without being issued a special permit. (22) Grocery store (23) Hardware store (24) Jewelry store (25) Laundromats and personal dry cleaners (26) Liquor store (27) Lounge and night club (28) Massage therapy, tanning salons, and fitness centers (29) Meat market (30) News media (31) Nursery store (32) Paint supplies (33) Plumbing shops (34) Police station (35) Post office (36) Printing shops (37) Professional offices (38) Radio and television studio station (39) Savings and loan offices (40) Sporting goods (41) Studios for dance, arts, and martial arts (42) Theater (43) Trade school (44) Upholstery shop (45) Video rental shop C. Drive-in eating and drinking establishments, summer gardens, and road houses, including entertainment and dancing, provided the principal building is distant at least one hundred (100) feet from any R District. D. Multiple dwelling units, including rooming houses and boarding houses and tourist homes. E. Essential services. 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses are permitted in the Central Business District: A. Any permitted accessory use allowed in the R District, subject to the conditions specified by that district. B. Accessory uses for commercial development shall include those normally appurtenant to such development, except as further specified therein. C. Signs. 4. Conditional Uses. Garages, filling stations, hotels, motels (with swimming pools), bed and breakfasts, skating rinks, fire stations, farmers markets, upon recommendation of the commission and approval of the Council, and subject to such conditions and safeguards as deemed appropriate by said Council, and upon securing of a permit. Garages and filling stations also subject to the following provisions. A. Pumps, lubricating or other devices are located at least twenty (20) feet from any street line or highway right-of-way. B. All fuel, oil or similar substances are stored at least thirty-five (35) feet from any street or lot line. 5. Space Limits. The following space limits shall apply in CBD District: A. Minimum lot area of business - no regulation. B. Minimum lot area for residential structures or mixed business and residential structure - equal to that required in the least restricted residential district for the same type of dwelling. C. Minimum width of lot - as currently platted. D. Maximum height of building - no regulation. E. Minimum front yard - no regulation. F. Minimum rear yard - no regulation. G. Minimum side yard - no regulation. H. Minimum side yard at street comer - no regulation. I. Maximum ground coverage - 100%. J. Commercial radio, microwave or television-broadcasting or transmitting towers or telephone relay towers may be installed provided they meet the following criteria for approval: (1) The height and location shall not interfere with the operation of any public airport or public landing strip. (2) A special permit is received from the Commission as provided by these regulations. 6. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided to accommodate all vehicles for dwelling units. All others, see Section 165.21. (Ord. 489 – Aug-04 Supp.)
166.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum standards for the design, development and improvement of all new subdivisions and resubdivisions so that existing developments will be protected and so that adequate provisions are made for public services and to promote the health, safety and general welfare in the City. 166.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms or works are defined. 1. “Alley” means a public right-of-way, other than a street, twenty (20) feet or less in width, affording secondary means of access to abutting property. 2. “Block” means an area of land within a subdivision that is entirely bounded by streets or highways, and/or the exterior boundaries of the subdivision. 3. “Building Lines” means a line on a plat between which line and public right-of-way no buildings or structures may be erected. 4. “Commission” means the Planning and Zoning Commission of the City. 5. “Cul-de-sac” means a minor street having one end open to traffic and terminated by a vehicular turnaround. 6. “Easement” means a grant of the right to use a strip of land for specific purposes by the general public, a corporation or certain persons. 7. “Lot” means a portion of a subdivision or other parcel of land intended for the purpose, whether immediate or future, of transfer of ownership or for building development. 8. “Major street” means a street of considerable continuity connecting various sections of the City and designated as a major street on the official major street plan of the City. 9. “Minor street” means a street which is used primarily for access to the abutting properties. 10. “Performance bond” means a surety bond or cash deposit made out to the City, in an amount equal to the full cost of the improvements which are required by this chapter, said cost estimated by the City, and said surety bond or cash bond being legally sufficient to secure to the City that the said improvements will be constructed in accordance with this chapter. 11. “Plat” means a map, drawing or chart on which the subdivider’s plan of the subdivision of land is presented and which the subdivider submits for approval and intends, in final form, to record. 12. “Subdivider” means the person undertaking the subdivision or resubdivision of a tract or parcel of land. 13. “Subdivision” means the division of land into three (3) or more lots or other division of land for the purpose, whether immediate or future, of transfer of ownership or building development. The term, when appropriate to the context, relates to the process of subdividing or to the land subdivided, or the resubdivision of land heretofore divided or platted into lots or other divisions of land, or, if a new street is involved, any division of land. 14. “Director of Public Works” means the Director of Public Works of the City. 166.03 PLATTING REQUIRED. Every owner of any tract or parcel of land who has subdivided or shall hereafter subdivide or plat the same for the purpose of laying out an addition, subdivision, building lot or lots, acreage or suburban lots within the City or, pursuant to Section 354.9 of the Code of Iowa, within two (2) miles from the corporate limits, shall cause plats of such area to be made in the form, and containing the information, as hereinafter set forth before selling any lots therein contained or placing the plat on record. 166.04 PROCEDURE. In obtaining final approval of a proposed subdivision by the Commission and the Council, the subdivider shall submit a preliminary plat in accordance with the requirements hereinafter set forth and install improvements or provide a performance bond. 166.05 REQUIREMENTS OF PRELIMINARY PLAT. The subdivider shall first prepare and file with the Commission six (6) copies of a preliminary plat on one or more sheets of paper, the sheets not to exceed 36 x 24 inches in size, at a scale of not more than fifty (50) feet to the inch. If more than one sheet is required, match lines shall be used. The plat shall show the following: 1. Title, scale, north point and date. 2. Subdivision boundary lines, showing dimensions, bearings, angles, and references to section, townships and range lines or corners. 3. Present and proposed streets, alleys and sidewalks, with their right-of-way, in or adjoining the subdivision, including dedicated widths, approximate gradients, types and widths of surfaces, curbs, and planting strips, and location of street lights. 4. Proposed layout of lots, showing numbers, dimensions, radii, chords and the square foot areas of lots that are not rectangular. 5. Building setback or front yard lines. 6. Parcels of land proposed to be dedicated or reserved for schools, parks, playgrounds, or other public, semi-public or community purposes. 7. Present and proposed easements, showing locations, widths, purposes and limitations. 8. Present and proposed utility systems, including sanitary and storm sewers, other drainage facilities, water lines, gas mains, electric utilities, and other facilities, with the size, capacity, invert elevation and location of each. 9. Proposed name of the subdivision which shall not duplicate or resemble existing subdivision names in the County. 10. Names and addresses of the owner, subdivider, builder, and engineer, surveyor or architect who prepared the preliminary plat, and the engineer, surveyor or architect who will prepare the final plat. 11. A general summary description of any protective covenants or private restrictions to be incorporated in the final plat. 12. Contours at vertical intervals of not more than two (2) feet if the general slope of the site is less than ten percent (10%) and at vertical intervals of not more than five (5) feet if the general slope is ten percent (10%) or greater, unless the Council waives this requirement. 13. Existing and proposed zoning of the proposed subdivision and adjoining property. 166.06 REFERRAL OF PRELIMINARY PLAT. The Commission shall refer two (2) copies of the preliminary plat to the Director of Public Works, one to each appropriate public utility company, and one copy to the County Engineer if said subdivision is outside the corporate limits and in the two-mile limit. 165.07 ACTION BY THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS. The Director of Public Works shall carefully examine said preliminary plat as to its compliance with the laws and regulations of the City, the existing street system, and good engineering practices and shall, within fifteen (15) days, submit findings to the Commission, together with one copy of the plat received. 166.08 ACTION BY THE COMMISSION. The Commission shall, upon receiving the report of the Director of Public Works, as soon as possible, but not more than fifteen (15) days thereafter, consider said report, negotiate with the subdivider on changes deemed advisable and the kind and extent of improvements to be made by the subdivider, and pass upon the preliminary plat as originally submitted or modified. If the Commission does not act within fifteen (15) days, the preliminary plat shall be deemed to be approved; provided, however, that the subdivider may agree to an extension of the time for a period not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days. Also, the Commission shall inform the subdivider and the Council (and if the subdivision is within the two-mile limit, the County Engineer) of its recommendations in writing, whether of approval, modification, or disapproval. 1. In the event that substantial changes or modifications are made by the Commission or disapproval of the plat, it shall give its reasons therefor and it may request and cause the revised preliminary plat to be resubmitted in the same manner as the original plat. 2. If approved, the Commission shall express its approval as “Conditional Approval” and state the conditions of such approval, if any. 3. The action of the Commission shall be noted on two (2) copies of the preliminary plat, referenced and attached to any conditions determined. One (1) copy shall be returned to the subdivider and the other copy retained by the Commission. 4. The “Conditional Approval” by the Commission shall not constitute final acceptance of the addition or subdivision by the City but an authorization to proceed with preparation of the final plat. 166.09 FINAL PLAT. The final plat shall conform substantially to the preliminary plat as approved, and, if desired by the subdivider, it may constitute only that portion of the approved preliminary plat which the subdivider proposes to record and develop at the time, provided, however, that such portion conforms to all requirements of these regulations. 166.10 REFERRAL OF FINAL PLAT. The subdivider shall, within twelve (12) months of the “Conditional Approval” of the preliminary plat by the Commission, prepare and file six (6) copies of the final plat and other required documents with the Clerk as hereinafter set forth, and upon failure to do so within the time specified, the “Conditional Approval” of the preliminary plat shall be null and void unless an extension of time is applied for and granted by the Commission. Upon receipt of the final plat and other required documents, the Clerk shall transmit four (4) copies of the final plat to the City and one copy to the County Engineer, if outside the City and within the two-mile limit. 166.11 REQUIREMENTS OF THE FINAL PLAT. The final plat shall be clearly and legibly drawn to a scale of not more than one hundred (100) feet to one inch on sheets of linen not bigger than 22 x 17 inches nor smaller than 8½ x 11 inches in size. If more than one sheet is required, match lines shall be used. Said plat shall be drawn with India ink on a reproducible tracing linen. It shall show: 1. The title under which the subdivision is to be recorded. 2. The linear dimensions in feet and decimals of a foot of the subdivision boundary, lot lines, streets and alleys. These should be exact and complete to include all distances, radii, arc, chords, points of tangency and central angles. 3. Street names and clear designations of public alleys. Streets that are continuations of present streets should bear the same name. If new names are needed, they should be distinctive. Street names may be required to conform to the City plan. 4. Location, type, materials, and size of all monuments and markers including all U.S., County or other official bench marks. 5. The plat should be signed and acknowledged by the subdivision land owner and his or her spouse. 6. A sealed certification of the accuracy of the plat by the professional engineer or land surveyor who drew the final plat. 166.12 FINAL PLAT ATTACHMENTS. The final plat shall have the following attached to it: 1. A correct description of the subdivision land. 2. A statement by the proprietors and their spouses, if any, that the plat is prepared with their free consent and in accordance with their desire, signed and acknowledged before an officer authorized to take the acknowledgments of deeds. The statement by the proprietors may also include a dedication to the public of all lands within the plat that are designated for streets, alleys, parks, open areas, school property or other public use, if the dedication is approved by the Council. 3. An opinion by an attorney-at-law who has examined the abstract of title of the land being platted. The opinion shall state the names of the proprietors and holders of mortgages, liens or other encumbrances on the land being platted and shall note the encumbrances, along with any bonds securing the encumbrances. Utility easements shall not be construed to be encumbrances for the purpose of this section. 4. A certificate of the County Treasurer that the land is free from certified taxes and certified special assessments or that the land is free from certified taxes and that the certified special assessments are secured by bond in compliance with Section 354.12 of the Code of Iowa. 5. A certificate of dedication of streets and other public property. 6. A statement of restrictions of all types that run with the land and become covenants in the deeds of lots. 7. Resolution and certificate for approval by the Council and for signatures of the Mayor and Clerk. 8. Profiles, typical cross sections, and specifications of street improvements and utility systems, to show the location, size and grade. These should be shown on a fifty (50) foot horizontal scale and a five (5) foot vertical scale with west or south at the left. 9. A certificate by the Director of Public Works or similar official that all required improvements and installations have been completed, or that a performance bond guaranteeing completion has been approved by the City Attorney and filed with the Clerk, or that the Council has agreed that the City will provide the necessary improvements and installations upon a special assessment basis and: A. That the subdivider has entered into a written agreement or the terms thereof to be incorporated in the platting procedure, whereby the subdivider and successors in interest agree to pay the full costs of such improvements and installations, and B. That the subdivider has entered into a written agreement with the City waiving any rights which he or she may have by virtue of the provisions of Section 384.62 of the Code of Iowa or similar sections of the Code of Iowa relating to percentage limitations upon special assessments. 10. All improvements shall be completed in three (3) years after final approval. 11. The encumbrance bond, if any. 12. The minutes of the Council meeting where a variance is granted, if any. 166.13 ACTION BY THE COMMISSION. The Commission shall, upon receiving the final plat, as soon as possible, but not more than fifteen (15) days thereafter, consider the final plat and if the same is approved, shall submit its recommendation of approval to the Council together with a certified copy of its resolution showing the action of the Commission. 166.14 ACTION BY THE COUNCIL. Upon receipt of the certification by the Commission, the Council shall, within a reasonable time, either approve or disapprove the final plat. If disapproved, a majority vote is required. 1. In the event that said plat is disapproved by the Council, such disapproval shall be expressed in writing and shall point out wherein said proposed plat is objectionable. 2. In the event that said plat is found to be acceptable and in accordance with this chapter, the Council shall accept the same. 3. The passage of a resolution by the Council accepting the plat shall constitute final approval of the platting of the area shown on the final plat, but the subdivider or owner shall cause such plat to be recorded in the office of the County Recorder of the County where the land to be subdivided is located, and shall file satisfactory evidence of such recording in the office of the Clerk before the City shall recognize the plat as being in full force and effect. 166.15 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. The following general requirements shall be followed by all subdividers: 1. Relation to Existing Streets. A. The arrangement, character, extent, width, grade and location of all streets shall be considered in their relation to existing and planned streets, to topographic conditions, to public convenience and safety, and in their appropriate relation to the proposed uses of the land to be served by such streets. B. Where the plat submitted covers only a part of the subdivider’s plat, a sketch of the prospective future system of the unsubmitted part shall be furnished and the street system of the part submitted shall be considered in the light of adjustments in connection with the street system of the part not submitted. C. Subdivisions showing unplatted strips or private streets controlling access to public ways will not receive approval. 2. Minor Streets. Minor streets shall be so planned as to discourage through traffic. Cul-de-sac streets are permitted where topography and other conditions justify their use. Such streets shall not be longer than five hundred (500) feet and shall terminate with a turnaround, having an outside roadway diameter of at least eighty (80) feet and a street property line diameter of at least one hundred (100) feet. The right-of-way width of the straight portion of such streets shall be a minimum of sixty (60) feet. The property line at the intersection of the turnaround and the straight portion of the street shall be rounded at a radius of not less than twenty (20) feet. 3. Frontage Streets. A. Where a subdivision abuts or contains an existing or proposed arterial street, the Commission may require marginal access streets, reverse frontage with screen planting contained in a nonaccess reservation along the rear property line, deep lots with rear service alleys, or such other treatment as may be necessary for adequate protection of residential properties and to afford separation of through and local traffic. B. Where a subdivision borders on or contains a railroad right-of-way or limited access highway right-of-way, the Commission may require a street approximately parallel to and on each side of such right-of-way at a distance suitable for the appropriate use of the intervening land, as for park purposes in residential districts, or for commercial or industrial purposes in appropriate districts. Such distances shall also be determined with due regard for the requirements of approach grades and future grade separations. 4. Half streets. Half streets shall be prohibited except where essential to the reasonable development of the subdivision in conformity with the other requirements of these regulations, and where the Commission finds it will be practicable to require the dedication of the other half when the adjoining property is subdivided. Wherever a half street is adjacent to a tract to be subdivided, the other half of the street shall be platted within such tract. 5. Street Geometrics. A. Street jogs with centerline offsets of less than one hundred twenty-five (125) feet shall be avoided. B. A tangent at least one hundred (100) feet long shall be introduced between reverse curves on arterial and collector streets. C. When connecting street lines deflect from each other at any one point by more than ten (10) degrees, they shall be connected by a curve with a radius adequate to insure a sight distance of not less than two hundred (200) feet for minor and collector streets, and of such greater radii as the Commission shall determine for special cases. D. Specifications for the design of streets, alleys and blocks shall be as provided in the following table:
6. Intersections. A. Insofar as is practical, acute angles between streets at their intersection are to be avoided. B. Streets shall be laid out so as to intersect as nearly as possible at right angles and no street shall intersect any other street at less than sixty (60) degrees. C. Property lines at street intersections shall be rounded with a radius of ten (10) feet, or of a greater radius where the Commission may deem it necessary. 7. Street Names. Streets that are in alignment with others already existing and named shall bear the name of the existing streets. The proposed names of new streets shall not duplicate or sound similar to existing street names. Street names shall be subject to the approval of the Commission. 8. Street Grades. Street grades, wherever feasible, shall not exceed five percent (5%), with due allowance for reasonable vertical curves. No street grade shall be less than one-half (1/2) of one percent. 9. Alleys. A. Alleys shall be provided in commercial and industrial districts, except that the Commission may waive this requirement where other definite and assured provision is made for service access, such as off-street loading, unloading and parking consistent with and adequate for the uses proposed. B. The width of an alley shall be twenty (20) feet. C. Alley intersections and sharp changes in alignment shall be avoided, but where necessary, corners shall be cut off sufficiently to permit safe vehicular movement. D. Dead-end alleys shall be avoided where possible, but if unavoidable, shall be provided with adequate turnaround facilities at the dead end, as determined by the Commission. 10. Blocks. A. No block may be more than one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet or less than five hundred (500) feet in length between the centerlines of intersecting streets, except where, in the opinion of the Commission, extraordinary conditions unquestionably justify a departure from these limits. B. In blocks over seven hundred (700) feet in length, the Commission may require at or near the middle of the block a public way or easement of not less than ten (10) feet in width for use by pedestrians and/or as an easement for public utilities. 11. Lots. A. The lot size, width, depth, shape and orientations shall be appropriate for the location of the subdivision, for the type of development and use contemplated. B. Minimum lot dimensions and sizes shall conform to the requirements of the Zoning Code, provided: (1) Residential lots where not served by public sewer shall not be less than eighty (80) feet wide or less than 10,000 square feet in area. (2) Depth and width of properties reserved or laid out for commercial and industrial purposes shall be adequate to provide for the off-street service and parking facilities required by the type of use and development contemplated. (3) Corner lots for residential use shall have an extra ten (10) feet of width to permit appropriate building setback from an orientation to both streets. C. The subdividing of the land shall be such as to provide, by means of a public street, each lot with satisfactory access to an existing public street. D. Double frontage and reverse frontage lots shall be avoided except where essential to provide separation of residential development from traffic arteries or to overcome specific disadvantages of topography and orientation. A planting screen easement of at least ten (10) feet and across which there shall be no right of access, shall be provided along the line of lots abutting such a traffic artery or other disadvantageous use. E. Side lot lines shall be substantially at right angles to straight street lines or radial to curved street lines. 12. Building Lines. Building lines conforming with zoning standards shall be shown on all lots within the platted area. 13. Easements. A. Easements across lots or centered on rear or side lines shall be provided for utilities where necessary and shall be at least ten (10) feet wide. B. Where a subdivision is traversed by a water course, drainage way, channel or stream, there shall be provided a storm water easement or drainage right-of-way conforming substantially with the lines of such water course, and further width for construction, or both, as will be adequate for the purpose. 14. Plat Markers. Markers shall be placed at all block corners, angle points, points of curves in streets, and all such intermediate points as shall be required by the City Engineer. The markers shall be of such material, size and length as may be approved by the City Engineer. 166.16 IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRED. The subdivider shall install and construct all improvements required by this chapter. All required improvements shall be installed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and under the supervision of the Council and to its satisfaction. 1. Streets and Alleys. All streets and alleys within the platted area which are dedicated for public use shall be brought to the grade as specified by this chapter. 2. Roadways. All roadways shall be surfaced with a minimum of six (6) inches of Portland cement concrete or six (6) inches of Type A asphaltic treated base with two (2) inches of Type A surface course as per current specifications of the Iowa Department of Transportation or equivalent surface as determined by the Council. Particular attention shall be given to trenches, ditches and the general roadway for proper compaction. 3. Curb and Gutter. Curb and gutter shall be required on all streets. All curb and gutter shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete two and one-half (2½) feet to five (5) feet in width as determined by the Council and shall be constructed to the grade as specified by this chapter. 4. Sidewalks. Sidewalks may be required by the Council if they are considered necessary for the general welfare and safety of the community. 5. Water Lines. Water lines with a minimum size of six (6) inches shall be installed. The subdivider shall provide a water connection for each lot with service line installed to the property line as specified by the water department. Fire hydrants shall be installed in the subdivision at 600-foot intervals or less, but not more than 300 feet from platted lot. 6. Sewers. A. Where a public sanitary sewer is reasonably accessible, the subdivider shall connect or provide for the connection with such sanitary sewer and shall provide within the subdivision the sanitary sewer system required to make the sewer accessible to each lot in the subdivision. Sanitary sewers shall be stubbed into each lot. Sewer systems shall be approved by the Council and the State Department of Health and the construction subject to the supervision of the City Engineer. B. Where sanitary sewers are not available, other facilities, as approved by the Council and the State Department of Health, must be provided for the adequate disposal of sanitary wastes. C. Adequate provisions shall be made for the disposal of storm waters, subject to the approval of the Council and to the supervision of the Director of Public Works. 166.17 COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS. Before the Council will approve the final plat, all of the foregoing improvements shall be constructed and accepted by formal resolution of the Council. Before passage of said resolution of acceptance, the Director of Public Works shall report that said improvements meet all City specifications and ordinances or other City requirements, and the agreements between subdivider and the City. 166.18 PERFORMANCE BOND. The completion requirement may be waived in whole or in part if the subdivider will post a performance bond with the Council guaranteeing that improvements not completed will be constructed within a period of three (3) years from final acceptance of the plat; but final acceptance of the plat will not constitute final acceptance by the City of any improvements to be constructed. Improvements will be accepted only after their construction has been completed and approved. 166.19 VARIANCES. Where in the case of a particular proposed subdivision, it can be shown that strict compliance with the requirements of this chapter would result in extraordinary hardship to the subdivider because of unusual topography or other conditions, the Council may vary, modify or waive the requirements so that substantial justice may be done and the public interest secured. Provided, however, such variance, modification or waiver will not have the effect of nullifying the intent and purpose of this chapter. In no case shall any variance or modification be more than minimum easing of the requirements and in no instance shall it be in conflict with any zoning ordinance and such variances and waivers may be granted only by the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the members of the Council. 166.20 CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS. Any regulations or provisions of this chapter may be changed and amended from time to time by the Council, provided however, that such changes or amendments shall not become effective until after a public hearing has been held, public notice of which shall have been published at least once, not less than four (4) or more than twenty (20) days before the date of the hearing. 166.21 RESIDENTIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS (RPUD). Persons wishing to develop property using the RPUD concept shall follow the subdivision requirements of this chapter subject to the following: 1. Streets. A. Where public streets are required, the developer can select, subject to Council approval, surfacing the street with gravel, asphaltic concrete or Portland cement concrete according to the specifications of the City. B. Curb and gutter is not a requirement. C. Right-of-way and street widths as approved by the Council. 2. Drainage. Developer may use an open ditch system for drainage subject to Council approval or curb and gutter with storm sewers. 3. Dedication or Use as Common Land. Any land gained within the development because of the clustering of dwelling units or structures as permitted in the RPUD District may be dedicated to the City or retained in private ownership as common land. 4. The developer will be required to show the additional information on the preliminary plat and final plat: A. Buildings and use. B. Height and exterior design. C. Number of dwelling units in each building. D. Proposed walls and fences. E. Landscaping and plant material. F. Common land, recreational areas and parks.
CHAPTER 167 ADULT-ORIENTED ESTABLISHMENT
167.01 PURPOSE. The City of Cherokee finds: 1. Adult-oriented establishments require special consideration in order to protect and preserve the health, safety, and welfare of the patrons of such establishments as well as the citizens of Cherokee; 2. Adult-oriented establishments, because of their very nature, have a detrimental effect on both existing and establishments around them and surrounding residential areas adjacent to them; 3. The concern over sexually-transmitted diseases is a legitimate health concern of the City that demands reasonable regulation of adult-oriented establishments in order to protect the health and well-being of the community; 4. Adult-oriented establishments, due to their very nature, have serious objectionable operational characteristics, thereby contributing to blight and downgrading the quality of life in the adjacent area; 5. The City of Cherokee wants to prevent these adverse effects and thereby protect the health and welfare of its residents; protect residents from increased crime; preserve the quality of life; preserve the property values and character of the surrounding neighborhoods; and deter the spread of blight; 6. It is not the intent of this chapter to suppress any speech activities protected by the First Amendment, but to enact content-neutral regulations that address the secondary effects of adult-oriented establishments as well as the health problems associated with such establishments. 167.02 DEFINITIONS RELATED TO ADULT-ORIENTED ESTABLISHMENTS. 1. ADULT BOOKSTORE: An establishment that has a facility or facilities, including but not limited to booths, cubicles, rooms or stalls for the presentation of "adult entertainment," including adult-oriented films, movies, or live performances for observation by patrons therein; or an establishment having a substantial or significant portion of its stock-in-trade for sale, rent, trade, lease, inspection, or viewing of books, films, video cassettes, magazines, or other periodicals which are distinguished or characterized by their emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or relating to specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities as defined below. 2. ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: Any exhibition of any motion picture, live performance, display, or dance of any type which has as its dominant theme or is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on any actual or simulated specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as defined below. 3. ADULT MOTION PICTURE THEATER: An enclosed building used for presenting material having as its dominant theme or distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as defined below for observation by patrons of the building. 4. ADULT-ORIENTED ESTABLISHMENT: Any premises including, without limitation, "adult bookstores" or "adult motion picture theaters." It further means any premises to which public patrons or members are invited or admitted and which are physically arranged so as to provide booths, cubicles, rooms, compartments, or stalls separate from the common area of the premises for the purposes of viewing adult-oriented motion pictures, or wherein an entertainer provides adult entertainment to a member of the public, a patron, or a member, where such adult entertainment is held, conducted, operated or maintained for a profit, direct or indirect. "Adult-Oriented Establishment" further includes, without limitation, any premises physically arranged and used as such whether advertised or represented as an adult entertainment studio, exotic dance studio, encounter studio, sensitivity studio, or any other term of like import. 5. OPERATORS: Any person, partnership, or corporation operating, conducting, maintaining, or owning any adult-oriented establishment. 6. SPECIFIED ANATOMICAL AREAS: Less than completely opaquely covered human genitals, buttocks, female breasts below the areola; or, male genitalia. 7. SPECIFIED SEXUAL ACTIVITIES: Simulated or actual (a) showing of human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal; (b) acts of sexual activity, sodomy, or sadomasochism; or (c) fondling or erotic touching of human genitals, buttocks, or female breasts. 167.03 LOCATION RESTRICTIONS. An adult-oriented establishment shall be permitted within the City of Cherokee only in the M-1 (Light Industrial) and M-2 (Heavy Industrial) Districts upon receipt of a site plan and special use permit in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 165.20, and only if it meets all of the location requirements set forth below. Distances provided hereafter shall be measured by following a straight line, without regard to intervening buildings, from the nearest point of the property parcel upon which the proposed adult entertainment business is to be located, to the nearest point of the parcel of property or zoning district boundary line from which the proposed adult entertainment business is to be separated. 1. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited in or within six hundred (600) feet of the borders of a residential district. 2. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any church, synagogue, mosque, temple, or other place of religious worship. 3. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any public or private school offering general education for students between the years of kindergarten and twelfth grade. 4. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any day-care home or day-care business. 5. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any public park or playground. For purposes of this section, bike paths, trails, waterways, and boat launches shall not be deemed a public park. 6. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any other adult entertainment business. 7. Adult-oriented establishments shall be prohibited within six hundred (600) feet of any existing establishment selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on premises. 167.04 DEVELOPMENT DESIGN STANDARDS 1. Exterior. It shall be unlawful for an owner of an adult-oriented establishment: A. To allow the merchandise or activities of the establishment to be visible from a point outside the establishment. B. To allow the exterior portion of the adult-oriented establishment to have flashing lights or any words, lettering, photographs, silhouettes, drawings, or pictorial representation of any manner depicting specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities. C. To allow exterior portions of the establishment to be painted other than a single color. 2. Signage. The operator shall comply with Section 165.33 of the Zoning Regulations of the City of Cherokee. Additionally, the display surfaces of the sign shall not contain any flashing lights or photographs, silhouettes, drawings, or pictorial representations of any manner, except for the name of the enterprise. 167.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OPERATOR. Every act or omission by an employee constituting a violation of the provisions of this chapter shall be deemed the act or omission of the operator if such an act or omission occurs either with the authorization, knowledge, or approval of the operator, or as a result of the operator's negligent failure to supervise the employee's conduct, and the operator shall be punishable for such act or omission in the same manner as if the operator committed the act or caused the omission. 167.06 MINORS. It shall be unlawful to allow a person who is younger than eighteen (18) years of age to enter or be on the premises of an adult-oriented establishment at any time that the establishment is open for business. The operator must ensure that an attendant is stationed at each public entrance at all times during regular business hours. The attendant shall prohibit any person under the age of eighteen (18) from entering the establishment. It shall be presumed that an attendant knew a person was under the age of eighteen (18) unless such attendant asked for and was furnished a valid drivers license issued by a state reflecting that person's age. 167.07 HOURS OF OPERATION. An adult-oriented establishment may remain open for business no longer than the hours from between 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., seven days a week. (Ch. 167 – Ord. 520 – Jun. 07 Supp.)
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||